Initial version imported into git2013-04-11

Contains project files for VC6 only.

68 files changed, 30309 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/mbgctrl/mbgctrl.c b/mbgctrl/mbgctrl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edb6608
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbgctrl/mbgctrl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2460 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbgctrl.c 1.22.1.14 2012/12/12 10:44:35Z martin TEST $
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Main file for mbgctrl program which sends commands and
+ *    configuration parameters to a Meinberg device via IOCTL calls.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbgctrl.c $
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.14  2012/12/12 10:44:35Z  martin
+ *  Fixed wording of some message.
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.13  2012/12/05 16:13:37  martin
+ *  Chaged some faulty message texts.
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.12  2012/10/16 10:44:20  martin
+ *  Removed obsolete code.
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.11  2012/07/12 08:37:47  martin
+ *  Account for renamed structure.
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.10  2012/06/01 18:46:21  martin
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.9  2012/06/01 16:55:58  martin
+ *  Account for library symbols moved to a new header.
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.8  2011/09/26 15:58:58  martin
+ *  Started modifications for PTP unicast master configuration.
+ *  Warn if trying to handle serial port cfg but no serial port is supported.
+ *  Modified program version handling.
+ *  Use O_RDWR flag when opening a device.
+ *  Account for modified library functions which can now
+ *  optionally print the raw (hex) HR time stamp.
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.7  2011/04/19 10:02:37  martin
+ *  Syntax fix.
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.6  2011/04/19 09:57:00  martin
+ *  Untabbified and removed trailing spaces.
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.5  2011/03/21 08:32:18  martin
+ *  Fixed compiler warning.
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.4  2011/03/03 10:01:00  daniel
+ *  Support configuring PTP roles.
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.3  2011/02/18 13:35:59  daniel
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.2  2011/02/18 13:35:11  daniel
+ *  Revision 1.22.1.1  2011/02/18 11:27:29  daniel
+ *  Preliminary support for configuring PTP parameters incl. Unicast
+ *  Bugfix: accept parameter keyword only when substring is found at the
+ *  start of the parameter string.
+ *  Revision 1.22  2009/09/29 14:58:18  martin
+ *  Unified and simplified parameter evaluation.
+ *  Updated version number to 3.4.0.
+ *  Revision 1.21  2009/09/28 09:36:43  martin
+ *  Support configuration of antenna cable length.
+ *  Removed duplicate usage message for event time.
+ *  Revision 1.20  2009/09/28 07:19:03  martin
+ *  Made parameter syntax for enable_flags and LAN configuration more flexible.
+ *  Revision 1.19  2009/08/20 14:19:29  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.3.1.
+ *  Support configuration of board's LAN interface.
+ *  Revision 1.18  2009/07/24 09:50:08  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.3.0.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2009/06/19 12:38:51  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.2.0.
+ *  Revision 1.16  2009/06/18 15:14:53  martin
+ *  Added command TZOFFS which can be used to set TZDL to UTC, and then
+ *  configure the standard TZDL offset to a dedicated number of seconds, to the
+ *  output time has a configurable UTC offset against the time derived from the
+ *  input signal.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2009/03/20 11:53:19  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.1.0.
+ *  Updated copyright year to include 2009.
+ *  Support programmable time scales.
+ *  Revision 1.14  2008/12/22 12:39:00  martin
+ *  Updated description, copyright, revision number and string.
+ *  Use unified functions from toolutil module.
+ *  Accept device name(s) on the command line.
+ *  Don't use printf() without format, which migth produce warnings
+ *  with newer gcc versions.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2008/11/07 10:25:49  martin
+ *  Support modification of a card's ENABLE_FLAGS.
+ *  Changes due to renamed library function.
+ *  Changes due to renamed library function.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2008/09/15 14:20:21  martin
+ *  Support generic serial settings including string type and mode.
+ *  Reworked evaluation of command line parameters.
+ *  New parameter COM0= to configure an individual port.
+ *  Account for renamed library symbols.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2007/07/24 09:31:39  martin
+ *  Changes due to renamed library symbols.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2007/03/01 16:09:16  martin
+ *  Be able to set the board date and/or time.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2007/02/22 16:38:50  martin
+ *  Added function to set on-board date.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2006/08/28 10:45:50  martin
+ *  Picked up Heiko's patch to set the GPS receiver position.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2004/11/08 15:47:40  martin
+ *  Using type cast to avoid compiler warning.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2003/08/26 14:37:35  martin
+ *  Support configuration of some standard time zones,
+ *  also for GPS devices.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2003/07/31 13:48:54  martin
+ *  Added function to set COM port parms for GPS clocks.
+ *  Usage shows which parameters are supported by a device.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2003/04/25 10:27:58  martin
+ *  Use new functions from mbgdevio library.
+ *  New program version v2.1.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2002/08/22 14:52:49  martin
+ *  Added function to set clock's COM port parameters.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2001/12/03 16:04:46  martin
+ *  New program version 1.2.
+ *  Added new function set_event_time().
+ *  Fixed a bug in eval of cmd line parameters.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2001/09/17 15:07:56  martin
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+// include Meinberg headers
+#include <mbgdevio.h>
+#include <deviohlp.h>
+#include <pcpsmktm.h>
+#include <pcpsutil.h>
+#include <parmpcps.h>
+#include <parmgps.h>
+#include <myutil.h>
+#include <gpsutils.h>
+#include <cnv_wday.h>
+#include <toolutil.h>
+#include <lan_util.h>
+//##+++++++++++++++++++++ #include <ptpdflts.h>
+
+// include system headers
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+
+#define MBG_MICRO_VERSION          0
+#define MBG_FIRST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR   2001
+#define MBG_LAST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR    0     // use default
+
+
+static const char *pname = "mbgctrl";
+
+static char *dev_name;
+
+static int err_unicast_nsupp;
+static const char str_unknown[] = "(unknown)";
+
+static TZDL tzdl_utc = DEFAULT_TZDL_UTC;
+static TZDL tzdl_cet_cest = DEFAULT_TZDL_CET_CEST_EN;
+static TZDL tzdl_eet_eest = DEFAULT_TZDL_EET_EEST_EN;
+static long max_tzdl_offs = 0x7FFFFFFFL;   // max val for int32_t
+
+static const char tz_info_utc[] = TZ_INFO_UTC;
+static const char tz_info_cet_cest[] = TZ_INFO_CET_CEST_EN;
+static const char tz_info_eet_eest[] = TZ_INFO_EET_EEST_EN;
+
+static const char *mode_names[N_STR_MODE] = DEFAULT_ENG_MODE_NAMES;
+static const char *time_scale_name[N_MBG_TIME_SCALE] = MBG_TIME_SCALE_STRS;
+
+#define _get_time_scale_name( _i ) \
+  ( ( (_i) < N_MBG_TIME_SCALE ) ? time_scale_name[_i] : str_unknown )
+
+
+static const char no_gps_cmd[] = "does not support GPS commands";
+static const char no_tzdl[] = "does not support configurable time zone";
+static const char no_tz[] = "does not support time zones";
+static const char no_event_time[] = "does not support event times";
+static const char no_enable_flags[] = "does not support enable flags";
+static const char no_time_scale[] = "does not support a configurable time scale";
+static const char no_lan_intf[] = "does not provide a LAN interface";
+static const char no_ptp[] = "does not provide PTP";
+static const char no_cab_len[] = "does not support antenna signal delay compensation";
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  const char *name;
+  uint16_t *flags;
+  uint16_t on_flags;
+} EF_INFO;
+
+#define N_EF_INFO  3
+
+static const char ef_name_serial[] = "SERIAL";
+static const char ef_name_pulses[] = "PULSES";
+static const char ef_name_synth[] = "SYNTH";
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  const char *name;
+  IP4_ADDR *addr;
+} IP4_INFO;
+
+#define N_IP4_INFO 4
+
+static const char ip4_name_ip[] = "IP";
+static const char ip4_name_nm[] = "NM";
+static const char ip4_name_ba[] = "BA";
+static const char ip4_name_gw[] = "GW";
+
+static const char ptp_name_net[] = "NP";
+static const char ptp_name_del[] = "DM";
+static const char ptp_name_dom[] = "DO";
+static const char ptp_name_v1[] = "HW";
+
+static const char ptp_name_role[] = "ROLE";
+
+static const char ptp_name_gmip[] = "GMIP";
+static const char ptp_name_gmid[] = "GMID";
+static const char ptp_name_pid[] = "PID";
+static const char ptp_name_smi[] = "SMI";
+static const char ptp_name_ami[] = "AMI";
+static const char ptp_name_dri[] = "DRI";
+static const char ptp_name_dur[] = "DUR";
+
+//##+++++
+static const char *delay_mech[] = PTP_DELAY_MECH_NAMES;
+static const char *nw_prot[] = PTP_NW_PROT_STRS;
+static const char *nw_prot_short[] = PTP_NW_PROT_STRS_SHORT;
+
+static const char *ptp_roles[] = PTP_ROLE_STRS;
+static const char *ptp_roles_short[] = PTP_ROLE_STRS_SHORT;
+
+
+//##+++++++++++++++++++
+// If unicast is not supported for a PTP device then the device is definitely
+// a multicast slave, in which case index 0 returns the correct role name.
+#define _ptp_role_name( _i ) \
+  ( ( (_i) < N_PTP_ROLES ) ? ptp_roles[_i] : str_unknown )
+
+#define _ptp_role_name_short( _i ) \
+  ( ( (_i) < N_PTP_ROLES ) ? ptp_roles_short[_i] : str_unknown )
+
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void err_msg( const PCPS_DEV *p_dev, const char *msg )
+{
+  printf( "This device %s.\n", msg );
+
+}  // err_msg
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int set_tz_code( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TZCODE tzcode, const char *s )
+{
+  int rc = mbg_set_tzcode( dh, &tzcode );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_set_tzcode" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  printf( "The clock's time zone setting has been set to %s.\n", s );
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // set_tz_code
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int set_gps_tzdl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const TZDL *tzdl, const char *info )
+{
+  int rc = mbg_set_gps_tzdl( dh, tzdl );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "set_gps_tzdl" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  if ( info )
+    printf( "The clock's time zone setting has been set to %s.\n", info );
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // set_gps_tzdl
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int set_timezone( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *tz_name, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  const char *tz_info = NULL;
+  TZDL *tz_tzdl = NULL;
+  PCPS_TZCODE tz_code = 0;
+  int rc = MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+  if ( strcmp( tz_name, "UTC" ) == 0 )
+  {
+    tz_info = tz_info_utc;
+    tz_tzdl = &tzdl_utc;
+    tz_code = PCPS_TZCODE_UTC;
+  }
+  else if ( strcmp( tz_name, "CET" ) == 0 )
+  {
+    tz_info = tz_info_cet_cest;
+    tz_tzdl = &tzdl_cet_cest;
+    tz_code = PCPS_TZCODE_MEZMESZ;
+  }
+  else if ( strcmp( tz_name, "EET" ) == 0 )
+  {
+    tz_info = tz_info_eet_eest;
+    tz_tzdl = &tzdl_eet_eest;
+    tz_code = PCPS_TZCODE_OEZ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    printf( "** Unknown timezone name %s\n", tz_name );
+    rc = 1;
+  }
+
+  if ( tz_info )
+  {
+    if ( _pcps_has_tzcode( p_dev ) )
+      rc = set_tz_code( dh, tz_code, tz_info );
+    else
+      if ( _pcps_has_tzdl( p_dev ) )
+        rc = set_gps_tzdl( dh, tz_tzdl, tz_info );
+      else
+        err_msg( p_dev, no_tz );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+
+}  // set_timezone
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int show_tzdl_offs( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *info )
+{
+  TZDL tzdl;
+  int rc = mbg_get_gps_tzdl( dh, &tzdl );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_gps_tzdl" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  printf( "%s timezone offset: UTC%+lis", info, (long) tzdl.offs );
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // show_tzdl_offs
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int set_tzdl_offs( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *s )
+{
+  TZDL tzdl = tzdl_utc;
+  long tzdl_offs = atol( s );
+
+  if ( labs( tzdl_offs ) > max_tzdl_offs )   // max val for int32_t
+  {
+    fprintf( stderr, "** Time zone offset %li exceeds range (%li..%li)\n",
+             tzdl_offs, -max_tzdl_offs, max_tzdl_offs );
+    return MBG_ERR_CFG;
+  }
+
+  tzdl.offs = (int32_t) tzdl_offs;
+
+  return set_gps_tzdl( dh, &tzdl, NULL );
+
+}  // set_tzdl_offs
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int show_lan_intf( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev, const char *info )
+{
+  IP4_SETTINGS ip4_settings;
+  char ws[256];
+
+  int rc = mbg_get_ip4_settings( dh, &ip4_settings );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_ip4_settings" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  printf( "On-board LAN interface settings:" );
+
+  if ( ip4_settings.flags & IP4_MSK_DHCP )
+    printf( "  (DHCP client)\n" );
+  else
+  {
+    printf( "\n" );
+
+    snprint_ip4_addr( ws, sizeof( ws ), &ip4_settings.ip_addr, NULL );
+    printf( "  IP Address:     %s\n", ws );
+
+    snprint_ip4_addr( ws, sizeof( ws ), &ip4_settings.netmask, NULL );
+    printf( "  Net Mask:       %s\n", ws );
+
+    snprint_ip4_addr( ws, sizeof( ws ), &ip4_settings.broad_addr, NULL );
+    printf( "  Broadcast Addr: %s\n", ws );
+
+    snprint_ip4_addr( ws, sizeof( ws ), &ip4_settings.gateway, NULL );
+    printf( "  Gateway:        %s\n", ws );
+  }
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // show_lan_intf
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int show_ptp_cfg( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev, const char *info )
+{
+  ALL_PTP_CFG_INFO all_ptp_cfg_info;
+  char ws[256];
+  int unicast_supported;
+  int idx;
+
+  int rc = mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info( dh, &all_ptp_cfg_info );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  unicast_supported = ( all_ptp_cfg_info.ptp_cfg_info.supp_flags & PTP_CFG_MSK_SUPPORT_PTP_UNICAST ) != 0;
+
+  printf( "\nPTP configuration:\n");
+
+  idx = all_ptp_cfg_info.ptp_cfg_info.settings.ptp_role;
+  printf( "  PTP Role        :     %s (%s)\n", _ptp_role_name_short( idx ), _ptp_role_name( idx ) );
+
+  idx = all_ptp_cfg_info.ptp_cfg_info.settings.nw_prot;
+  printf( "  Network Protocol:     %s (%s)\n", nw_prot_short[idx], nw_prot[idx] );
+
+  printf( "  Delay Mechanism :     %s\n", delay_mech[all_ptp_cfg_info.ptp_cfg_info.settings.delay_mech] );
+  printf( "  Domain Number   :     %d\n", all_ptp_cfg_info.ptp_cfg_info.settings.domain_number );
+  printf( "  V1 HW Compat.   :     %d\n", ( all_ptp_cfg_info.ptp_cfg_info.settings.flags & PTP_CFG_MSK_V1_HW_COMPAT ) ? 1 : 0 );
+
+  if ( unicast_supported )
+  {
+    PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS *p_uc_limits = &all_ptp_cfg_info.ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits;
+    int i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < p_uc_limits->n_supp_master; i++ )
+    {
+      PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS *p = &all_ptp_cfg_info.all_ptp_uc_master_info_idx[i].info.settings;
+
+      printf( "\nPTP unicast master" );
+
+      if ( p_uc_limits->n_supp_master > 1 )
+        printf( " %i", i );
+
+      printf( ":\n");
+
+      printf( "  GM Host: %s\n", p->gm_host );
+
+      snprint_octets( ws, sizeof( ws ), p->gm_clock_id.b, sizeof( p->gm_clock_id.b ), MAC_SEP_CHAR, NULL );
+      printf( "  GM Clock ID: %s\n", ws );
+
+      printf( "  GM Port ID: %d\n\n", p->gm_port_id );
+      printf( "  Sync Msg Interval   [2^x s]: %i\n", p->sync_intv );
+      printf( "  Ann. Msg Interval   [2^x s]: %i\n", p->ann_intv );
+      printf( "  DelReq Msg Interval [2^x s]: %i\n", p->delay_req_intv );
+      printf( "  Message Duration:    %i s\n", p->message_duration );
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // show_ptp_cfg
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Lookup a string in a string table and return the table index
+ *
+ * @param s          The string to be searched for in the string table
+ * @param tbl        A table of strings to be searched
+ * @param n_entries  The number of strings in the string table
+ * @param supp_mask  A string with a given index is only supported if the
+ *                   corresponding bit is set in this mask.
+ * @param info       A descriptive name of the parameter which is to be
+ *                   set to the index of the searched string
+ *
+ * @return >=0       A valid, supported table index
+ *         <0        Unknown or unsupported parameter
+ */
+int get_chk_str_table_idx( const char *s, const char *tbl[], int n_entries,
+                           uint32_t supp_mask, const char *info )
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *cp;
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < n_entries; i++ )
+  {
+    cp = tbl[i];
+
+    if ( strncmp( s, cp, strlen( cp ) ) == 0 )
+      if ( supp_mask & ( 1UL << i ) )
+        return i;
+  }
+
+  printf( "error: %s %s\n",
+          ( i == n_entries ) ? "unknown" : "unsupported",
+          info );
+
+  return -3;
+
+}  // get_chk_str_table_idx
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Lookup a parameter in an argument list and check if a colon is appended
+ *
+ * @param arg  An argument list of the form: "name:val,name:val,..."
+ * @param s    A parameter name searched for in the argument list
+ * @param p    A pointer to a (char *) which is set to the beginning
+ *             of the value part of a parameter string
+ *
+ * @return <0  Syntax error, i.e. missing colon
+ *          0  No error. If parameter has been found then *p set
+ *             to the parameter value, else to NULL.
+ */
+int chk_parm_name( const char *arg, const char *id, char **p )
+{
+  char *cp = strstr( arg, id );
+
+  if ( cp )
+  {
+    cp += strlen( id );
+
+    if ( *cp != ':' )
+      return -1;
+
+    cp++;
+  }
+
+  if ( p )
+    *p = cp;  // may be NULL
+
+  return 0;
+
+}  // chk_parm_name
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Lookup a parameter in an argument list and check if the value string is valid
+ *
+ * This function expects that the parameter value is a known string which can
+ * be found in a table of known strings. A bit mask indicates if a string with
+ * a given table index is supported, or not.
+ *
+ * @param arg        An argument list of the form: "name:val,name:val,..."
+ * @param id         The name of the argument to be checked.
+ * @param tbl        A table of strings with predefined parameter values
+ * @param n_entries  The number of strings in the string table
+ * @param supp_mask  A string with a given index is only supported if the
+ *                   corresponding bit is set in this mask.
+ * @param info       A descriptive name of the parameter which is to be
+ *                   set to the index of the searched string
+ *
+ * @return >=0       A valid, supported table index
+ *         -1        Parameter not found
+ *         -2        Unknown or unsupported parameter, or syntax error
+ */
+int chk_tbl_parm( const char *arg, const char *id, const char *tbl[],
+                  int n_entries, uint32_t supp_mask, const char *info )
+{
+  char *cp;
+  int rc = chk_parm_name( arg, id, &cp );
+
+  if ( rc < 0 )
+    return -2;
+
+  if ( cp == NULL )
+    return -1;
+
+  rc = get_chk_str_table_idx( cp, tbl, n_entries, supp_mask, info );
+
+  if ( rc < 0 )
+    return -2;
+
+  return rc;
+
+}  // chk_tbl_parm
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Lookup an int16_t parameter in an argument list
+ *
+ * Check and save the numeric parameter if in a valid range.
+ *
+ * @param arg          An argument list of the form: "name:val,name:val,..."
+ * @param id           The name of the argument to be checked.
+ * @param p            A pointer to a variable where the parameter value is
+ *                     saved if valid
+ * @param range_min    The minimum allowed value for the parameter
+ * @param range_max    The maximum allowed value for the parameter
+ * @param is_supported A flag indicating if the parameter is actually supported
+ * @param info         A descriptive name of the parameter
+ *
+ * @return >=0       A valid, supported table index
+ *         -1        Parameter not found, or out of range
+ */
+int chk_int16_parm( const char *arg, const char *id, int16_t *p, int16_t range_min,
+                    int16_t range_max, int is_supported, const char *info )
+{
+  char *cp;
+  int idx = chk_parm_name( arg, id, &cp );
+
+  if ( idx < 0 )  // parameter error
+    return -1;
+
+  if ( cp )       // parameter found
+  {
+    if ( !is_supported )
+      err_unicast_nsupp = 1;
+    else
+    {
+      int16_t tmp = atoi( cp );
+
+      if ( ( tmp < range_min ) || ( tmp > range_max ) )
+      {
+        printf( "error: %s %i out of range (%i..%i)\n", info, tmp, range_min, range_max );
+        return -1;
+      }
+
+      *p = tmp;
+      printf( "  setting %s: %i\n", info, tmp );
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+
+}  // chk_int16_parm
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int set_ptp_cfg( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *arg, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  ALL_PTP_CFG_INFO all_ptp_cfg_info;
+  ALL_PTP_CFG_INFO prv_all_ptp_cfg_info;
+  PTP_CFG_INFO *p_info;
+  PTP_CFG_SETTINGS *p_settings;
+  PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS *p_uc_limits;
+  PTP_UC_MASTER_INFO *p_uc_info;
+  PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS *p_uc_settings;
+  uint32_t supp_mask;
+  IP4_ADDR ip4addr;
+  char ws[256];
+  char *cp;
+  int idx;
+  int unicast_supported;
+  int uc_master_idx = 0;
+  int16_t tmp_int16;
+
+  int rc = mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info( dh, &all_ptp_cfg_info );
+
+  if ( rc < 0 )
+    return rc;  // failed to read current settings and capabilities
+
+
+  err_unicast_nsupp = 0;
+
+  // save a copy of the current settings
+  prv_all_ptp_cfg_info = all_ptp_cfg_info;
+
+  p_info = &all_ptp_cfg_info.ptp_cfg_info;
+  p_settings = &p_info->settings;
+  unicast_supported = ( p_info->supp_flags & PTP_CFG_MSK_SUPPORT_PTP_UNICAST ) != 0;
+
+  p_uc_limits = &all_ptp_cfg_info.ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits;
+  // The pointers below need to be updated wnenever uc_master_idx is changed
+  p_uc_info = &all_ptp_cfg_info.all_ptp_uc_master_info_idx[uc_master_idx].info;
+  p_uc_settings = &p_uc_info->settings;
+
+
+  // Network protocol
+  idx = chk_tbl_parm( arg, ptp_name_net, nw_prot_short, N_PTP_NW_PROT, p_info->supp_nw_prot, "network protocol type" );
+
+  if ( idx >= 0 )    // valid parameter found
+    p_settings->nw_prot = idx;
+  else
+    if ( idx < -1 )
+      goto fail;
+
+
+  // Delay Mechanism
+  idx = chk_tbl_parm( arg, ptp_name_del, delay_mech, N_PTP_DELAY_MECH, p_info->supp_delay_mech, "delay mechanism" );
+
+  if ( idx >= 0 )    // valid parameter found
+    p_settings->delay_mech = idx;
+  else
+    if ( idx < -1 )
+      goto fail;
+
+
+  // Domain Number
+  idx = chk_parm_name( arg, ptp_name_dom, &cp );
+
+  if ( idx < 0 )  // parameter error
+    goto fail;
+
+  if ( cp )       // parameter found
+  {
+    idx = atoi( cp );
+    //##+++++ must check range!!
+    p_settings->domain_number = idx;
+  }
+
+
+  // V1 Hardware compatibility flag
+  idx = chk_parm_name( arg, ptp_name_v1, &cp );
+
+  if ( idx < 0 )  // parameter error
+    goto fail;
+
+  if ( cp )       // parameter found
+  {
+    idx = atoi( cp );
+
+    switch ( idx )
+    {
+      case 0:
+        p_settings->flags &= ~PTP_CFG_MSK_V1_HW_COMPAT;
+        break;
+
+      case 1:
+        p_settings->flags |= PTP_CFG_MSK_V1_HW_COMPAT;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        printf( "error: No valid V1 HWC settings!\n" );
+        goto fail;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  //---- unicast stuff ----
+
+  // PTP role
+  supp_mask = _get_supp_ptp_role_idx_msk( p_info->supp_flags );
+  idx = chk_tbl_parm( arg, ptp_name_role, ptp_roles_short, N_PTP_ROLES, supp_mask, "PTP role" );
+
+  if ( idx >= 0 )  // valid parameter found
+  {
+    if ( !unicast_supported )
+      err_unicast_nsupp = 1;
+    else
+      p_settings->ptp_role = idx;
+  }
+  else
+    if ( idx < -1 )  // parameter error
+      goto fail;
+
+
+  // GM Host
+  idx = chk_parm_name( arg, ptp_name_gmip, &cp );
+
+  if ( idx < 0 )  // parameter error
+    goto fail;
+
+  if ( cp )       // parameter found
+  {
+    if ( !unicast_supported )
+      err_unicast_nsupp = 1;
+    else
+    {
+      // currently IP addresses are accepted only, so check for
+      // a valid IPv4 address
+      if ( str_to_ip4_addr( &ip4addr, cp ) )
+      {
+        snprint_ip4_addr( ws, sizeof( ws ), &ip4addr, NULL );
+        printf( "  GM IP Address: %s\n", ws );
+
+        memset( p_uc_settings->gm_host, 0, sizeof( p_uc_settings->gm_host ) );
+        strcpy( p_uc_settings->gm_host, ws );
+      }
+      else
+        goto fail;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  // GM Clock ID
+  idx = chk_parm_name( arg, ptp_name_gmid, &cp );
+
+  if ( idx < 0 )  // parameter error
+    goto fail;
+
+  if ( cp )       // parameter found
+  {
+    if ( !unicast_supported )
+      err_unicast_nsupp = 1;
+    else
+    {
+      PTP_CLOCK_ID gm_clock_id;
+      idx = str_to_octets( gm_clock_id.b, sizeof( gm_clock_id.b ), cp );
+
+      if ( idx != sizeof( gm_clock_id ) )
+      {
+        printf( "Syntax error in specified GM clock ID\n" );
+        goto fail;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        p_uc_settings->gm_clock_id = gm_clock_id;
+
+        snprint_octets( ws, sizeof( ws ), p_uc_settings->gm_clock_id.b,
+             sizeof( p_uc_settings->gm_clock_id.b ), MAC_SEP_CHAR, NULL );
+        printf( "  setting GM Clock ID: %s\n", ws );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  // GM Target Port ID
+  idx = chk_parm_name( arg, ptp_name_pid, &cp );
+
+  if ( idx < 0 )  // parameter error
+    goto fail;
+
+  if ( cp )       // parameter found
+  {
+    if ( !unicast_supported )
+      err_unicast_nsupp = 1;
+    else
+    {
+      p_uc_settings->gm_port_id = strtoul( cp, NULL, 0 );
+      printf( "  setting GM port id: %d\n", p_uc_settings->gm_port_id );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  // Sync Message Rate
+  idx = chk_int16_parm( arg, ptp_name_smi, &p_uc_settings->sync_intv,
+                        p_uc_limits->sync_intv_min, p_uc_limits->sync_intv_max,
+                        unicast_supported, "sync intv." );
+  if ( idx < 0 )
+    goto fail;
+
+
+  // Announce Message Rate
+  idx = chk_int16_parm( arg, ptp_name_ami, &p_uc_settings->ann_intv,
+                        p_uc_limits->ann_intv_min, p_uc_limits->ann_intv_max,
+                        unicast_supported, "ann. intv." );
+  if ( idx < 0 )
+    goto fail;
+
+
+  // Delay Message Rate
+  idx = chk_int16_parm( arg, ptp_name_dri, &p_uc_settings->delay_req_intv,
+                        p_uc_limits->delay_req_intv_min, p_uc_limits->delay_req_intv_max,
+                        unicast_supported, "delay req. intv." );
+  if ( idx < 0 )
+    goto fail;
+
+
+  // Message Duration  //##++++ TODO: should this be added to the structure
+  tmp_int16 = p_uc_settings->message_duration;
+  idx = chk_int16_parm( arg, ptp_name_dur, &tmp_int16,
+                        PTP_UC_MSG_DURATION_MIN, PTP_UC_MSG_DURATION_MAX,
+                        unicast_supported, "msg. duration" );
+  if ( idx < 0 )
+    goto fail;
+
+  p_uc_settings->message_duration = tmp_int16;
+
+#if 0 //##++++++++++++
+
+    cp = strstr( arg, ptp_name_dur );
+
+    if ( cp != NULL )
+    {
+      l = strlen( ptp_name_dur );
+
+      if ( *(cp+l) != ':' )
+        goto fail;  // parameter syntax error: name not followed by colon
+
+      l++;
+
+      ptp_unicast_settings.message_duration = atoi( cp+l );
+      printf( "  setting message duration: %i seconds\n", ptp_unicast_settings.message_duration );
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+  rc = mbg_set_ptp_cfg_settings( dh, p_settings );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_set_ptp_cfg_settings" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+
+fail:
+  printf( "Syntax error in argument!\n" );
+
+  return MBG_ERR_CFG;
+
+} // set_ptp_cfg
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int ip4_check_parm( const char *s, IP4_INFO *p )
+{
+  int l = strlen( p->name );
+  int n;
+
+  if ( strncmp( s, p->name, l ) != 0 )
+    return 0;  // parameter does not match
+
+  if ( s[l] != ':' )
+    goto fail;  // parameter syntax error: name not followed by colon
+
+  l++;
+
+  n = str_to_ip4_addr( p->addr, &s[l] );
+
+  if ( n < 0 )
+    goto fail;  // parameter syntax error: failed to convert numeric address
+
+  return n + l;   //##++++++ needs to be verified
+
+fail:
+  return MBG_ERR_CFG;
+
+}  // ip4_check_parm
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int set_lan_intf( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *arg, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  IP4_SETTINGS prv_ip4_settings;
+  IP4_SETTINGS ip4_settings = { 0 };
+  IP4_ADDR default_broad_addr;
+
+  IP4_INFO ip4_info[N_IP4_INFO] =
+  {
+    { ip4_name_ip, &ip4_settings.ip_addr },
+    { ip4_name_nm, &ip4_settings.netmask },
+    { ip4_name_ba, &ip4_settings.broad_addr },
+    { ip4_name_gw, &ip4_settings.gateway }
+  };
+
+  int rc = mbg_get_ip4_settings( dh, &prv_ip4_settings );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_ip4_settings" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  if ( strcmp( arg, "DHCP" ) == 0 )
+  {
+    ip4_settings = prv_ip4_settings;
+    ip4_settings.flags |= IP4_MSK_DHCP;
+    goto save;
+  }
+
+  for (;;)
+  {
+    int i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < N_IP4_INFO; i++ )
+    {
+      rc = ip4_check_parm( arg, &ip4_info[i] );
+
+      if ( rc == 0 ) // check next
+        continue;
+
+      if ( rc < 0 )  // error
+        goto invalid_msg;
+
+      arg += rc;
+
+      if ( *arg == 0 )  // end of parameter string
+        goto done;
+
+      if ( *arg != ',' )
+        goto invalid_msg;
+
+      arg++;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+done:  // now check static configuration
+  if ( ip4_settings.ip_addr == 0 )     // no IP address specified on the command line
+    ip4_settings.ip_addr = prv_ip4_settings.ip_addr;  // use previous IP address
+
+  if ( ip4_settings.ip_addr == 0 )    // no IP address specified at all
+  {
+    printf( "*** Aborting: No IP address specified\n" );
+    goto invalid;
+  }
+
+  if ( ip4_settings.netmask == 0 )    // no network mask specified on the command line
+    ip4_settings.netmask = prv_ip4_settings.netmask;  // use previous network mask
+
+  if ( ip4_settings.netmask == 0 )    // no network mask specified at all
+  {
+    printf( "*** Aborting: No network mask specified\n" );
+    goto invalid;
+  }
+
+  // the default broadcast address is computed from the IP address and the network mask
+  default_broad_addr = ip4_settings.ip_addr | ~ip4_settings.netmask;
+
+  if ( ip4_settings.broad_addr == 0 )  // no broadcast address specified on the command line
+    ip4_settings.broad_addr = default_broad_addr;
+  else
+    if ( ip4_settings.broad_addr != default_broad_addr )
+    {
+      char ws1[40];
+      char ws2[40];
+      snprint_ip4_addr( ws1, sizeof( ws1 ), &ip4_settings.broad_addr, NULL );
+      snprint_ip4_addr( ws2, sizeof( ws2 ), &default_broad_addr, NULL );
+      printf( "*** Warning: Broadcast address %s does not match the default broadcast address %s\n",
+              ws1, ws2 );
+    }
+
+  if ( ip4_settings.gateway == 0 )
+    ip4_settings.gateway = prv_ip4_settings.gateway;
+
+  ip4_settings.flags = prv_ip4_settings.flags & ~IP4_MSK_DHCP;
+  // fall through to save:
+
+save:
+  rc = mbg_set_ip4_settings( dh, &ip4_settings );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_set_ip4_settings" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+
+invalid_msg:
+  printf( "*** Warning: invalid LAN interface parameter syntax\n" );
+  // fall through to invalid:
+
+invalid:
+  return MBG_ERR_CFG;  // invalid parameter or parameter syntax error
+
+}  // set_lan_intf
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int set_gps_pos( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *gp )
+{
+  LLA new_pos_lla;
+  char *cp;
+  int rc;
+  double r2d = 180 / PI;
+
+  new_pos_lla[LAT] = strtod( gp, &cp ) / r2d;
+
+  if ( *cp++ != ',' )
+    goto invalid;
+
+  new_pos_lla[LON] = strtod( cp, &cp ) / r2d;
+
+  if ( *cp++ != ',' )
+    goto invalid;
+
+  new_pos_lla[ALT] = strtod( cp, &cp );
+
+  if (
+        ( ( new_pos_lla[LAT] * r2d ) < -90 ) ||
+        ( ( new_pos_lla[LAT] * r2d ) > +90 ) ||
+        ( ( new_pos_lla[LON] * r2d ) < -180 ) ||
+        ( ( new_pos_lla[LON] * r2d ) > +180 ) ||
+        ( new_pos_lla[ALT] < -50   ) ||
+        ( new_pos_lla[ALT] > 20000 )
+     )
+    goto invalid;
+
+
+  rc = mbg_set_gps_pos_lla ( dh, new_pos_lla );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_set_gps_pos_lla" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  printf( "The clock's receiver position has been set to lat=%+.4f, lon=%+.4f, alt=%.0fm\n",
+          new_pos_lla[LAT] * r2d, new_pos_lla[LON] * r2d, new_pos_lla[ALT] );
+
+  return rc;
+
+
+invalid:
+  fprintf( stderr, "** Invalid GPS position parameters: %s\n", gp );
+
+  return MBG_ERR_CFG;
+
+}  // set_gps_pos
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int set_date_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev,
+                   const char *sdate, const char *stime )
+{
+  PCPS_TIME_UNION u = { { 0 } };
+  TTM ttm = { 0 };
+  unsigned int year = 0;
+  unsigned int month = 0;
+  unsigned int mday = 0;
+  unsigned int hour = 0;
+  unsigned int min = 0;
+  unsigned int sec = 0;
+  unsigned int sec100 = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  // Either a date string, a time string, or both
+  // may have been passed to this function.
+  // If either of them is NULL read the current date/time
+  // as default values.
+  if ( sdate == NULL || stime == NULL )
+  {
+    rc = mbg_get_time( dh, &u.t );
+
+    if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_time" ) )
+      return rc;
+  }
+
+
+  if ( sdate )
+  {
+    rc = sscanf( sdate, "%u-%u-%u", &year, &month, &mday );
+
+    if ( ( rc < 3 )
+      || ( month < 1 ) || ( month > 12 )
+      || ( mday < 1 ) || ( mday > 31 ) )
+    {
+      printf( "** Invalid date: %04u-%02u-%02u\n", year, month, mday );
+      return MBG_ERR_CFG;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  if ( stime )
+  {
+    rc = sscanf( stime, "%u:%u:%u.%u", &hour, &min, &sec, &sec100 );
+
+    if ( ( rc < 2 )     // at least hours and minutes are required
+      || ( hour > 23 )
+      || ( min  > 59 )
+      || ( sec > 60 )
+      || ( sec100 > 99 ) )
+    {
+      printf( "** Invalid time: %02u:%02u:%02u.%02u\n", hour, min, sec, sec100 );
+      return MBG_ERR_CFG;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // GPS and non-GPS cards require different API calls which use
+  // different structures to set the on-board date and time,
+  // so we have to distinguish.
+
+  if ( _pcps_is_gps( p_dev ) )  // is a GPS card
+  {
+    ttm.channel = -1;
+
+    if ( sdate )  // new date
+    {
+      ttm.tm.year = year;
+      ttm.tm.month = month;
+      ttm.tm.mday = mday;
+    }
+    else  // copy current date as default
+    {
+      ttm.tm.year = u.t.year + 2000;
+      ttm.tm.month = u.t.month;
+      ttm.tm.mday = u.t.mday;
+    }
+
+    if ( stime )  // new time
+    {
+      ttm.tm.hour = hour;
+      ttm.tm.min = min;
+      ttm.tm.sec = sec;
+      ttm.tm.frac = sec100;
+    }
+    else  // copy current time as default
+    {
+      ttm.tm.hour = u.t.hour;
+      ttm.tm.min = u.t.min;
+      ttm.tm.sec = u.t.sec;
+      ttm.tm.frac = u.t.sec100;
+    }
+
+    ttm.tm.frac *= 100000;  // fracs are in 100 ns units
+
+    #if 0
+      // Existing versions of the GPS cards just take
+      // TTM.tm as local time without accounting for
+      // the status flags, or UTC offset.
+      // Instead, the TTM.tm time is converted on-board
+      // to UTC depending on the local TZDL configuration.
+      // This works if the system time and the
+      ttm.tm.offs_from_utc = 7200;
+      ttm.tm.status |= TM_UTC | TM_LOCAL;
+      ttm.tm.status |= TM_DL_ENB;
+    #endif
+
+    rc = mbg_set_gps_time( dh, &ttm );
+
+    if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_set_gps_time" ) )
+      return rc;
+  }
+  else   // is not a GPS card
+  {
+    if ( sdate )  // new date
+    {
+      // determine the day-of-week for the given date
+      struct tm tm = { 0 };
+
+      tm.tm_year = year - 1900;
+      tm.tm_mon = month - 1;
+      tm.tm_mday = mday;
+      tm.tm_hour = 12;
+      tm.tm_isdst = -1;
+      mktime( &tm );
+
+      u.stime.year = year % 100;
+      u.stime.month = month;
+      u.stime.mday = mday;
+      u.stime.wday = _wday_sun06_to_mon17( tm.tm_wday );
+    }
+
+    if ( stime )  // new time
+    {
+      u.stime.hour = hour;
+      u.stime.min = min;
+      u.stime.sec = sec;
+      u.stime.sec100 = sec100;
+    }
+
+    if ( u.stime.wday == 0 )
+      u.stime.wday = 1;        // dummy
+
+    rc = mbg_set_time( dh, &u.stime );
+
+    if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_set_time" ) )
+      return rc;
+  }
+
+  printf( "Device date/time have been set.\n" );
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // set_date_time
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void check_setup_receiver_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev,
+                                RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri )
+{
+  // Set up the RECEIVER_INFO structure only if this has not been done
+  // before. Check the ticks_per_sec field to see if the structure
+  // has already been set up or not.
+  if ( p_ri->ticks_per_sec == 0 )
+    mbg_setup_receiver_info( dh, p_dev, p_ri );
+
+}  // check_setup_receiver_info
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int check_get_receiver_port_cfg( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *p_rpcfg,
+                                 const PCPS_DEV *p_dev, RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri )
+{
+  int rc = MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+  check_setup_receiver_info( dh, p_dev, p_ri );
+
+  // Set up the RECEIVER_PORT_CFG structure only if this has not been done
+  // before. Check whether the number of ports is > 0 and the first port's
+  // baud rate is still 0 to see if the structure has already been set up.
+  if ( ( p_ri->n_com_ports > 0 ) &&
+       ( p_rpcfg->pii[0].port_info.port_settings.parm.baud_rate == 0 ) )
+  {
+    rc = mbg_get_serial_settings( dh, p_dev, p_rpcfg, p_ri );
+
+    mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_serial_settings" );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+
+}  // check_get_receiver_port_cfg
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int snprint_port_cfg( char *s, int sz, unsigned int port_num,
+                      const RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *p_rpcfg )
+{
+  const PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps = &p_rpcfg->pii[port_num].port_info.port_settings;
+
+  int n = snprintf( s, sz, "\"%s\" %s at %lu/%s",
+                    p_rpcfg->stii[p_ps->str_type].str_type_info.long_name,
+                    mode_names[p_ps->mode],
+                    (unsigned long) p_ps->parm.baud_rate,
+                    p_ps->parm.framing
+                  );
+
+  return n;
+
+}  // snprint_port_cfg
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_serial_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *p_rpcfg,
+                           const RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri )
+{
+  char ws[256];
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < p_ri->n_com_ports; i ++ )
+  {
+    snprint_port_cfg( ws, sizeof( ws ), i, p_rpcfg );
+    printf( "Serial port COM%u: %s.\n", i, ws );
+  }
+
+}  // show_serial_settings
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void print_port_info_errors( const char *port_name, unsigned int port_num,
+                                   int flags, const RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *p_rpcfg )
+{
+  const char *msg_nsupp_drvr = "is not supported by the driver software";
+
+  const PORT_INFO *p_pi = &p_rpcfg->pii[port_num].port_info;
+  const PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps = &p_pi->port_settings;
+
+
+  if ( flags & MBG_PS_MSK_BAUD_RATE_OVR_SW )
+    printf( "** Baud rate %lu %s.\n", (ulong) p_ps->parm.baud_rate, msg_nsupp_drvr );
+  else
+    if ( flags & MBG_PS_MSK_BAUD_RATE )
+      printf( "** Baud rate %lu is not supported by %s%u.\n",
+              (ulong) p_ps->parm.baud_rate, port_name, port_num );
+
+
+  if ( flags & MBG_PS_MSK_FRAMING_OVR_SW )
+    printf( "** Framing %s %s.\n", p_ps->parm.framing, msg_nsupp_drvr );
+  else
+    if ( flags & MBG_PS_MSK_FRAMING )
+      printf( "** Framing %s is not supported by %s%u.\n",
+              p_ps->parm.framing, port_name, port_num );
+
+
+  if ( flags & MBG_PS_MSK_HS_OVR_SW )
+    printf( "** Handshake mode %u %s.\n", p_ps->parm.handshake, msg_nsupp_drvr );
+  else
+    if ( flags & MBG_PS_MSK_HS )
+      printf( "** Handshake mode %u is not supported by %s%u.\n",
+              (unsigned int) p_ps->parm.handshake, port_name, port_num );
+
+
+  if ( flags & MBG_PS_MSK_STR_TYPE_OVR_DEV )
+    printf( "** String type index %u exceeds number of string types supp. by device.\n",
+            p_ps->str_type );
+  else
+    if ( flags & MBG_PS_MSK_STR_TYPE )
+      printf( "** String type \"%s\" is not supported by %s%u.\n",
+              p_rpcfg->stii[p_ps->str_type].str_type_info.long_name,
+              port_name, port_num );
+
+
+  if ( flags & MBG_PS_MSK_STR_MODE_OVR_SW )
+      printf( "** String mode index %u exceeds number of string modes supported by driver software (%u).\n",
+              p_ps->mode, N_STR_MODE );
+  else
+    if ( flags & MBG_PS_MSK_STR_MODE )
+      printf( "** String mode \"%s\" is not supported by string type \"%s\" via %s%u .\n",
+              mode_names[p_ps->mode],
+              p_rpcfg->stii[p_ps->str_type].str_type_info.long_name,
+              port_name, port_num );
+
+}  // print_port_info_errors
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int save_serial_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, unsigned int port_num, const char *parm_str,
+                          const PCPS_DEV *p_dev, const RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri )
+{
+  char ws[256];
+  RECEIVER_PORT_CFG rpcfg = { { { 0 } } };
+  PORT_INFO *p_pi = &rpcfg.pii[port_num].port_info;
+  PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps = &p_pi->port_settings;
+  ulong ul;
+  const char *cp;
+  char *p_tail;
+  int rc;
+  int flags;
+  int i;
+
+  // load current settings and supported settings
+  rc = mbg_get_serial_settings( dh, p_dev, &rpcfg, p_ri );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_serial_settings" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+
+  cp = parm_str;
+  p_ps->parm.baud_rate = strtoul( cp, &p_tail, 10 );
+
+  if ( p_tail == cp )  // no number found
+    goto invalid;
+
+  cp = p_tail;
+
+  if ( *cp++ != ',' )  // separator before framing missing
+    goto invalid;
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < sizeof( p_ps->parm.framing ); i++ )
+  {
+    int c = *cp;
+
+    if ( !isalnum( c ) )    // stop copying if non-alpha and non-digit
+      break;
+
+    p_ps->parm.framing[i] = *cp++;
+  }
+
+  p_ps->parm.framing[i] = 0;  // force terminating 0
+
+  p_ps->parm.handshake = HS_NONE;  // this is the only supported setting
+
+
+  // get optional string type index
+
+  if ( *cp++ != ',' )
+    goto done_parm_str;
+
+  ul = strtoul( cp, &p_tail, 10 );
+
+  if ( p_tail != cp )
+    p_ps->str_type = ul;
+
+  cp = p_tail;
+
+
+  // get optional string mode index
+
+  if ( *cp++ != ',' )
+    goto done_parm_str;
+
+  ul = strtoul( cp, &p_tail, 10 );
+
+  if ( p_tail != cp )
+    p_ps->mode = ul;
+
+
+done_parm_str:
+
+  // check if the new parameter set is valid
+  flags = check_valid_port_info( p_pi, rpcfg.stii, p_ri->n_str_type );
+
+  if ( flags )  // parameters not valid
+  {
+    print_port_info_errors( "COM", port_num, flags, &rpcfg );
+    goto invalid;
+  }
+
+  // save new parameters
+  rc = mbg_save_serial_settings( dh, p_dev, &rpcfg, port_num );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_save_serial_settings" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+
+  snprint_port_cfg( ws, sizeof( ws ), port_num, &rpcfg );
+  printf( "The clock's COM%u port has been set to %s.\n", port_num, ws );
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+
+invalid:
+  fprintf( stderr, "** Invalid COM port parameters: %s\n", parm_str );
+  return MBG_ERR_CFG;
+
+}  // save_serial_settings
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void printf_ef( uint16_t flag, const char *info )
+{
+  printf( "%s:%u", info, ( flag == EF_OFF ) ? 0 : 1 );
+
+}  // printf_ef
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int show_enable_flags( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev, const char *info )
+{
+  ENABLE_FLAGS ef;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = mbg_get_gps_enable_flags( dh, &ef );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_gps_enable_flags" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  printf( "%s enable flags: ", info );
+  printf_ef( ef.serial, ef_name_serial );
+  printf( "," );
+  printf_ef( ef.pulses, ef_name_pulses );
+
+  if ( _pcps_has_synth( p_dev ) )
+  {
+    printf( "," );
+    printf_ef( ef.synth, ef_name_synth );
+  }
+
+  printf( "\n" );
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // show_enable_flags
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int ef_check_parm( const char *s, EF_INFO *p )
+{
+  int l = strlen( p->name );
+
+  if ( strncmp( s, p->name, l ) != 0 )
+    return 0;  // parameter does not match
+
+  if ( s[l] != ':' )
+    goto fail;  // parameter syntax error: name not followed by colon
+
+  l++;
+
+  if ( s[l] != '0' && s[l] != '1' )
+    goto fail;  // parameter syntax error: colon not followed by '0' or '1'
+
+  *p->flags = ( s[l] == '0' ) ? EF_OFF : p->on_flags;
+
+  l++;
+
+  return l;
+
+
+fail:
+  return MBG_ERR_CFG;
+
+}  // ef_check_parm
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int set_enable_flags( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *arg, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  ENABLE_FLAGS ef;
+
+  EF_INFO ef_parms[N_EF_INFO] =
+  {
+    { ef_name_serial, &ef.serial, EF_SERIAL_BOTH },
+    { ef_name_pulses, &ef.pulses, EF_PULSES_BOTH },
+    { ef_name_synth, &ef.synth, EF_SYNTH }
+  };
+
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = mbg_get_gps_enable_flags( dh, &ef );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_gps_enable_flags" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  // Scan input parameters
+  for (;;)
+  {
+    int i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < N_EF_INFO; i++ )
+    {
+      rc = ef_check_parm( arg, &ef_parms[i] );
+
+      if ( rc == 0 ) // check next
+        continue;
+
+      if ( rc < 0 )  // error
+        return rc;
+
+      arg += rc;
+
+      if ( *arg == 0 )  // done
+        goto save;
+
+      if ( *arg != ',' )
+        return MBG_ERR_CFG;  // invalid parameter or parameter syntax error
+
+      arg++;
+    }
+  }
+
+save:
+  rc = mbg_set_gps_enable_flags( dh, &ef );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_set_gps_enable_flags" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // set_enable_flags
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int send_gps_cmd( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, ushort cmd )
+{
+  int rc = mbg_set_gps_cmd( dh, &cmd );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_set_gps_cmd" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  printf( "NOTE: the command code %u has been sent to the GPS clock.\n", cmd );
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // send_gps_cmd
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int show_ant_cable_len( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *info )
+{
+  ANT_CABLE_LEN len;
+  int rc = mbg_get_gps_ant_cable_len( dh, &len );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_gps_ant_cable_len" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  printf( "%s antenna cable length: %u meter(s)", info, len );
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // show_ant_cable_len
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int set_ant_cable_len( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *s )
+{
+  ANT_CABLE_LEN len = atol( s );
+  int rc = mbg_set_gps_ant_cable_len( dh, &len );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_set_gps_ant_cable_len" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // set_ant_cable_len
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int set_event_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *s )
+{
+  char ws[80];
+  time_t event_time;
+  PCPS_TIME_STAMP event_ts;
+  int rc;
+
+  // set event at current system time + number of seconds
+  event_time = time( NULL ) + strtol( s, NULL, 10 );
+  event_ts.sec = event_time;  // Unix UTC seconds
+  event_ts.frac = 0;          // fraction of second, 0xFFFFFFFF == 0.99.. sec
+
+  rc = mbg_set_event_time( dh, &event_ts );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_set_event_time" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  mbg_snprint_hr_tstamp( ws, sizeof( ws ), &event_ts, 0 );  // raw timestamp?
+  printf( "Event time set to UTC %s\n", ws );
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // set_event_time
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int get_n_time_scale( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_TIME_SCALE_INFO *p_tsci )
+{
+  MBG_TIME_SCALE_INFO tsci = { { 0 } };
+  int rc;
+  int i;
+
+  rc = mbg_dev_has_time_scale( dh, &i );
+
+  if ( ( rc != MBG_SUCCESS ) || ( i == 0 ) )
+    goto done;    // failed or not supported
+
+  rc = mbg_get_time_scale_info( dh, &tsci );
+
+  if ( rc != MBG_SUCCESS )
+    goto done;
+
+  if ( p_tsci )
+    *p_tsci = tsci;
+
+done:
+  return tsci.max_settings.scale;
+
+}  // get_n_time_scale
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int show_time_scale( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev, const char *info )
+{
+  MBG_TIME_SCALE_INFO tsci = { { 0 } };
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = mbg_get_time_scale_info( dh, &tsci );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_time_scale_info" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  printf( "%s time scale index: %u (%s)", info, tsci.settings.scale,
+          _get_time_scale_name( tsci.settings.scale ) );
+
+  printf( "\n" );
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // show_time_scale
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int set_time_scale( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *arg, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  MBG_TIME_SCALE_INFO tsci = { { 0 } };
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = mbg_get_time_scale_info( dh, &tsci );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_time_scale_info" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+
+  tsci.settings.scale = atoi( arg );
+
+  if ( tsci.settings.scale >= tsci.max_settings.scale )
+  {
+    printf( "*** Error: new time scale index (%u) out of range (0..%u)\n",
+            tsci.settings.scale, tsci.max_settings.scale - 1 );
+    return MBG_ERR_CFG;
+  }
+
+  if ( !( tsci.supp_scales & ( 1UL << tsci.settings.scale ) ) )
+  {
+    printf( "*** Warning: new time scale index (%u) not supported by device\n",
+            tsci.settings.scale );
+    return MBG_ERR_CFG;
+  }
+
+  rc = mbg_set_time_scale_settings( dh, &tsci.settings );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_set_time_scale_settings" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // set_time_scale
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void usage( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_DEV *p_dev, RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri, 
+            RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *p_rpcfg )
+{
+  int i;
+  int n_time_scale;
+
+  if ( p_dev )
+  {
+    check_setup_receiver_info( dh, p_dev, p_ri );
+    check_get_receiver_port_cfg( dh, p_rpcfg, p_dev, p_ri );
+  }
+
+  printf( "Usage:  %s cmd [dev]\n"
+          "\n"
+          "where cmd can be one of the following:\n"
+          "  BOOT             set GPS clock to boot mode\n"
+          "  GPSPOS=x.x,y.y,z set GPS position to (lat,lon,alt)\n",
+          pname
+        );
+
+
+  printf( "  DATE=yyyy-mm-dd  set on-board date to year, month, day-of-month\n"
+          "  TIME=hh:mm:ss.hh set on-board time to hours, mins, secs, hundredths\n"
+        );
+
+
+  printf( "  TIMESCALE        show clock's time scale setting, if supported\n"
+          "  TIMESCALE=<n>    set clock's time scale to scale with index <n>\n"
+        );
+
+  n_time_scale = p_dev ? get_n_time_scale( dh, NULL ) : N_MBG_TIME_SCALE;
+
+  if ( n_time_scale )
+  {
+    printf( "                   Known time scales:\n" );
+    for ( i = 0; i < n_time_scale; i++ )
+    {
+      printf( "                     %u: %s", i, _get_time_scale_name( i ) );
+
+      if ( i == 0 )
+        printf( " (default)" );
+
+      printf( "\n" );
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    printf( "                   (Configurable time scales not supported by this device)\n" );
+
+
+  printf( "  TZOFFS           show clock's time zone offset, if supported\n"
+          "  TZOFFS=<n>       set clock's basic time zone to UTC with additional offset, in seconds\n"
+        );
+
+  printf( "  TZ=UTC           set time zone code to %s\n"
+          "  TZ=CET           set time zone code to %s\n"
+          "  TZ=EET           set time zone code to %s\n",
+          tz_info_utc,
+          tz_info_cet_cest,
+          tz_info_eet_eest
+        );
+
+
+  printf( "  COMPARM          show clock's COM port parameters\n"
+          "  COM<n>=<bd>,<f>[,<t>[,<m>]]  set parameters of clock's port COM<n>"
+        );
+
+  printf( ", where\n"
+          "                     <bd> is one of:" );
+  for ( i = 0; i < N_MBG_BAUD_RATES; i++ )
+    printf( " %s", mbg_baud_str[i] );
+
+  printf( "\n"
+          "                     <f>  is one of:" );
+  for ( i = 0; i < N_MBG_FRAMINGS; i++ )
+    printf( " %s", mbg_framing_str[i] );
+
+  printf( "\n                     <t>  optional time string format index" );
+
+  if ( p_dev )
+  {
+    printf( ":" );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < p_ri->n_str_type; i ++ )
+    {
+      const STR_TYPE_INFO *p_sti = &p_rpcfg->stii[i].str_type_info;
+
+      printf( "\n                         %u: %s", i, p_sti->long_name );
+    }
+  }
+
+  printf( "\n                     <m>  optional time string mode index" );
+
+  if ( p_dev )
+  {
+    printf( ":" );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < N_STR_MODE; i ++ )
+      printf( "\n                         %u: %s", i, mode_names[i] );
+
+    printf( "\n"
+            "                    Please note not each baud rate, framing, string format and mode\n"
+            "                    must necessarily be supported by every individual serial port.\n" );
+  }
+
+  printf( "\n" );
+
+  printf( "  EF                             show clock's enable flags\n"
+          "  EF=SERIAL:0,PULSES:1,SYNTH:0   modify clock's enable flags\n"
+          "\n"
+          "                      SERIAL controls the serial port output\n"
+          "                      PULSES controls pulse outputs and IRIG timecode output, if available\n"
+          "                      SYNTH  controls a programmable synthesizer output, if available\n"
+          "\n"
+          "                      0 or 1 controls when the corresponding output signals are enabled:\n"
+          "                             0: only after the card has synchronized to its incoming signal\n"
+          "                             1: immediately after power-up\n"
+          "\n"
+          "                      Please note that not every device supports enable flags.\n"
+          "\n"
+        );
+
+  printf( "  LAN                                        show board's LAN interface settings\n"
+          "  LAN=DHCP                                   set LAN interface to be configured via DHCP\n"
+          "  LAN=IP:<ip>[,NM:<nm>][,BA:<ba>][,GW:<gw>]  set LAN interface to given static settings\n"
+          "\n"
+          "  where each of <ip>,<nm>,<ba>,<gw> is an IPv4 address of the form aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd, e.g.:\n"
+          "    IP:192.168.1.115  specifies the IP address\n"
+          "    NM:255.255.255.0  specifies the net mask\n"
+          "    BA:192.168.1.255  specifies the broadcast address\n"
+          "    GW:192.168.1.1    specifies the default gateway\n"
+          "\n"
+          "  If no broadcast address is specified then the default broadcast address\n"
+          "  is computed from the IP address and the network mask.\n"
+          "\n"
+          "  Please note that not every device provides a LAN interface.\n"
+          "  Also, the IP values above are examples only. The real values to be used\n"
+          "  depend on the settings of the network to which the card is attached.\n"
+          "\n"
+        );
+
+  printf( "  PTP                                        show board's PTP settings\n"
+          "  PTP=NP:<np>[,DM:<dm>][,DO:<do>][,HW:<hw>]  set general PTP protocol parameters\n"
+          "\n"
+          "  where, e.g. :\n"
+          "    NP:IP4   specifies UDP/IPv4   (Layer 3) as network protocol\n"
+          "    NP:ETH   specifies IEEE 802.3 (Layer 2) as network protocol\n"
+          "    DM:E2E   specifies end-to-end delay mechanism\n"
+          "    DM:P2P   specifies peer-to-peer delay mechanism\n"
+          "    DO:0     specifies PTP domain number [0..255]\n"
+          "    HW:1     specifies if the \"v1 hardware compatibility flag\" shall be set ('1') or disabled ('0')\n"
+          "             (this is usually not required)\n"
+          "\n"
+        );
+
+  printf( "  If the PTP device supports unicast slave mode then the following parameters\n"
+          "  can be specified to configure a unicast master to be queried:\n"
+          "  PTP=ROLE:<rl>[,GMIP:<ip>][,GMID:<id>][,PID:<po>][,SMI:<sr>][,AMI:<ar>][,DMI:<dr>][,DUR:<du>]  set PTP unicast parameters\n"
+          "\n"
+          "  where, e.g.:\n"
+          "    ROLE:MCS                      specifies \"Multicast Slave\" PTP role\n"
+          "    ROLE:UCS                      specifies \"Unicast Slave\" PTP role\n"
+          "    GMIP:192.168.1.115            specifies the IP address of the grandmaster\n"
+          "    GMID:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF  specifies the Clock ID of the grandmaster, or '*' as wildcard for all FF\n"
+          "    PID:1                         specifies the target port ID of the grandmaster port to be used, or '*' for wildcard\n"
+          "    SMI:0                         specifies the Sync message interval requested from the grandmaster in 2^x seconds [-6..6]\n"
+          "    AMI:1                         specifies the Announce message interval requested from the grandmaster in 2^x seconds [-6..6]\n"
+          "    DMI:1                         specifies the DelayRequest message interval requested from the grandmaster in 2^x seconds [-6..6]\n"
+          "    DUR:300                       specifies the duration in seconds how long the master shall send messages to the slave until a timeout or renewal occurs\n"
+          "\n"
+       );
+
+  printf( "  ANT_CABLE_LEN         show the configured antenna cable length\n"
+          "  ANT_CABLE_LEN=<len>   set the antenna cable length to be compensated to <len>, in meters.\n"
+          "\n"
+          "  Please note note this parameter is only supported with cards which provide\n"
+          "  compensation of the antenna cable signal propagation delay, i.e. GPS cards.\n"
+          "\n"
+        );
+
+  if ( p_dev )
+  {
+    if ( _pcps_has_event_time( p_dev ) )
+      printf( "  EVENT=<n>         set event time to system time + <n> seconds\n" );
+  }
+
+}  // usage
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+const char *str_parm_p( const char *s, const char *keyword )
+{
+  char *match = strstr( s, keyword );
+
+  if ( match && ( match == s ) )
+    return &s[strlen( keyword )];
+  else
+    return NULL;
+
+}  // str_parm_p
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int check_cmd_line( int argc, char *argv[], MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev, 
+                    RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri, RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *p_rpcfg )
+{
+  const char *sdate = NULL;
+  const char *stime = NULL;
+  const char *cp;
+  int i;
+  int rc = 0;
+  int error_occurred = 0;
+
+  must_print_usage = 0;
+
+  for ( i = 1; i < argc; i++ )
+  {
+    if ( rc < 0 )
+      error_occurred = 1;
+
+    if ( rc > 0 )
+      must_print_usage = 1;
+
+    rc = 0;
+
+    if ( ( strcmp( argv[i], "-?" ) == 0  ) ||
+         ( strcmp( argv[i], "-h" ) == 0  ) ||
+         ( strcmp( argv[i], "--help" ) == 0  ) )
+    {
+      must_print_usage = 1;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if ( strcmp( argv[i], "BOOT" ) == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( p_dev )
+      {
+        if ( _pcps_is_gps( p_dev ) )
+          rc = send_gps_cmd( dh, PC_GPS_CMD_BOOT );
+        else
+          err_msg( p_dev, no_gps_cmd );
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+
+    cp = str_parm_p( argv[i], "TZ=" );
+
+    if ( cp )
+    {
+      if ( p_dev )
+        rc = set_timezone( dh, cp, p_dev );
+
+      continue;
+    }
+
+
+    cp = str_parm_p( argv[i], "GPSPOS=" );
+
+    if ( cp )
+    {
+      if ( p_dev )
+      {
+        if ( _pcps_is_gps( p_dev ) )
+          rc = set_gps_pos( dh, cp );
+        else
+          err_msg( p_dev, no_gps_cmd );
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+
+    cp = str_parm_p( argv[i], "DATE=" );
+
+    if ( cp )
+    {
+      sdate = cp;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+
+    cp = str_parm_p( argv[i], "TIME=" );
+
+    if ( cp )
+    {
+      stime = cp;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+
+    cp = str_parm_p( argv[i], "COMPARM" );
+
+    if ( cp )
+    {
+      if ( p_dev )
+      {
+        check_setup_receiver_info( dh, p_dev, p_ri );
+        if ( p_ri->n_com_ports )
+        {
+          check_get_receiver_port_cfg( dh, p_rpcfg, p_dev, p_ri );
+
+          if ( *cp != 0 )
+          {
+            printf( "** Invalid parameter: %s\n", argv[i] );
+            must_print_usage = 1;
+            continue;
+          }
+
+          show_serial_settings( dh, p_rpcfg, p_ri );
+        }
+        else
+          printf( "** This device does not provide a configurable COM port.\n" );
+      }
+
+      continue;
+    }
+
+
+    cp = str_parm_p( argv[i], "COM" );
+
+    if ( cp )
+    {
+      if ( p_dev )
+      {
+        char *p_tail;
+        ulong port_num;
+
+        check_setup_receiver_info( dh, p_dev, p_ri );
+        check_get_receiver_port_cfg( dh, p_rpcfg, p_dev, p_ri );
+
+        port_num = strtoul( cp, &p_tail, 10 );
+
+        if ( p_tail == cp )  // no COM port number specified
+        {
+          printf( "** Invalid COM port specification: %s\n", argv[i] );
+          must_print_usage = 1;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        cp = p_tail;
+
+        if ( port_num >= (ulong) p_ri->n_com_ports )
+        {
+          printf( "** COM port number %lu exceeds maximum %u\n", 
+                  port_num, p_ri->n_com_ports );
+          must_print_usage = 1;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        if ( *cp != '=' )
+        {
+          printf( "** Invalid COM port specification: %s\n", argv[i] );
+          must_print_usage = 1;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        rc = save_serial_settings( dh, (unsigned) port_num, ++cp, p_dev, p_ri );
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+
+    cp = str_parm_p( argv[i], "EF" );
+
+    if ( cp )
+    {
+      if ( p_dev )
+      {
+        char *info = "Current";
+
+        if ( !_pcps_has_gps_data( p_dev ) )
+        {
+          err_msg( p_dev, no_enable_flags );
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        if ( *cp == '=' )
+        {
+          rc = set_enable_flags( dh, ++cp, p_dev );
+
+          if ( rc < 0 )
+          {
+            printf( "*** Warning: invalid enable flag parameter syntax\n" );
+            must_print_usage = 1;
+            continue;
+          }
+
+          info = "New";
+        }
+
+        show_enable_flags( dh, p_dev, info );
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+
+    cp = str_parm_p( argv[i], "TIMESCALE" );
+
+    if ( cp )
+    {
+      if ( p_dev )
+      {
+        char *info = "Current";
+
+        if ( !_pcps_has_time_scale( p_dev ) )
+        {
+          err_msg( p_dev, no_time_scale );
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        if ( *cp == '=' )
+        {
+          rc = set_time_scale( dh, ++cp, p_dev );
+
+          if ( rc < 0 )
+          {
+            must_print_usage = 1;
+            continue;
+          }
+
+          info = "New";
+        }
+
+        show_time_scale( dh, p_dev, info );
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+
+    cp = str_parm_p( argv[i], "TZOFFS" );
+
+    if ( cp  )
+    {
+      if ( p_dev )
+      {
+        char *info = "Current";
+
+        if ( !_pcps_has_tzdl( p_dev ) )
+        {
+          err_msg( p_dev, no_tzdl );
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        if ( *cp == '=' )
+        {
+          rc = set_tzdl_offs( dh, ++cp );
+
+          if ( rc < 0 )
+          {
+            must_print_usage = 1;
+            continue;
+          }
+
+          info = "New";
+        }
+
+        show_tzdl_offs( dh, info );
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+
+    cp = str_parm_p( argv[i], "LAN" );
+
+    if ( cp )
+    {
+      if ( p_dev )
+      {
+        char *info = "Current";
+
+        if ( !_pcps_has_lan_intf( p_dev ) )
+        {
+          err_msg( p_dev, no_lan_intf );
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        if ( *cp == '=' )
+        {
+          rc = set_lan_intf( dh, ++cp, p_dev );
+
+          if ( rc < 0 )
+          {
+            must_print_usage = 1;
+            continue;
+          }
+
+          info = "New";
+        }
+
+        show_lan_intf( dh, p_dev, info );
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+
+    cp = str_parm_p( argv[i], "PTP" );
+
+    if ( cp )
+    {
+      if ( p_dev )
+      {
+        char *info = "Current";
+
+        if ( !_pcps_has_ptp( p_dev ) )
+        {
+          err_msg( p_dev, no_ptp );
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        if ( *cp == '=' )
+        {
+          rc = set_ptp_cfg( dh, ++cp, p_dev );
+
+          if ( rc < 0 )
+          {
+            must_print_usage = 1;
+            continue;
+          }
+
+          info = "New";
+        }
+
+        show_ptp_cfg( dh, p_dev, info );
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    cp = str_parm_p( argv[i], "ANT_CABLE_LEN" );
+
+    if ( cp )
+    {
+      if ( p_dev )
+      {
+        char *info = "Current";
+
+        if ( !_pcps_has_cab_len( p_dev ) )
+        {
+          err_msg( p_dev, no_cab_len );
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        if ( *cp == '=' )
+        {
+          rc = set_ant_cable_len( dh, ++cp );
+
+          if ( rc < 0 )
+          {
+            must_print_usage = 1;
+            continue;
+          }
+
+          info = "New";
+        }
+
+        show_ant_cable_len( dh, info );
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+
+    cp = str_parm_p( argv[i], "EVENT" );
+
+    if ( cp )
+    {
+      if ( p_dev )
+      {
+        if ( _pcps_has_event_time( p_dev ) )
+        {
+          if ( *cp == '=' )
+            rc = set_event_time( dh, ++cp );
+          else
+            rc = -1;
+
+          if ( rc < 0 )
+            printf( "*** Warning: invalid event time parameter\n" );
+        }
+        else
+          err_msg( p_dev, no_event_time );
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if ( dev_name == NULL )
+      dev_name = argv[i];
+
+#if 0  //##++
+    else
+    {
+      printf( "** Unknown command: %s\n", argv[i] );
+      must_print_usage = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  }
+
+  if ( p_dev )
+    if ( sdate || stime )
+      rc = set_date_time( dh, p_dev, sdate, stime );
+
+  if ( error_occurred )
+    return -1;
+
+  if ( must_print_usage )
+    return 1;
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // check_cmd_line
+
+
+
+int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
+{
+  RECEIVER_PORT_CFG rpcfg = { { { 0 } } };
+  RECEIVER_INFO ri = { 0 };
+  PCPS_DEV dev = { { 0 } };
+  PCPS_DEV *pdev = NULL;
+  MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh = MBG_INVALID_DEV_HANDLE;
+  int rc;
+
+  mbg_print_program_info( pname, MBG_MICRO_VERSION, MBG_FIRST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR, MBG_LAST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR );
+
+  // If no arguments have been given, just print usage.
+  if ( argc < 2 )
+    goto show_usage;
+
+  // Check the command line for a device name, but don't
+  // pass a device handle, so commands are not evaluated.
+  check_cmd_line( argc, argv, dh, NULL, &ri, &rpcfg );
+
+  if ( dev_name )
+    dh = open( dev_name, O_RDWR );   // open specific device
+  else
+    dh = mbg_open_device( 0 );  // open first device found
+
+  if ( dh == MBG_INVALID_DEV_HANDLE )
+  {
+    //##++++++++++++++++++++++
+    if ( dev_name )
+      fprintf( stderr, "%s: ", dev_name );
+
+    perror( "Unable to open device" );
+    goto fail;
+  }
+
+  // get information about the device
+  rc = mbg_get_show_dev_info( dh, dev_name, &dev );
+
+  if ( rc < 0 )
+    goto fail;
+
+
+  pdev = &dev;
+
+  rc = check_cmd_line( argc, argv, dh, pdev, &ri, &rpcfg );
+
+  if ( rc < 0 )
+    goto fail;
+
+  if ( rc > 0 )
+    goto show_usage;
+
+  printf( "\n" );
+
+  mbg_close_device( &dh );
+
+  return 0;
+
+
+show_usage:
+  usage( dh, pdev, &ri, &rpcfg );
+  return 1;
+
+fail:
+  return 2;
+}
diff --git a/mbgfasttstamp/mbgfasttstamp.c b/mbgfasttstamp/mbgfasttstamp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9b2d91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbgfasttstamp/mbgfasttstamp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbgfasttstamp.c 1.6.1.8 2013/04/10 15:40:28Z martin TEST martin $
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Main file for mbgfasttstamp program which demonstrates how to access
+ *    a Meinberg device via memory mapped I/O, if supported by the device.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbgfasttstamp.c $
+ *  Revision 1.6.1.8  2013/04/10 15:40:28Z  martin
+ *  Revision 1.6.1.7  2013/01/24 14:39:33Z  martin
+ *  Revision 1.6.1.6  2012/06/01 18:46:52  martin
+ *  Added option to sleep between calls.
+ *  Revision 1.6.1.5  2011/12/19 16:09:17  martin
+ *  Revision 1.6.1.4  2011/09/26 16:00:51  martin
+ *  Modified program version handling.
+ *  Account for modified library functions which can now
+ *  optionally print the raw (hex) HR time stamp.
+ *  Started to support signal handler to catch CTRL-C.
+ *  Revision 1.6.1.3  2011/01/28 12:04:07  martin
+ *  Revision 1.6.1.2  2011/01/28 11:51:13  martin
+ *  Revision 1.6.1.1  2011/01/28 11:17:00  martin
+ *  Abort if MM access not supported on the target OS.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2010/05/21 12:54:33  martin
+ *  Print warning if no cycles supported on the target platform
+ *  and thus latencies can not be computed.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2009/09/29 15:02:14  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.4.0.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2009/07/24 09:50:08  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.3.0.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2009/06/19 14:01:32  martin
+ *  Made print_hr_timestamp() to toolutil.c as mbg_print_hr_timestamp().
+ *  Updated version number to 3.2.0.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2009/03/20 11:48:19  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.1.0.
+ *  Updated copyright year to include 2009.
+ *  New parameter -r lets the program read raw timestamps
+ *  using the new API call mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp().
+ *  Revision 1.1  2008/12/22 11:45:01  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2008/12/22 11:05:24  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+// include Meinberg headers
+#include <mbgdevio.h>
+#include <pcpsutil.h>
+#include <toolutil.h>  // common utility functions
+
+// include system headers
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+#define MBG_MICRO_VERSION          0
+#define MBG_FIRST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR   2007
+#define MBG_LAST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR    0     // use default
+
+static const char *pname = "mbgfasttstamp";
+
+
+#define MAX_TS_BURST  1000
+
+static int loops;
+static int burst_read;
+static int read_raw;
+static long sleep_secs;
+static long sleep_usecs;
+
+
+
+// The function below reads a number of time stamps and prints
+// each timestamp immediately. This is not as fast as possible
+// since printing the time stamp takes some time to execute.
+// However, this can run continuously forever.
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int show_fast_hr_timestamp( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh )
+{
+  int this_loops = loops;
+  PCPS_TIME_STAMP ts;
+  int32_t hns_latency = 0;
+
+  for (;;)
+  {
+    int rc = read_raw ? mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp( dh, &ts ) :
+             mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_comp( dh, &ts, &hns_latency );
+
+    if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp..." ) )
+      goto fail;
+
+    mbg_print_hr_timestamp( &ts, hns_latency, NULL, read_raw, 1 );  // raw timestamp?
+
+    if ( this_loops > 0 )
+      this_loops--;
+
+    if ( this_loops == 0 )
+      break;
+
+    if ( sleep_secs )
+      sleep( sleep_secs );
+    else
+      if ( sleep_usecs )
+        usleep( sleep_usecs );
+
+    // if this_loops is < 0 then loop forever
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+
+fail:
+  return -1;
+
+}  // show_fast_hr_timestamp
+
+
+
+// The function below takes a number of time stamps and saves
+// them to a buffer. After the time stamps have been read
+// a second loop prints the time stamps from the buffer.
+// This way the time stamps are read in shorter intervals.
+// However, this can not run continuously forever since
+// the buffer size is somewhat limited.
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int show_fast_hr_timestamp_burst( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh )
+{
+  PCPS_TIME_STAMP ts[MAX_TS_BURST];
+  int32_t hns_latency[MAX_TS_BURST];
+  int this_loops;
+  int i;
+
+  this_loops = ( loops && ( loops < MAX_TS_BURST ) ) ? loops : MAX_TS_BURST;
+
+
+  if ( read_raw )
+  {
+    for ( i = 0; i < this_loops; i++ )
+    {
+      int rc = mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp( dh, &ts[i] );
+
+      if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp" ) )
+        goto fail;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    for ( i = 0; i < this_loops; i++ )
+    {
+      int rc = mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_comp( dh, &ts[i], &hns_latency[i] );
+
+      if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_comp" ) )
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < this_loops; i++ )
+  {
+    PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p_prv_ts = i ? &ts[i - 1] : NULL;
+    mbg_print_hr_timestamp( &ts[i], hns_latency[i], p_prv_ts, read_raw, 0 );  // raw timestamp?
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+
+
+fail:
+  return -1;
+
+}  // show_fast_hr_timestamp_burst
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int do_mbgfasttstamp( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  int supported = 0;
+  int rc = mbg_dev_has_fast_hr_timestamp( dh, &supported );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_has_fast_hr_timestamp" ) )
+    goto done;
+
+  if ( !supported )
+  {
+    printf( "This device does not support fast (memory mapped) time stamps.\n" );
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  if ( burst_read )
+    show_fast_hr_timestamp_burst( dh );
+  else
+    show_fast_hr_timestamp( dh );
+
+done:
+  mbg_close_device( &dh );
+
+  return rc;
+
+}  // do_mbgfasttstamp
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void usage( void )
+{
+  mbg_print_usage_intro( pname,
+    "This example program reads fast high resolution time stamps.\n"
+    "\n"
+    "This is done using memory mapped I/O in the kernel driver, so\n"
+    "this works only with cards which support memory mapped I/O."
+  );
+  mbg_print_help_options();
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-c", "run continuously" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-n num", "run num loops" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-b", "burst read" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-r", "read raw time stamps, no cycles" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-s num", "sleep num seconds between calls" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-u num", "sleep num microseconds between calls" );
+  mbg_print_device_options();
+  puts( "" );
+
+}  // usage
+
+
+
+int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
+{
+  int rc;
+  int c;
+
+  mbg_print_program_info( pname, MBG_MICRO_VERSION, MBG_FIRST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR, MBG_LAST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR );
+
+  // check command line parameters
+  while ( ( c = getopt( argc, argv, "bcn:rs:u:h?" ) ) != -1 )
+  {
+    switch ( c )
+    {
+      case 'b':
+        burst_read = 1;
+        break;
+
+      case 'c':
+        loops = -1;
+        break;
+
+      case 'n':
+        loops = atoi( optarg );
+        break;
+
+      case 'r':
+        read_raw = 1;
+        break;
+
+      case 's':
+        sleep_secs = atoi( optarg );
+        break;
+
+      case 'u':
+        sleep_usecs = atoi( optarg );
+        break;
+
+      case 'h':
+      case '?':
+      default:
+        must_print_usage = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( must_print_usage )
+  {
+    usage();
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  #if !MBG_TGT_SUPP_MEM_ACC
+    printf( "** Memory mapped access not supported on this target platform.\n\n" );
+    return 1;
+  #endif
+
+  #if !MBG_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORTED
+    printf( "** Warning: No cycles support to compute real latencies on this platform!\n" );
+
+    if ( !read_raw )
+    {
+      read_raw = 1;
+      printf( "** Falling back to raw mode.\n" );
+    }
+
+    printf( "\n" );
+  #endif
+
+  // The function below checks which devices have been specified
+  // on the command, and for each device
+  // - tries to open the device
+  // - shows basic device info
+  // - calls the function passed as last parameter
+  rc = mbg_check_devices( argc, argv, optind, do_mbgfasttstamp );
+
+  return abs( rc );
+}
diff --git a/mbggpscap/mbggpscap.c b/mbggpscap/mbggpscap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dc8b53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbggpscap/mbggpscap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbggpscap.c 1.10.1.7 2013/04/10 15:40:28Z martin TEST martin $
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Main file for mbggpscap program which demonstrates how to access
+ *    a Meinberg device via IOCTL calls and read entries from the time
+ *    capture FIFO buffer.
+ *
+ *    Please note that this may only work with devices which provide
+ *    time capture input(s).
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbggpscap.c $
+ *  Revision 1.10.1.7  2013/04/10 15:40:28Z  martin
+ *  Revision 1.10.1.6  2011/09/09 08:28:22Z  martin
+ *  Revision 1.10.1.5  2011/09/07 15:12:33  martin
+ *  New option -r which displays raw timestamps and raw status.
+ *  New option -o which forces usage of old API.
+ *  Fixed a bug when displaying the capture event status. TTM and PCPS_HR_TIME
+ *  are using different sets of status flags.
+ *  Revision 1.10.1.4  2011/07/05 15:35:54  martin
+ *  Modified version handling.
+ *  Revision 1.10.1.3  2011/07/05 14:35:18  martin
+ *  New way to maintain version information.
+ *  Revision 1.10.1.2  2010/11/12 12:27:17  martin
+ *  Improved reading capture events arriving at a high rate.
+ *  Support validation of capture signals arriving at a constant rate.
+ *  Revision 1.10.1.1  2010/03/10 16:42:33  martin
+ *  Improved code execution paths.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2009/09/29 15:02:15  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.4.0.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2009/07/24 09:50:08  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.3.0.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2009/06/19 12:38:51  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.2.0.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2009/03/19 17:04:26  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.1.0.
+ *  Updated copyright year to include 2009.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2008/12/22 12:00:55  martin
+ *  Updated description, copyright, revision number and string.
+ *  Use unified functions from toolutil module.
+ *  Accept device name(s) on the command line.
+ *  Don't use printf() without format, which migth produce warnings
+ *  with newer gcc versions.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2007/07/24 09:32:26  martin
+ *  Updated copyright to include 2007.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2006/02/22 15:29:17  martin
+ *  Support new ucap API.
+ *  Print an error message if device can't be opened.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2004/11/08 15:47:10  martin
+ *  Using type cast to avoid compiler warning.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2003/04/25 10:28:05  martin
+ *  Use new functions from mbgdevio library.
+ *  New program version v2.1.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2001/09/17 15:08:22  martin
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+// include Meinberg headers
+#include <mbgdevio.h>
+#include <pcpsutil.h>
+#include <toolutil.h>  // common utility functions
+
+// include system headers
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+
+#define USLEEP_INTV  10000  // [microseconds]
+
+
+#define MBG_MICRO_VERSION          0
+#define MBG_FIRST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR   2001
+#define MBG_LAST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR    0     // use default
+
+static const char *pname = "mbggpscap";
+
+
+static int continuous;
+static double nom_cap_intv;    // nominal capture interval to check [s]
+static double max_cap_jitter;  // max allowed jitter [s]
+static int raw;
+static int force_old_api;
+
+static int has_been_called;
+static int must_check_intv;
+static ulong err_cnt;
+static PCPS_HR_TIME prv_ucap;
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_ucap_event( const PCPS_HR_TIME *ucap )
+{
+  char ws[80];
+
+  // Print converted date and time to a string:
+  mbg_snprint_hr_time( ws, sizeof( ws ), ucap, raw );
+
+  // Print the time stamp, ucap->signal contains the channel number:
+  printf( "New capture: CH%i: %s", ucap->signal, ws );
+
+  if ( must_check_intv && has_been_called )
+  {
+    double abs_delta;
+    double d = ucap->tstamp.sec - prv_ucap.tstamp.sec;
+    d += ( (double) ucap->tstamp.frac - prv_ucap.tstamp.frac ) / PCPS_HRT_BIN_FRAC_SCALE;
+
+    printf( " %+.6f", d );
+
+    abs_delta = d - nom_cap_intv;
+
+    if ( abs_delta < 0.0 )
+      abs_delta = -abs_delta;
+
+    if ( abs_delta > max_cap_jitter )
+      err_cnt++;
+
+    if ( err_cnt )
+      printf( " ** %lu", err_cnt );
+  }
+
+  // status bit definitions can be found in pcpsdefs.h.
+
+  if ( raw )
+    printf( ", st: 0x%04X", ucap->status );
+
+  if ( ucap->status & PCPS_UCAP_OVERRUN )     // capture events have occurred too fast
+    printf( " << CAP OVR" );
+
+  if ( ucap->status & PCPS_UCAP_BUFFER_FULL ) // capture buffer has been full, events lost
+    printf( " << BUF OVR" );
+
+  prv_ucap = *ucap;
+  has_been_called = 1;
+
+  printf( "\n" );
+
+}  // show_ucap_event
+
+
+
+// The function below is normally outdated, and show_ucap_event()
+// above should be used if possible, together with the associated
+// API calls.
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_gps_ucap( const TTM *ucap )
+{
+  printf( "New capture: CH%i: %04i-%02i-%02i  %2i:%02i:%02i.%07li",
+          ucap->channel,
+          ucap->tm.year,
+          ucap->tm.month,
+          ucap->tm.mday,
+          ucap->tm.hour,
+          ucap->tm.min,
+          ucap->tm.sec,
+          (ulong) ucap->tm.frac
+        );
+
+  if ( raw )
+    printf( ", st: 0x%04lX", (ulong) ucap->tm.status );
+
+  printf( "\n" );
+
+}  // show_gps_ucap
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void check_serial_mode( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh )
+{
+  PORT_PARM port_parm;
+  int i;
+  int must_modify = 0;
+
+  // read the clock's current port settings
+  int rc = mbg_get_gps_port_parm( dh, &port_parm );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_gps_port_parm" ) )
+    return;
+
+
+  // If one of the ports has been set to send user captures
+  // then the user capture buffer will most often be empty
+  // if we check for captures, so modify the port mode.
+  for ( i = 0; i < N_COM; i++ )
+  {
+    if ( port_parm.mode[i] == STR_UCAP )
+    {
+      port_parm.mode[i] = STR_UCAP_REQ;
+      must_modify = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( !must_modify )
+    return;
+
+
+  rc = mbg_set_gps_port_parm( dh, &port_parm );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_set_gps_port_parm" ) )
+    return;
+
+  printf( "NOTE: the clock's serial port mode has been changed.\n" );
+
+}  // check_serial_mode
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int do_mbggpscap( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  int rc;
+
+  must_check_intv = continuous && ( nom_cap_intv != 0 );
+  has_been_called = 0;
+  err_cnt = 0;
+
+  if ( !_pcps_has_ucap( p_dev ) && !_pcps_is_gps( p_dev ) )
+  {
+    printf( "This device type does not provide time capture inputs.\n" );
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  check_serial_mode( dh );
+
+  printf( "Be sure the card has been properly configured to enable capture inputs.\n" );
+
+  // There's an older API which has been introduced with the first GPS boards
+  // and uses the TTM structure to return the capture events. However, that
+  // API call is slow and not very flexible, so a new set of API calls has been
+  // introduced to handle capture events.
+  // The new API calls are supported by all supported by all newer boards which
+  // provide user capture inputs, and also for older boards with a firmware update.
+
+  if ( !force_old_api && _pcps_has_ucap( p_dev ) )  // check if the new API is supported
+  {
+    // The new API provides the following functions:
+    //   mbg_clr_ucap_buff()     clear the on-board FIFO buffer
+    //   mbg_get_ucap_entries()  get the max number of FIFO entries, and the current number of entries
+    //   mbg_get_ucap_event()    read one entry from the FIFO
+
+    PCPS_UCAP_ENTRIES ucap_entries;
+
+    // retrieve and print information of the maximum number of events that can
+    // be stored in the on-board FIFO, and the number of events that are currently
+    // stored
+    rc = mbg_get_ucap_entries( dh, &ucap_entries );
+
+    if ( rc == MBG_SUCCESS )
+    {
+      // Cards report they could save one more capture event
+      // than they actually do save, so adjust the reported value
+      // for a proper display.
+      if ( ucap_entries.max )
+        ucap_entries.max--;
+
+      printf( "\nOn-board FIFO: %u of %u entries used\n\n",
+              ucap_entries.used, ucap_entries.max );
+    }
+
+    // If the program is not to run continuously and no
+    // capture events are available then we're through.
+    if ( !continuous && ucap_entries.used == 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+
+    printf( ( ucap_entries.used == 0 ) ?
+            "Waiting for capture events:\n" :
+            "Reading capture events:\n"
+          );
+
+    // Now read out all events from the FIFO and wait
+    // for new events if the FIFO is empty.
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      PCPS_HR_TIME ucap_event;
+
+      rc = mbg_get_ucap_event( dh, &ucap_event );
+
+      if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_ucap_event" ) )
+        break;  // an error has occurred
+
+      // If a user capture event has been read then it
+      // has been removed from the card's FIFO buffer.
+
+      // If the time stamp is not 0 then a new capture event has been retrieved.
+      if ( ucap_event.tstamp.sec || ucap_event.tstamp.frac )
+      {
+        show_ucap_event( &ucap_event );
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      usleep( USLEEP_INTV );   // sleep, then try again
+    }
+  }
+  else    // use the old API
+  {
+    printf( "Checking for capture events using the old API:\n" );
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      TTM ucap_ttm;
+
+      rc = mbg_get_gps_ucap( dh, &ucap_ttm );
+
+      if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_gps_ucap" ) )
+        break;  // an error has occurred
+
+
+      // If a user capture event has been read then it
+      // has been removed from the card's FIFO buffer.
+
+      // If a new capture event has been available then
+      // the ucap.tm contains a time stamp.
+      if ( _pcps_time_is_read( &ucap_ttm.tm ) )
+        show_gps_ucap( &ucap_ttm );
+
+      if ( !continuous )
+      {
+        printf( "No capture event available!\n" );
+        break;
+      }
+
+      usleep( USLEEP_INTV );   // sleep, then try again
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+
+}  // do_mbggpscap
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void usage( void )
+{
+  mbg_print_usage_intro( pname,
+    "This example program reads time capture events from a card.\n"
+    "This works only with cards which provide time capture inputs."
+  );
+  mbg_print_help_options();
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-c", "run continuously" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-i val", "check interval between captures events [s]" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-j val", "max allowed jitter of capture interval [s]" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-r", "show raw (hex) timestamp and status)" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-o", "force usage of old API (for testing only)" );
+  mbg_print_device_options();
+  puts( "" );
+
+}  // usage
+
+
+
+int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
+{
+  int rc;
+  int c;
+
+  mbg_print_program_info( pname, MBG_MICRO_VERSION, MBG_FIRST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR, MBG_LAST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR );
+
+  // check command line parameters
+  while ( ( c = getopt( argc, argv, "ci:j:roh?" ) ) != -1 )
+  {
+    switch ( c )
+    {
+      case 'c':
+        continuous = 1;
+        break;
+
+      case 'i':
+        nom_cap_intv = atof( optarg );
+        break;
+
+      case 'j':
+        max_cap_jitter = atof( optarg );
+        break;
+
+      case 'r':
+        raw = 1;
+        break;
+
+      case 'o':
+        force_old_api = 1;
+        break;
+
+      case 'h':
+      case '?':
+      default:
+        must_print_usage = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( must_print_usage )
+  {
+    usage();
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  // The function below checks which devices have been specified
+  // on the command, and for each device
+  // - tries to open the device
+  // - shows basic device info
+  // - calls the function passed as last parameter
+  rc = mbg_check_devices( argc, argv, optind, do_mbggpscap );
+
+  return abs( rc );
+}
diff --git a/mbghrtime/mbghrtime.c b/mbghrtime/mbghrtime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf71778
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbghrtime/mbghrtime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbghrtime.c 1.11.1.10 2013/04/10 15:40:29Z martin TEST martin $
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Main file for mbghrtime program which demonstrates how to access
+ *    a Meinberg device via IOCTL calls to read high resolution
+ *    time stamps, if supported by the device.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbghrtime.c $
+ *  Revision 1.11.1.10  2013/04/10 15:40:29Z  martin
+ *  Revision 1.11.1.9  2011/12/19 16:13:46Z  martin
+ *  Revision 1.11.1.8  2011/09/29 16:28:34  martin
+ *  New options -s, -u, -v.
+ *  Print time using new function mbg_print_hr_time().
+ *  Revision 1.11.1.7  2011/09/07 15:08:55  martin
+ *  Account for modified library functions which can now
+ *  optionally print the raw (hex) HR time stamp.
+ *  Revision 1.11.1.6  2011/07/05 15:35:54  martin
+ *  Modified version handling.
+ *  Revision 1.11.1.5  2011/07/05 14:35:18  martin
+ *  New way to maintain version information.
+ *  Revision 1.11.1.4  2011/01/28 12:04:08  martin
+ *  Revision 1.11.1.3  2011/01/28 11:52:51  martin
+ *  Revision 1.11.1.2  2011/01/28 11:51:13  martin
+ *  Revision 1.11.1.1  2011/01/28 11:17:33  martin
+ *  Starrted to support raw and burst.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2010/05/21 12:54:33  martin
+ *  Print warning if no cycles supported on the target platform
+ *  and thus latencies can not be computed.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2009/09/29 15:02:15  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.4.0.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2009/07/24 09:50:08  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.3.0.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2009/06/19 14:03:53  martin
+ *  Use common mbg_print_hr_timestamp() for unified output format.
+ *  Updated version number to 3.2.0.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2009/03/20 11:45:16  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.1.0.
+ *  Updated copyright year to include 2009.
+ *  Call mbg_get_hr_time_comp() instead of mbg_get_hr_time_cycles().
+ *  Revision 1.6  2008/12/22 12:02:00  martin
+ *  Updated description, copyright, revision number and string.
+ *  Use unified functions from toolutil module.
+ *  Accept device name(s) on the command line.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2007/07/24 09:32:41  martin
+ *  Updated copyright to include 2007.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2004/11/08 15:45:22  martin
+ *  Modifications to support 64 bit systems in a clean way.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2003/04/25 10:28:05  martin
+ *  Use new functions from mbgdevio library.
+ *  New program version v2.1.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2001/11/30 10:01:49  martin
+ *  Account for the modified definition of PCPS_HR_TIME which
+ *  uses the new structure PCPS_TIME_STAMP now.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2001/09/17 15:08:31  martin
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+// include Meinberg headers
+#include <mbgdevio.h>
+#include <pcpsutil.h>
+#include <toolutil.h>  // common utility functions
+
+// include system headers
+#include <time.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+
+#define MBG_MICRO_VERSION          0
+#define MBG_FIRST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR   2001
+#define MBG_LAST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR    0     // use default
+
+static const char *pname = "mbghrtime";
+
+
+#define MAX_TS_BURST  1000
+
+static int loops;
+static int burst_read;
+static int read_raw;
+static long sleep_secs;
+static long sleep_usecs;
+static int verbose;
+
+
+
+// The function below reads a number of time stamps and prints
+// each timestamp immediately. This is not as fast as possible
+// since printing the time stamp takes some time to execute.
+// However, this can run continuously forever.
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int show_hr_timestamp( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh )
+{
+  PCPS_HR_TIME ht = { { 0 } };
+  PCPS_HR_TIME prv_ht = { { 0 } };
+  PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p = NULL;
+  int32_t hns_latency = 0;
+  int this_loops = loops;
+
+  for (;;)
+  {
+    int rc = read_raw ? mbg_get_hr_time( dh, &ht ) :
+             mbg_get_hr_time_comp( dh, &ht, &hns_latency );
+
+    if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_hr_time_..." ) )
+      goto fail;
+
+    mbg_print_hr_time( &ht, hns_latency, p, read_raw, verbose, verbose );
+
+    prv_ht = ht;
+    p = &prv_ht.tstamp;
+
+    if ( this_loops > 0 )
+      this_loops--;
+
+    if ( this_loops == 0 )
+      break;
+
+    if ( sleep_secs )
+      sleep( sleep_secs );
+    else
+      if ( sleep_usecs )
+        usleep( sleep_usecs );
+
+    // if this_loops is < 0 then loop forever
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+
+fail:
+  return -1;
+
+}  // show_hr_timestamp
+
+
+
+// The function below takes a number of time stamps and saves
+// them to a buffer. After the time stamps have been read
+// a second loop prints the time stamps from the buffer.
+// This way the time stamps are read in shorter intervals.
+// However, this can not run continuously forever since
+// the buffer size is somewhat limited.
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int show_hr_timestamp_burst( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh )
+{
+  PCPS_HR_TIME ht[MAX_TS_BURST] = { { { 0 } } };
+  int32_t hns_latency[MAX_TS_BURST];
+  int this_loops;
+  int i;
+
+  this_loops = ( loops && ( loops < MAX_TS_BURST ) ) ? loops : MAX_TS_BURST;
+
+
+  if ( read_raw )
+  {
+    for ( i = 0; i < this_loops; i++ )
+    {
+      int rc = mbg_get_hr_time( dh, &ht[i] );
+
+      if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_hr_time" ) )
+        goto fail;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    for ( i = 0; i < this_loops; i++ )
+    {
+      int rc = mbg_get_hr_time_comp( dh, &ht[i], &hns_latency[i] );
+
+      if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_hr_time_comp" ) )
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < this_loops; i++ )
+  {
+    PCPS_HR_TIME *p_prv_ht = i ? &ht[i - 1] : NULL;
+    mbg_print_hr_time( &ht[i], hns_latency[i], &p_prv_ht->tstamp, read_raw, verbose, verbose );
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+
+
+fail:
+  return -1;
+
+}  // show_hr_timestamp_burst
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int do_mbghrtime( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  int supported = 0;
+  int rc = mbg_dev_has_hr_time( dh, &supported );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_dev_has_hr_time" ) )
+    goto done;
+
+  if ( !supported )
+  {
+    printf( "High resolution time not supported by this device.\n" );
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  if ( burst_read )
+    show_hr_timestamp_burst( dh );
+  else
+    show_hr_timestamp( dh );
+
+done:
+  mbg_close_device( &dh );
+
+  return rc;
+
+}  // do_mbghrtime
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void usage( void )
+{
+  mbg_print_usage_intro( pname,
+    "This example program reads high resolution time stamps (HR time)\n"
+    "from a device.\n"
+    "This works only for devices which support high resolution time (HR time)."
+  );
+  mbg_print_help_options();
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-c", "run continuously" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-n num", "run num loops" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-b", "burst read" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-r", "read raw time stamps, no cycles" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-s num", "sleep num seconds between calls" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-u num", "sleep num microseconds between calls" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-v", "increase verbosity" );
+  mbg_print_device_options();
+  puts( "" );
+
+}  // usage
+
+
+
+int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
+{
+  int rc;
+  int c;
+
+  mbg_print_program_info( pname, MBG_MICRO_VERSION, MBG_FIRST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR, MBG_LAST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR );
+
+  // check command line parameters
+  while ( ( c = getopt( argc, argv, "bcn:rs:u:vh?" ) ) != -1 )
+  {
+    switch ( c )
+    {
+      case 'b':
+        burst_read = 1;
+        break;
+
+      case 'c':
+        loops = -1;
+        break;
+
+      case 'n':
+        loops = atoi( optarg );
+        break;
+
+      case 'r':
+        read_raw = 1;
+        break;
+
+      case 's':
+        sleep_secs = atoi( optarg );
+        break;
+
+      case 'u':
+        sleep_usecs = atoi( optarg );
+        break;
+
+      case 'v':
+        verbose++;
+        break;
+
+      case 'h':
+      case '?':
+      default:
+        must_print_usage = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( must_print_usage )
+  {
+    usage();
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+
+  #if !MBG_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORTED
+    printf( "** Warning: No cycles support to compute real latencies on this platform!\n" );
+
+    if ( !read_raw )
+    {
+      read_raw = 1;
+      printf( "** Falling back to raw mode.\n" );
+    }
+
+    printf( "\n" );
+  #endif
+
+
+  // The function below checks which devices have been specified
+  // on the command, and for each device
+  // - tries to open the device
+  // - shows basic device info
+  // - calls the function passed as last parameter
+  rc = mbg_check_devices( argc, argv, optind, do_mbghrtime );
+
+  return abs( rc );
+}
diff --git a/mbglib/common/cfg_hlp.h b/mbglib/common/cfg_hlp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a485d98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/cfg_hlp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: cfg_hlp.h 1.2 2012/10/02 18:16:26Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for configuration programs.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: cfg_hlp.h $
+ *  Revision 1.2  2012/10/02 18:16:26Z  martin
+ *  Modified some typedefs to be more compliant with the underlying types.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2011/09/21 15:59:59  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _CFG_HLP_H
+#define _CFG_HLP_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <gpsdefs.h>
+
+
+#ifdef _CFG_HLP
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * The definitions and types below are used to collect
+ * all configuration parameters of a clock's serial ports
+ * that can be handled by this library:
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * The maximum number of clocks' serial ports and string types
+ * that can be handled by the configuration programs.
+ * WARNING: Changing these constants affects the size of the
+ * structures ALL_PORT_INFO ALL_STR_TYPE_INFO
+ */
+#define MAX_PARM_PORT        4
+#define MAX_PARM_STR_TYPE    20
+
+typedef PORT_INFO_IDX ALL_PORT_INFO_IDX[MAX_PARM_PORT];
+typedef STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX ALL_STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX[MAX_PARM_STR_TYPE];
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  ALL_PORT_INFO_IDX pii;
+  ALL_STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX stii;
+  PORT_PARM tmp_pp;
+
+} RECEIVER_PORT_CFG;
+
+
+/*
+ * The definitions and types below are used to collect
+ * all configuration parameters of a clock's programmable
+ * pulse outputs that can be handled by this library:
+ */
+
+#define MAX_PARM_POUT        4
+
+#if 1  //##+++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+typedef POUT_INFO_IDX ALL_POUT_INFO_IDX[MAX_PARM_POUT];
+
+#else
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  POUT_INFO_IDX pii[MAX_PARM_POUT];
+} POUT_CFG;
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * The definitions and types below are used to collect
+ * all configuration parameters of PTP device's unicast
+ * master specification:
+ */
+
+#define MAX_PARM_PTP_UC_MASTER    3
+
+typedef PTP_UC_MASTER_INFO_IDX ALL_PTP_UC_MASTER_INFO_IDX[MAX_PARM_PTP_UC_MASTER];
+
+
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _CFG_HLP_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/cnv_wday.h b/mbglib/common/cnv_wday.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7736135
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/cnv_wday.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*   File:         CNV_WDAY.H                    $Revision: 1.1 $          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*   Project:      Common C Library                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*   Compiler:     Borland C++ and others                                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*   Author:       M. Burnicki,  Meinberg Funkuhren                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*   Description:                                                          */
+/*     This header provides macros which can be used to convert            */
+/*     day-of-week codes from one convention to another.                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*     The conventions supported yet have been named as describrd below:   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*     name   range   assignment     used with ...                         */
+/*     ----------------------------------------------------------------    */
+/*     sun06  0..6    0 = Sunday     RTC72421, DOS1.10+, Novell            */
+/*     sun17  1..7    1 = Sunday     RTC146818                             */
+/*     mon17  1..7    1 = Monday     DCF77                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef _CNV_WDAY_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _CNV_WDAY
+ #define _ext
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+
+/* use the following macros if sure that the source value is in range */
+
+#define _wday_mon17_to_mon06( d )   ( ( d ) - 1 )
+#define _wday_mon06_to_mon17( d )   ( ( d ) + 1 )
+
+#define _wday_mon17_to_sun17( d )   ( ( (d) >= 7 ) ? 1 : ( (d) + 1 ) )
+#define _wday_sun17_to_mon17( d )   ( ( (d) < 2 ) ? 7 : ( (d) - 1 ) )
+
+#define _wday_mon17_to_sun06( d )   ( ( (d) >= 7 ) ? 0 : (d) )
+#define _wday_sun06_to_mon17( d )   ( ( (d) < 1 ) ? 7 : (d) )
+
+#define _wday_sun17_to_sun06( d )   ( (d) - 1 )
+#define _wday_sun06_to_sun17( d )   ( (d) + 1 )
+
+
+/* use the macros below to check for valid ranges */
+
+#define _inrng( d, what, min, lt, max, gt )  ( ( (d) < (min) ) ? (lt) : ( ( (d) > (max) ) ? (gt) : (what) ) )
+  /* _inrng is a local macro which does the boundary check */
+  /*   d          the day code to be converted */
+  /*   what       the conversion algorithm if in range */
+  /*   min, lt    if (d) is below (min), the macro returns (lt) */
+  /*   max, gt    if (d) is above (max), the macro returns (gt) */
+
+#define _wday_chk_mon17_to_sun17( d )  _inrng( (d), _wday_mon17_to_sun17( (d) ), 1, 7, 7, 6 )
+#define _wday_chk_sun17_to_mon17( d )  _inrng( (d), _wday_sun17_to_mon17( (d) ), 1, 7, 7, 6 )
+
+
+#define _wday_chk_mon17_to_sun06( d )  _inrng( (d), _wday_mon17_to_sun06( (d) ), 1, 1, 7, 0 )
+#define _wday_chk_sun06_to_mon17( d )  _inrng( (d), _wday_sun06_to_mon17( (d) ), 0, 1, 6, 6 )
+
+#define _wday_chk_sun17_to_sun06( d )  _inrng( (d), _wday_sun17_to_sun06( (d) ), 1, 0, 7, 6 )
+#define _wday_chk_sun06_to_sun17( d )  _inrng( (d), _wday_sun06_to_sun17( (d) ), 0, 1, 6, 7 )
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+/* #include <CNV_WDAY.hdr> not needed yet */
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+
+#undef _ext
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#define _CNV_WDAY_H
+
+#endif  /* _CNV_WDAY_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/ctry.c b/mbglib/common/ctry.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c726f22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/ctry.c
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: ctry.c 1.7 2010/07/15 08:26:57Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Functions providing support for different country settings
+ *    and languages.
+ *
+ *    Some OS dependent functions may be required which can be found
+ *    in the OS dependent modules ctry_xxx.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: ctry.c $
+ *  Revision 1.7  2010/07/15 08:26:57Z  martin
+ *  Added clstr_lng() implemented by stefan returning a translated string
+ *  by giving the different strings as function arguments.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2007/03/29 12:21:51  martin
+ *  New functions lstr_idx() and lstr_array_idx().
+ *  Revision 1.5  2004/10/26 07:39:37Z  martin
+ *  Use C99 fixed-size definitions where appropriate.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2001/09/14 12:02:12  MARTIN
+ *  Modified parameters for lstr_lng().
+ *  Revision 1.3  2000/11/27 14:09:24  MARTIN
+ *  Replaced lstr() by lstr_lng() with takes a language paramter to allow
+ *  retrieval of strings for another than the current language.
+ *  A new macro _lstr() has been added to ctry.h which calls lstr_lng()
+ *  passing the current language.
+ *  The functions ctry_fmt_dt() and ctry_fmt_times() and associated
+ *  definitions have been moved to a new module ctry_fmt.c/ctry_fmt.h.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2000/07/21 10:00:08  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#define _CTRY
+ #include <ctry.h>
+#undef _CTRY
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+// Return the index of a CLSTR component for a
+// certain language lng
+
+/*HDR*/
+int lstr_idx( CLSTR s, int lng )
+{
+  if ( lng >= N_LNG )  // if lng out of range
+    return 0;          // use default index
+
+  // If there are duplicate strings for several languages
+  // then the duplicate strings may be NULL, in which case
+  // the string at index 0 must be used.
+  return s[lng] ? lng : 0;
+
+}  // lstr_idx
+
+
+
+// Return the index of a CLSTR component for a
+// certain language lng out of an array of CLSTRs.
+//   CLSTR s:    the array of CLSTRs
+//   int idx:    the index of the array element
+//   int n_lng:  the number of supported languages
+//   int lng:    the language for which the inex shall be retrieved
+
+/*HDR*/
+int lstr_array_idx( CLSTR s, int idx, int n_lng, int lng )
+{
+  int str_idx = n_lng * idx;
+  return str_idx + lstr_idx( &s[str_idx], lng );
+
+}  // lstr_array_idx
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+const char *lstr_lng( CLSTR s, int lng )
+{
+  return s[lstr_idx( s, lng)];
+
+}  // lstr_lng
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void ctry_setup( CTRY_CODE code )
+{
+  language = LNG_ENGLISH;
+  ctry.code = code;
+
+  switch ( code )
+  {
+    case CTRY_US:
+      ctry.dt_fmt = DT_FMT_MMDDYYYY;
+      ctry.dt_sep = DT_SEP_MINUS;
+      ctry.tm_fmt = TM_FMT_24H;
+      ctry.tm_sep = TM_SEP_COLON;
+      break;
+
+
+    case CTRY_UK:
+      ctry.dt_fmt = DT_FMT_DDMMYYYY;
+      ctry.dt_sep = DT_SEP_SLASH;
+      ctry.tm_fmt = TM_FMT_24H;
+      ctry.tm_sep = TM_SEP_COLON;
+      break;
+
+
+    default:
+      language = LNG_GERMAN;
+      ctry.code = CTRY_GERMANY;
+
+      ctry.dt_fmt = DT_FMT_DDMMYYYY;
+      ctry.dt_sep = DT_SEP_DOT;
+      ctry.tm_fmt = TM_FMT_24H;
+      ctry.tm_sep = TM_SEP_COLON;
+
+  }  /* switch */
+
+
+}  /* ctry_setup */
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void ctry_next( void )
+{
+  switch ( ctry.code )
+  {
+    case CTRY_GERMANY:
+      ctry_setup( CTRY_US );
+      break;
+
+    case CTRY_US:
+      ctry_setup( CTRY_UK );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ctry_setup( CTRY_GERMANY );
+      break;
+
+  }  // switch
+
+}  // ctry_next
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+const char *clstr_lng( int index, ... )
+{
+  const char *ret;
+  const char *default_ret;
+  int i;
+  typedef char *MY_LSTR;
+
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start( ap, index );
+
+  ret = va_arg( ap, MY_LSTR );
+  default_ret = ret;
+
+  for ( i = 1; ( i <= index ) && ( ret != NULL ); i++ )
+    ret = va_arg( ap, MY_LSTR );
+
+  va_end( ap );
+
+  return ret ? ret : default_ret;
+
+}  // clstr_lng
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/ctry.h b/mbglib/common/ctry.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f66b817
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/ctry.h
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: ctry.h 1.13 2012/11/29 12:01:09Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for ctry.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: ctry.h $
+ *  Revision 1.13  2012/11/29 12:01:09Z  martin
+ *  Don't include mbg_tgt.h explicitely since this will anyway be
+ *  included by words.h for non-firmware targets. So mbg_tgt.h
+ *  must not necessarily be added to firmware projects.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2011/06/22 07:37:57Z  martin
+ *  Cleaned up handling of pragma pack().
+ *  Revision 1.11  2010/07/15 08:33:41  martin
+ *  Added some macros implemented by Stefan.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2007/03/29 12:21:10  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2004/10/26 07:38:50Z  martin
+ *  Redefined interface data types using C99 fixed-size definitions.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2004/04/14 08:47:28  martin
+ *  Pack structures 1 byte aligned.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2002/02/19 09:28:00Z  MARTIN
+ *  Use new header mbg_tgt.h to check the target environment.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2001/09/14 12:04:40  MARTIN
+ *  Modified definition for CLSTR.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2001/02/28 15:07:06  MARTIN
+ *  Modified preprocessor syntax.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2000/11/27 14:13:27  MARTIN
+ *  New types CLSTR, PLSTR, and PCLSTR.
+ *  New macro _lstr() calls lstr_lng() for the current language.
+ *  Definitions associated  with ctry_fmt_dt() and ctry_fmt_times() 
+ *  have been moved to a new file ctry_fmt.h.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2000/08/17 15:35:02  MARTIN
+ *  No init function by default (previously DOS), 
+ *  Revision 1.2  2000/07/21 09:48:34  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _CTRY_H
+#define _CTRY_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <words.h>
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_NETWARE )
+  #include <ctry_nw.h>
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_OS2 )
+  #include <ctry_os2.h>
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+  // #include <ctry_w32.h>
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+  // #include <ctry_lx.h>
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_DOS )
+  #include <ctry_dos.h>
+#else
+  // nothing to include for C166 etc.
+#endif
+
+#include <use_pack.h>
+
+
+#ifdef _CTRY
+ #define _ext
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )
+  #pragma pack( 1 )      // set byte alignment
+  #define _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+// the definitions below are used to support different languages:
+typedef uint8_t LANGUAGE;
+typedef uint16_t CTRY_CODE;
+
+// codes used with LANGUAGE:
+#if !defined LNG_DEFINED
+  enum
+  {
+    LNG_ENGLISH,
+    LNG_GERMAN,
+    N_LNG
+  };
+
+  #define LNG_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+// the type below is used to declare string variables
+// for several languages
+typedef char *LSTR[N_LNG];           // array of strings
+typedef char **PLSTR;                // pointer to array
+
+// same as above, but const
+typedef const char * const CLSTR[N_LNG];    // array of strings
+typedef const char * const *PCLSTR;  // pointer to array
+
+
+// the definitions below are used to handle date and time
+// formats used by different countries:
+typedef struct
+{
+  CTRY_CODE code;
+
+  uint8_t dt_fmt;          // (codes defined below)
+  uint8_t tm_fmt;          // (codes defined below)
+  char dt_sep;             // (valid chars defined below)
+  char tm_sep;             // (valid chars defined below)
+} CTRY;
+
+
+// codes used with CTRY.code:
+#define CTRY_US           1
+#define CTRY_UK          44
+#define CTRY_GERMANY     49
+
+
+#ifndef CTRY_DEFINED
+
+  #define CTRY_DEFINED
+
+  // codes used with CTRY.dt_fmt:
+  enum
+  {
+    DT_FMT_DDMMYYYY,
+    DT_FMT_MMDDYYYY,
+    DT_FMT_YYYYMMDD,
+    N_DT_FMT
+  };
+
+  // codes used with CTRY.tm_fmt:
+  enum
+  {
+    TM_FMT_24H,
+    // TM_FMT_12H,  // not yet supported
+    N_TM_FMT
+  };
+
+
+  // codes used with CTRY.dt_sep:
+  #define DT_SEP_DOT    '.'
+  #define DT_SEP_MINUS  '-'
+  #define DT_SEP_SLASH  '/'
+
+  // a zero-terminated list of valid dt_sep characters
+  #define DT_SEP_LIST   { DT_SEP_DOT, DT_SEP_MINUS, DT_SEP_SLASH, 0 }
+
+
+  // codes used with CTRY.tm_sep:
+  #define TM_SEP_COLON  ':'
+  #define TM_SEP_DOT    '.'
+
+  // a zero-terminated list of valid tm_sep characters
+  #define TM_SEP_LIST   { TM_SEP_COLON, TM_SEP_DOT, 0 }
+
+#endif // CTRY_DEFINED
+
+
+extern LANGUAGE language;
+extern CTRY ctry;
+
+
+#define _ctry_init() \
+  ctry_setup( ctry_get_code() )
+
+
+#define _next_language()      \
+{                             \
+  if ( ++language >= N_LNG )  \
+    language = 0;             \
+                              \
+}  // next_language
+
+
+// macro to call lstr_lng with the current language
+#define _lstr( _s )   lstr_lng( (_s), language )
+
+// macro to call clstr_lng with the current language, and a set of strings
+#define _clstr( _s )  clstr_lng( language, _s )
+
+// macros used in wxWidgets projects
+#if defined( __WXWINDOWS__ )
+  #define _wx_lstr( _s )   wxString::From8BitData( lstr_lng( (_s), language ) )
+  #define _wx_clstr( _s )  wxString::From8BitData( clstr_lng( language, _s ) )
+#endif
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ int lstr_idx( CLSTR s, int lng ) ;
+ int lstr_array_idx( CLSTR s, int idx, int n_lng, int lng ) ;
+ const char *lstr_lng( CLSTR s, int lng ) ;
+ void ctry_setup( CTRY_CODE code ) ;
+ void ctry_next( void ) ;
+ const char *clstr_lng( int index, ... ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+  #pragma pack()      // set default alignment
+  #undef _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+
+#undef _ext
+
+#endif  /* _CTRY_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/ctrydttm.c b/mbglib/common/ctrydttm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d846ed8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/ctrydttm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: ctrydttm.c 1.5 2008/11/24 16:15:46Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Functions converting dates and time into strings depending on
+ *    language/country settings.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: ctrydttm.c $
+ *  Revision 1.5  2008/11/24 16:15:46Z  martin
+ *  Don't use sprintf() without format string.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2000/11/27 10:06:27  MARTIN
+ *  Renamed local variable wday_str to lstrs_wday.
+ *  If macro USER_LSTR_WDAY is defined, lstrs_wday can be declared 
+ *  externally to override the defaults.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2000/09/14 15:13:25  MARTIN
+ *  Renamed sprint_short_ctry_dt() to sprint_ctry_dt_short() to match
+ *  other naming conventions.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2000/07/21 11:53:42  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#define _CTRYDTTM
+ #include <ctrydttm.h>
+#undef _CTRYDTTM
+
+#include <ctry.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+
+#ifndef DAYS_PER_WEEK
+  #define DAYS_PER_WEEK 7
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USER_LSTRS_WDAY
+  extern const char *lstrs_wday[N_LNG][DAYS_PER_WEEK];
+#else
+  static const char *lstrs_wday[N_LNG][DAYS_PER_WEEK] =
+  {
+    { "Su", "Mo", "Tu", "We", "Th", "Fr", "Sa" },
+    { "So", "Mo", "Di", "Mi", "Do", "Fr", "Sa"  }
+  };
+#endif
+
+extern CTRY ctry;
+extern LANGUAGE language;
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+ushort sprint_02u( char *s, uchar uc )
+{
+  return( sprintf( s, "%02u", uc ) );
+
+}  // sprint_02u
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+ushort sprint_04u( char *s, ushort us )
+{
+  return( sprintf( s, "%04u", us ) );
+
+}  // sprint_04u
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+ushort sprint_ctry_wday( char *s, uchar wday, ushort language )
+{
+  if ( language >= N_LNG )
+    language = LNG_ENGLISH;
+
+  return( sprintf( s, "%s", ( wday < DAYS_PER_WEEK ) ?
+                   lstrs_wday[language][wday] : "--" ) );
+
+}  // sprint_ctry_wday
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+ushort sprint_ctry_dt_short( char *s, uchar mday, uchar month )
+{
+  uchar tmp_1;
+  uchar tmp_2;
+  ushort n = 0;
+
+
+  switch( ctry.dt_fmt )
+  {
+    case DT_FMT_YYYYMMDD:
+    case DT_FMT_MMDDYYYY:
+      tmp_1 = month;
+      tmp_2 = mday;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      tmp_1 = mday;
+      tmp_2 = month;
+      break;
+
+  }  // switch
+
+  n = sprint_02u( s, tmp_1 );
+  s[n++] = ctry.dt_sep;
+  n += sprint_02u( &s[n], tmp_2 );
+  s[n++] = ctry.dt_sep;
+  s[n] = 0;
+
+  return( n );
+
+}  // sprint_ctry_dt_short
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+ushort sprint_ctry_dt( char *s, uchar mday, uchar month, ushort year )
+{
+  ushort n = 0;
+
+
+  if ( ctry.dt_fmt == DT_FMT_YYYYMMDD )
+  {
+    n = sprint_04u( s, year );
+    s[n++] = ctry.dt_sep;
+  }
+
+  n += sprint_ctry_dt_short( &s[n], mday, month );
+
+  if ( ctry.dt_fmt == DT_FMT_YYYYMMDD )
+    s[--n] = 0;
+  else
+    n += sprint_04u( &s[n], year );
+
+  return( n );
+
+}  // sprint_ctry_dt
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+ushort sprint_ctry_tm_short( char *s, uchar hour, uchar minute )
+{
+  ushort n = sprint_02u( s, hour );
+  s[n++] = ctry.tm_sep;
+  n += sprint_02u( &s[n], minute );
+
+  return( n );
+
+}  // sprint_ctry_tm_short
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+ushort sprint_ctry_tm( char *s, uchar hour, uchar minute, uchar second )
+{
+  ushort n = sprint_ctry_tm_short( s, hour, minute );
+  s[n++] = ctry.tm_sep;
+  n += sprint_02u( &s[n], second );
+
+  return( n );
+
+}  // sprint_ctry_tm
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+ushort sprint_ctry_tm_long( char *s, uchar hour, uchar minute, uchar second,
+                            long frac, ushort frac_digits )
+{
+  ushort n = sprint_ctry_tm( s, hour, minute, second );
+  s[n++] = '.';
+  n += sprintf( &s[n], "%0*lu", frac_digits, frac );
+
+  return( n );
+
+}  // sprint_ctry_tm_long
+
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/ctrydttm.h b/mbglib/common/ctrydttm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8032d89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/ctrydttm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: ctrydttm.h 1.3 2000/09/14 15:13:45Z MARTIN REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for ctrydttm.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: ctrydttm.h $
+ *  Revision 1.3  2000/09/14 15:13:45Z  MARTIN
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2000/07/21 11:50:43  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _CTRYDTTM_H
+#define _CTRYDTTM_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <ctry.h>
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _CTRYDTTM
+ #define _ext
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ ushort sprint_02u( char *s, uchar uc ) ;
+ ushort sprint_04u( char *s, ushort us ) ;
+ ushort sprint_ctry_wday( char *s, uchar wday, ushort language ) ;
+ ushort sprint_ctry_dt_short( char *s, uchar mday, uchar month ) ;
+ ushort sprint_ctry_dt( char *s, uchar mday, uchar month, ushort year ) ;
+ ushort sprint_ctry_tm_short( char *s, uchar hour, uchar minute ) ;
+ ushort sprint_ctry_tm( char *s, uchar hour, uchar minute, uchar second ) ;
+ ushort sprint_ctry_tm_long( char *s, uchar hour, uchar minute, uchar second, long frac, ushort frac_digits ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+
+#undef _ext
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif  /* _CTRYDTTM_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/deviohlp.c b/mbglib/common/deviohlp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8de1a19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/deviohlp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: deviohlp.c 1.2 2012/10/15 13:48:35Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Device configuration helper functions. This is an extension to
+ *    mbgdevio.c providing useful functions to simplify reading/writing
+ *    complex device configuration structure sets.
+ *
+ *  Warning:
+ *    These functions should not be implemented in a DLL / shared library
+ *    since the parameter sizes might vary with different versions
+ *    of the API calls, which which would make different versions of
+ *    precompiled libraries incompatible to each other.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: deviohlp.c $
+ *  Revision 1.2  2012/10/15 13:48:35Z  martin
+ *  Added functions mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info(), mbg_save_all_ptp_cfg_info().
+ *  Revision 1.1.1.9  2012/07/18 11:00:46  martin
+ *  Revision 1.1.1.8  2012/07/12 09:07:36Z  martin
+ *  Revision 1.1.1.7  2012/07/12 08:38:50Z  martin
+ *  Account for renamed structure.
+ *  Revision 1.1.1.6  2012/07/10 09:53:57  martin
+ *  Revision 1.1.1.5  2012/04/11 15:45:10Z  martin
+ *  Updated doxygen comments.
+ *  Revision 1.1.1.4  2011/09/21 14:45:24  martin
+ *  Moved mbgextio support functions to new module extiohlp.c.
+ *  Revision 1.1.1.3  2011/09/20 15:36:02  marvin
+ *  new functions: 
+ *    mbg_get_serial_settings
+ *    mbg_set_serial_settings
+ *  include mbgextio.h
+ *  Revision 1.1.1.2  2011/08/05 10:30:28  martin
+ *  Revision 1.1.1.1  2011/08/05 09:55:52  martin
+ *  Revision 1.1  2011/08/03 15:37:00Z  martin
+ *  Initial revision with functions moved here from mbgdevio.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#define _DEVIOHLP
+  #include <deviohlp.h>
+#undef _DEVIOHLP
+
+#include <parmpcps.h>
+#include <parmgps.h>
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+    Read all serial port settings and supported configuration parameters.
+
+    The functions mbg_get_device_info() and mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+    must have been called before, and the returned ::PCPS_DEV and
+    ::RECEIVER_INFO structures must be passed to this function.
+
+    The complementary function mbg_save_serial_settings() should be used
+    to write the modified serial port configuration back to the board.
+
+    @param dh    Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *pdev Pointer to a ::PCPS_DEV structure.
+    @param *pcfg Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_PORT_CFG structure to be filled up.
+    @param *p_ri Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_device_info()
+    @see mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+    @see mbg_save_serial_settings()
+*/
+int mbg_get_serial_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh,
+                             const PCPS_DEV *pdev,
+                             RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *pcfg,
+                             const RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri )
+{
+  int rc;
+  int i;
+
+  memset( pcfg, 0, sizeof( *pcfg ) );
+
+  if ( _pcps_has_receiver_info( pdev ) )
+  {
+    rc = mbg_get_gps_all_port_info( dh, pcfg->pii, p_ri );
+    if ( rc != MBG_SUCCESS )
+      goto error;
+
+    rc = mbg_get_gps_all_str_type_info( dh, pcfg->stii, p_ri );
+    if ( rc != MBG_SUCCESS )
+      goto error;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ( _pcps_is_gps( pdev ) )
+    {
+      rc = mbg_get_gps_port_parm( dh, &pcfg->tmp_pp );
+      if ( rc != MBG_SUCCESS )
+        goto error;
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < p_ri->n_com_ports; i++ )
+      {
+        PORT_INFO_IDX *p_pii = &pcfg->pii[i];
+        PORT_INFO *p_pi = &p_pii->port_info;
+
+        p_pii->idx = i;
+        port_settings_from_port_parm( &p_pi->port_settings,
+                                      i, &pcfg->tmp_pp, 1 );
+
+        p_pi->supp_baud_rates = DEFAULT_GPS_BAUD_RATES_C166;
+        p_pi->supp_framings = DEFAULT_GPS_FRAMINGS_C166;
+        p_pi->supp_str_types = DEFAULT_SUPP_STR_TYPES_GPS;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      if ( _pcps_has_serial ( pdev ) ) // Not all non-GPS clocks have a serial port!
+      {
+        PCPS_SERIAL ser_code;
+
+        rc = mbg_get_serial( dh, &ser_code );
+        if ( rc != MBG_SUCCESS )
+          goto error;
+
+
+        port_info_from_pcps_serial( pcfg->pii, ser_code,
+                                    _pcps_has_serial_hs( pdev ) ?
+                                      DEFAULT_BAUD_RATES_DCF_HS :
+                                      DEFAULT_BAUD_RATES_DCF
+                                 );
+      }
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < p_ri->n_str_type; i++ )
+    {
+      STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX *stip = &pcfg->stii[i];
+      stip->idx = i;
+      stip->str_type_info = default_str_type_info[i];
+    }
+  }
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+
+error:
+  return rc;
+
+}  // mbg_get_serial_settings
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+    Write the configuration settings for a single serial port to the board.
+
+    Modifications to the serial port configuration should be made only
+    after mbg_get_serial_settings() had been called to read all serial port
+    settings and supported configuration parameters.
+    This function has finally to be called once for every serial port
+    the configuration of which has been modified.
+
+    As also required by mbg_get_serial_settings(), the functions
+    mbg_get_device_info() and mbg_setup_receiver_info() must have been
+    called before, and the returned ::PCPS_DEV and ::RECEIVER_INFO structures
+    must be passed to this function.
+
+    @param dh       Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *pdev    Pointer to a ::PCPS_DEV structure
+    @param *pcfg    Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_PORT_CFG structure
+    @param port_num Index of the ::serial port to be saved
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_serial_settings()
+    @see mbg_get_device_info()
+    @see mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+*/
+int mbg_save_serial_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *pdev,
+                              RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *pcfg, int port_num )
+{
+  int rc;
+
+  if ( _pcps_has_receiver_info( pdev ) )
+  {
+    rc = mbg_set_gps_port_settings( dh, &pcfg->pii[port_num].port_info.port_settings, port_num );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ( _pcps_is_gps( pdev ) )
+    {
+      port_parm_from_port_settings( &pcfg->tmp_pp, port_num,
+                          &pcfg->pii[port_num].port_info.port_settings, 1 );
+
+      rc = mbg_set_gps_port_parm( dh, &pcfg->tmp_pp );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      PCPS_SERIAL ser_code;
+
+      pcps_serial_from_port_info( &ser_code, pcfg->pii );
+
+      rc = mbg_set_serial( dh, &ser_code );
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+
+}  // mbg_save_serial_settings
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+    Read all PTP settings and supported configuration parameters.
+
+    The complementary function mbg_save_all_ptp_cfg_info() should
+    be used to write the modified configuration back to the device.
+
+    @param dh    Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p    Pointer to a ::ALL_PTP_CFG_INFO structure.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_save_all_ptp_cfg_info()
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_cfg_info()
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits()
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_uc_master_info()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast()
+*/
+int mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, ALL_PTP_CFG_INFO *p )
+{
+  int rc = MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+  memset( p, 0, sizeof( *p ) );
+
+  rc = mbg_get_ptp_cfg_info( dh, &p->ptp_cfg_info );
+
+  if ( rc < 0 )
+    return rc;
+
+  if ( p->ptp_cfg_info.supp_flags & PTP_CFG_MSK_SUPPORT_PTP_UNICAST )
+  {
+    rc = mbg_get_ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits( dh, &p->ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits );
+
+    if ( rc < 0 )
+      return rc;
+
+    if ( p->ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits.n_supp_master > MAX_PARM_PTP_UC_MASTER )
+    {
+      // The number of PTP unicast masters supported by this device
+      // exceeds the number of unicast masters supporterd by this driver.
+      return MBG_ERR_N_UC_MSTR_EXCEEDS_SUPP;
+    }
+
+    rc = mbg_get_all_ptp_uc_master_info( dh, p->all_ptp_uc_master_info_idx,
+                                         &p->ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits );
+    if ( rc < 0 )
+      return rc;
+  }
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+    Write all PTP settings and supported configuration parameters
+    to a device.
+
+    The complementary function mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info() should
+    have been used to read the original PTP settings and supported
+    configuration parameters.
+
+    @param dh    Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p    Pointer to a ::ALL_PTP_CFG_INFO structure.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info()
+    @see mbg_set_ptp_cfg_settings()
+    @see mbg_set_ptp_uc_master_settings_idx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast()
+*/
+int mbg_save_all_ptp_cfg_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const ALL_PTP_CFG_INFO *p )
+{
+  int rc = MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+  rc = mbg_set_ptp_cfg_settings( dh, &p->ptp_cfg_info.settings );
+
+  if ( rc < 0 )
+    return rc;
+
+
+  if ( p->ptp_cfg_info.supp_flags & PTP_CFG_MSK_SUPPORT_PTP_UNICAST )
+  {
+    int i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits.n_supp_master; i++ )
+    {
+      PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS_IDX s;
+
+      memset( &s, 0, sizeof( s ) );
+
+      s.idx = i;
+      s.settings = p->all_ptp_uc_master_info_idx[i].info.settings;
+
+      rc = mbg_set_ptp_uc_master_settings_idx( dh, &s );
+
+      if ( rc < 0 )
+        return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // mbg_save_all_ptp_cfg_info
+
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/deviohlp.h b/mbglib/common/deviohlp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6ed431
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/deviohlp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: deviohlp.h 1.2 2012/10/15 13:51:18Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for deviohlp.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: deviohlp.h $
+ *  Revision 1.2  2012/10/15 13:51:18Z  martin
+ *  Include cfg_hlp.h.
+ *  Added structure ALL_PTP_CFG_INFO.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2011/08/03 15:36:44Z  martin
+ *  Initial revision with functions moved here from mbgdevio.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _DEVIOHLP_H
+#define _DEVIOHLP_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbgdevio.h>
+#include <cfg_hlp.h>
+
+
+#ifdef _DEVIOHLP
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  PTP_CFG_INFO ptp_cfg_info;
+  PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits;
+  ALL_PTP_UC_MASTER_INFO_IDX all_ptp_uc_master_info_idx;
+
+} ALL_PTP_CFG_INFO;
+
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ /**
+    Read all serial port settings and supported configuration parameters.
+
+    The functions mbg_get_device_info() and mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+    must have been called before, and the returned ::PCPS_DEV and
+    ::RECEIVER_INFO structures must be passed to this function.
+
+    The complementary function mbg_save_serial_settings() should be used
+    to write the modified serial port configuration back to the board.
+
+    @param dh    Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *pdev Pointer to a ::PCPS_DEV structure.
+    @param *pcfg Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_PORT_CFG structure to be filled up.
+    @param *p_ri Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_device_info()
+    @see mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+    @see mbg_save_serial_settings()
+*/
+ int mbg_get_serial_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *pdev, RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *pcfg, const RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write the configuration settings for a single serial port to the board.
+
+    Modifications to the serial port configuration should be made only
+    after mbg_get_serial_settings() had been called to read all serial port
+    settings and supported configuration parameters.
+    This function has finally to be called once for every serial port
+    the configuration of which has been modified.
+
+    As also required by mbg_get_serial_settings(), the functions
+    mbg_get_device_info() and mbg_setup_receiver_info() must have been
+    called before, and the returned ::PCPS_DEV and ::RECEIVER_INFO structures
+    must be passed to this function.
+
+    @param dh       Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *pdev    Pointer to a ::PCPS_DEV structure
+    @param *pcfg    Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_PORT_CFG structure
+    @param port_num Index of the ::serial port to be saved
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_serial_settings()
+    @see mbg_get_device_info()
+    @see mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+*/
+ int mbg_save_serial_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *pdev, RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *pcfg, int port_num ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read all PTP settings and supported configuration parameters.
+
+    The complementary function mbg_save_all_ptp_cfg_info() should
+    be used to write the modified configuration back to the device.
+
+    @param dh    Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p    Pointer to a ::ALL_PTP_CFG_INFO structure.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_save_all_ptp_cfg_info()
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_cfg_info()
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits()
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_uc_master_info()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast()
+*/
+ int mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, ALL_PTP_CFG_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write all PTP settings and supported configuration parameters
+    to a device.
+
+    The complementary function mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info() should
+    have been used to read the original PTP settings and supported
+    configuration parameters.
+
+    @param dh    Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p    Pointer to a ::ALL_PTP_CFG_INFO structure.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info()
+    @see mbg_set_ptp_cfg_settings()
+    @see mbg_set_ptp_uc_master_settings_idx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast()
+*/
+ int mbg_save_all_ptp_cfg_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const ALL_PTP_CFG_INFO *p ) ;
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _DEVIOHLP_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/gpsdefs.h b/mbglib/common/gpsdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25eff0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/gpsdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6801 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: gpsdefs.h 1.113 2013/04/04 09:02:01Z martin REL_M Gregoire $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    General definitions to be used with Meinberg clocks.
+ *    These definitions have initially be used with GPS devices only.
+ *    However, more and more Meinberg non-GPS devices also use some of
+ *    these definitions.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: gpsdefs.h $
+ *  Revision 1.113  2013/04/04 09:02:01Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions to support HaveQuick.
+ *  Fixed a typo.
+ *  Revision 1.112  2013/02/19 15:39:13  martin
+ *  New PTP settings field ann_rcpt_timeout and associated
+ *  values PTP_ANN_RCPT_TIMEOUT_LIMITS.
+ *  Changed many defines to named enums to simplify references
+ *  with doxygen.
+ *  Updated doxygen comments.
+ *  Revision 1.111  2013/02/01 15:37:36  martin
+ *  Added and modified a huge number of doxygen comments.
+ *  Revision 1.110  2013/01/16 15:23:25  martin
+ *  Fixed 2 comments which were interchanged.
+ *  Revision 1.109  2013/01/11 10:39:34  martin
+ *  Added definitions for IMS.
+ *  Support XMR_HOLDOVER_INTV.
+ *  New XMRS status bit XMRS_BIT_LOW_JITTER / XMRS_MSK_LOW_JITTER.
+ *  Added framing type 8E2, though most UARTs don't support this.
+ *  Added enum names and updated comments for doxygen.
+ *  Revision 1.108  2012/10/30 11:31:16  martin
+ *  Defined PTP_UC_MSG_DURATION_MIN and PTP_UC_MSG_DURATION_MAX.
+ *  Fixed some doxygen comments.
+ *  Changes by andre: changed reserved field to ssm and boc in BITS_OUT settings.
+ *  Revision 1.107  2012/10/12 07:40:12  martin
+ *  New PTP state flags PTP_FLAG_MSK_UTC_VALID and
+ *  PTP_CFG_MSK_SUPP_UTC_VALID.
+ *  Revision 1.106  2012/10/02 18:22:10  martin
+ *  Added default baud rate and framing for binary protocol.
+ *  Added definitions for IRIG codes E002/E112 and NASA36.
+ *  Reworked GPIO structures.
+ *  Added definitions for GRC, LIU, DCF600RS, and DCF600HS.
+ *  New flag POUT_FIXED_PULSE_LEN.
+ *  New flag POUT_NOT_INVERTIBLE.
+ *  Unified capitalization in MBG_XMRS_STATUS_STRS.
+ *  Revision 1.105  2012/06/01 16:31:16  martin
+ *  Some TIME_SLOT definitions added by marvin.
+ *  Moved some PTP configuration defaults and limits to ptpdflts.h.
+ *  Revision 1.104  2012/04/11 16:02:55Z  martin
+ *  Fixed some doxygen comments.
+ *  Revision 1.103  2012/04/02 11:08:57Z  martin
+ *  Extended description of GPS UTC/leap second data.
+ *  Revision 1.102  2012/03/16 11:43:31  martin
+ *  Fixed a potential compiler warning.
+ *  Revision 1.101  2012/03/06 16:56:01Z  martin
+ *  Added support for PTP multicast auto role.
+ *  Merged Daniel's definitions for PTP profile support.
+ *  Support time slot mode for programmable pulse outputs.
+ *  Support LNO180.
+ *  Moved definition of MBG_MAC_ADDR here.
+ *  Use MBG_MAC_ADDR in definition of LAN_IF_INFO.
+ *  Revision 1.100  2012/01/17 13:33:55  martin
+ *  Added new IRIG RX delay compensation code groups for G0xx and G1xx codes.
+ *  As a consequence the value of N_IRIG_RX_COMP has changed.
+ *  Added definition of IRIG_RX_COMP_MAX.
+ *  Updated IRIG code classification macros.
+ *  Removed obsolete/unused definition of CAL_REC_INFO.
+ *  Added some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.99  2011/12/09 09:22:03  martin
+ *  Fixed a typo.
+ *  Revision 1.98  2011/11/25 14:58:34  martin
+ *  Renamed some evt_log definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.97  2011/11/25 10:11:17  martin
+ *  Initializers for XMRS status bit strings added by gregoire.
+ *  New feature GPS_FEAT_EVT_LOG.
+ *  Added definitions used with event logs.
+ *  Moved cal_reg and gen_io stuff here.
+ *  Added macro _mbg_swab_debug_status().
+ *  Updated some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.96  2011/10/11 13:40:46Z  andre
+ *  changed reserved field into slot_id in XMULTI_REF_INSTANCES
+ *  Revision 1.95.1.1  2011/10/07 09:31:58Z  andre
+ *  Revision 1.95  2011/10/04 09:35:41Z  martin
+ *  Added support for ESI180.
+ *  Changed RECEIVER_INFO::flags bit GPS_10MHZ_DISBD to a RECEIVER_INFO::features bit.
+ *  Support MULTI_REF_INTERNAL, MULTI_REF_LWR and MULTI_REF_PZF.
+ *  Added MBG_GPIO_BITS structure and associated definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.94  2011/08/25 07:42:43Z  martin
+ *  Fixed a bug  in macro _mbg_swab_pout_settings() where the 16 bit timeout
+ *  field was swapped using a macro for 32 bit types.
+ *  Use shorter names for some PTP unicast master default values.
+ *  Revision 1.93  2011/08/10 08:19:38Z  martin
+ *  New PORT_INFO and PORT_SETTINGS flag PORT_FLAG_PORT_INVISIBLE.
+ *  Revision 1.92  2011/07/29 09:49:35  martin
+ *  Support PZF180PEX, MGR180, MSF600, WWVB600, JJY600,
+ *  GPS180HS, and GPS180AMC.
+ *  Added receiver info features GPS_FEAT_PTP_UNICAST
+ *  and GPS_FEAT_XMRS_MULT_INSTC.
+ *  Added receiver info flag bit GPS_10MHZ_DISBD.
+ *  Added initializers for PTP timescale names.
+ *  New PTP_STATE flags bit PTP_FLAG_MSK_IS_UNICAST.
+ *  Made unused PTP_STATE fields num_clients and num_masters reserved.
+ *  Account for different PTP roles.
+ *  Added / renamed some definitions for PTP.
+ *  Modified default string for PTP layer 2 protocol.
+ *  Support PTP unicast configuration.
+ *  Support GPIO configuration.
+ *  Introduced XMULTI_REF_INSTANCES.
+ *  Moved flags XMRS_..._IS_EXTERNAL and XMRS_..._INSTC_EXCEEDED
+ *  to definitions for XMULTI_REF_STATUS::status.
+ *  Some comments added, updated, and converted to doxygen style.
+ *  Cleaned up handling of pragma pack().
+ *  Removed trailing whitespace and hard tabs.
+ *  Revision 1.91  2011/01/31 11:23:56Z  martin
+ *  Added model type name definitions for GPS180PEX and TCR180PEX.
+ *  Introduced synthesizer mode for programmable outputs.
+ *  Added IRIG-RX code TXC-101 DTR-6.
+ *  Fixed missing comma bugs in DEFAULT_GPS_MODEL_NAMES.
+ *  Fixed missing comma bugs in some IRIG string initializers.
+ *  Fixed AFNOR notation.
+ *  Modified some comments for doxygen.
+ *  Revision 1.90  2010/10/15 11:47:53  martin
+ *  Added definitions POUT_TIMEBASE_UTC and POUT_SUPP_DCF77_UTC.
+ *  Added receiver info feature GPS_FEAT_RAW_IRIG_TIME.
+ *  Support IRIG format C37.118.
+ *  Added initializers for short IRIG code names.
+ *  Cleaned up IRIG definitions and comments.
+ *  Revision 1.89  2010/09/06 07:40:02Z  martin
+ *  Picked up Daniel's definitions for multi GNSS support.
+ *  Moved MBG_IRIG_CTRL_BITS, MBG_RAW_IRIG_DATA and related definitions
+ *  from pcpsdefs.h here.
+ *  Added macros _pcps_tfom_from_irig_ctrl_bits()
+ *  and _pcps_tfom_from_raw_irig_data().
+ *  Added RI_FEATURES type.
+ *  Revision 1.88  2010/04/21 13:47:54  daniel
+ *  Added support for new model GLN170.
+ *  Revision 1.87  2010/03/10 11:29:37Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for GPS180.
+ *  Added multiref source 1 PPS plus associated string.
+ *  Revision 1.86  2010/02/17 14:16:42  martin
+ *  Added definitions for PZF600 and TCR600.
+ *  Revision 1.85  2010/02/15 11:34:36  martin
+ *  Changed definition of PTP_TABLE::name to const char *.
+ *  Added definitions to support new model JJY511.
+ *  Revision 1.84  2010/02/01 13:20:50  martin
+ *  Support programmable outputs being disabled when sync. is lost.
+ *  Revision 1.83  2010/01/28 09:15:50  martin
+ *  Added new POUT mode DCF77_M59 and associated definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.82  2010/01/07 09:04:55  martin
+ *  Added XMR status bit XMRS_BIT_NOT_PHASE_LOCKED.
+ *  Revision 1.81  2009/11/09 09:08:24  martin
+ *  New TM_GPS status bit TM_INVT.
+ *  Added definitions to support VLAN.
+ *  Changed DEFAULT_PTP_DELAY_MECH_MASK to include also
+ *  PTP_DELAY_MECH_MSK_P2P.
+ *  There is now only one type of  TCXO supported which matches the former
+ *  TCXO HQ, so the default name for TCXO HQ has been changed to TCXO.
+ *  TCXO LQ and MQ names are still supported for backward compatibility.
+ *  Revision 1.80  2009/09/28 14:55:53  martin
+ *  Support IRIG formats G002/G142 and G006/G146.
+ *  Modified IRIG format description strings.
+ *  Revision 1.79  2009/08/12 14:12:38  daniel
+ *  Added definitions to support new model MGR170.
+ *  Added definitions and commands to support configuration
+ *  of navigation engine (currently supported by u-blox
+ *  receivers only).
+ *  Renamed simulation values in PTP_SETTINGS to reserved.
+ *  Added "UNINITIALIZED" to PTP port state.
+ *  Removed obsolete braces in initializer.
+ *  Revision 1.78  2009/06/25 15:49:05Z  martin
+ *  Added macro _nano_time_negative().
+ *  Revision 1.77  2009/06/08 19:22:32Z  daniel
+ *  Added feature GPS_HAS_PTP.
+ *  Added preliminary structures and definitions for PTP
+ *  configuration and state.
+ *  Added IP4_ADDR type.
+ *  Added Bitmask IP4_MSK_DHCP.
+ *  Added byte swapper macros for LAN and PTP structures.
+ *  Moved LAN interface configuration definitions here.
+ *  Moved DAC_VAL definition here.
+ *  Changed type iof FPGA_INFO::start_addr for non-firmware applications.
+ *  Revision 1.76  2009/04/08 08:26:56  daniel
+ *  Added feature GPS_FEAT_IRIG_CTRL_BITS.
+ *  Revision 1.75  2009/03/19 14:06:39Z  martin
+ *  Modified string initializer for unknown oscillator type.
+ *  Revision 1.74  2009/03/18 13:45:53  daniel
+ *  Added missing commas in
+ *  MBG_DEBUG_STATUS_STRS initializer.
+ *  Adjusted some comments for doxygen parser.
+ *  Revision 1.73  2009/03/10 16:55:33Z  martin
+ *  Support configurable time scales GPS and TAI.
+ *  Defined extended TM status type and associated flags.
+ *  Added definition TM_MSK_TIME_VALID.
+ *  Added some macros to swap endianess of structures.
+ *  Revision 1.72  2008/11/28 09:26:21Z  daniel
+ *  Added definitions to support WWVB511
+ *  Revision 1.71  2008/10/31 14:31:44Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for TCR170PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.70  2008/09/18 11:14:39  martin
+ *  Added definitions to support GEN170.
+ *  Revision 1.69  2008/09/15 14:16:17  martin
+ *  Added more macros to convert the endianess of structures.
+ *  Added N_COM_HS to the enumeration of handshake modes.
+ *  Added MBG_PS_... codes.
+ *  Revision 1.68  2008/08/25 10:51:13  martin
+ *  Added definitions for PTP270PEX and FRC511PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.67  2008/07/17 08:54:52Z  martin
+ *  Added macros to convert the endianess of structures.
+ *  Added multiref fixed frequency source.
+ *  Revision 1.66  2008/05/19 14:49:07  daniel
+ *  Renamed s_addr to start_addr in FPGA_INFO.
+ *  Revision 1.65  2008/05/19 09:00:01Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for GPS162.
+ *  Added FPGA_INFO and GPS_HAS_FPGA.
+ *  Added FPGA_START_INFO and associated definitions.
+ *  Added new XMRS status XMRS_..._NOT_SETTLED.
+ *  Added initializer XMULTI_REF_STATUS_INVALID.
+ *  Revision 1.64  2008/01/17 11:50:33Z  daniel
+ *  Made IGNORE_LOCK bit maskable.
+ *  Revision 1.63  2008/01/17 11:42:09Z  daniel
+ *  Made comments compatible for Doxygen parser.
+ *  No sourcecode changes.
+ *  Revision 1.62  2007/11/15 13:23:33Z  martin
+ *  Decide whether other Meinberg headers are to be included depending on whether
+ *  CLOCK_MEINBERG is defined (as with NTP) or not. Previous  versions checked
+ *  for "PACKAGE" which is also defined by the Borland C++ build environment, though.
+ *  Revision 1.61  2007/11/13 13:28:54  daniel
+ *  Added definitions to support GPS170PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.60  2007/09/13 12:37:35Z  martin
+ *  Modified and added initializers for TZDL.
+ *  Added multiref source PTP over E1.
+ *  Added codes for MSF511 and GRC170 devices.
+ *  Modified XMULTI_REF_SETTINGS and XMULTI_REF_STATUS structures.
+ *  Avoid inclusion of other Meinberg headers in non-Meinberg projects.
+ *  Added device classification macros _mbg_rcvr_is_...().
+ *  Modified feature name string initializer for non-GPS devices.
+ *  Updated some comments.
+ *  Removed some obsolete comments.
+ *  Revision 1.59  2007/07/19 07:41:56Z  martin
+ *  Added symbol MBG_REF_OFFS_NOT_CFGD.
+ *  Revision 1.58  2007/05/21 15:46:44Z  martin
+ *  Fixed a typo.
+ *  Revision 1.57  2007/03/29 12:20:43  martin
+ *  Fixed some TZDL initializers.
+ *  Revision 1.56  2007/02/14 14:17:10Z  andre
+ *  bug fixed in mask XMRS_MSK_NO_CONN
+ *  Revision 1.55  2007/02/06 16:23:18Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for AM511.
+ *  Made SVNO unsigned.
+ *  Added support for OPT_SETTINGS.
+ *  Added XMULTI_REF_... definitions.
+ *  Added string initializer DEFAULT_FREQ_RANGES.
+ *  Revision 1.54  2007/01/04 11:39:39Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for TCR511.
+ *  Added definition GPS_FEAT_5_MHZ.
+ *  Updated some comments related to duplicate features/options
+ *  IGNORE_LOCK and EMU_SYNC.
+ *  Revision 1.53  2006/12/13 09:31:49  martin
+ *  Added feature flag for ignore_lock.
+ *  Revision 1.52  2006/12/12 15:47:18  martin
+ *  Added MBG_DEBUG_STATUS type and associated definitions.
+ *  Added definition GPS_HAS_REF_OFFS.
+ *  Moved PCPS_REF_OFFS and associated definitions from pcpsdefs.h here
+ *  and renamed them to MBG_REF_OFFS, etc.
+ *  Revision 1.51  2006/10/23 15:31:27  martin
+ *  Added definitions for GPS170.
+ *  Added definitions for new multi_ref sources IRIG, NTP, and PTP.
+ *  Added some definitions useful when editing synth frequency.
+ *  Revision 1.50  2006/08/25 09:29:28Z  martin
+ *  Added structure NANO_TIME.
+ *  Revision 1.49  2006/08/09 07:06:42Z  martin
+ *  New TM_GPS status flag TM_EXT_SYNC.
+ *  Revision 1.48  2006/08/08 12:51:20Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for IRIG codes B006/B126 and B007/B127.
+ *  Revision 1.47  2006/07/06 08:41:45Z  martin
+ *  Added definition of MEINBERG_MAGIC.
+ *  Revision 1.46  2006/06/21 14:08:53Z  martin
+ *  Added masks of IRIG codes which contain time zone information.
+ *  Revision 1.45  2006/06/15 12:13:32Z  martin
+ *  Added MULTI_REF_STATUS and associated flags.
+ *  Added ROM_CSUM, RCV_TIMEOUT, and IGNORE_LOCK types.
+ *  Revision 1.44  2006/05/18 09:34:41Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for POUT max. pulse_len and max timeout.
+ *  Changed comment for POUT_SETTINGS::timeout.
+ *  Units are minutes, not seconds.
+ *  Added definition for MAX_POUT_TIME_STR_PORTS.
+ *  Added definitions for POUT mode 10MHz.
+ *  Added hint strings for POUT modes.
+ *  Added definitions for PZF511.
+ *  Revision 1.43  2006/01/24 07:53:29Z  martin
+ *  New TM_GPS status flag TM_HOLDOVER.
+ *  Revision 1.42  2005/11/24 14:53:22Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for manchester encoded DC IRIG frames.
+ *  Added POUT_TIMESTR and related definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.41  2005/11/03 15:06:59Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions to support GPS170PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.40  2005/10/28 08:58:29Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for OCXO_DHQ.
+ *  Revision 1.39  2005/09/08 14:06:00Z  martin
+ *  Added definition SYNTH_PHASE_SYNC_LIMIT.
+ *  Revision 1.38  2005/08/18 10:27:35  andre
+ *  added definitions for GPS164,
+ *  added POUT_TIMECODE,
+ *  struct SCU_STAT changed,
+ *  ulong flags changed into two byte clk_info and ushort flags
+ *  Revision 1.37  2005/05/02 14:44:55Z  martin
+ *  Added structure SYNTH_STATE and associated definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.36  2005/03/29 12:44:07Z  martin
+ *  New RECEIVER_INFO::flags code: GPS_IRIG_FO_IN
+ *  Revision 1.35  2004/12/09 14:04:38Z  martin
+ *  Changed max synth freq from 12 MHz to 10 MHz.
+ *  Revision 1.34  2004/11/23 16:20:09Z  martin
+ *  Added bit definitions for the existing TTM status bit masks.
+ *  Revision 1.33  2004/11/09 12:39:59Z  martin
+ *  Redefined interface data types using C99 fixed-size definitions.
+ *  Added model code and name for TCR167PCI.
+ *  New type GPS_CMD.
+ *  Defined type BVAR_STAT and associated flags.
+ *  Revision 1.32  2004/09/20 12:46:25  andre
+ *  Added structures and definitions for SCU board.
+ *  Revision 1.31  2004/07/08 08:30:36Z  martin
+ *  Added feature GPS_FEAT_RCV_TIMEOUT.
+ *  Revision 1.30  2004/06/21 13:38:42  martin
+ *  New flag MBG_OPT_BIT_EMU_SYNC/MBG_OPT_FLAG_EMU_SYNC
+ *  lets the receicer emulate/pretend to be always synchronized.
+ *  Revision 1.30  2004/06/21 13:35:46Z  martin
+ *  Revision 1.29  2004/06/16 12:47:53Z  martin
+ *  Moved OPT_SETTINGS related definitions from pcpsdefs.h
+ *  here and renamed symbols from PCPS_.. to to MBG_...
+ *  Revision 1.28  2004/03/26 10:37:00Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions to support multiple ref sources.
+ *  Added definitions OSC_DAC_RANGE, OSC_DAC_BIAS.
+ *  Revision 1.27  2004/03/08 14:06:45Z  martin
+ *  New model code and name for GPS169PCI.
+ *  Existing feature GPS_FEAT_IRIG has been
+ *  renamed to GPS_FEAT_IRIG_TX.
+ *  Added feature GPS_FEAT_IRIG_RX.
+ *  Added IPv4 LAN interface feature flags.
+ *  Renamed IFLAGS_IGNORE_TFOM to IFLAGS_DISABLE_TFOM.
+ *  Revision 1.26  2003/12/05 12:28:20Z  martin
+ *  Added some codes used with IRIG cfg.
+ *  Revision 1.25  2003/10/29 16:18:14Z  martin
+ *  Added 7N2 to DEFAULT_GPS_FRAMINGS_GP2021.
+ *  Revision 1.24  2003/09/30 08:49:48Z  martin
+ *  New flag TM_LS_ANN_NEG which is set in addition to
+ *  TM_LS_ANN if next leap second is negative.
+ *  Revision 1.23  2003/08/26 14:32:33Z  martin
+ *  Added some initializers for commonly used
+ *  TZDL configurations.
+ *  Revision 1.22  2003/04/25 10:18:11  martin
+ *  Fixed typo inside an IRIG name string initializer.
+ *  Revision 1.21  2003/04/15 09:18:48  martin
+ *  New typedef ANT_CABLE_LEN.
+ *  Revision 1.20  2003/04/03 11:03:44Z  martin
+ *  Extended definitions for IRIG support.
+ *  Revision 1.19  2003/01/31 13:38:20  MARTIN
+ *  Modified type of RECEIVER_INFO::fixed_freq field.
+ *  Revision 1.18  2002/10/28 09:24:07  MARTIN
+ *  Added/renamed some POUT related symbols.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2002/09/05 10:58:39  MARTIN
+ *  Renamed some symbols related to programmable outputs.
+ *  Revision 1.16  2002/08/29 08:04:47  martin
+ *  Renamed structure POUT_PROG to POUT_SETTINGS.
+ *  New structures POUT_SETTINGS_IDX, POUT_INFO,
+ *  POUT_INFO_IDX and associated definitions.
+ *  Updated some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2002/07/17 07:39:39Z  Andre
+ *  comma added in definition DEFAULT_GPS_OSC_NAMES
+ *  Revision 1.14  2002/06/27 12:17:29Z  MARTIN
+ *  Added new oscillator code TCXO_MQ.
+ *  Added initializer for oscillator names.
+ *  Added initializer for oscillator list ordered by quality.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2002/05/08 08:16:03  MARTIN
+ *  Added GPS_OSC_CFG_SUPP for RECEIVER_INFO::flags.
+ *  Fixed some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2002/03/14 13:45:56  MARTIN
+ *  Changed type CSUM from short to ushort.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2002/03/01 12:29:30  Andre
+ *  Added GPS_MODEL_GPS161 and GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS161.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2002/02/25 08:02:33Z  MARTIN
+ *  Added array of chars to union IDENT.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2002/01/29 15:21:46  MARTIN
+ *  Added new field "reserved" to struct SW_REV to fix C166 data
+ *  alignment/structure size. Converted structure IDENT to a union.
+ *  The changes above should not affect existing monitoring programs.
+ *  New status flag TM_ANT_SHORT.
+ *  New structure RECEIVER_INFO and associated definitions to
+ *  enhance control from monitoring programs.
+ *  New structures PORT_INFO, STR_TYPE_INFO, and associated
+ *  definitions to simplify and unify configuration from external programs.
+ *  New structures IRIG_INFO and POUT_PROG_IDX to configure an
+ *  optional IRIG interface and programmable pulse outputs.
+ *  Modified some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2001/03/30 11:44:11  MARTIN
+ *  Control alignment of structures from new file use_pack.h.
+ *  Defined initializers with valid baud rate and framing parameters.
+ *  Modified some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2001/03/01 08:09:22  MARTIN
+ *  Modified preprocessor syntax.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2000/07/21 14:04:33  MARTIN
+ *  Added som #if directives to protect structures against being multiply
+ *  defined.
+ *  Modified some comments.
+ *  Comments using characters for +/- and degree now include ASCII
+ *  characters only.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _GPSDEFS_H
+#define _GPSDEFS_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#if defined( HAVE_CONFIG_H )
+  // this is mainly to simplify usage in non-Meinberg projects
+  #include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+// CLOCK_MEINBERG is defined in NTP's config.h if configured
+// to support Meinberg clocks.
+#if !defined( CLOCK_MEINBERG )
+  // avoid having to use these headers in non-Meinberg projects
+  #include <words.h>
+  #include <use_pack.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )
+  #pragma pack( 1 )      // set byte alignment
+  #define _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+
+/* "magic" number */
+#define MEINBERG_MAGIC 0x6AAC
+
+#define MIN_SVNO         1                  /* min. SV number */
+#define MAX_SVNO        32                  /* max. SV number */
+#define N_SVNO ( MAX_SVNO - MIN_SVNO + 1)   /* number of possibly active SVs */
+
+
+#define GPS_ID_STR_LEN      16
+#define GPS_ID_STR_SIZE     ( GPS_ID_STR_LEN + 1 )
+
+#define GPS_EPLD_STR_LEN    8
+#define GPS_EPLD_STR_SIZE   ( GPS_EPLD_STR_LEN + 1 )
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC   10000000L  ///< system time base, see ::GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC
+
+#if !defined( GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC )
+  /*
+   * The actual ticks per seconds may vary for different
+   * GPS receiver models. If this is the case, the receiver
+   * model support the RECEIVER_INFO structure which contains
+   * the actual value.
+   */
+  #define GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC   DEFAULT_GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC  ///< @see DEFAULT_GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC
+
+#endif
+
+
+typedef uint16_t SVNO;    ///< the number of an SV (Space Vehicle, i.e. satellite)
+typedef uint16_t HEALTH;  ///< an SV's health code
+typedef uint16_t CFG;     ///< an SV's configuration code
+typedef uint16_t IOD;     ///< Issue-Of-Data code
+
+
+/* the type of various checksums */
+
+#ifndef _CSUM_DEFINED
+  typedef uint16_t CSUM;  ///< checksum used by some structures stored in non-volatile memory
+  #define _CSUM_DEFINED
+
+  #define _mbg_swab_csum( _p )    _mbg_swab16( _p )
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief The type of a GPS command code
+ *
+ * These command codes can be passed via
+ * @ref group_gps_cmds_serial "serial port" (see @file gpsserio.h), or
+ * @ref group_gps_cmds_bus "system bus" (see @file pcpsdefs.h).
+ */
+typedef uint16_t GPS_CMD;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_gps_cmd( _p )    _mbg_swab16( _p )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Software revision information
+ *
+ * Contains a software revision code, plus an optional
+ * identifier for a customized version.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t code;               ///< Version number, e.g. 0x0120 means v1.20
+  char name[GPS_ID_STR_SIZE];  ///< Optional string identifying a customized version
+  uint8_t reserved;            ///< Reserved field to yield even structure size
+} SW_REV;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_sw_rev( _p )  \
+{                               \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->code );   \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup group_bvar_stat BVAR_STAT status of buffered GPS data
+ *
+ * Status word, associated bit numbers and bit masks indicating
+ * whether certain data from the GPS satellites are
+ * available and valid.
+ *
+ * These bits defined are set in ::BVAR_STAT if the corresponding
+ * parameters are NOT valid and complete.
+ *
+ * @{ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Status flags of battery buffered data received
+ * from GPS satellites.
+ *
+ * All '0' means OK, single bits set to '1' indicate
+ * the associated type of GPS data is not available.
+ */
+typedef uint16_t BVAR_STAT;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_bvar_stat( _p )  _mbg_swab16( (_p) )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of bits used with BVAR_STAT
+ *
+ * For each bit which is set this means the associated data set in
+ * non-volatile memory is not available or incomplete.
+ * Most data sets will just be re-collected from the data streams sent
+ * by the satellites. However, the receiver position has usually been
+ * computed earlier during normal operation, and will be re-computed
+ * when a sufficient number of satellites can be received.
+ */
+enum BVAR_BITS
+{
+  BVAR_BIT_CFGH_INVALID,      ///< Satellite configuration and health parameters incomplete
+  BVAR_BIT_ALM_NOT_COMPLETE,  ///< Almanac parameters incomplete
+  BVAR_BIT_UTC_INVALID,       ///< %UTC offset parameters incomplete
+  BVAR_BIT_IONO_INVALID,      ///< Ionospheric correction parameters incomplete
+  BVAR_BIT_RCVR_POS_INVALID,  ///< No valid receiver position available
+  N_BVAR_BIT                  ///< number of defined ::BVAR_STAT bits
+};
+
+#define BVAR_CFGH_INVALID      ( 1UL << BVAR_BIT_CFGH_INVALID )      ///< Configuration and health data (::CFGH) not valid
+#define BVAR_ALM_NOT_COMPLETE  ( 1UL << BVAR_BIT_ALM_NOT_COMPLETE )  ///< Almanach data (::ALM) not complete
+#define BVAR_UTC_INVALID       ( 1UL << BVAR_BIT_UTC_INVALID )       ///< ::UTC data not valid
+#define BVAR_IONO_INVALID      ( 1UL << BVAR_BIT_IONO_INVALID )      ///< Ionospheric correction data (::IONO) not valid
+#define BVAR_RCVR_POS_INVALID  ( 1UL << BVAR_BIT_RCVR_POS_INVALID )  ///< Receiver position (::POS) not valid
+
+#define BVAR_MASK  ( ( 1UL << N_BVAR_BIT ) - 1 )       ///< Bit mask for all defined bits
+
+/** @} group_bvar_stat */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to hold a fixed frequency value
+ *
+ * @note frequ[kHz] = khz_val * 10^range
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t khz_val;     ///< the base frequency in [kHz]
+  int16_t range;        ///< an optional base 10 exponent
+} FIXED_FREQ_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_fixed_freq_info( _p )  \
+{                                        \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->khz_val );         \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->range );           \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A data type to specify feature flags within ::RECEIVER_INFO
+ */
+typedef uint32_t RI_FEATURES;     ///< @see GPS_FEATURE_MASKS
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to identify a device type and supported features
+ *
+ * @note This may not be supported by some very old devices.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t model_code;               ///< identifier for receiver model, see ::GPS_MODEL_CODES
+  SW_REV sw_rev;                     ///< software revision and ID
+  char model_name[GPS_ID_STR_SIZE];  ///< ASCIIZ, name of receiver model
+  char sernum[GPS_ID_STR_SIZE];      ///< ASCIIZ, serial number
+  char epld_name[GPS_EPLD_STR_SIZE]; ///< ASCIIZ, file name of EPLD image
+  uint8_t n_channels;                ///< number of satellites which can be tracked simultaneously
+  uint32_t ticks_per_sec;            ///< resolution of fractions of seconds, see ::GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC
+  RI_FEATURES features;              ///< optional features, see ::GPS_FEATURE_MASKS
+  FIXED_FREQ_INFO fixed_freq;        ///< optional non-standard fixed frequency
+  uint8_t osc_type;                  ///< type of installed oscillator, see ::GPS_OSC_TYPES
+  uint8_t osc_flags;                 ///< oscillator flags, actually not used and always 0
+  uint8_t n_ucaps;                   ///< number of user time capture inputs
+  uint8_t n_com_ports;               ///< number of on-board serial ports
+  uint8_t n_str_type;                ///< max num of string types supported by any port
+  uint8_t n_prg_out;                 ///< number of programmable pulse outputs
+  uint16_t flags;                    ///< additional information, see ::RECEIVER_INFO_FLAG_BITS
+} RECEIVER_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_receiver_info( _p )              \
+{                                                  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->model_code );                \
+  _mbg_swab_sw_rev( &(_p)->sw_rev );               \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->ticks_per_sec );             \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->features );                  \
+  _mbg_swab_fixed_freq_info( &(_p)->fixed_freq );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->flags );                     \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Known device ID codes for RECEIVER_INFO::model_code
+ */
+enum GPS_MODEL_CODES
+{
+  GPS_MODEL_UNKNOWN,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS166,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS167,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS167SV,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS167PC,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS167PCI,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS163,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS168PCI,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS161,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS169PCI,
+  GPS_MODEL_TCR167PCI,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS164,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS170PCI,
+  GPS_MODEL_PZF511,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS170,
+  GPS_MODEL_TCR511,
+  GPS_MODEL_AM511,
+  GPS_MODEL_MSF511,
+  GPS_MODEL_GRC170,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS170PEX,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS162,
+  GPS_MODEL_PTP270PEX,
+  GPS_MODEL_FRC511PEX,
+  GPS_MODEL_GEN170,
+  GPS_MODEL_TCR170PEX,
+  GPS_MODEL_WWVB511,
+  GPS_MODEL_MGR170,
+  GPS_MODEL_JJY511,
+  GPS_MODEL_PZF600,
+  GPS_MODEL_TCR600,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS180,
+  GPS_MODEL_GLN170,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS180PEX,
+  GPS_MODEL_TCR180PEX,
+  GPS_MODEL_PZF180PEX,
+  GPS_MODEL_MGR180,
+  GPS_MODEL_MSF600,
+  GPS_MODEL_WWVB600,
+  GPS_MODEL_JJY600,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS180HS,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS180AMC,
+  GPS_MODEL_ESI180,
+  GPS_MODEL_CPE180,
+  GPS_MODEL_LNO180,
+  GPS_MODEL_GRC180,
+  GPS_MODEL_LIU,
+  GPS_MODEL_DCF600HS,
+  GPS_MODEL_DCF600RS,
+  N_GPS_MODEL
+  /* If new model codes are added then care must be taken
+   * to update the associated string initializers below
+   * accordingly, and to check whether the classification macros
+   * also cover the new model names. */
+};
+
+
+
+
+/*
+ * String initializers for each of the GPS
+ * receiver models enum'ed above:
+ */
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_UNKNOWN   "(unknown)"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS166    "GPS166"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167    "GPS167"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167SV  "GPS167SV"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167PC  "GPS167PC"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167PCI "GPS167PCI"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS163    "GPS163"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS168PCI "GPS168PCI"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS161    "GPS161"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS169PCI "GPS169PCI"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR167PCI "TCR167PCI"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS164    "GPS164"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS170PCI "GPS170PCI"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_PZF511    "PZF511"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS170    "GPS170"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR511    "TCR511"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_AM511     "AM511"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_MSF511    "MSF511"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GRC170    "GRC170"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS170PEX "GPS170PEX"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS162    "GPS162"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_PTP270PEX "PTP270PEX"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_FRC511PEX "FRC511PEX"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GEN170    "GEN170"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR170PEX "TCR170PEX"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_WWVB511   "WWVB511"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_MGR170    "MGR170"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_JJY511    "JJY511"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_PZF600    "PZF600"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR600    "TCR600"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS180    "GPS180"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GLN170    "GLN170"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS180PEX "GPS180PEX"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR180PEX "TCR180PEX"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_PZF180PEX "PZF180PEX"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_MGR180    "MGR180"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_MSF600    "MSF600"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_WWVB600   "WWVB600"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_JJY600    "JJY600"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS180HS  "GPS180HS"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS180AMC "GPS180AMC"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_ESI180    "ESI180"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_CPE180    "CPE180"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_LNO180    "LNO180"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GRC180    "GRC180"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_LIU       "LIU"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_DCF600HS  "DCF600HS"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_DCF600RS  "DCF600RS"
+
+/*
+ * The definition below can be used to initialize
+ * an array of N_GPS_MODEL type name strings.
+ * Including the trailing 0, each name must not
+ * exceed GPS_ID_STR_SIZE chars.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_MODEL_NAMES \
+{                               \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_UNKNOWN,       \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS166,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167SV,      \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167PC,      \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167PCI,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS163,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS168PCI,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS161,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS169PCI,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR167PCI,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS164,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS170PCI,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_PZF511,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS170,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR511,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_AM511,         \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_MSF511,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GRC170,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS170PEX,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS162,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_PTP270PEX,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_FRC511PEX,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GEN170,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR170PEX,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_WWVB511,       \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_MGR170,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_JJY511,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_PZF600,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR600,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS180,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GLN170,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS180PEX,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR180PEX,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_PZF180PEX,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_MGR180,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_MSF600,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_WWVB600,       \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_JJY600,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS180HS,      \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS180AMC,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_ESI180,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_CPE180,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_LNO180,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GRC180,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_LIU,           \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_DCF600HS,      \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_DCF600RS       \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The macros below can be used to classify a receiver,
+ * e.g. depending on the time source and/or depending on
+ * whether it's a plug-in card or an external device.
+ */
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri )      \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "PC" ) || \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "PEX" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_gps( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "GPS" ) || \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "MGR" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_mobile_gps( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "MGR" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_gps_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_gps( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_irig( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "TCR" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_irig_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_irig( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_am( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "AM" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_am_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_am( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_pzf( _p_ri )  \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "PZF" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_pzf_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_pzf( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_any_dcf77( _p_ri )   \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_am( _p_ri ) ||     \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_pzf( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_any_dcf77_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_any_dcf77( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_msf( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "MSF" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_jjy( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "JJY" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_msf_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_msf( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_glonass( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "GRC" ) || \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "GLN" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_glonass_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_glonass( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_wwvb( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "WWVB" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_wwvb_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_wwvb( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Oscillator classification codes used with RECEIVER_INFO::osc_type
+ *
+ * New codes will just be appended to the enumeration, so the sequence
+ * of codes does NOT reflect the order of quality.
+ */
+enum GPS_OSC_TYPES
+{
+  GPS_OSC_UNKNOWN,
+  GPS_OSC_TCXO_LQ,
+  GPS_OSC_TCXO_HQ,
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_LQ,
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_MQ,
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_HQ,
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_XHQ,
+  GPS_OSC_RUBIDIUM,
+  GPS_OSC_TCXO_MQ,
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_DHQ,
+  N_GPS_OSC
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * The sequence and number of oscillator names
+ * listed below must correspond to the enumeration
+ * above:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_OSC_NAMES \
+{                             \
+  "[unknown]",                \
+  "TCXO LQ",                  \
+  "TCXO",                     \
+  "OCXO LQ",                  \
+  "OCXO MQ",                  \
+  "OCXO HQ",                  \
+  "OCXO XHQ",                 \
+  "RUBIDIUM",                 \
+  "TCXO MQ",                  \
+  "OCXO DHQ"                  \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The initializer below can be used to initialize
+ * an array (e.g. "int osc_quality_idx[N_GPS_OSC]")
+ * which allows to display the oscillator types
+ * ordered by quality:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_OSC_QUALITY_IDX \
+{                                   \
+  GPS_OSC_UNKNOWN,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_TCXO_LQ,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_TCXO_MQ,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_TCXO_HQ,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_LQ,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_MQ,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_HQ,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_DHQ,                 \
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_XHQ,                 \
+  GPS_OSC_RUBIDIUM                  \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of device features flags reported in RECEIVER_INFO::features
+ *
+ * Each flags indicates if a device supports the associated feature.
+ */
+enum GPS_FEATURE_BITS
+{
+  GPS_FEAT_PPS,                 ///< has pulse per second output
+  GPS_FEAT_PPM,                 ///< has pulse per minute output
+  GPS_FEAT_SYNTH,               ///< has programmable synthesizer output
+  GPS_FEAT_DCFMARKS,            ///< has DCF77 compatible time mark output
+  GPS_FEAT_IRIG_TX,             ///< has on-board IRIG output
+  GPS_FEAT_IRIG_RX,             ///< has on-board IRIG input
+  GPS_FEAT_LAN_IP4,             ///< has LAN IPv4 interface
+  GPS_FEAT_MULTI_REF,           ///< has multiple input sources with priorities
+
+  GPS_FEAT_RCV_TIMEOUT,         ///< timeout after GPS reception has stopped
+  GPS_FEAT_IGNORE_LOCK,         ///< supports "ignore lock", MBG_OPT_BIT_EMU_SYNC can be set alternatively
+  GPS_FEAT_5_MHZ,               ///< output 5 MHz rather than 100 kHz
+  GPS_FEAT_XMULTI_REF,          ///< has extended multiple input source configuration
+  GPS_FEAT_OPT_SETTINGS,        ///< supports MBG_OPT_SETTINGS
+  GPS_FEAT_TIME_SCALE,          ///< supports configurable time scale (%UTC, TAI, GPS, ...)
+  GPS_FEAT_IRIG_CTRL_BITS,      ///< supports IRIG control bits
+  GPS_FEAT_PTP,                 ///< has PTP support
+
+  GPS_FEAT_NAV_ENGINE_SETTINGS, ///< supports navigation engine configuration
+  GPS_FEAT_RAW_IRIG_DATA,       ///< supports reading raw IRIG input data
+  GPS_FEAT_RAW_IRIG_TIME,       ///< supports reading decoded IRIG time
+  GPS_FEAT_PTP_UNICAST,         ///< has PTP Unicast support
+  GPS_FEAT_GPIO,                ///< has general purpose in/outputs
+  GPS_FEAT_XMRS_MULT_INSTC,     ///< multiple XMRS instances of the same ref type supported, see ::XMRSF_BIT_MULT_INSTC_SUPP
+  GPS_FEAT_10MHZ_DISBD,         ///< 10 MHz output is always disabled
+  GPS_FEAT_EVT_LOG,             ///< Event logging supported
+
+  GPS_FEAT_IMS,                 ///< Support IMS data structures
+  GPS_FEAT_HAVEQUICK,           ///< Support HaveQuick structures
+
+  N_GPS_FEATURE                 ///< the number of valid features
+  /*
+   * If new features are added then care must be taken to update the associated
+   * definitions below accordingly, e.g. string initializers and bit masks.
+   */
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Names of device features
+ *
+ * @see GPS_FEATURE_BITS
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_FEATURE_NAMES \
+{                                 \
+  "Pulse Per Second",             \
+  "Pulse Per Minute",             \
+  "Programmable Synth.",          \
+  "DCF77 Time Marks",             \
+  "IRIG Out",                     \
+  "IRIG In",                      \
+  "IPv4 LAN Interface",           \
+  "Multiple Ref. Sources",        \
+  "Receive Timeout",              \
+  "Ignore Lock",                  \
+  "5 MHz Output",                 \
+  "Ext. Multiple Ref. Src. Cfg.", \
+  "Optional Settings",            \
+  "Configurable Time Scale",      \
+  "IRIG Control Bits",            \
+  "PTP/IEEE1588",                 \
+  "Nav. Engine Settings",         \
+  "Raw IRIG Data",                \
+  "Raw IRIG Time",                \
+  "PTP/IEEE1588 Unicast",         \
+  "General Purpose I/O",          \
+  "Multiple XMRS Instances",      \
+  "10 MHz Output Disabled",       \
+  "Event Logging",                \
+  "IMS data",                     \
+  "HaveQuick"                     \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bit masks used with RECEIVER_INFO::features
+ *
+ * @see GPS_FEATURE_BITS
+ */
+enum GPS_FEATURE_MASKS
+{
+  GPS_HAS_PPS                  = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_PPS ),                  ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_PPS
+  GPS_HAS_PPM                  = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_PPM ),                  ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_PPM
+  GPS_HAS_SYNTH                = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_SYNTH ),                ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_SYNTH
+  GPS_HAS_DCFMARKS             = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_DCFMARKS ),             ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_DCFMARKS
+  GPS_HAS_IRIG_TX              = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_IRIG_TX ),              ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_IRIG_TX
+  GPS_HAS_IRIG_RX              = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_IRIG_RX ),              ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_IRIG_RX
+  GPS_HAS_LAN_IP4              = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_LAN_IP4 ),              ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_LAN_IP4
+  GPS_HAS_MULTI_REF            = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_MULTI_REF ),            ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_MULTI_REF
+
+  GPS_HAS_RCV_TIMEOUT          = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_RCV_TIMEOUT ),          ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_RCV_TIMEOUT
+  GPS_HAS_IGNORE_LOCK          = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_IGNORE_LOCK ),          ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_IGNORE_LOCK
+  GPS_HAS_5_MHZ                = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_5_MHZ ),                ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_5_MHZ
+  GPS_HAS_XMULTI_REF           = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_XMULTI_REF ),           ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_XMULTI_REF
+  GPS_HAS_OPT_SETTINGS         = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_OPT_SETTINGS ),         ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_OPT_SETTINGS
+  GPS_HAS_TIME_SCALE           = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_TIME_SCALE ),           ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_TIME_SCALE
+  GPS_HAS_IRIG_CTRL_BITS       = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_IRIG_CTRL_BITS ),       ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_IRIG_CTRL_BITS
+  GPS_HAS_PTP                  = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_PTP ),                  ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_PTP
+
+  GPS_HAS_NAV_ENGINE_SETTINGS  = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_NAV_ENGINE_SETTINGS ),  ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_NAV_ENGINE_SETTINGS
+  GPS_HAS_RAW_IRIG_DATA        = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_RAW_IRIG_DATA ),        ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_RAW_IRIG_DATA
+  GPS_HAS_RAW_IRIG_TIME        = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_RAW_IRIG_TIME ),        ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_RAW_IRIG_TIME
+  GPS_HAS_PTP_UNICAST          = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_PTP_UNICAST ),          ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_PTP_UNICAST
+  GPS_HAS_GPIO                 = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_GPIO ),                 ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_GPIO
+  GPS_HAS_XMRS_MULT_INSTC      = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_XMRS_MULT_INSTC ),      ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_XMRS_MULT_INSTC
+  GPS_HAS_10MHZ_DISBD          = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_10MHZ_DISBD ),          ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_10MHZ_DISBD
+  GPS_HAS_EVT_LOG              = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_EVT_LOG ),              ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_EVT_LOG
+
+  GPS_HAS_IMS                  = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_IMS ),                  ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_IMS
+  GPS_HAS_HAVEQUICK            = ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_HAVEQUICK ),            ///< see ::GPS_FEAT_HAVEQUICK
+
+  // the next ones are special since they just shadow another flag:
+  GPS_HAS_REF_OFFS   = GPS_HAS_IRIG_RX,  ///< always supported with IRIG inputs, see ::GPS_HAS_IRIG_RX
+  GPS_HAS_DEBUG_INFO = GPS_HAS_IRIG_RX   ///< always supported with IRIG inputs, see ::GPS_HAS_IRIG_RX
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * The features below are supported by default by older
+ * C166 based GPS receivers:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_FEATURES_C166 \
+{                                 \
+  GPS_HAS_PPS |                   \
+  GPS_HAS_PPM |                   \
+  GPS_HAS_SYNTH |                 \
+  GPS_HAS_DCFMARKS                \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bits to be used with RECEIVER_INFO::flags
+ */
+enum RECEIVER_INFO_FLAG_BITS
+{
+  GPS_BIT_OSC_CFG_SUPP,      ///< oscillator cfg is supported, see ::RECEIVER_INFO::osc_type
+  GPS_BIT_IRIG_FO_IN,        ///< IRIG input via fiber optics
+  GPS_BIT_HAS_FPGA,          ///< device provides on-board FPGA
+  N_RECEIVER_INFO_FLAG_BITS  ///< number of known bits
+};
+
+#define GPS_OSC_CFG_SUPP    ( 1UL << GPS_BIT_OSC_CFG_SUPP )
+#define GPS_IRIG_FO_IN      ( 1UL << GPS_BIT_IRIG_FO_IN )
+#define GPS_HAS_FPGA        ( 1UL << GPS_BIT_HAS_FPGA )
+
+
+
+/*
+ * If the GPS_HAS_FPGA flag is set in RECEIVER_INFO::flags then the card
+ * provides an FPGA and the following information about the FPGA is available:
+ */
+#define FPGA_NAME_LEN    31                     // max name length
+#define FPGA_NAME_SIZE   ( FPGA_NAME_LEN + 1 )  // size including trailing 0
+
+#define FPGA_INFO_SIZE   128
+
+typedef union
+{
+  struct
+  {
+    CSUM csum;
+    uint32_t fsize;
+    #if _IS_MBG_FIRMWARE
+      uint32_t start_addr;
+    #else
+      uint8_t *start_addr;
+    #endif
+    char name[FPGA_NAME_SIZE];
+  } hdr;
+
+  char b[FPGA_INFO_SIZE];
+
+} FPGA_INFO;
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The definitions below are used to specify where a FPGA image is located
+ * in the flash memory:
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;
+  uint16_t fpga_start_seg;   // Number of the 4k block where an FPGA image is located
+} FPGA_START_INFO;
+
+#define DEFAULT_FPGA_START_SEG     0x60
+
+#define DEFAULT_FPGA_START_INFO    \
+{                                  \
+  0x1234 + DEFAULT_FPGA_START_SEG, \
+  DEFAULT_FPGA_START_SEG           \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to hold time in GPS format
+ *
+ * Date and time refer to the linear time scale defined by GPS, with
+ * the epoch starting at %UTC midnight at the beginning of January 6, 1980.
+ *
+ * GPS time is counted by the week numbers since the epoch, plus second
+ * of the week, plus fraction of the second. The week number transmitted
+ * by the satellites rolls over from 1023 to 0, but Meinberg devices
+ * just continue to count the weeks beyond the 1024 week limit to keep
+ * the receiver's internal time.
+ *
+ * %UTC time differs from GPS time since a number of leap seconds have
+ * been inserted in the %UTC time scale after the GPS epoche. The number
+ * of leap seconds is disseminated by the satellites using the ::UTC
+ * parameter set, which also provides info on pending leap seconds.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t wn;     ///< the week number since GPS has been installed
+  uint32_t sec;    ///< the second of that week
+  uint32_t tick;   ///< fractions of a second; scale: 1/::RECEIVER_INFO::ticks_per_sec
+} T_GPS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_t_gps( _p )  \
+{                              \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->wn );    \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->sec );   \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->tick );  \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Local date and time computed from GPS time
+ *
+ * The current number of leap seconds have to be added to get %UTC
+ * from GPS time. Additional corrections could have been made according
+ * to the time zone/daylight saving parameters ::TZDL defined by the user.
+ * The status field can be checked to see which corrections
+ * have actually been applied.
+ *
+ * @note Conversion from GPS time to %UTC and/or local time can only be
+ * done if some valid ::UTC correction parameters are available in the
+ * receiver's non-volatile memory.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  int16_t year;           ///< year number, 0..9999
+  int8_t month;           ///< month, 1..12
+  int8_t mday;            ///< day of month, 1..31
+  int16_t yday;           ///< day of year, 1..366
+  int8_t wday;            ///< day of week, 0..6 == Sun..Sat
+  int8_t hour;            ///< hours, 0..23
+  int8_t min;             ///< minutes, 0..59
+  int8_t sec;             ///< seconds, 0..59
+  int32_t frac;           ///< fractions of a second; scale: 1/::RECEIVER_INFO::ticks_per_sec
+  int32_t offs_from_utc;  ///< local time's offset from %UTC
+  uint16_t status;        ///< status flags, see ::TM_GPS_STATUS_BITS
+} TM_GPS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_tm_gps( _p )          \
+{                                       \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->year );           \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->yday );           \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->frac );           \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->offs_from_utc );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->status );         \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Status flags used with TM_GPS::status
+ *
+ * These bits report info on the time conversion from GPS time to %UTC
+ * and/or local time as well as device status info.
+ */
+enum TM_GPS_STATUS_BITS
+{
+  TM_BIT_UTC,          ///< %UTC correction has been made
+  TM_BIT_LOCAL,        ///< %UTC has been converted to local time according to ::TZDL settings
+  TM_BIT_DL_ANN,       ///< state of daylight saving is going to change
+  TM_BIT_DL_ENB,       ///< daylight saving is in effect
+  TM_BIT_LS_ANN,       ///< leap second pending
+  TM_BIT_LS_ENB,       ///< current second is leap second
+  TM_BIT_LS_ANN_NEG,   ///< set in addition to ::TM_BIT_LS_ANN if leap sec is negative
+  TM_BIT_INVT,         ///< invalid time, e.g. if RTC battery bas been empty
+
+  TM_BIT_EXT_SYNC,     ///< synchronized externally
+  TM_BIT_HOLDOVER,     ///< in holdover mode after previous synchronization
+  TM_BIT_ANT_SHORT,    ///< antenna cable short circuited
+  TM_BIT_NO_WARM,      ///< OCXO has not warmed up
+  TM_BIT_ANT_DISCONN,  ///< antenna currently disconnected
+  TM_BIT_SYN_FLAG,     ///< TIME_SYN output is low
+  TM_BIT_NO_SYNC,      ///< time sync actually not verified
+  TM_BIT_NO_POS        ///< position actually not verified, LOCK LED off
+};
+
+// bit masks corresponding to the flag bits above
+#define TM_UTC          ( 1UL << TM_BIT_UTC )
+#define TM_LOCAL        ( 1UL << TM_BIT_LOCAL )
+#define TM_DL_ANN       ( 1UL << TM_BIT_DL_ANN )
+#define TM_DL_ENB       ( 1UL << TM_BIT_DL_ENB )
+#define TM_LS_ANN       ( 1UL << TM_BIT_LS_ANN )
+#define TM_LS_ENB       ( 1UL << TM_BIT_LS_ENB )
+#define TM_LS_ANN_NEG   ( 1UL << TM_BIT_LS_ANN_NEG )
+#define TM_INVT         ( 1UL << TM_BIT_INVT )
+
+#define TM_EXT_SYNC     ( 1UL << TM_BIT_EXT_SYNC )
+#define TM_HOLDOVER     ( 1UL << TM_BIT_HOLDOVER )
+#define TM_ANT_SHORT    ( 1UL << TM_BIT_ANT_SHORT )
+#define TM_NO_WARM      ( 1UL << TM_BIT_NO_WARM )
+#define TM_ANT_DISCONN  ( 1UL << TM_BIT_ANT_DISCONN )
+#define TM_SYN_FLAG     ( 1UL << TM_BIT_SYN_FLAG )
+#define TM_NO_SYNC      ( 1UL << TM_BIT_NO_SYNC )
+#define TM_NO_POS       ( 1UL << TM_BIT_NO_POS )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Type of an extended TM status which is mainly used inside the firmware
+ */
+typedef uint32_t TM_STATUS_EXT;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of extended status bits used with TM_STATUS_EXT
+ *
+ * @note The lower 16 bits correspond to ::TM_GPS_STATUS_BITS
+ */
+enum TM_GPS_STATUS_BITS_EX
+{
+  TM_BIT_SCALE_GPS = 16,  ///< time scale configured to return GPS time
+  TM_BIT_SCALE_TAI        ///< time scale configured to return TAI
+  // the remaining bits are reserved
+};
+
+// The following bits are only used with the TM_STATUS_X type:
+#define TM_SCALE_GPS    ( 1UL << TM_BIT_SCALE_GPS )
+#define TM_SCALE_TAI    ( 1UL << TM_BIT_SCALE_TAI )
+
+#define TM_MSK_TIME_VALID  ( TM_UTC | TM_SCALE_GPS | TM_SCALE_TAI )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to transmit information on date and time
+ *
+ * This structure can be used to transfer the current time, in which
+ * case the channel field has to be set to -1, or an event capture time
+ * retrieved from the on-board FIFO, in which case the channel field
+ * contains the index of the time capture input, e.g. 0 or 1.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  int16_t channel;  ///< -1: the current on-board time; >= 0 the capture channel number
+  T_GPS t;          ///< time in GPS scale and format
+  TM_GPS tm;        ///< time converted to %UTC and/or local time according to ::TZDL settings
+} TTM;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ttm( _p )       \
+{                                 \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->channel );  \
+  _mbg_swab_t_gps( &(_p)->t );    \
+  _mbg_swab_tm_gps( &(_p)->tm );  \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A timestamp with nanosecond resolution
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  int32_t nano_secs;    ///< [nanoseconds]
+  int32_t secs;         ///< [seconds]
+} NANO_TIME;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_nano_time( _p )   \
+{                                   \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->nano_secs );  \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->secs );       \
+}
+
+// The macro below checks if a NANO_TIME value is negative.
+#define _nano_time_negative( _nt ) \
+  ( ( (_nt)->secs < 0 ) || ( (_nt)->nano_secs < 0 ) )
+
+
+
+/* Two types of variables used to store a position. Type XYZ is */
+/* used with a position in earth centered, earth fixed (ECEF) */
+/* coordinates whereas type LLA holds such a position converted */
+/* to geographic coordinates as defined by WGS84 (World Geodetic */
+/* System from 1984). */
+
+#ifndef _XYZ_DEFINED
+  /**
+   * @brief Sequence and number of components of a cartesian position
+   */
+  enum XYZ_FIELDS { XP, YP, ZP, N_XYZ };  // x, y, z
+
+  /**
+   * @brief An array holding a cartesian position
+   */
+  typedef double XYZ[N_XYZ];      ///< values are in [m], see ::XYZ_FIELDS
+
+  #define _XYZ_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+#define _mbg_swab_xyz( _p )  _mbg_swab_doubles( _p, N_XYZ )
+
+
+#ifndef _LLA_DEFINED
+  /**
+   * @brief Sequence and number of components of a geographic position
+   */
+  enum LLA_FIELDS { LAT, LON, ALT, N_LLA };  /* latitude, longitude, altitude */
+
+  /**
+   * @brief An array holding a geographic position
+   */
+  typedef double LLA[N_LLA];      ///< lon, lat in [rad], alt in [m], see ::LLA_FIELDS
+
+  #define _LLA_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+#define _mbg_swab_lla( _p )  _mbg_swab_doubles( _p, N_LLA )
+
+
+/**
+ @defgroup group_synth Synthesizer parameters
+
+ Synthesizer frequency is expressed as a
+ four digit decimal number (freq) to be multiplied by 0.1 Hz and an
+ base 10 exponent (range). If the effective frequency is less than
+ 10 kHz its phase is synchronized corresponding to the variable phase.
+ Phase may be in a range from -360 deg to +360 deg with a resolution
+ of 0.1 deg, so the resulting numbers to be stored are in a range of
+ -3600 to +3600.
+
+ Example:<br>
+ Assume the value of freq is 2345 (decimal) and the value of phase is 900.
+ If range == 0 the effective frequency is 234.5 Hz with a phase of +90 deg.
+ If range == 1 the synthesizer will generate a 2345 Hz output frequency
+ and so on.
+
+ Limitations:<br>
+ If freq == 0 the synthesizer is disabled. If range == 0 the least
+ significant digit of freq is limited to 0, 3, 5 or 6. The resulting
+ frequency is shown in the examples below:
+    - freq == 1230  -->  123.0 Hz
+    - freq == 1233  -->  123 1/3 Hz (real 1/3 Hz, NOT 123.3 Hz)
+    - freq == 1235  -->  123.5 Hz
+    - freq == 1236  -->  123 2/3 Hz (real 2/3 Hz, NOT 123.6 Hz)
+
+ If range == MAX_RANGE the value of freq must not exceed 1000, so the
+ output frequency is limited to 10 MHz.
+ @{
+*/
+
+#define N_SYNTH_FREQ_DIGIT  4    ///< number of digits to edit
+#define MAX_SYNTH_FREQ   1000    ///< if range == ::MAX_SYNTH_RANGE
+
+#define MIN_SYNTH_RANGE     0
+#define MAX_SYNTH_RANGE     5
+#define N_SYNTH_RANGE       ( MAX_SYNTH_RANGE - MIN_SYNTH_RANGE + 1 )
+
+#define N_SYNTH_PHASE_DIGIT     4
+#define MAX_SYNTH_PHASE  3600
+
+
+#define MAX_SYNTH_FREQ_EDIT  9999  ///< max sequence of digits when editing
+
+/**
+ * @brief The maximum frequency that can be configured for the synthesizer
+ */
+#define MAX_SYNTH_FREQ_VAL   10000000UL     ///< 10 MHz
+/*   == MAX_SYNTH_FREQ * 10^(MAX_SYNTH_RANGE-1) */
+
+/**
+ * @brief The synthesizer's phase is only be synchronized if the frequency is below this limit
+ */
+#define SYNTH_PHASE_SYNC_LIMIT   10000UL    ///< 10 kHz
+
+/**
+ * A Macro used to determine the position of the decimal point
+ * when printing the synthesizer frequency as 4 digit value
+ */
+#define _synth_dp_pos_from_range( _r ) \
+  ( ( ( N_SYNTH_RANGE - (_r) ) % ( N_SYNTH_FREQ_DIGIT - 1 ) ) + 1 )
+
+/**
+ * @brief Synthesizer frequency units
+ *
+ * An initializer for commonly displayed synthesizer frequency units
+ * (N_SYNTH_RANGE strings)
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_FREQ_RANGES \
+{                           \
+  "Hz",                     \
+  "kHz",                    \
+  "kHz",                    \
+  "kHz",                    \
+  "MHz",                    \
+  "MHz",                    \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Synthesizer configuration parameters
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  int16_t freq;    ///< four digits used; scale: 0.1; e.g. 1234 -> 123.4 Hz
+  int16_t range;   ///< scale factor for freq; 0..::MAX_SYNTH_RANGE
+  int16_t phase;   ///< -::MAX_SYNTH_PHASE..+::MAX_SYNTH_PHASE; >0 -> pulses later
+} SYNTH;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_synth( _p )   \
+{                               \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->freq );   \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->range );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->phase );  \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of synthesizer states
+ */
+enum SYNTH_STATES
+{
+  SYNTH_DISABLED,   ///< disbled by cfg, i.e. freq == 0.0
+  SYNTH_OFF,        ///< not enabled after power-up
+  SYNTH_FREE,       ///< enabled, but not synchronized
+  SYNTH_DRIFTING,   ///< has initially been sync'd, but now running free
+  SYNTH_SYNC,       ///< fully synchronized
+  N_SYNTH_STATE     ///< the number of known states
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to report the synthesizer state
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t state;     ///< state code as enumerated in ::SYNTH_STATES
+  uint8_t flags;     ///< reserved, currently always 0
+} SYNTH_STATE;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_synth_state( _p )  _nop_macro_fnc()
+
+#define SYNTH_FLAG_PHASE_IGNORED  0x01
+
+/** @} group_synth */
+
+/**
+  * @defgroup group_tzdl Time zone/daylight saving parameters
+  *
+  * Example: <br>
+  * For automatic daylight saving enable/disable in Central Europe,
+  * the variables are to be set as shown below: <br>
+  *   - offs = 3600L           one hour from %UTC
+  *   - offs_dl = 3600L        one additional hour if daylight saving enabled
+  *   - tm_on = first Sunday from March 25, 02:00:00h ( year |= DL_AUTO_FLAG )
+  *   - tm_off = first Sunday from October 25, 03:00:00h ( year |= DL_AUTO_FLAG )
+  *   - name[0] == "CET  "     name if daylight saving not enabled
+  *   - name[1] == "CEST "     name if daylight saving is enabled
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+ * @brief The name of a time zone
+ *
+ * @note Up to 5 printable characters plus trailing zero
+ */
+typedef char TZ_NAME[6];
+
+/**
+ * @brief Time zone / daylight saving parameters
+ *
+ * This structure is used to specify how a device is to convert
+ * on-board %UTC to local time, including computation of beginning
+ * and end of daylight saving time (DST), if required.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  int32_t offs;      ///< standard offset from %UTC to local time [sec]
+  int32_t offs_dl;   ///< additional offset if daylight saving enabled [sec]
+  TM_GPS tm_on;      ///< date/time when daylight saving starts
+  TM_GPS tm_off;     ///< date/time when daylight saving ends
+  TZ_NAME name[2];   ///< names without and with daylight saving enabled
+} TZDL;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_tzdl( _p )          \
+{                                     \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->offs );         \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->offs_dl );      \
+  _mbg_swab_tm_gps( &(_p)->tm_on );   \
+  _mbg_swab_tm_gps( &(_p)->tm_off );  \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A flag indicating automatic computation of DST
+ *
+ * If this flag is or'ed to the year numbers in TZDL::tm_on and TZDL::tm_off
+ * then daylight saving is computed automatically year by year.
+ */
+#define DL_AUTO_FLAG  0x8000
+
+
+
+// Below there are some initializers for commonly used TZDL configurations:
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_AUTO_YEAR   ( 2007 | DL_AUTO_FLAG )
+
+#define DEFAULt_TZDL_OFFS_DL     3600L  /**< usually DST is +1 hour */
+
+
+/**
+ * An initializer for TZDL::tm_on and TZDL::tm_off for time zones
+ * which do not observe DST.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_OFF_NO_DST \
+  { DEFAULT_TZDL_AUTO_YEAR, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+
+
+// Settings used with %UTC:
+
+#define TZ_INFO_UTC  "UTC (Universal Time, Coordinated)"
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_UTC    { "UTC  ", "UTC  " }
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_UTC                        \
+{                                               \
+  0L,                             /**< offs */    \
+  0L,                             /**< offs_dl */ \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_OFF_NO_DST,  /**< tm_on */   \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_OFF_NO_DST,  /**< tm_off */  \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_UTC          /**< name[] */  \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief An initializer for TZDL::tm_on according to the rules for Central Europe
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_CET_CEST \
+  { DEFAULT_TZDL_AUTO_YEAR, 3, 25, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0 }
+
+/**
+ * @brief An initializer for TZDL::tm_off according to the rules for Central Europe
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_OFF_CET_CEST \
+  { DEFAULT_TZDL_AUTO_YEAR, 10, 25, 0, 0, 3, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0 }
+
+
+// Settings used with Central European Time:
+
+#define TZ_INFO_CET_CEST_EN  "CET/CEST (Central Europe)"
+#define TZ_INFO_CET_CEST_DE  "MEZ/MESZ (Mitteleuropa)"
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_CET_CEST_EN  { "CET  ", "CEST " }
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_CET_CEST_DE  { "MEZ  ", "MESZ " }
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_OFFS_CET  3600L
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_CET_CEST_EN                \
+{                                               \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_OFFS_CET,          /**< offs */    \
+  DEFAULt_TZDL_OFFS_DL,           /**< offs_dl */ \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_CET_CEST,    /**< tm_on */   \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_OFF_CET_CEST,   /**< tm_off */  \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_CET_CEST_EN  /**< name[] */  \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_CET_CEST_DE                \
+{                                               \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_OFFS_CET,          /**< offs */    \
+  DEFAULt_TZDL_OFFS_DL,           /**< offs_dl */ \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_CET_CEST,    /**< tm_on */   \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_OFF_CET_CEST,   /**< tm_off */  \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_CET_CEST_DE  /**< name[] */  \
+}
+
+
+// The symbols below specify beginning and end of DST for
+// Easter Europe, as constituted by the European Parliament:
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_EET_EEST \
+  { DEFAULT_TZDL_AUTO_YEAR, 3, 25, 0, 0, 3, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0 }
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_OFF_EET_EEST \
+  { DEFAULT_TZDL_AUTO_YEAR, 10, 25, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0 }
+
+
+// Settings used with Eastern European Time:
+
+#define TZ_INFO_EET_EEST_EN  "EET/EEST (East Europe)"
+#define TZ_INFO_EET_EEST_DE  "OEZ/OEST (Osteuropa)"
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_EET_EEST_EN  { "EET  ", "EEST " }
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_EET_EEST_DE  { "OEZ  ", "OESZ " }
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_OFFS_EET  7200L
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_EET_EEST_EN                \
+{                                               \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_OFFS_EET,          /* offs */    \
+  DEFAULt_TZDL_OFFS_DL,           /* offs_dl */ \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_EET_EEST,    /* tm_on */   \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_OFF_EET_EEST,   /* tm_off */  \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_EET_EEST_EN  /* name[] */  \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_EET_EEST_DE                \
+{                                               \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_OFFS_EET,          /* offs */    \
+  DEFAULt_TZDL_OFFS_DL,           /* offs_dl */ \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_EET_EEST,    /* tm_on */   \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_OFF_EET_EEST,   /* tm_off */  \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_EET_EEST_DE  /* name[] */  \
+}
+
+/** @} group_tzdl */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Antenna status information
+ *
+ * The structure below reflects the status of the antenna,
+ * the times of last disconnect/reconnect, and the board's
+ * clock offset after the disconnection interval.
+ *
+ * @note ANT_INFO::status changes back to ::ANT_RECONN only
+ * after the antenna has been reconnected <b>and</b> the
+ * receiver has re-synchronized to the satellite signal.
+ * In this case ANT_INFO::delta_t reports the time offset
+ * before resynchronization, i.e. how much the internal
+ * time has drifted while the antenna was disconnected.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  int16_t status;      ///< current status of antenna, see ::ANT_STATUS_CODES
+  TM_GPS tm_disconn;   ///< time of antenna disconnect
+  TM_GPS tm_reconn;    ///< time of antenna reconnect
+  int32_t delta_t;     ///< clock offs at reconn. time in 1/::RECEIVER_INFO::ticks_per_sec
+} ANT_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ant_info( _p )          \
+{                                         \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->status );           \
+  _mbg_swab_tm_gps( &(_p)->tm_disconn );  \
+  _mbg_swab_tm_gps( &(_p)->tm_reconn );   \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->delta_t );          \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Status code used with ANT_INFO::status
+ */
+enum ANT_STATUS_CODES
+{
+  ANT_INVALID,   ///< No other fields valid since antenna has not yet been disconnected
+  ANT_DISCONN,   ///< Antenna is disconnected, tm_reconn and delta_t not yet set
+  ANT_RECONN,    ///< Antenna has been disconnect, and receiver sync. after reconnect, so all fields valid
+  N_ANT_STATUS_CODES  ///< the number of known status codes
+};
+
+
+/* Defines used with ENABLE_FLAGS */
+
+#define EF_OFF            0x00   /**< outputs off until sync'd */
+
+#define EF_SERIAL_BOTH    0x03   /**< both serial ports on */
+#define EF_PULSES_BOTH    0x03   /**< both pulses P_SEC and P_MIN on */
+#define EF_FREQ_ALL       0x07   /**< all fixed freq. outputs on */
+#define EF_SYNTH          0x01   /**< synth. on */
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure controlling when output signals are enabled
+ *
+ * The structure holds some flags which let the corresponding outputs
+ * be disabled after power-up until the receiver has synchronized
+ * (flag == ::EF_OFF, the default) or force the outputs to be enabled
+ * immediately after power-up. The fixed frequency output is hard-wired
+ * to be enabled immediately after power-up, so ENABLE_FLAGS::freq must
+ * always be set to ::EF_FREQ_ALL.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t serial;   ///< ::EF_OFF or ::EF_SERIAL_BOTH
+  uint16_t pulses;   ///< ::EF_OFF or ::EF_PULSES_BOTH
+  uint16_t freq;     ///< always ::EF_FREQ_ALL
+  uint16_t synth;    ///< ::EF_OFF or ::EF_SYNTH
+} ENABLE_FLAGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_enable_flags( _p )  \
+{                                     \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->serial );       \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->pulses );       \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->freq );         \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->synth );        \
+}
+
+
+/* A struct used to hold the settings of a serial port: */
+
+#ifndef _COM_HS_DEFINED
+  /**
+   * @brief Enumeration of handshake modes
+   */
+  enum COM_HANSHAKE_MODES { HS_NONE, HS_XONXOFF, HS_RTSCTS, N_COM_HS };
+  #define _COM_HS_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _COM_PARM_DEFINED
+  /**
+   * @brief A data type to configure a baud rate
+   */
+  typedef int32_t BAUD_RATE;
+
+  /**
+   * @brief Indices used to identify a parameter in the framing string
+   */
+  enum { F_DBITS, F_PRTY, F_STBITS };
+
+  /**
+   * @brief A structure to store the configuration of a serial port
+   */
+  typedef struct
+  {
+    BAUD_RATE baud_rate;  ///< transmission speed, e.g. 19200L
+    char framing[4];      ///< ASCIIZ framing string, e.g. "8N1" or "7E2"
+    int16_t handshake;    ///< handshake mode, yet only ::HS_NONE supported
+
+  } COM_PARM;
+
+  #define _COM_PARM_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+#define _mbg_swab_baud_rate( _p )   _mbg_swab32( _p )
+
+#define _mbg_swab_com_parm( _p )            \
+{                                           \
+  _mbg_swab_baud_rate( &(_p)->baud_rate );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->handshake );          \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Indices of any supported serial port baud rates
+ *
+ * @note Most clock models and/or serial ports don't support all defined baud rates.
+ */
+enum MBG_BAUD_RATE_CODES
+{
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_300,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_600,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_1200,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_2400,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_4800,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_9600,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_19200,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_38400,
+  N_MBG_BAUD_RATES       /**< the number of supported baud rates */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An initializer for a table of baud rate values.
+ * The values must correspond to the enumeration above.
+ */
+#define MBG_BAUD_RATES \
+{                      \
+  300L,                \
+  600L,                \
+  1200L,               \
+  2400L,               \
+  4800L,               \
+  9600L,               \
+  19200L,              \
+  38400L               \
+}
+
+/*
+ * An initializer for a table of baud rate strings.
+ * The values must correspond to the enumeration above.
+ */
+#define MBG_BAUD_STRS \
+{                     \
+  "300",              \
+  "600",              \
+  "1200",             \
+  "2400",             \
+  "4800",             \
+  "9600",             \
+  "19200",            \
+  "38400"             \
+}
+
+/*
+ * The bit masks below can be used to determine which baud rates
+ * are supported by a serial port. This may vary between
+ * different ports of the same device since different
+ * types of UART are used which must not necessarily support
+ * each baud rate:
+ */
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_300     ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_300 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_600     ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_600 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_1200    ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_1200 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_2400    ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_2400 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_4800    ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_4800 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_9600    ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_9600 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_19200   ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_19200 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_38400   ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_38400 )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Indices of any supported serial port framings.
+ *
+ * @note Most clock models and/or serial ports don't support all defined framing types.
+ */
+enum MBG_FRAMING_CODES
+{
+  MBG_FRAMING_7N2,
+  MBG_FRAMING_7E1,
+  MBG_FRAMING_7E2,
+  MBG_FRAMING_8N1,
+  MBG_FRAMING_8N2,
+  MBG_FRAMING_8E1,
+  MBG_FRAMING_7O1,
+  MBG_FRAMING_7O2,
+  MBG_FRAMING_8O1,
+  MBG_FRAMING_8E2,     /**< @note: Most serial ports don't support this! */
+  N_MBG_FRAMINGS       /**< the number of supported framings */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An initializer for a table of framing strings.
+ * The values must correspond to the enumeration above.
+ */
+#define MBG_FRAMING_STRS \
+{                        \
+  "7N2",                 \
+  "7E1",                 \
+  "7E2",                 \
+  "8N1",                 \
+  "8N2",                 \
+  "8E1",                 \
+  "7O1",                 \
+  "7O2",                 \
+  "8O1",                 \
+  "8E2"                  \
+}
+
+/*
+ * The bit masks below can be used to determine which framings
+ * are supported by a serial port. This may vary between
+ * different ports of the same device since different
+ * types of UART are used which must not necessarily support
+ * each framing type:
+ */
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_7N2   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_7N2 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_7E1   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_7E1 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_7E2   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_7E2 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_8N1   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_8N1 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_8N2   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_8N2 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_8E1   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_8E1 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_7O1   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_7O1 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_7O2   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_7O2 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_8O1   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_8O1 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_8E2   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_8E2 )
+
+
+// Default port settings to be used
+// with the binary protocol
+#define MBG_DEFAULT_BAUDRATE 19200L
+#define MBG_DEFAULT_FRAMING  "8N1"
+
+
+
+/*
+ * By default, the baud rates and framings below
+ * are supported by the UARTs integrated into
+ * the C166 microcontroller:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_BAUD_RATES_C166 \
+(                                   \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_300   |              \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_600   |              \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_1200  |              \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_2400  |              \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_4800  |              \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_9600  |              \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_19200                \
+)
+
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_FRAMINGS_C166   \
+(                                   \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_7N2 |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_7E1 |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_7E2 |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8N1 |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8N2 |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8E1                  \
+)
+
+
+/*
+ * By default, the baud rates and framings below
+ * are supported by the UARTs integrated into
+ * the GP2021 chipset:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_BAUD_RATES_GP2021 \
+(                                     \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_300   |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_600   |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_1200  |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_2400  |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_4800  |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_9600  |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_19200                  \
+)
+
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_FRAMINGS_GP2021   \
+(                                     \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_7N2 |                  \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_7E2 |                  \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8N1 |                  \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8E1 |                  \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8O1                    \
+)
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration settings of a serial port
+ *
+ * @note This should be used preferably instead of
+ * ::PORT_PARM, which is deprecated.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  COM_PARM parm;        ///< transmission speed, framing, etc.
+  uint8_t mode;         ///< string mode, see ::STR_MODES
+  uint8_t str_type;     ///< index of the supported time string formats, see ::STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX
+  uint32_t flags;       ///< @see COM_CFG_STATUS_BITS
+} PORT_SETTINGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_port_settings( _p )  \
+{                                      \
+  _mbg_swab_com_parm( &(_p)->parm );   \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );         \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flag bits used to marks individual ::PORT_SETTINGS fields
+ *
+ * These definitions can be used to mark specific fields of a
+ * PORT_SETTINGS structure, e.g. which fields have changed when
+ * editing, or which fields have settings which are not valid.
+ */
+enum MBG_COM_CFG_STATUS_BITS
+{
+  MBG_PS_BIT_BAUD_RATE_OVR_SW,   ///< Baud rate index exceeds num supp by driver SW
+  MBG_PS_BIT_BAUD_RATE_OVR_DEV,  ///< Baud rate index exceeds num supp by device
+  MBG_PS_BIT_BAUD_RATE,          ///< Baud rate not supp by given port
+  MBG_PS_BIT_FRAMING_OVR_SW,     ///< Framing index exceeds num supp by driver SW
+  MBG_PS_BIT_FRAMING_OVR_DEV,    ///< Framing index exceeds num supp by device
+  MBG_PS_BIT_FRAMING,            ///< Framing not supp by given port
+  MBG_PS_BIT_HS_OVR_SW,          ///< Handshake index exceeds num supp by driver SW
+  MBG_PS_BIT_HS,                 ///< Handshake mode not supp by given port
+  MBG_PS_BIT_STR_TYPE_OVR_SW,    ///< String type index exceeds num supp by driver SW
+  MBG_PS_BIT_STR_TYPE_OVR_DEV,   ///< String type index exceeds num supp by device
+  MBG_PS_BIT_STR_TYPE,           ///< String type not supp by given port
+  MBG_PS_BIT_STR_MODE_OVR_SW,    ///< String mode index exceeds num supp by driver SW
+  MBG_PS_BIT_STR_MODE_OVR_DEV,   ///< String mode index exceeds num supp by device
+  MBG_PS_BIT_STR_MODE,           ///< String mode not supp by given port and string type
+  MBG_PS_BIT_FLAGS_OVR_SW,       ///< Flags not supp by driver SW
+  MBG_PS_BIT_FLAGS,              ///< Flags not supp by device
+  N_MBG_PS_BIT
+};
+
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_BAUD_RATE_OVR_SW   ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_BAUD_RATE_OVR_SW )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_BAUD_RATE_OVR_DEV  ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_BAUD_RATE_OVR_DEV )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_BAUD_RATE          ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_BAUD_RATE )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_FRAMING_OVR_SW     ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_FRAMING_OVR_SW )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_FRAMING_OVR_DEV    ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_FRAMING_OVR_DEV )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_FRAMING            ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_FRAMING )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_HS_OVR_SW          ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_HS_OVR_SW )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_HS                 ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_HS )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_STR_TYPE_OVR_SW    ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_STR_TYPE_OVR_SW )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_STR_TYPE_OVR_DEV   ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_STR_TYPE_OVR_DEV )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_STR_TYPE           ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_STR_TYPE )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_STR_MODE_OVR_SW    ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_STR_MODE_OVR_SW )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_STR_MODE_OVR_DEV   ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_STR_MODE_OVR_DEV )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_STR_MODE           ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_STR_MODE )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_FLAGS_OVR_SW       ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_FLAGS_OVR_SW )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_FLAGS              ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_FLAGS )
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration settings of a specific serial port
+ *
+ * This structure should be sent to a device to configure
+ * a specific serial port. The number of supported ports
+ * is RECEIVER_INFO::n_com_port.
+ *
+ * @note The ::PORT_INFO_IDX structure should be read from
+ * a device to retrieve the current settings and capabilities.
+ *
+ * @see STR_TYPE_INFO
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;         ///< port index, 0..RECEIVER_INFO::n_com_port - 1
+  PORT_SETTINGS port_settings;
+} PORT_SETTINGS_IDX;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_port_settings_idx( _p )           \
+{                                                   \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->idx );                        \
+  _mbg_swab_port_settings( &(_p)->port_settings );  \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Current settings and general capabilities of a serial port
+ *
+ * @note This structure should be read from a device to retrieve
+ * the current settings of a serial port plus its capabilities,
+ * e.g. supported baud rates, supported string formats, etc.
+ *
+ * @see STR_TYPE_INFO
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  PORT_SETTINGS port_settings;  ///< current configuration of the port
+  uint32_t supp_baud_rates;     ///< bit mask of baud rates supp. by this port, see ::MBG_BAUD_RATE_CODES
+  uint32_t supp_framings;       ///< bit mask of framings supp. by this port, see ::MBG_FRAMING_CODES
+  uint32_t supp_str_types;      ///< bit mask of string types supp. by this port, i.e. bit 0 set if str_type[0] is supp.
+  uint32_t reserved;            ///< reserved for future use, currently always 0
+  uint32_t flags;               ///< @see COM_CFG_STATUS_BITS
+} PORT_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_port_info( _p )                   \
+{                                                   \
+  _mbg_swab_port_settings( &(_p)->port_settings );  \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_baud_rates );            \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_framings );              \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_str_types );             \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->reserved );                   \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );                      \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flags used with PORT_SETTINGS::flags and PORT_INFO::flags
+ */
+enum COM_CFG_STATUS_BITS
+{
+  PORT_FLAG_BIT_PORT_INVISIBLE,  ///< port is used internally and should not be displayed by config apps
+  N_PORT_FLAGS                   ///< the number of defined bits
+};
+
+#define PORT_FLAG_PORT_INVISIBLE     ( 1UL << PORT_FLAG_BIT_PORT_INVISIBLE )
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Current settings and general capabilities of a specific serial port
+ *
+ * This structure should be read from the device to retrieve the
+ * current settings of a specific serial port plus its capabilities,
+ * e.g. supported baud rates, supported string formats, etc.
+ * The number of supported ports is RECEIVER_INFO::n_com_port.
+ *
+ * @note The ::PORT_SETTINGS_IDX structure should be send back to
+ * the device to configure the specified serial port.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;         ///< port index, 0..RECEIVER_INFO::n_com_port - 1
+  PORT_INFO port_info;
+} PORT_INFO_IDX;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_port_info_idx( _p )       \
+{                                           \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->idx );                \
+  _mbg_swab_port_info( &(_p)->port_info );  \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Information on a supported string format
+ *
+ * Information includes the name of the string format, which
+ * transmission modes are supported, etc.
+ *
+ * The number of string types, and which string types are supported
+ * depends on the device type and firmware version.
+ *
+ * @note The structure ::STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX should be read repeatedly
+ * to retrieve all supported string types.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t supp_modes;  ///< bit mask of modes supp. for this string type
+  char long_name[23];   ///< long name of the string format
+  char short_name[11];  ///< short name of the string format
+  uint16_t flags;       ///< reserved, currently always 0
+} STR_TYPE_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_str_type_info( _p )  \
+{                                      \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_modes );    \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->flags );         \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Information on a specific supported string format
+ *
+ * This structure should be read from a device to retrieve information
+ * on a specific supported time string type from an array of supported
+ * string types. The number of supported string types is returned
+ * in RECEIVER_INFO::n_str_type.
+ *
+ * A selected index number can be saved in PORT_SETTINGS::str_type to
+ * configure the selected string type for the specific serial port.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;          ///< string type index, 0..RECEIVER_INFO::n_str_type - 1
+  STR_TYPE_INFO str_type_info;
+} STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_str_type_info_idx( _p )           \
+{                                                   \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->idx );                        \
+  _mbg_swab_str_type_info( &(_p)->str_type_info );  \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Modes supported for time string transmission
+ *
+ * This determines e.g. at which point in time a string starts
+ * to be transmitted via the serial port.
+ */
+enum STR_MODES
+{
+  STR_ON_REQ,     ///< transmission on request by received '?' only
+  STR_PER_SEC,    ///< transmission automatically if second changes
+  STR_PER_MIN,    ///< transmission automatically if minute changes
+  STR_AUTO,       ///< transmission automatically if required, e.g. on capture event
+  STR_ON_REQ_SEC, ///< transmission if second changes and a request has been received before
+  N_STR_MODE      ///< the number of known modes
+};
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_SHORT_MODE_NAMES \
+{                                \
+  "'?'",                         \
+  "1 sec",                       \
+  "1 min",                       \
+  "auto",                        \
+  "'?' sec"                      \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Default initializers for English mode string names. Initializers
+ * for multi-language strings can be found in pcpslstr.h.
+ */
+#define ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ       "on request '?' only"
+#define ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_SEC      "per second"
+#define ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_MIN      "per minute"
+#define ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_AUTO         "automatically"
+#define ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ_SEC   "sec after request"
+
+#define DEFAULT_ENG_MODE_NAMES   \
+{                                \
+  ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ,      \
+  ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_SEC,     \
+  ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_MIN,     \
+  ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_AUTO,        \
+  ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ_SEC   \
+}
+
+/*
+ * The definitions below are used to set up bit masks
+ * which restrict the modes which can be used with
+ * a given string type:
+ */
+#define MSK_STR_ON_REQ      ( 1UL << STR_ON_REQ )
+#define MSK_STR_PER_SEC     ( 1UL << STR_PER_SEC )
+#define MSK_STR_PER_MIN     ( 1UL << STR_PER_MIN )
+#define MSK_STR_AUTO        ( 1UL << STR_AUTO )
+#define MSK_STR_ON_REQ_SEC  ( 1UL << STR_ON_REQ_SEC )
+
+
+/*
+ *  The modes below are supported by most string types:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_STR_MODES \
+(                         \
+  MSK_STR_ON_REQ |        \
+  MSK_STR_PER_SEC |       \
+  MSK_STR_PER_MIN         \
+)
+
+
+/*
+ *  The modes below can be used with the capture string:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_STR_MODES_UCAP \
+(                              \
+  MSK_STR_ON_REQ |             \
+  MSK_STR_AUTO                 \
+)
+
+
+
+/**
+ * The number of serial ports which are at least available
+ * even with very old GPS receiver models
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_N_COM   2
+
+/*
+ * By default that's also the number of ports
+ * currently available:
+ */
+#ifndef N_COM
+  #define N_COM     DEFAULT_N_COM
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @brief A The structure used to store the configuration of both serial ports
+ *
+ * @deprecated This structure is deprecated, ::PORT_SETTINGS and related structures
+ * should be used instead, if supported by the device.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  COM_PARM com[DEFAULT_N_COM];    /**< COM0 and COM1 settings */
+  uint8_t mode[DEFAULT_N_COM];    /**< COM0 and COM1 output mode */
+} PORT_PARM;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_port_parm( _p )         \
+{                                         \
+  int i;                                  \
+  for ( i = 0; i < DEFAULT_N_COM; i++ )   \
+  {                                       \
+    _mbg_swab_com_parm( &(_p)->com[i] );  \
+    /* no need to swap mode byte */       \
+  }                                       \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The codes below were used with the obsolete
+ * PORT_PARM.mode above. They are defined for
+ * compatibility with older devices only:
+ */
+enum
+{
+  /* STR_ON_REQ,   defined above */
+  /* STR_PER_SEC,  defined above */
+  /* STR_PER_MIN,  defined above */
+  N_STR_MODE_0 = STR_AUTO,   /* COM0 and COM1 */
+  STR_UCAP = N_STR_MODE_0,
+  STR_UCAP_REQ,
+  N_STR_MODE_1               /* COM1 only */
+};
+
+
+
+/**
+  @defgroup group_icode IRIG codes
+
+  The following definitions are used to configure an optional
+  on-board IRIG input or output. Which frame types are supported
+  by a device depends on the device type, and may eventually
+  depend on the device's firmware version.
+
+  All IRIG frames transport the day-of-year number plus the time-of-day,
+  and include a control field segment which can transport user defined
+  information.
+
+  Some newer IRIG frames are compatible with older frame types but support
+  well defined extensions like the year number, local time offset, DST status,
+  etc., in the control fields:
+
+ - Supported IRIG signal code types:
+  - \b  A002:             1000 bps, DCLS, time-of-year
+  - \b  A003:             1000 bps, DCLS, time-of-year, SBS
+  - \b  A132:             1000 bps, 10 kHz carrier, time-of-year
+  - \b  A133:             1000 bps, 10 kHz carrier, time-of-year, SBS
+  - \b  B002:             100 bps, DCLS, time-of-year
+  - \b  B003:             100 bps, DCLS, time-of-year, SBS
+  - \b  B122:             100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, time-of-year
+  - \b  B123:             100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, time-of-year, SBS
+  - \b  B006:             100 bps, DCLS, complete date
+  - \b  B007:             100 bps, DCLS, complete date, SBS
+  - \b  B126:             100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, complete date
+  - \b  B127:             100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, complete date, SBS
+  - \b  B220/1344:        100 bps, DCLS, manchester encoded, IEEE1344 extensions
+  - \b  B222:             100 bps, DCLS, manchester encoded, time-of-year
+  - \b  B223:             100 bps, DCLS, manchester encoded, time-of-year, SBS
+  - \b  G002:             10 kbps, DCLS, time-of-year
+  - \b  G142:             10 kbps, 100 kHz carrier, time-of-year
+  - \b  G006:             10 kbps, DCLS, complete date
+  - \b  G146:             10 kbps, 100 kHz carrier, complete date
+  - \b  AFNOR:            100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, SBS, complete date
+  - <b> AFNOR DC:</b>     100 bps, DCLS, SBS, complete date
+  - \b  IEEE1344:         100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, time-of-year, SBS, IEEE1344 extensions (B120)
+  - <b> IEEE1344 DC:</b>  100 bps, DCLS, time-of-year, SBS, IEEE1344 extensions (B000)
+  - \b  C37.118:          like IEEE1344, but %UTC offset with reversed sign
+  - \b  C37.118 DC:       like IEEE1344 DC, but %UTC offset with reversed sign
+
+  -  time-of-year: day-of-year, hours, minutes, seconds
+  -  complete date: time-of-year plus year number
+  -  SBS: straight binary seconds, second-of-day
+
+  AFNOR codes are based on the french standard AFNOR NF S87-500
+
+  IEEE1344 codes are defined in IEEE standard 1344-1995. The code frame is compatible
+  with B002/B122 but provides some well defined extensions in the control field which
+  include a quality indicator (time figure of merit, TFOM), year number, DST and leap
+  second status, and local time offset from %UTC.
+
+  C37.118 codes are defined in IEEE standard C37.118-2005 which includes a revised version
+  of the IEEE 1344 standard from 1995. These codes provide the same extensions as IEEE 1344
+  but unfortunately define the %UTC offset with reversed sign.
+
+  @note There are 3rd party IRIG devices out there which apply the %UTC offset as specified
+  in C37.118, but claim to be compatible with IEEE 1344. So if local time is transmitted
+  by the IRIG signal then care must be taken that the %UTC offset is evaluated by the IRIG
+  receiver in the same way as computed by the IRIG generator. Otherwise the %UTC
+  time computed by the receiver may be <b>wrong</b>.
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Known IRIG TX code formats
+ *
+ * Definitions used with IRIG transmitters which usually output both
+ * the unmodulated and the modulated IRIG signals at the same time.
+ */
+enum ICODE_TX_CODES
+{
+  ICODE_TX_B002_B122,
+  ICODE_TX_B003_B123,
+  ICODE_TX_A002_A132,
+  ICODE_TX_A003_A133,
+  ICODE_TX_AFNOR,
+  ICODE_TX_IEEE1344,
+  ICODE_TX_B2201344,   ///< DCLS only
+  ICODE_TX_B222,       ///< DCLS only
+  ICODE_TX_B223,       ///< DCLS only
+  ICODE_TX_B006_B126,
+  ICODE_TX_B007_B127,
+  ICODE_TX_G002_G142,
+  ICODE_TX_G006_G146,
+  ICODE_TX_C37118,
+  ICODE_TX_TXC101,
+  ICODE_TX_E002_E112,
+  ICODE_TX_NASA36,
+  N_ICODE_TX           ///< number of known codes
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Initializers for format name strings.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ICODE_TX_NAMES \
+{                              \
+  "B002+B122",                 \
+  "B003+B123",                 \
+  "A002+A132",                 \
+  "A003+A133",                 \
+  "AFNOR NF S87-500",          \
+  "IEEE1344",                  \
+  "B220(1344) DCLS",           \
+  "B222 DCLS",                 \
+  "B223 DCLS",                 \
+  "B006+B126",                 \
+  "B007+B127",                 \
+  "G002+G142",                 \
+  "G006+G146",                 \
+  "C37.118",                   \
+  "TXC-101 DTR-6",             \
+  "E002+E112",                 \
+  "NASA 36"                    \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initializers for short name strings which must not
+ * be longer than 10 printable characters.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ICODE_TX_NAMES_SHORT \
+{                                    \
+  "B002+B122",                       \
+  "B003+B123",                       \
+  "A002+A132",                       \
+  "A003+A133",                       \
+  "AFNOR NF-S",                      \
+  "IEEE1344",                        \
+  "B220/1344",                       \
+  "B222 DC",                         \
+  "B223 DC",                         \
+  "B006+B126",                       \
+  "B007+B127",                       \
+  "G002+G142",                       \
+  "G006+G146",                       \
+  "C37.118",                         \
+  "TXC-101",                         \
+  "E002+E112",                       \
+  "NASA 36"                          \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Initializers for English format description strings.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ICODE_TX_DESCRIPTIONS_ENG                                             \
+{                                                                                     \
+  "100 bps, DCLS or 1 kHz carrier",                                                   \
+  "100 bps, DCLS or 1 kHz carrier, SBS",                                              \
+  "1000 bps, DCLS or 10 kHz carrier",                                                 \
+  "1000 bps, DCLS or 10 kHz carrier, SBS",                                            \
+  "100 bps, DCLS or 1 kHz carrier, SBS, complete date",                               \
+  "100 bps, DCLS or 1 kHz carrier, SBS, complete date, time zone info",               \
+  "100 bps, Manchester enc., DCLS only, SBS, complete date, time zone info",          \
+  "100 bps, Manchester enc., DCLS only",                                              \
+  "100 bps, Manchester enc., DCLS only, SBS",                                         \
+  "100 bps, DCLS or 1 kHz carrier, complete date",                                    \
+  "100 bps, DCLS or 1 kHz carrier, complete date, SBS",                               \
+  "10 kbps, DCLS or 100 kHz carrier",                                                 \
+  "10 kbps, DCLS or 100 kHz carrier, complete date",                                  \
+  "like IEEE1344, but UTC offset with reversed sign",                                 \
+  "code from TV time sync device TXC-101 DTR-6",                                      \
+  "10 bps, DCLS or 100 Hz carrier",                                                   \
+  "100 bps, DCLS or 1 kHz carrier"                                                    \
+}
+
+/*
+ * The definitions below are used to set up bit masks
+ * which restrict the IRIG formats which are supported
+ * by a given IRIG transmitter device:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B002_B122    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B002_B122 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B003_B123    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B003_B123 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_A002_A132    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_A002_A132 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_A003_A133    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_A003_A133 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_AFNOR        ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_AFNOR )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_IEEE1344     ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_IEEE1344 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B2201344     ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B2201344 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B222         ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B222 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B223         ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B223 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B006_B126    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B006_B126 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B007_B127    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B007_B127 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_G002_G142    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_G002_G142 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_G006_G146    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_G006_G146 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_C37118       ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_C37118 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_TXC101       ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_TXC101 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_E002_E112    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_E002_E112 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_NASA36       ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_NASA36 )
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with manchester encoded DC output:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_DC_MANCH \
+(                             \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B2201344 |     \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B222     |     \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B223           \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 100 Hz carrier:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_100HZ  \
+(                           \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_E002_E112    \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 1 kHz carrier:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_1KHZ  \
+(                          \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B002_B122 | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B003_B123 | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_AFNOR     | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_IEEE1344  | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B2201344  | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B222      | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B223      | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B006_B126 | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B007_B127 | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_C37118    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_NASA36      \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 10 kHz carrier:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_10KHZ \
+(                          \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_A002_A132 | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_A003_A133   \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 100 kHz carrier:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_100KHZ \
+(                           \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_G002_G142 |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_G006_G146    \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 10 bps data rate:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_10BPS  \
+(                           \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_E002_E112    \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 100 bps data rate:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_100BPS \
+(                           \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B002_B122 |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B003_B123 |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_AFNOR     |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_IEEE1344  |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B006_B126 |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B007_B127 |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_C37118       \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 1000 bps data rate:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_1000BPS \
+(                            \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_A002_A132 |   \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_A003_A133     \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 10 kbps data rate:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_10000BPS \
+(                             \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_G002_G142 |    \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_G006_G146      \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats which support TFOM:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_HAS_TFOM \
+(                             \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_IEEE1344  |    \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_C37118         \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats which support time zone information:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_HAS_TZI \
+(                            \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_IEEE1344  |   \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_C37118        \
+)
+
+/**
+ * The default mask of IRIG formats supported by
+ * IRIG transmitters:
+ */
+#if !defined( SUPP_MSK_ICODE_TX )
+  #define SUPP_MSK_ICODE_TX  \
+  (                          \
+    MSK_ICODE_TX_B002_B122 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_TX_B003_B123 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_TX_A002_A132 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_TX_A003_A133 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_TX_AFNOR       \
+  )
+#endif
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Known IRIG RX code formats
+ *
+ * Definitions used with IRIG receivers which decode
+ * two similar IRIG codes (with or without SBS)
+ * at the same time.
+ */
+enum ICODE_RX_CODES
+{
+  ICODE_RX_B122_B123,    ///< modulated
+  ICODE_RX_A132_A133,    ///< modulated
+  ICODE_RX_B002_B003,    ///< DCLS
+  ICODE_RX_A002_A003,    ///< DCLS
+  ICODE_RX_AFNOR,        ///< modulated
+  ICODE_RX_AFNOR_DC,     ///< DCLS
+  ICODE_RX_IEEE1344,     ///< modulated
+  ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC,  ///< DCLS
+  ICODE_RX_B126_B127,    ///< modulated
+  ICODE_RX_B006_B007,    ///< DCLS
+  ICODE_RX_G142_G146,    ///< modulated
+  ICODE_RX_G002_G006,    ///< DCLS
+  ICODE_RX_C37118,       ///< modulated
+  ICODE_RX_C37118_DC,    ///< DCLS
+  ICODE_RX_TXC101,       ///< modulated
+  ICODE_RX_TXC101_DC,    ///< DCLS
+  ICODE_RX_E112,         ///< modulated
+  ICODE_RX_E002,         ///< DCLS
+  ICODE_RX_NASA36,       ///< modulated
+  ICODE_RX_NASA36_DC,    ///< DCLS
+  N_ICODE_RX             ///< the number of known codes
+};
+
+/**
+ * Initializers for format name strings.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ICODE_RX_NAMES \
+{                              \
+  "B122/B123",                 \
+  "A132/A133",                 \
+  "B002/B003 (DCLS)",          \
+  "A002/A003 (DCLS)",          \
+  "AFNOR NF S87-500",          \
+  "AFNOR NF S87-500 (DCLS)",   \
+  "IEEE1344",                  \
+  "IEEE1344 (DCLS)",           \
+  "B126/B127",                 \
+  "B006/B007 (DCLS)",          \
+  "G142/G146",                 \
+  "G002/G006 (DCLS)",          \
+  "C37.118",                   \
+  "C37.118 (DCLS)",            \
+  "TXC-101 DTR-6",             \
+  "TXC-101 DTR-6 (DCLS)",      \
+  "E112",                      \
+  "E002 (DCLS)",               \
+  "NASA-36",                   \
+  "NASA-36 (DCLS)"             \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initializers for short name strings which must not
+ * be longer than 11 printable characters.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ICODE_RX_NAMES_SHORT \
+{                                    \
+  "B122/B123",                       \
+  "A132/A133",                       \
+  "B002/B003",                       \
+  "A002/A003",                       \
+  "AFNOR NF-S",                      \
+  "AFNOR DC",                        \
+  "IEEE1344",                        \
+  "IEEE1344 DC",                     \
+  "B126/B127",                       \
+  "B006/B007",                       \
+  "G142/G146",                       \
+  "G002/G006",                       \
+  "C37.118",                         \
+  "C37.118 DC",                      \
+  "TXC-101",                         \
+  "TXC-101 DC",                      \
+  "E112",                            \
+  "E002 DC",                         \
+  "NASA-36",                         \
+  "NASA-36 DC"                       \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Initializers for English format description strings.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ICODE_RX_DESCRIPTIONS_ENG                   \
+{                                                           \
+  "100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, SBS optionally",                 \
+  "1000 bps, 10 kHz carrier, SBS optionally",               \
+  "100 bps, DCLS, SBS optionally",                          \
+  "1000 bps, DCLS, SBS optionally",                         \
+  "100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, SBS, complete date",             \
+  "100 bps, DCLS, SBS, complete date",                      \
+  "100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, SBS, time zone info",            \
+  "100 bps, DCLS, SBS, time zone info",                     \
+  "100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, complete date, SBS optionally",  \
+  "100 bps, DCLS, complete date, SBS optionally",           \
+  "10 kbps, 100 kHz carrier, complete date optionally",     \
+  "10 kbps, DCLS, complete date optionally",                \
+  "like IEEE1344, but UTC offset with reversed sign",       \
+  "like IEEE1344 DC, but UTC offset with reversed sign",    \
+  "code from TV time sync device TXC-101 DTR-6",            \
+  "DC code from TV time sync device TXC-101 DTR-6",         \
+  "10 bps, 100 Hz carrier",                                 \
+  "10 bps, DCLS",                                           \
+  "100 bps, 1 kHz carrier",                                 \
+  "100 bps, DCLS"                                           \
+}
+
+/*
+ * Bit masks corresponding to the enumeration above:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_B122_B123       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_B122_B123 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_A132_A133       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_A132_A133 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_B002_B003       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_B002_B003 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_A002_A003       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_A002_A003 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR           ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_AFNOR )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR_DC        ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_AFNOR_DC )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344        ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_IEEE1344 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC     ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_B126_B127       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_B126_B127 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_B006_B007       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_B006_B007 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_G142_G146       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_G142_G146 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_G002_G006       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_G002_G006 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_C37118          ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_C37118 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_C37118_DC       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_C37118_DC )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_TXC101          ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_TXC101 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_TXC101_DC       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_TXC101_DC )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_E112            ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_E112 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_E002            ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_E002 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_NASA36          ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_NASA36 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_NASA36_DC       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_NASA36_DC )
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG DCLS formats:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_DC       \
+(                             \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B002_B003    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_A002_A003    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR_DC     | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC  | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B006_B007    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_G002_G006    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_C37118_DC    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_TXC101_DC    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_E002         | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_NASA36_DC      \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 100 Hz carrier:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_100HZ \
+(                          \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_E112      | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_E002        \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 1 kHz carrier:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_1KHZ  \
+(                          \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B122_B123 | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR     | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344  | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B126_B127 | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_C37118    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_TXC101    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_NASA36      \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 10 kHz carrier:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_10KHZ \
+(                          \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_A132_A133   \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 100 kHz carrier:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_100KHZ \
+(                           \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_G142_G146    \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 10 bps data rate:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_10BPS  \
+(                           \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_E002_E112  | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_E002_E002    \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 100 bps data rate:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_100BPS   \
+(                             \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B122_B123    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B002_B003    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR        | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR_DC     | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344     | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC  | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B126_B127    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B006_B007    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_C37118       | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_C37118_DC    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_TXC101       | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_TXC101_DC    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_NASA36       | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_NASA36_DC      \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 1000 bps data rate:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_1000BPS \
+(                            \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_A132_A133 |   \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_A002_A003     \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 10 kbps data rate:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_10000BPS \
+(                             \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_G142_G146 |    \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_G002_G006      \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats which support TFOM:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_HAS_TFOM \
+(                             \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344     | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC  | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_C37118       | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_C37118_DC      \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats which support time zone information:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_HAS_TZI  \
+(                             \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344     | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC  | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_C37118       | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_C37118_DC      \
+)
+
+/**
+ * The default mask of IRIG formats supported by
+ * IRIG receivers:
+ */
+#if !defined( SUPP_MSK_ICODE_RX )
+  #define SUPP_MSK_ICODE_RX  \
+  (                          \
+    MSK_ICODE_RX_B122_B123 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_RX_A132_A133 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_RX_B002_B003 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_RX_A002_A003 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR     | \
+    MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR_DC    \
+  )
+#endif
+
+/** @} group_icode */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration settings of an IRIG input or output
+ *
+ * @see group_icode
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t icode;   ///< IRIG signal code, see ::ICODE_RX_CODES
+  uint16_t flags;   ///< see ::IFLAGS_BITS
+} IRIG_SETTINGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_irig_settings( _p )  \
+{                                      \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->icode );         \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->flags );         \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bits used with IRIG_SETTINGS::flags
+ *
+ * @note The presence or absence of the ::IFLAGS_BIT_DISABLE_TFOM flag for the IRIG RX
+ * settings of some PCI cards may not be evaluated correctly by some firmware
+ * versions for those cards, even if an IRIG code has been configured which supports
+ * this flag. See the comments near the declaration of the _pcps_incoming_tfom_ignored()
+ * macro in pcpsdev.h for details.
+ */
+enum IFLAGS_BITS
+{
+  IFLAGS_BIT_DISABLE_TFOM,        ///< for RX ignore, for TX don't generate TFOM flag
+  IFLAGS_BIT_TX_GEN_LOCAL_TIME,   ///< TX output local time, not %UTC
+  N_IFLAGS_BITS                   ///< number of known bits
+};
+
+#define IFLAGS_DISABLE_TFOM        ( 1UL << IFLAGS_BIT_DISABLE_TFOM )
+#define IFLAGS_TX_GEN_LOCAL_TIME   ( 1UL << IFLAGS_BIT_TX_GEN_LOCAL_TIME )
+
+#define IFLAGS_MASK                ( ( 1UL << N_IFLAGS_BITS ) - 1 ) ///< mask of all known flags
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Current IRIG settings and supported codes
+ *
+ * Used to query the current IRIG settings
+ * plus a mask of supported codes.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  IRIG_SETTINGS settings;  ///< current settings
+  uint32_t supp_codes;     ///< bit mask of supported codes
+} IRIG_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_irig_info( _p )              \
+{                                              \
+  _mbg_swab_irig_settings( &(_p)->settings );  \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_codes );            \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup group_irig_comp IRIG input delay compensation
+ *
+ * These definitions are used with IRIG RX delay compensation
+ * which is supported by some IRIG receivers. Delay compensation
+ * depends on the basic frame type, so there are different records
+ * required for the different frame type groups.
+ * @{ */
+
+/**
+ * The number of coefficients of a compensation record
+ * for a single frame type group, and the structure
+ * which contains those coefficients.
+ */
+#define N_IRIG_RX_COMP_VAL  4
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to store compensation values
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  /**
+   * @brief Delay compensation values [100 ns units]
+   *
+   * @note Only the first value is actually used to compensate
+   * a delay, so the remaining values should be 0.
+   */
+  int16_t c[N_IRIG_RX_COMP_VAL];
+
+} IRIG_RX_COMP;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_irig_rx_comp( _p )          \
+{                                             \
+  int i;                                      \
+  for ( i = 0; i < N_IRIG_RX_COMP_VAL; i++ )  \
+    _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->c[i] );               \
+}
+
+
+/** The absolute value of the maximum compensation value accepted by a device */ 
+#define IRIG_RX_COMP_MAX   999  // [100 ns units], i.e. valid range is +/-99.9 us
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Structure used to retrieve the number of records for a given type
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t type;    ///< record type @see CAL_REC_TYPES
+  uint16_t idx;     ///< index if several records of same type are supported, see ::IRIG_RX_COMP_GROUPS
+} CAL_REC_HDR;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_cal_rec_hdr( _p )  \
+{                                    \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->type );        \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->idx );         \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Types to be used with CAL_REC_HDR::type
+ */
+enum CAL_REC_TYPES
+{
+  CAL_REC_TYPE_UNDEF,          ///< undefined type
+  CAL_REC_TYPE_IRIG_RX_COMP,   ///< IRIG receiver delay compensation
+  N_CAL_REC_TYPE               ///< number of known types
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Types to be used with CAL_REC_HDR::idx
+ *
+ * IRIG frame type groups to be distinguished for delay compensation.
+ */
+enum IRIG_RX_COMP_GROUPS
+{
+  IRIG_RX_COMP_B1,  ///< codes B1xx, AFNOR, IEEE1344
+  IRIG_RX_COMP_A1,  ///< code A1xx
+  IRIG_RX_COMP_B0,  ///< codes B0xx, AFNOR DC, IEEE1344 DC
+  IRIG_RX_COMP_A0,  ///< code A0xx
+  IRIG_RX_COMP_G1,  ///< code G14x
+  IRIG_RX_COMP_G0,  ///< code G00x
+  N_IRIG_RX_COMP    ///< number of compensation values
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializers for format name strings
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_IRIG_RX_COMP_NAMES \
+{                                  \
+  "B1xx/AFNOR/IEEE1344",           \
+  "A1xx",                          \
+  "B0xx/AFNOR DC/IEEE1344 DC",     \
+  "A0xx",                          \
+  "G14X",                          \
+  "G00X",                          \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Structure used to transfer calibration records
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  CAL_REC_HDR hdr;
+  IRIG_RX_COMP comp_data;   ///< IRIG receiver delay compensation
+
+} CAL_REC_IRIG_RX_COMP;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_cal_rec_irig_rx_comp( _p )    \
+{                                               \
+  _mbg_swab_cal_rec_hdr( &(_p)->hdr );          \
+  _mbg_swab_irig_rx_comp( &(_p)->comp_data );   \
+}
+
+/**  @} group_irig_comp */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A data type used to read the board's debug status
+ *
+ * @note This also include IRIG decoder status.
+ */
+typedef uint32_t MBG_DEBUG_STATUS;  ///< @see MBG_DEBUG_STATUS_BITS
+
+#define _mbg_swab_debug_status( _p ) \
+  _mbg_swab32( _p )
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of bits used with ::MBG_DEBUG_STATUS
+ */
+enum MBG_DEBUG_STATUS_BITS
+{
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_WARMED_UP,          /**< Osc has warmed up */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_PPS_ACTIVE,         /**< PPS output is active */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_INV_CONFIG,         /**< Invalid config, e.g. data csum error */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_MSG_DECODED,        /**< IRIG msg could be decoded */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_MSG_INCONSISTENT,   /**< IRIG msg contains inconsistent data */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_LOOP_LOCKED,        /**< Decoder control loop is locked */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_JITTER_TOO_LARGE,   /**< Phase jitter too large */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_INV_REF_OFFS,       /**< %UTC ref offset not configured */
+
+  MBG_SYS_BIT_INV_TIME,            /**< Internal time not valid/set */
+  MBG_SYS_BIT_TIME_SET_VIA_API,    /**< On board time set externally */
+  MBG_SYS_BIT_INV_RTC,             /**< On board RTC invalid */
+  MBG_SYS_BIT_CPU_PLL_FAILED,      /**< The CPU's PLL watchdog */
+
+  N_MBG_DEBUG_BIT
+};
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializers for debug status bit strings
+ */
+#define MBG_DEBUG_STATUS_STRS      \
+{                                  \
+  "Osc has warmed up",             \
+  "PPS output is active",          \
+  "Config set to default",         \
+  "IRIG msg decoded",              \
+  "IRIG msg not consistent",       \
+  "Decoder control loop locked",   \
+  "Phase jitter too large",        \
+  "Invalid ref offset",            \
+                                   \
+  "Internal time not valid",       \
+  "On board time set via API",     \
+  "On board RTC invalid",          \
+  "CPU PLL failure, needs restart" \
+}
+
+
+
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_WARMED_UP        ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_WARMED_UP )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_PPS_ACTIVE       ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_PPS_ACTIVE )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_INV_CONFIG       ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_INV_CONFIG )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_MSG_DECODED      ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_MSG_DECODED )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_MSG_INCONSISTENT ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_MSG_INCONSISTENT )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_LOOP_LOCKED      ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_LOOP_LOCKED )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_JITTER_TOO_LARGE ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_JITTER_TOO_LARGE )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_INV_REF_OFFS     ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_INV_REF_OFFS )
+
+#define MBG_SYS_MSK_INV_TIME          ( 1UL << MBG_SYS_BIT_INV_TIME )
+#define MBG_SYS_MSK_TIME_SET_VIA_API  ( 1UL << MBG_SYS_BIT_TIME_SET_VIA_API )
+#define MBG_SYS_MSK_INV_RTC           ( 1UL << MBG_SYS_BIT_INV_RTC )
+#define MBG_SYS_MSK_CPU_PLL_FAILED    ( 1UL << MBG_SYS_BIT_CPU_PLL_FAILED )
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A data type used to configure the ref offset
+ *
+ * The ref offset if the offset of the incoming reference time from %UTC.
+ * For some types of signal (e.g. most IRIG frame formats) this can't be
+ * determined automatically.
+ *
+ * @note There's a special flag ::MBG_REF_OFFS_NOT_CFGD indicating that
+ * this parameter is unconfigured
+ */
+typedef int16_t MBG_REF_OFFS;   ///< -::MBG_REF_OFFS_MAX..::MBG_REF_OFFS_MAX, or ::MBG_REF_OFFS_NOT_CFGD
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_ref_offs( _p )  _mbg_swab16( (_p) )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief The maximum allowed positive / negative ref offset
+ */
+#define MBG_REF_OFFS_MAX   ( ( 12L * 60 ) + 30 )  // [minutes]
+
+/**
+ * @brief A flag indicating that the ref offset has not yet been configured
+ *
+ * If this flag is set in ::MBG_REF_OFFS this means the ref offset
+ * (time offset from %UTC) has not yet been configured. This is usually
+ * the case for IRIG receiver devices right after they have been shipped.
+ */
+#define MBG_REF_OFFS_NOT_CFGD  0x8000
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to configure optional settings
+ *
+ * Optional settings are a generic way to configure some extended settings.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t flags;   ///< @see MBG_OPT_BITS
+} MBG_OPT_SETTINGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_opt_settings( _p )  \
+{                                         \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );            \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to configure optional settings
+ *
+ * This structure includes the current settings, and a bit mask
+ * indicating which flags are supported.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_OPT_SETTINGS settings;
+  uint32_t supp_flags;       ///< bit mask of supported flags, see ::MBG_OPT_BITS
+} MBG_OPT_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_opt_info( _p )              \
+{                                                 \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_opt_settings( &(_p)->settings );  \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_flags );               \
+}
+
+
+enum MBG_OPT_BITS
+{
+  MBG_OPT_BIT_STR_UTC,   /**< serial string contains %UTC time */
+  MBG_OPT_BIT_EMU_SYNC,  /**< emulate/pretend to be synchronized, alternatively
+                              ::GPS_FEAT_IGNORE_LOCK may be supported */
+  N_MBG_OPT_BIT
+};
+
+/*
+ * Bit masks corresponding to the enumeration above:
+ */
+#define MBG_OPT_FLAG_STR_UTC   ( 1UL << MBG_OPT_BIT_STR_UTC )
+#define MBG_OPT_FLAG_EMU_SYNC  ( 1UL << MBG_OPT_BIT_EMU_SYNC )
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bit coded return type for ::PCPS_GET_IRIG_CTRL_BITS
+ *
+ * This type returns the control bits an IRIG receiver has decoded
+ * from an incoming time code signal.
+ */
+typedef uint32_t MBG_IRIG_CTRL_BITS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_irig_ctrl_bits( _p )  _mbg_swab32( _p )
+
+
+// The following macro extracts the 4 bit TFOM code from the
+// IRIG control bits read from a card. This only works if the received
+// IRIG code is a code which supports TFOM, this is currently
+// only IEEE1344.
+#define _pcps_tfom_from_irig_ctrl_bits( _p ) \
+        ( ( ( *(_p) ) >> 24 ) & 0x0F )
+
+
+
+#define RAW_IRIG_SIZE    16
+
+/**
+ * @brief A buffer used to read raw IRIG data bits from an IRIG receiver
+ *
+ * Used to get the raw data bits from the IRIG decoder. A maximum number
+ * of ::RAW_IRIG_SIZE bytes can be filled up, depending on the IRIG code.
+ * If less bytes are used then the rest of the bytes are filled with zeros.
+ *
+ * @note The first IRIG bit received from the transmitter is saved
+ * in the MSB (bit 7) of data_bytes[0], etc.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t data_bytes[RAW_IRIG_SIZE];
+} MBG_RAW_IRIG_DATA;
+
+// The following macro extracts the 4 bit TFOM code from the raw
+// data bits read from a card. This only works if the received
+// IRIG code is a code which supports TFOM, this is currently
+// only IEEE1344.
+#define _pcps_tfom_from_raw_irig_data( _p )    \
+  ( ( ( (_p)->data_bytes[9] >> 2 ) & 0x08 )  \
+  | ( ( (_p)->data_bytes[9] >> 4 ) & 0x04 )  \
+  | ( ( (_p)->data_bytes[9] >> 6 ) & 0x02 )  \
+  | ( ( (_p)->data_bytes[8] & 0x01 ) ) )
+
+
+
+/**
+  @defgroup group_time_scale Time Scale Configuration
+
+  The structures and defines can be used to configure the GPS receiver's
+  basic time scale. By default this is %UTC which can optionally
+  be converted to some local time. However, some applications
+  prefer TAI or pure GPS time. This can be configured using the
+  structures below if the GPS_HAS_TIME_SCALE flag is set in
+  RECEIVER_INFO::features.
+ @{
+*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief Known time scales
+ *
+ * @note See also the extended status bits ::TM_SCALE_GPS
+ * and ::TM_SCALE_TAI indicating the active time scale setting
+ */
+enum MBG_TIME_SCALES
+{
+  MBG_TIME_SCALE_DEFAULT,   ///< %UTC or local time according to ::UTC parameters and ::TZDL configuration
+  MBG_TIME_SCALE_GPS,       ///< GPS time as sent by the satellites, monotonical
+  MBG_TIME_SCALE_TAI,       ///< TAI, i.e. GPS time plus constant offset (::GPS_TAI_OFFSET)
+  N_MBG_TIME_SCALE
+};
+
+#define MBG_TIME_SCALE_MSK_DEFAULT  ( 1UL << MBG_TIME_SCALE_DEFAULT )
+#define MBG_TIME_SCALE_MSK_GPS      ( 1UL << MBG_TIME_SCALE_GPS )
+#define MBG_TIME_SCALE_MSK_TAI      ( 1UL << MBG_TIME_SCALE_TAI )
+
+
+#define MBG_TIME_SCALE_STRS \
+{                           \
+  "UTC/local",              \
+  "GPS",                    \
+  "TAI"                     \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief The constant time offset between the GPS and TAI time scales, in seconds
+ */
+#define GPS_TAI_OFFSET   19   ///< [s], TAI = GPS + GPS_TAI_OFFSET
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Time scale configuration settings
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t scale;             ///< current time scale code from enum MBG_TIME_SCALES
+  uint8_t flags;             ///< reserved, currently always 0
+} MBG_TIME_SCALE_SETTINGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_time_scale_settings( _p )  \
+  _nop_macro_fnc()
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Time scale configuration settings plus capabilities
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_TIME_SCALE_SETTINGS settings;      ///< current settings
+  MBG_TIME_SCALE_SETTINGS max_settings;  ///< numb. of scales, all supported flags
+  uint32_t supp_scales;                  ///< bit masks of supported scales
+} MBG_TIME_SCALE_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_time_scale_info( _p )                 \
+{                                                           \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_time_scale_settings( &(_p)->settings );     \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_time_scale_settings( &(_p)->max_settings ); \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_scales );                        \
+}
+
+/** @} group_time_scale */
+
+
+/*
+ * The structures below are required to setup the programmable
+ * pulse outputs which are provided by some GPS receivers.
+ * The number of programmable pulse outputs supported by a GPS
+ * receiver is reported in the RECEIVER_INFO::n_str_type field.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief A calendar date including full year number
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t mday;    ///< 1..28,29,30,31
+  uint8_t month;   ///< 1..12
+  uint16_t year;   ///< including century
+} MBG_DATE;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_date( _p ) \
+{                                \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->year );    \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief The time of day including hundredths of seconds
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t hour;    ///< 0..23
+  uint8_t min;     ///< 0..59
+  uint8_t sec;     ///< 0..59,60
+  uint8_t sec100;  ///< reserved, currently always 0
+} MBG_TIME;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_time( _p ) \
+  _nop_macro_fnc()    // nothing to swap
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Date and time specification for switching operations
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_DATE d;     ///< date to switch
+  MBG_TIME t;     ///< time to switch
+  uint8_t wday;   ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  uint8_t flags;  ///< reserved, currently 0
+} MBG_DATE_TIME;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_date_time( _p ) \
+{                                     \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_date( &(_p)->d );     \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_time( &(_p)->t );     \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure to define on/off cycle times
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_DATE_TIME on;   ///< date and time to switch on
+  MBG_DATE_TIME off;  ///< date and time to switch off
+} POUT_TIME;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pout_time( _p )        \
+{                                        \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_date_time( &(_p)->on );  \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_date_time( &(_p)->off ); \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief The number of ::POUT_TIME settings for each programmable pulse output
+ *
+ * @note This can't be changed without breaking compatibility of the API
+ */
+#define N_POUT_TIMES   3
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration settings for a single programmable pulse output
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t mode;               ///< mode of operation, see ::POUT_MODES
+  uint16_t pulse_len;          ///< 10 msec units, or COM port number
+  uint16_t timeout;            ///< [min], for DCF77 emulation mode only
+  uint16_t flags;              ///< @see POUT_SETTINGS_FLAG_BITS
+  POUT_TIME tm[N_POUT_TIMES];  ///< switching times, or other data, see ::POUT_DATA
+} POUT_SETTINGS;
+
+/**
+ * @brief A Generic data field for programmable output settings
+ *
+ * If the mode is set to ::POUT_TIME_SLOTS then POUT_SETTINGS::tm must be
+ * interpreted as ::POUT_DATA, i.e. just an array of bytes. We can not change
+ * the type of the tm field to a union for compatibility reasons ... :(
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+  uint8_t b[N_POUT_TIMES * sizeof( POUT_TIME )];
+} POUT_DATA;
+
+// When reading data from a device we first need to correct the endianess
+// of the mode first, and correct the endianess of the tm field only
+// if the tm field is not interpreted as POUT_DATA.
+#define _mbg_swab_pout_settings_on_get( _p ) \
+{                                            \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->mode );                \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->pulse_len );           \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->timeout );             \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->flags );               \
+                                             \
+  if ( (_p)->mode != POUT_TIME_SLOTS )       \
+  {                                          \
+    int i;                                   \
+                                             \
+    for ( i = 0; i < N_POUT_TIMES; i++ )     \
+      _mbg_swab_pout_time( &(_p)->tm[i] );   \
+  }                                          \
+}
+
+// When writing data to a device we first need to check the mode,
+// and correct the endianess of the tm field only if the tm field
+// is not interpreted as POUT_DATA. Finally we can also correct
+// the endianess of the mode field.
+#define _mbg_swab_pout_settings_on_set( _p ) \
+{                                            \
+  if ( (_p)->mode != POUT_TIME_SLOTS )       \
+  {                                          \
+    int i;                                   \
+                                             \
+    for ( i = 0; i < N_POUT_TIMES; i++ )     \
+      _mbg_swab_pout_time( &(_p)->tm[i] );   \
+  }                                          \
+                                             \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->mode );                \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->pulse_len );           \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->timeout );             \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->flags );               \
+}
+
+
+
+// In POUT_TIME_SLOTS mode the number of time slots per minute is stored
+// in the pulse_len field. Valid numbers all numbers n in the range 1..60
+// for which the remainder of 60 / n is 0.
+#define MIN_TIME_SLOTS_PER_MINUTE  1
+#define MAX_TIME_SLOTS_PER_MINUTE  60
+#define TIME_SLOT_REGISTER_IN_SEC  60
+
+#define TIMEOUT_DIVIDED_BY 10
+#define TIME_SLOT_SWITCH_OFF_BUFFER_MIN 50 / TIMEOUT_DIVIDED_BY
+#define TIME_SLOT_SWITCH_OFF_BUFFER_MAX 500 / TIMEOUT_DIVIDED_BY
+#define TIME_SLOT_SWITCH_OFF_BUFFER_STD 500 / TIMEOUT_DIVIDED_BY
+#define TIME_SLOT_SWITCH_OFF_BUFFER_STEP_SIZE 50 / TIMEOUT_DIVIDED_BY
+
+#define _valid_time_slots_per_minute( _n )   \
+  ( ( (_n) >= MIN_TIME_SLOTS_PER_MINUTE ) && \
+    ( (_n) <= MAX_TIME_SLOTS_PER_MINUTE ) && \
+    ( ( 60 % (_n) ) == 0 )                   \
+  )
+
+
+#define MAX_POUT_PULSE_LEN    1000         ///< 10 secs, in 10 msec units
+#define MAX_POUT_DCF_TIMOUT   ( 48 * 60 )  ///< 48 hours, in minutes
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Operation modes for a programmable pulse output
+ *
+ * These codes are used with POUT_SETTINGS::mode.
+ *
+ * @note Not every programmable pulse output supports all modes.
+ */
+enum POUT_MODES
+{
+  POUT_IDLE,          ///< always off, or on if ::POUT_INVERTED flag is set
+  POUT_TIMER,         ///< switch on/off at configured times
+  POUT_SINGLE_SHOT,   ///< pulse at time POUT_SETTINGS::tm[0].on
+  POUT_CYCLIC_PULSE,  ///< pulse every POUT_SETTINGS::tm[0].on.t interval
+  POUT_PER_SEC,       ///< pulse if second changes
+  POUT_PER_MIN,       ///< pulse if minute changes
+  POUT_PER_HOUR,      ///< pulse if hour changes
+  POUT_DCF77,         ///< emulate DCF77 signal
+  POUT_POS_OK,        ///< on if pos. OK (nav_solved)
+  POUT_TIME_SYNC,     ///< on if time sync (time_syn)
+  POUT_ALL_SYNC,      ///< on if pos. OK and time sync
+  POUT_TIMECODE,      ///< IRIG/AFNOR DCLS output
+  POUT_TIMESTR,       ///< COM port number in pulse_len field
+  POUT_10MHZ,         ///< 10 MHz fixed frequency
+  POUT_DCF77_M59,     ///< DCF77-like signal with 500 ms pulse in 59th second
+  POUT_SYNTH,         ///< programmable synthesizer frequency
+  POUT_TIME_SLOTS,    ///< programmable time slots during each minute
+  N_POUT_MODES        ///< the number of known modes
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Default initializers for English pulse mode names. Initializers
+ * for multi-language strings can be found in pcpslstr.h.
+ */
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_IDLE            "Idle"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_TIMER           "Timer"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_SINGLE_SHOT     "Single Shot"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_CYCLIC_PULSE    "Cyclic Pulse"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_PER_SEC         "Pulse Per Second"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_PER_MIN         "Pulse Per Min"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_PER_HOUR        "Pulse Per Hour"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_DCF77           "DCF77 Marks"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_POS_OK          "Position OK"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_TIME_SYNC       "Time Sync"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_ALL_SYNC        "All Sync"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_TIMECODE        "DCLS Time Code"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_TIMESTR         "COM Time String"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_10MHZ           "10 MHz Frequency"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_DCF77_M59       "DCF77-like M59"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_SYNTH           "Synthesizer Frequency"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_TIME_SLOTS      "Time Slots per Minute"
+
+#define DEFAULT_ENG_POUT_NAMES \
+{                              \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_IDLE,          \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_TIMER,         \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_SINGLE_SHOT,   \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_CYCLIC_PULSE,  \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_PER_SEC,       \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_PER_MIN,       \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_PER_HOUR,      \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_DCF77,         \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_POS_OK,        \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_TIME_SYNC,     \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_ALL_SYNC,      \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_TIMECODE,      \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_TIMESTR,       \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_10MHZ,         \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_DCF77_M59,     \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_SYNTH,         \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_TIME_SLOTS     \
+}
+
+
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_IDLE            "Constant output level"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_TIMER           "Switch based on configured on/off times"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_SINGLE_SHOT     "Generate a single pulse of determined length"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_CYCLIC_PULSE    "Generate cyclic pulses of determined length"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_PER_SEC         "Generate pulse at beginning of new second"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_PER_MIN         "Generate pulse at beginning of new minute"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_PER_HOUR        "Generate pulse at beginning of new hour"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_DCF77           "DCF77 compatible time marks"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_POS_OK          "Switch if receiver position has been verified"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_TIME_SYNC       "Switch if time is synchronized"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_ALL_SYNC        "Switch if full sync"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_TIMECODE        "Duplicate IRIG time code signal"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_TIMESTR         "Duplicate serial time string of specified port"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_10MHZ           "10 MHz fixed output frequency"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_DCF77_M59       "DCF77 time marks with 500 ms pulse in 59th second"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_SYNTH           "Frequency generated by programmable synthesizer"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_TIME_SLOTS      "Output enabled during specified time slots per minute"
+
+#define DEFAULT_ENG_POUT_HINTS \
+{                              \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_IDLE,          \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_TIMER,         \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_SINGLE_SHOT,   \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_CYCLIC_PULSE,  \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_PER_SEC,       \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_PER_MIN,       \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_PER_HOUR,      \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_DCF77,         \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_POS_OK,        \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_TIME_SYNC,     \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_ALL_SYNC,      \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_TIMECODE,      \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_TIMESTR,       \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_10MHZ,         \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_DCF77_M59,     \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_SYNTH,         \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_TIME_SLOTS     \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The definitions below are used to set up bit masks
+ * which restrict the modes which can be used with
+ * a given programmable output:
+ */
+#define MSK_POUT_IDLE          ( 1UL << POUT_IDLE )
+#define MSK_POUT_TIMER         ( 1UL << POUT_TIMER )
+#define MSK_POUT_SINGLE_SHOT   ( 1UL << POUT_SINGLE_SHOT )
+#define MSK_POUT_CYCLIC_PULSE  ( 1UL << POUT_CYCLIC_PULSE )
+#define MSK_POUT_PER_SEC       ( 1UL << POUT_PER_SEC )
+#define MSK_POUT_PER_MIN       ( 1UL << POUT_PER_MIN )
+#define MSK_POUT_PER_HOUR      ( 1UL << POUT_PER_HOUR )
+#define MSK_POUT_DCF77         ( 1UL << POUT_DCF77 )
+#define MSK_POUT_POS_OK        ( 1UL << POUT_POS_OK )
+#define MSK_POUT_TIME_SYNC     ( 1UL << POUT_TIME_SYNC )
+#define MSK_POUT_ALL_SYNC      ( 1UL << POUT_ALL_SYNC )
+#define MSK_POUT_TIMECODE      ( 1UL << POUT_TIMECODE )
+#define MSK_POUT_TIMESTR       ( 1UL << POUT_TIMESTR )
+#define MSK_POUT_10MHZ         ( 1UL << POUT_10MHZ )
+#define MSK_POUT_DCF77_M59     ( 1UL << POUT_DCF77_M59 )
+#define MSK_POUT_SYNTH         ( 1UL << POUT_SYNTH )
+#define MSK_POUT_TIME_SLOTS    ( 1UL << POUT_TIME_SLOTS )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bits used with POUT_SETTINGS::flags
+ */
+enum POUT_SETTINGS_FLAG_BITS
+{
+  POUT_BIT_INVERTED,         ///< output level has to be inverted
+  POUT_BIT_IF_SYNC_ONLY,     ///< disable output in holdover mode
+  POUT_BIT_TIMEBASE_UTC,     ///< use %UTC, only applicable for DCF77 output
+  N_POUT_SETTINGS_FLAG_BITS  ///< Number of known flag bits
+};
+
+#define POUT_INVERTED       ( 1UL << POUT_BIT_INVERTED )
+#define POUT_IF_SYNC_ONLY   ( 1UL << POUT_BIT_IF_SYNC_ONLY )
+#define POUT_TIMEBASE_UTC   ( 1UL << POUT_BIT_TIMEBASE_UTC )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration settings for a specific programmable pulse output
+ *
+ * This structure can be used to send configuration settings for a specific
+ * programmable output to a device.
+ * The number of supported outputs is RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out.
+ *
+ * @note The ::POUT_INFO_IDX structure should be read from
+ * a device to retrieve the current settings and capabilities.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;                 ///< 0..RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out - 1
+  POUT_SETTINGS pout_settings;
+} POUT_SETTINGS_IDX;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pout_settings_idx_on_set( _p )          \
+{                                                         \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->idx );                              \
+  _mbg_swab_pout_settings_on_set( &(_p)->pout_settings ); \
+}
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pout_settings_idx_on_get( _p )          \
+{                                                         \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->idx );                              \
+  _mbg_swab_pout_settings_on_get( &(_p)->pout_settings ); \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Current settings and general capabilities of a programmable pulse output
+ *
+ * This structure should be read from the device to retrieve the
+ * current settings of a programmable pulse output plus its capabilities,
+ * e.g. the supported output modes, etc.
+ *
+ * @note The ::POUT_INFO_IDX structure should be used to read
+ * current settings and capabilities of a specific output.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  POUT_SETTINGS pout_settings;
+  uint32_t supp_modes;   ///< bit mask of modes supp. by this output, see ::POUT_MODES
+  uint8_t timestr_ports; ///< bit mask of COM ports supported for mode ::POUT_TIMESTR, see ::MAX_POUT_TIMESTR_PORTS
+  uint8_t reserved_0;    ///< reserved for future use, currently 0
+  uint16_t reserved_1;   ///< reserved for future use, currently 0
+  uint32_t flags;        ///< @see POUT_INFO_FLAG_BITS
+} POUT_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pout_info_on_get( _p )                   \
+{                                                          \
+  _mbg_swab_pout_settings_on_get( &(_p)->pout_settings );  \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_modes );                        \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->reserved_1 );                        \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );                             \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * The max number of COM ports that can be handled by POUT_INFO::timestr_ports
+ */
+#define MAX_POUT_TIMESTR_PORTS  8
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bits used with POUT_INFO::flags
+ */
+enum POUT_INFO_FLAG_BITS
+{
+  POUT_BIT_SUPP_IF_SYNC_ONLY,  ///< supports disabling outputs in holdover mode
+  POUT_BIT_SUPP_DCF77_UTC,     ///< supports %UTC output in DCF77 mode
+  POUT_BIT_FIXED_PULSE_LEN,    ///< pulse length is fixed to the value reported in settings
+  POUT_BIT_NOT_INVERTIBLE,     ///< output level can not be inverted
+  N_POUT_INFO_FLAG_BITS        ///< number of known flag bits
+};
+
+#define POUT_SUPP_IF_SYNC_ONLY  ( 1UL << POUT_BIT_SUPP_IF_SYNC_ONLY )
+#define POUT_SUPP_DCF77_UTC     ( 1UL << POUT_BIT_SUPP_DCF77_UTC )
+#define POUT_FIXED_PULSE_LEN    ( 1UL << POUT_BIT_FIXED_PULSE_LEN )
+#define POUT_NOT_INVERTIBLE     ( 1UL << POUT_BIT_NOT_INVERTIBLE )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Current settings and general capabilities of a specific serial port
+ *
+ * This structure should be read from the device to retrieve the
+ * current settings of a specific programmable output plus its capabilities,
+ * e.g. supported modes of operation, etc.
+ * The number of supported ports is RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out.
+ *
+ * @note The ::POUT_SETTINGS_IDX structure should be send back to
+ * the device to configure the specified programmable pulse output.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;          ///< 0..RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out - 1
+  POUT_INFO pout_info;
+} POUT_INFO_IDX;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pout_info_idx_on_get( _p )      \
+{                                                 \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->idx );                      \
+  _mbg_swab_pout_info_on_get( &(_p)->pout_info ); \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The codes below are used with devices which support multiple
+ * ref time sources at the same time. The priorities of the
+ * supported ref time sources is configurable.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief All possibly supported ref time sources
+ *
+ * @see MULTI_REF_TYPE_MASKS
+ */
+enum MULTI_REF_TYPES
+{
+  MULTI_REF_NONE = -1,      ///< nothing, undefined
+  MULTI_REF_GPS = 0,        ///< standard GPS
+  MULTI_REF_10MHZ,          ///< 10 MHz input frequency
+  MULTI_REF_PPS,            ///< 1 PPS input signal
+  MULTI_REF_10MHZ_PPS,      ///< combined 10 MHz plus PPS
+  MULTI_REF_IRIG,           ///< IRIG input
+  MULTI_REF_NTP,            ///< Network Time Protocol (NTP)
+  MULTI_REF_PTP,            ///< Precision Time Protocol (PTP, IEEE1588)
+  MULTI_REF_PTP_E1,         ///< PTP over E1
+  MULTI_REF_FREQ,           ///< fixed frequency
+  MULTI_REF_PPS_STRING,     ///< PPS in addition to string
+  MULTI_REF_GPIO,           ///< variable input signal via GPIO
+  MULTI_REF_INTERNAL,       ///< reserved, used internally by firmware only
+  MULTI_REF_PZF,            ///< DCF77 PZF providing much more accuracy than a standard LWR
+  MULTI_REF_LWR,            ///< long wave receiver. e.g. DCF77 AM, WWVB, MSF, JJY
+  MULTI_REF_GRC,            ///< Glonass / GPS receiver
+  MULTI_REF_HAVEQUICK,      ///< HaveQuick input
+  N_MULTI_REF               ///< the number of defined sources, can not exceed bit number of uint32_t - 1
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Names of supported ref time sources
+ *
+ * @see MULTI_REF_TYPES
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MULTI_REF_NAMES \
+{                               \
+  "GPS",                        \
+  "10 MHz freq in",             \
+  "PPS in",                     \
+  "10 MHz + PPS in",            \
+  "IRIG",                       \
+  "NTP",                        \
+  "PTP (IEEE1588)",             \
+  "PTP over E1",                \
+  "Fixed Freq. in",             \
+  "PPS plus string",            \
+  "Var. freq. via GPIO",        \
+  "(reserved)",                 \
+  "DCF77 PZF Receiver",         \
+  "Long Wave Receiver",         \
+  "GLONASS/GPS Receiver",       \
+  "HaveQuick Input"             \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bit masks according to enumerated ref time sources
+ *
+ * @see MULTI_REF_TYPES
+ */
+enum MULTI_REF_TYPE_MASKS
+{
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_GPS        = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_GPS ),         ///< see ::MULTI_REF_GPS
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_10MHZ      = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_10MHZ ),       ///< see ::MULTI_REF_10MHZ
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_PPS        = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_PPS ),         ///< see ::MULTI_REF_PPS
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_10MHZ_PPS  = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_10MHZ_PPS ),   ///< see ::MULTI_REF_10MHZ_PPS
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_IRIG       = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_IRIG ),        ///< see ::MULTI_REF_IRIG
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_NTP        = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_NTP ),         ///< see ::MULTI_REF_NTP
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_PTP        = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_PTP ),         ///< see ::MULTI_REF_PTP
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_PTP_E1     = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_PTP_E1 ),      ///< see ::MULTI_REF_PTP_E1
+
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_FREQ       = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_FREQ ),        ///< see ::MULTI_REF_FREQ
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_PPS_STRING = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_PPS_STRING ),  ///< see ::MULTI_REF_PPS_STRING
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_GPIO       = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_GPIO ),        ///< see ::MULTI_REF_GPIO
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_INTERNAL   = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_INTERNAL ),    ///< see ::MULTI_REF_INTERNAL
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_PZF        = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_PZF ),         ///< see ::MULTI_REF_PZF
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_LWR        = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_LWR ),         ///< see ::MULTI_REF_LWR
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_GRC        = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_GRC ),         ///< see ::MULTI_REF_GRC
+  HAS_MULTI_REF_HAVEQUICK  = ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_HAVEQUICK )    ///< see ::MULTI_REF_HAVEQUICK
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * There are 2 different ways to configure multi ref support
+ * provided by some devices.
+ *
+ * Newer devices which have the GPS_FEAT_XMULTI_REF flag set
+ * in RECEIVER_INFO::features support the newer XMULTI_REF_...
+ * structures which provide a more flexible interface.
+ *
+ * Older devices which have the GPS_FEAT_MULTI_REF flag set
+ * support these MULTI_REF_... structures below where
+ * the number of supported input sources and priorities
+ * is limited to N_MULTI_REF_PRIO.
+ */
+#define N_MULTI_REF_PRIO   4
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to configure the priority of the supported ref sources
+ *
+ * The number stored in prio[0] of the array indicates the ref time
+ * source with highest priority. If that source fails, the device
+ * falls back to the source indicated by prio[1]. Each field of
+ * the prio[] array must be set to one of the values 0..N_MULTI_REF-1,
+ * or to -1 (0xFF) if the value is not assigned.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t prio[N_MULTI_REF_PRIO];
+} MULTI_REF_SETTINGS;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to query MULTI_REF configuration parameters
+ *
+ * This also includes a bit mask of supported ref sources.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MULTI_REF_SETTINGS settings;    ///< current settings
+  uint32_t supp_ref;              ///< bit mask of supported sources, see ::MULTI_REF_TYPE_MASKS
+  uint16_t n_levels;              ///< supp. levels, 0..N_MULTI_REF_PRIO-1
+  uint16_t flags;                 ///< reserved, currently always 0
+} MULTI_REF_INFO;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A data type used to query MULTI_REF status information
+ */
+typedef uint16_t MULTI_REF_STATUS;  ///< @see MULTI_REF_STATUS_BITS
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bits and associated masks used with ::MULTI_REF_STATUS
+ */
+enum MULTI_REF_STATUS_BITS
+{
+  WRN_MODULE_MODE,         ///< selected input mode was invalid, set to default
+  WRN_COLD_BOOT,           ///< GPS is in cold boot mode
+  WRN_WARM_BOOT,           ///< GPS is in warm boot mode
+  WRN_ANT_DISCONN,         ///< antenna is disconnected
+  WRN_10MHZ_UNLOCK,        ///< impossible to lock to external 10MHz reference
+  WRN_1PPS_UNLOCK,         ///< impossible to lock to external 1PPS reference
+  WRN_GPS_UNLOCK,          ///< impossible to lock to GPS
+  WRN_10MHZ_MISSING,       ///< external 10MHz signal not available
+  WRN_1PPS_MISSING,        ///< external 1PPS signal not available
+  N_MULTI_REF_STATUS_BITS  ///< the number of known bits
+};
+
+#define MSK_WRN_COLD_BOOT            ( 1UL << WRN_COLD_BOOT )
+#define MSK_WRN_WARM_BOOT            ( 1UL << WRN_WARM_BOOT )
+#define MSK_WRN_ANT_DISCONN          ( 1UL << WRN_ANT_DISCONN )
+#define MSK_WRN_10MHZ_UNLOCK         ( 1UL << WRN_10MHZ_UNLOCK )
+#define MSK_WRN_1PPS_UNLOCK          ( 1UL << WRN_1PPS_UNLOCK )
+#define MSK_WRN_GPS_UNLOCK           ( 1UL << WRN_GPS_UNLOCK )
+#define MSK_WRN_10MHZ_MISSING        ( 1UL << WRN_10MHZ_MISSING )
+#define MSK_WRN_1PPS_MISSING         ( 1UL << WRN_1PPS_MISSING )
+#define MSK_WRN_MODULE_MODE          ( 1UL << WRN_MODULE_MODE )
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup group_xmr_cfg Extended multiref configuration stuff
+ *
+ * If the RECEIVER_INFO::features flag GPS_FEAT_XMULTI_REF is set
+ * then the following XMULTI_REF_... data structures must be used
+ * instead of the older MULTI_REF_... structures.
+ *
+ * Those devices support a number of priority levels addressed by
+ * the priority index, starting at 0 for highest priority. A single
+ * reference time source from the set of supported sources can be
+ * assigned to each priority level.
+ *
+ * These structures are used to configure the individual
+ * time source for each priority level, and retrieve the status
+ * of the time source at each priority level.
+ *
+ * @{ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Identifier for a reference source
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t type;      ///< @see MULTI_REF_TYPES
+  uint8_t instance;  ///< instance number, if multiple instances are supported, else 0
+} XMULTI_REF_ID;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reference source configuration settings
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  XMULTI_REF_ID id;      ///< time source identifier
+  uint16_t flags;        ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  NANO_TIME bias;        ///< time bias, e.g. path delay
+  NANO_TIME precision;   ///< precision of the time source
+  uint32_t fine_limit;   ///< smooth control if below this limit
+} XMULTI_REF_SETTINGS;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reference source configuration settings for a specific priority level
+ *
+ * @note After configuring, a structure with idx == 0xFFFF (-1) must be sent
+ * to let the changes become effective.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;                   ///< the priority level index, highest == 0
+  XMULTI_REF_SETTINGS settings;   ///< the settings configured for this level
+} XMULTI_REF_SETTINGS_IDX;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reference source configuration settings and capabilities
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  XMULTI_REF_SETTINGS settings;   ///< current settings
+  uint32_t supp_ref;              ///< bit mask of supported sources, see ::MULTI_REF_TYPES
+  uint8_t n_supp_ref;             ///< number of supported ref time sources
+  uint8_t n_prio;                 ///< number of supported priority levels
+  uint16_t flags;                 ///< currently always 0
+} XMULTI_REF_INFO;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reference source configuration settings and capabilities for a specific priority level
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;          ///< the priority level index, highest == 0
+  XMULTI_REF_INFO info;  ///< ref source cfg and capabilities
+} XMULTI_REF_INFO_IDX;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Status information on a single ref time source
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  XMULTI_REF_ID id;      ///< time source identifier, see ::MULTI_REF_TYPES
+  uint16_t status;       ///< status bits, see ::XMR_REF_STATUS_BITS
+  NANO_TIME offset;      ///< time offset from main time base
+  uint16_t flags;        ///< flags, see ::XMR_REF_FLAG_BITS
+  uint8_t  ssm;          ///< synchronization status message (if supported by src.)
+  uint8_t  soc;          ///< signal outage counter (updated on loss of signal)
+} XMULTI_REF_STATUS;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Status information on a ref time source at a specific priority level
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;              /**< the priority level index, highest == 0 */
+  XMULTI_REF_STATUS status;  /**< status information */
+
+} XMULTI_REF_STATUS_IDX;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bits and bit masks used with XMULTI_REF_STATUS::status
+ */
+enum XMR_REF_STATUS_BITS
+{
+  XMRS_BIT_NOT_SUPP,          ///< ref type cfg'd for this level is not supported
+  XMRS_BIT_NO_CONN,           ///< input signal is disconnected
+  XMRS_BIT_NO_SIGNAL,         ///< no input signal
+  XMRS_BIT_IS_MASTER,         ///< reference is master source
+  XMRS_BIT_IS_LOCKED,         ///< locked to input signal
+  XMRS_BIT_IS_ACCURATE,       ///< oscillator control has reached full accuracy
+  XMRS_BIT_NOT_SETTLED,       ///< reference time signal not settled
+  XMRS_BIT_NOT_PHASE_LOCKED,  ///< oscillator not phase locked to PPS
+  XMRS_BIT_NUM_SRC_EXC,       ///< number of available sources exceeds what can be handled
+  XMRS_BIT_IS_EXTERNAL,       ///< this ref source is on extension card
+  XMRS_BIT_LOW_JITTER,        ///< this ref source has low jitter
+  N_XMRS_BITS                 ///< number of know status bits
+};
+
+#define XMRS_MSK_NOT_SUPP          ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_NOT_SUPP )
+#define XMRS_MSK_NO_CONN           ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_NO_CONN )
+#define XMRS_MSK_NO_SIGNAL         ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_NO_SIGNAL )
+#define XMRS_MSK_IS_MASTER         ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_IS_MASTER )
+#define XMRS_MSK_IS_LOCKED         ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_IS_LOCKED )
+#define XMRS_MSK_IS_ACCURATE       ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_IS_ACCURATE )
+#define XMRS_MSK_NOT_SETTLED       ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_NOT_SETTLED )
+#define XMRS_MSK_NOT_PHASE_LOCKED  ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_NOT_PHASE_LOCKED )
+#define XMRS_MSK_NUM_SRC_EXC       ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_NUM_SRC_EXC )
+#define XMRS_MSK_IS_EXTERNAL       ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_IS_EXTERNAL )
+#define XMRS_MSK_LOW_JITTER        ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_LOW_JITTER )
+
+/*
+ * Initializers for XMRS status bit strings.
+ */
+#define MBG_XMRS_STATUS_STRS      \
+{                                 \
+  "Ref type not supported",       \
+  "No connection",                \
+  "No signal",                    \
+  "Is master",                    \
+  "Is locked",                    \
+  "Is accurate",                  \
+  "Not settled",                  \
+  "Phase not locked",             \
+  "Number sources exceeds limit", \
+  "Is external",                  \
+  "Low jitter"                    \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bits and masks used with XMULTI_REF_STATUS::flags
+ *
+ * @note This API is only supported if bit ::GPS_FEAT_XMRS_MULT_INSTC
+ * is set in RECEIVER_INFO::features.
+ */
+enum XMR_REF_FLAG_BITS
+{
+  XMRSF_BIT_MULT_INSTC_SUPP,  ///< multiple instances of the same ref type supported
+  XMRSF_BIT_IS_EXTERNAL,      ///< this ref source is on extension card
+  N_XMRS_FLAGS
+};
+
+#define XMRSF_MSK_MULT_INSTC_SUPP  ( 1UL << XMRSF_BIT_MULT_INSTC_SUPP )
+#define XMRSF_MSK_IS_EXTERNAL      ( 1UL << XMRSF_BIT_IS_EXTERNAL )
+
+
+
+/*
+ * An initializer for a XMULTI_REF_STATUS variable
+ * with status invalid / not used
+ */
+#define XMULTI_REF_STATUS_INVALID                          \
+{                                                          \
+  { (uint8_t) MULTI_REF_NONE, 0 },  /* id; instance 0 ? */ \
+  XMRS_MSK_NO_CONN | XMRS_MSK_NO_SIGNAL,  /* status */     \
+  { 0 },                                  /* offset */     \
+  0                                      /* reserved */    \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief The number of supported instances of each ref source type
+ *
+ * @note This structure is only supported if bit ::GPS_FEAT_XMRS_MULT_INSTC
+ * is set in RECEIVER_INFO::features.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t flags;               ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  uint16_t n_xmr_settings;      ///< number of configurable multi ref settings
+  uint8_t  slot_id;             ///< current slot ID of board (0..15)
+  uint8_t  reserved;            ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  uint8_t  n_inst[32];          ///< ::N_MULTI_REF entries used, but can not exceed bit number of uint32_t - 1
+} XMULTI_REF_INSTANCES;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Holdover interval while switching XMR sources
+ *
+ * @note This parameter can be sent to a device to specify a holdover
+ * interval during which the sync state shall be kept when switching
+ * to a different time source.
+ */
+typedef uint32_t XMR_HOLDOVER_INTV;  ///< [s] */
+
+
+/** @} group_xmr_cfg */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup group_gpio GPIO port configuration stuff
+ *
+ * @note This is only supported if ::GPS_HAS_GPIO is set
+ * in the RECEIVER_INFO::features mask.
+ *
+ * @{ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief General GPIO config info to be read from a device
+ *
+ * Used to query from a device how many GPIO ports are supported
+ * by the device, then index 0..num_io-1 configuration or status
+ * records can be read from or written to the device.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t num_io;     /**< number of supported GPIO ports */
+  uint32_t reserved;   /**< currently always 0 */
+  uint32_t flags;      /**< currently always 0 */
+
+} MBG_GPIO_CFG_LIMITS;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of GPIO types
+ *
+ * Usually a specific GPIO port can only be either an input
+ * or an output, and supports only a single signal type.
+ * This is due to hardware limitations, i.e. input or output
+ * circuitry required for the given signal
+ */
+enum MBG_GPIO_TYPES
+{
+  MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FREQ_IN,          /**< variable frequency input */
+  MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FREQ_OUT,         /**< variable frequency output */
+  MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FIXED_FREQ_OUT,   /**< fixed frequency output */
+  MBG_GPIO_TYPE_BITS_IN,          /**< framed data stream input */
+  MBG_GPIO_TYPE_BITS_OUT,         /**< framed data stream output */
+  N_MBG_GPIO_TYPES                /**< number of known types */
+};
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_GPIO_TYPES_SHORT_STRS  \
+{                                      \
+  "Freq. In",                          \
+  "Freq. Out",                         \
+  "Fixed Freq Out",                    \
+  "BITS In",                           \
+  "BITS Out"                           \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of signal shapes
+ *
+ * Used to specify the signal shape of an input or output
+ * frequency signal.
+ */
+enum MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPES
+{
+  MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPE_UNSPECIFIED,     /**< unknown or unspecified signal shape */
+  MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPE_SINE,            /**< sine wave */
+  MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPE_SQUARE,          /**< square wave */
+  N_MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPES               /**< number of known signal shapes */
+};
+
+/** Bit masks of signal shapes, corresponding to enum MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPES */
+#define MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPE_MSK_UNSPECIFIED ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPE_UNSPECIFIED )
+#define MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPE_MSK_SINE        ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPE_SINE )
+#define MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPE_MSK_SQUARE      ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPE_SQUARE )
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to specify a variable frequency
+ *
+ * Used to specify a variable frequency for GPIO input or output
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t hz;      /**< integral number, Hz */
+  uint32_t frac;    /**< fractional part, binary */
+
+} MBG_GPIO_FREQ;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration of a GPIO variable frequency input
+ *
+ * @see MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FREQ_IN
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_GPIO_FREQ freq;    /**< frequency */
+  uint32_t csc_limit;    /**< max. cycle slip [1/1000 cycle units] */
+  uint32_t shape;        /**< signal shape, see ::MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPES */
+  uint32_t reserved;     /**< currently always 0 */
+  uint32_t flags;        /**< currently always 0 */
+
+} MBG_GPIO_FREQ_IN_SETTINGS;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Supported options for a variable frequency GPIO input
+ *
+ * @see MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FREQ_IN
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  //##++++++++++++++++
+  uint32_t freq_min;      /**< minimum output frequency [Hz] */
+  uint32_t freq_max;      /**< maximum output frequency [Hz] */
+  uint32_t csc_limit_max; /**< max. milli_phase, unspecified if 0 */
+  uint32_t supp_shapes;   /**< bit mask of supported signal shapes, see ::MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPES */
+  uint32_t reserved;      /**< currently always 0 */
+  uint32_t flags;         /**< currently always 0 */
+
+} MBG_GPIO_FREQ_IN_SUPP;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration of a GPIO variable frequency output
+ *
+ * @see MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FREQ_OUT
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_GPIO_FREQ freq;    /**< frequency */
+  int32_t milli_phase;   /**< phase [1/1000 degree units] */
+  uint32_t shape;        /**< signal shape, see ::MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPES */
+  uint32_t reserved;     /**< currently always 0 */
+  uint32_t flags;        /**< currently always 0 */
+
+} MBG_GPIO_FREQ_OUT_SETTINGS;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Supported options for a variable frequency GPIO output
+ *
+ * @see MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FREQ_OUT
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t freq_min;         /**< minimum output frequency [Hz] */
+  uint32_t freq_max;         /**< maximum output frequency [Hz] */
+  uint32_t freq_resolution;  /**< frequency resolution [Hz], unspecified if 0 */
+  uint32_t milli_phase_max;  /**< max. abs. milli_phase */
+  uint32_t supp_shapes;      /**< bit mask of supported signal shapes, see ::MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPES */
+  uint32_t reserved;         /**< currently always 0 */
+  uint32_t flags;            /**< currently always 0 */
+
+} MBG_GPIO_FREQ_OUT_SUPP;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Supported fixed frequencies
+ */
+enum MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ
+{
+  MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_8kHz,            /**< 8kHz */
+  MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_48kHz,           /**< 48kHz */
+  MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_1MHz,            /**< 1MHz */
+  MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_1544kHz,         /**< 1.544MHz */
+  MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_2048kHz,         /**< 2.048MHz */
+  MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_5MHz,            /**< 5MHz */
+  MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_10MHz,           /**< 10MHz */
+  MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_19440kHz,        /**< 19.44MHz */
+  N_MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ                /**< number of known frequencies */
+};
+
+/** Bit masks of supported fixed frequencies */
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_8kHz       ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_8kHz )
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_48kHz      ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_48kHz )
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_1MHz       ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_1MHz )
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_1544kHz    ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_1544kHz )
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_2048kHz    ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_2048kHz )
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_5MHz       ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_5MHz )
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_10MHz      ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_10MHz )
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_19440kHz   ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_19440kHz )
+
+/*
+ * Initializers for GPIO fixed frequency strings.
+ */
+#define MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_STRS \
+{                                \
+  "8kHz",                        \
+  "48kHz",                       \
+  "1MHz",                        \
+  "1544kHz",                     \
+  "2048kHz",                     \
+  "5MHz",                        \
+  "10MHz",                       \
+  "19440kHz"                     \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration of a GPIO fixed frequency output
+ *
+ * @see MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FIXED_FREQ_OUT
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t freq_idx;     /**< fixed frequency index, see ::MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ */
+  uint32_t shape;        /**< signal shape, see ::MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPES */
+  uint32_t reserved;     /**< currently always 0 */
+  uint32_t flags;        /**< currently always 0 */
+
+} MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_OUT_SETTINGS;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Supported options for a fixed frequency output
+ *
+ * @see MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FIXED_FREQ_OUT
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t supp_freq;    /**< bit mask of supported fixed frequencies, see ::MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ */
+  uint32_t supp_shapes;  /**< bit mask of supported signal shapes, see ::MBG_GPIO_SIGNAL_SHAPES */
+  uint32_t reserved;     /**< currently always 0 */
+  uint32_t supp_flags;   /**< currently always 0 */
+
+} MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_OUT_SUPP;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Definitions for MBG_GPIO_BITS::format
+ */
+enum MBG_GPIO_BITS_FORMATS
+{
+  MBG_GPIO_BITS_E1_FRAMED,    /**< 2.048MBit */
+  MBG_GPIO_BITS_T1_FRAMED,    /**< 1.544MBit */
+  MBG_GPIO_BITS_E1_TIMING,    /**< 2.048MHz  */
+  MBG_GPIO_BITS_T1_TIMING,    /**< 2.048MHz  */
+  N_MBG_GPIO_BITS_FORMATS     /**< number of formats */
+};
+
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_BITS_E1_FRAMED   ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_BITS_E1_FRAMED )
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_BITS_T1_FRAMED   ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_BITS_T1_FRAMED )
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_BITS_E1_TIMING   ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_BITS_E1_TIMING )
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_BITS_T1_TIMING   ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_BITS_T1_TIMING )
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration of a GPIO as BITS input module
+ *
+ * @see MBG_GPIO_TYPE_BITS_IN
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t format;       /**< signal type, see ::MBG_GPIO_BITS_FORMATS */
+  uint32_t reserved;
+  uint32_t csc_limit;    /**< max. cycle slip [1/1000 cycle units] */
+
+  union
+  {
+    struct
+    {
+      uint8_t  ssm;      /**< minimum E1 SSM ( 0...15 ) for acceptance */ 
+      uint8_t  sa_bits;  /**< Sa Bits group ( 4...8 ) carrying SSM */
+      uint16_t reserve;
+    } e1;                /**< used with E1 formats */
+
+    struct
+    {
+      uint8_t  min_boc;
+      uint8_t  reserve_0;
+      uint16_t reserve_1;
+    } t1;                /**< used with T1 formats */
+
+    uint32_t u32;        /**< dummy to force at least 32 bit alignment */
+
+  } quality;
+
+  uint32_t err_msk;      /**< controls which types of error can be ignored, see enum MBG_GPIO_BITS_ERR */
+  uint32_t flags;        /**< currently always 0 */
+
+} MBG_GPIO_BITS_IN_SETTINGS;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Definitions for MBG_GPIO_BITS_IN_SETTINGS::err_msk
+ */
+enum MBG_GPIO_BITS_ERR
+{
+  MBG_GPIO_BITS_ERR_LOS,   /**< loss of signal error */
+  MBG_GPIO_BITS_ERR_LOF,   /**< loss of frame */
+  N_MBG_GPIO_BITS_ERR      /**< number of formats */
+};
+
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_BITS_ERR_LOS    ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_BITS_ERR_LOS )
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_BITS_ERR_LOF    ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_BITS_ERR_LOF )
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Supported options of a BITS GPIO input
+ *
+ * @see MBG_GPIO_TYPE_BITS_IN
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t supp_fmts;    ///< bit mask of supported formats, see ::MBG_GPIO_BITS_FORMATS
+  uint32_t reserved;     ///< reserved, currently always 0
+
+} MBG_GPIO_BITS_IN_SUPP;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration of a GPIO as BITS output module
+ *
+ * @see MBG_GPIO_TYPE_BITS_OUT
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t format;       /**< signal type, enum MBG_GPIO_BITS_FORMATS */
+  uint32_t flags;        /**< flags for encoder control etc. */  
+  uint8_t  sa_bits;      /**< number of SA Bit group for E1 SSM ( 4...8 ) */
+  uint8_t  ssm;          /**< ssm for E1 mode 0..0x0F */
+  uint8_t  boc;          /**< boc for T1 mode 0..0x1F */
+  uint8_t  reserved_0;
+  uint32_t reserved_1;
+  uint32_t reserved_2;
+  uint32_t reserved_3;
+
+} MBG_GPIO_BITS_OUT_SETTINGS;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Definitions for MBG_GPIO_BITS_OUT_SETTINGS::flags
+ */
+enum MBG_GPIO_BITS_OUT_FLAG
+{
+  MBG_GPIO_BITS_OUT_FLAG_HDB3,       /**< enable HDB3 encoding ( E1 mode only ) */
+  MBG_GPIO_BITS_OUT_FLAG_B8ZS,       /**< enable B8ZS encoding ( T1 mode only ) */
+  N_MBG_GPIO_BITS_OUT_FLAG           /**< number of flags */
+};
+
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_BITS_OUT_FLAG_HDB3  ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_BITS_OUT_FLAG_HDB3 )
+#define MSK_MBG_GPIO_BITS_OUT_FLAG_B8ZS  ( 1UL << MBG_GPIO_BITS_OUT_FLAG_B8ZS )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Supported options of a BITS GPIO output
+ *
+ * @see MBG_GPIO_TYPE_BITS_OUT
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t supp_fmts;    /**< bit mask of supported formats, see ::MBG_GPIO_BITS_FORMATS */
+  uint32_t reserved;     /**< currently always 0 */
+} MBG_GPIO_BITS_OUT_SUPP;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A generic structure used to configure a GPIO port
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t type;           /**< GPIO type, see ::MBG_GPIO_TYPES */
+  uint32_t reserved;       /**< currently always 0 */
+  uint32_t flags;          /**< currently always 0 */
+
+  union                    /**< settings depending on the GPIO type, see ::MBG_GPIO_TYPES */
+  {
+    MBG_GPIO_FREQ_IN_SETTINGS          freq_in;    /**< if type is MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FREQ_IN */
+    MBG_GPIO_FREQ_OUT_SETTINGS         freq_out;   /**< if type is MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FREQ_OUT */
+    MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_OUT_SETTINGS   ff_out;     /**< if type is MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FIXED_FREQ_OUT */
+    MBG_GPIO_BITS_IN_SETTINGS          bits_in;    /**< if type is MBG_GPIO_TYPE_BITS_IN */
+    MBG_GPIO_BITS_OUT_SETTINGS         bits_out;   /**< if type is MBG_GPIO_TYPE_BITS_OUT */
+  } u;
+
+} MBG_GPIO_SETTINGS;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A generic structure used to describe a GPIO ports limiting values
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t type;           /**< GPIO type, see ::MBG_GPIO_TYPES */
+  uint32_t reserved;       /**< currently always 0 */
+  uint32_t supp_flags;     /**< supported flags */
+
+  union                    /**< limits depending on the GPIO type, see ::MBG_GPIO_TYPES */
+  {
+    MBG_GPIO_FREQ_IN_SUPP          freq_in;    /**< if type is MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FREQ_IN */
+    MBG_GPIO_FREQ_OUT_SUPP         freq_out;   /**< if type is MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FREQ_OUT */
+    MBG_GPIO_FIXED_FREQ_OUT_SUPP   ff_out;     /**< if type is MBG_GPIO_TYPE_FIXED_FREQ_OUT */
+    MBG_GPIO_BITS_IN_SUPP          bits_in;    /**< if type is MBG_GPIO_TYPE_BITS_IN */
+    MBG_GPIO_BITS_OUT_SUPP         bits_out;   /**< if type is MBG_GPIO_TYPE_BITS_OUT */
+  } u;
+
+} MBG_GPIO_LIMITS;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to configure a specific GPIO port
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t idx;                /**< port number, 0..(MBG_GPIO_CFG_LIMITS::num_io - 1) */
+  MBG_GPIO_SETTINGS settings;  /**< configuration settings */
+
+} MBG_GPIO_SETTINGS_IDX;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used query the current GPIO port settings and capabilities
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_GPIO_SETTINGS settings;   /**< current configuration */
+  MBG_GPIO_LIMITS   limits;     /**< supp. and max. values */
+
+} MBG_GPIO_INFO;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to query configuration and capabilities of a specific GPIO port
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t idx;          /**< port number, 0..(MBG_GPIO_CFG_LIMITS::num_io - 1) */
+  MBG_GPIO_INFO info;    /**< current settings and capabilities of this GPIO port */
+
+} MBG_GPIO_INFO_IDX;
+
+
+/** @} group_gpio */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup group_havequick GPIO port configuration stuff
+ *
+ * @note This is only supported if the ::GPS_HAS_HAVEQUICK bit is set
+ * in the RECEIVER_INFO::features mask.
+ *
+ * @{ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of HaveQuick formats
+ *
+ * @see HAVEQUICK_SETTINGS::format
+ * @see HAVEQUICK_FORMAT_MASKS
+ */
+enum HAVEQUICK_FORMATS
+{
+  HQ_FMT_STANAG4246_1,
+  HQ_FMT_STANAG4246_2,
+  HQ_FMT_STANAG4246_PTTI,
+  HQ_FMT_STANAG4372_SATURN_1,
+  HQ_FMT_STANAG4372_SATURN_2,
+  HQ_FMT_STANAG4430_EXTD,
+  N_HQ_FMT                     ///< number of known formats
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bit masks associated to enumerated HaveQuick formats
+ *
+ * @see HAVEQUICK_INFO::supp_formats
+ * @see HAVEQUICK_FORMATS
+ */
+enum HAVEQUICK_FORMAT_MASKS
+{
+  HQ_MSK_STANAG4246_1         = ( 1UL << HQ_FMT_STANAG4246_1 ),         ///< see ::HQ_FMT_STANAG4246_1
+  HQ_MSK_STANAG4246_2         = ( 1UL << HQ_FMT_STANAG4246_2 ),         ///< see ::HQ_FMT_STANAG4246_2
+  HQ_MSK_STANAG4246_PTTI      = ( 1UL << HQ_FMT_STANAG4246_PTTI ),      ///< see ::HQ_FMT_STANAG4246_PTTI
+  HQ_MSK_STANAG4372_SATURN_1  = ( 1UL << HQ_FMT_STANAG4372_SATURN_1 ),  ///< see ::HQ_FMT_STANAG4372_SATURN_1
+  HQ_MSK_STANAG4372_SATURN_2  = ( 1UL << HQ_FMT_STANAG4372_SATURN_2 ),  ///< see ::HQ_FMT_STANAG4372_SATURN_2
+  HQ_MSK_STANAG4430_EXTD      = ( 1UL << HQ_FMT_STANAG4430_EXTD )       ///< see ::HQ_FMT_STANAG4430_EXTD
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration settings for a HaveQuick input or output
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t format;          ///< see ::HAVEQUICK_FORMATS
+  uint16_t flags;           ///< see ::HAVEQUICK_FLAG_MASKS
+  int32_t  offset;          ///< Tx: unused, Rx: offset of incoming time in [s]
+  uint32_t reserved_0;      ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  uint32_t reserved_1;      ///< reserved, currently always 0  
+} HAVEQUICK_SETTINGS;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Current settings and capabilities of a HaveQuick input or output
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  HAVEQUICK_SETTINGS settings;  ///< current settings
+  uint32_t supp_formats;        ///< see ::HAVEQUICK_FORMAT_MASKS
+  uint16_t supp_flags;          ///< mask of flags supported in settings, see ::HAVEQUICK_FLAG_MASKS
+  uint16_t reserved;            ///< reserved, currently always 0
+} HAVEQUICK_INFO;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Known HaveQuick control flags
+ *
+ * @see HAVEQUICK_FLAG_MASKS
+ */
+enum HAVEQUICK_FLAG_BITS
+{
+  HQ_FLAG_TX_GEN_LOCAL_TIME,
+  HQ_FLAG_SIGNAL_INVERTED,
+  HQ_FLAG_USE_EXT_PPS,
+  N_HQ_FLAG_BITS
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bit masks associated to HaveQuick control flags
+ *
+ * @see HQ_SETTINGS::flags
+ * @see HQ_INFO::flags
+ * @see HAVEQUICK_FLAG_BITS
+ */
+enum HAVEQUICK_FLAG_MASKS
+{
+  HQ_MSK_TX_GEN_LOCAL_TIME = ( 1UL << HQ_FLAG_TX_GEN_LOCAL_TIME ), ///< see ::HQ_FLAG_TX_GEN_LOCAL_TIME
+  HQ_MSK_SIGNAL_INVERTED   = ( 1UL << HQ_FLAG_SIGNAL_INVERTED ),   ///< see ::HQ_FLAG_SIGNAL_INVERTED
+  HQ_MSK_USE_EXT_PPS       = ( 1UL << HQ_FLAG_USE_EXT_PPS )        ///< see ::HQ_FLAG_USE_EXT_PPS
+};
+
+
+/** @} group_havequick */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup group_evt_log Event logging support
+ *
+ * @note This is only available if ::GPS_HAS_EVT_LOG is set in RECEIVER_INFO::features.
+ *
+ * @{ */
+
+/** @brief Number of event log entries that can be stored and yet have been saved */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t used;     /**< current number of saved log entries */
+  uint32_t max;      /**< max number of log entries which can be saved */
+} MBG_NUM_EVT_LOG_ENTRIES;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_num_evt_log_entries( _p ) \
+{                                               \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->used );                   \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->max );                    \
+}
+
+
+typedef uint16_t MBG_EVT_CODE;
+#define _mbg_swab_evt_code( _p ) _mbg_swab16( _p );
+
+typedef uint16_t MBG_EVT_INFO;
+#define _mbg_swab_evt_info( _p ) _mbg_swab16( _p );
+
+/**
+ * @brief An event log entry
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+   uint32_t time;       /**< like time_t, seconds since 1970 */
+   MBG_EVT_CODE code;   /**< event ID or'ed with severity level */
+   MBG_EVT_INFO info;   /**< optional event info, depending on event ID */
+ } MBG_EVT_LOG_ENTRY;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_evt_log_entry( _p ) \
+{                                         \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->time );             \
+  _mbg_swab_evt_code( &(_p)->code );      \
+  _mbg_swab_evt_info( &(_p)->info );      \
+}
+
+
+// MBG_EVT_LOG_ENTRY::code is a combination of some bits used for the ID,
+// plus some bits used for the severity/level. The sum of bits must not
+// exceed (8 * sizeof MBG_EVT_LOG_ENTRY::code):
+
+#define MBG_EVT_ID_BITS      13
+#define MBG_EVT_LVL_BITS     3
+
+#define MBG_EVT_ID_MASK      ( (MBG_EVT_CODE) ( 1UL << MBG_EVT_ID_BITS ) - 1 )
+#define MBG_EVT_LVL_MASK     ( (MBG_EVT_CODE) ( 1UL << MBG_EVT_LVL_BITS ) - 1 )
+
+
+// Combine an ID and Level to a code which can be stored
+// in the code field:
+#define _mbg_mk_evt_code( _id, _lvl ) \
+  ( (MBG_EVT_CODE) ( (MBG_EVT_CODE)(_id) | ( (MBG_EVT_CODE)(_lvl) << MBG_EVT_ID_BITS ) ) )
+
+// Extract the event ID from the code field:
+#define _mbg_get_evt_id( _code ) \
+  ( (_code) & MBG_EVT_ID_MASK )
+
+// Extract the severity level from the code field:
+#define _mbg_get_evt_lvl( _code ) \
+  ( ( (_code) >> MBG_EVT_ID_BITS ) & MBG_EVT_LVL_MASK )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of event IDs
+ */
+enum MBG_EVT_IDS
+{
+  MBG_EVT_ID_NONE,          /**< no event (empty entry) */
+  MBG_EVT_ID_POW_UP_RES,    /**< power up reset */
+  MBG_EVT_ID_WDOG_RES,      /**< watchdog reset */
+  MBG_EVT_ID_COLD_BOOT,     /**< entering cold boot mode */
+  MBG_EVT_ID_WARM_BOOT,     /**< entering warm boot mode */
+  MBG_EVT_ID_NORMAL_OP,     /**< entering normal operation */
+  MBG_EVT_ID_ANT_DISCONN,   /**< antenna disconnect detected */
+  MBG_EVT_ID_ANT_SHORT,     /**< antenna short circuit detected */
+  MBG_EVT_ID_ANT_OK,        /**< antenna OK after failure */
+  MBG_EVT_ID_LOW_SATS,      /**< no satellites can be received though antenna not failing */
+  N_MBG_EVT_ID
+};
+
+
+#define ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_NONE          "No event"
+#define ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_POW_UP_RES    "Power Up Reset"
+#define ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_WDOG_RES      "Watchdog Reset"
+#define ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_COLD_BOOT     "Cold Boot"
+#define ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_WARM_BOOT     "Warm Boot"
+#define ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_NORMAL_OP     "Normal Operation"
+#define ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_ANT_DISCONN   "Antenna Disconn."
+#define ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_ANT_SHORT     "Ant. Short-Circ."
+#define ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_ANT_OK        "Antenna OK"
+#define ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_LOW_SATS      "Few Sats Only"
+
+
+#define MBG_EVT_ID_NAMES_ENG    \
+{                               \
+  ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_NONE,         \
+  ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_POW_UP_RES,   \
+  ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_WDOG_RES,     \
+  ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_COLD_BOOT,    \
+  ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_WARM_BOOT,    \
+  ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_NORMAL_OP,    \
+  ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_ANT_DISCONN,  \
+  ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_ANT_SHORT,    \
+  ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_ANT_OK,       \
+  ENG_EVT_ID_NAME_LOW_SATS      \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of event severity levels
+ */
+enum MBG_EVT_LVLS
+{
+  MBG_EVT_LVL_NONE,
+  MBG_EVT_LVL_DEBUG,
+  MBG_EVT_LVL_INFO,
+  MBG_EVT_LVL_WARN,
+  MBG_EVT_LVL_ERR,
+  MBG_EVT_LVL_CRIT,
+  N_MBG_EVT_LVL
+};
+
+
+#define ENG_EVT_LVL_NAME_NONE    "None"
+#define ENG_EVT_LVL_NAME_DEBUG   "Debug"
+#define ENG_EVT_LVL_NAME_INFO    "Info"
+#define ENG_EVT_LVL_NAME_WARN    "Warn"
+#define ENG_EVT_LVL_NAME_ERR     "Err"
+#define ENG_EVT_LVL_NAME_CRIT    "Crit."
+
+
+#define MBG_EVT_LVL_NAMES_ENG \
+{                             \
+  ENG_EVT_LVL_NAME_NONE,      \
+  ENG_EVT_LVL_NAME_DEBUG,     \
+  ENG_EVT_LVL_NAME_INFO,      \
+  ENG_EVT_LVL_NAME_WARN,      \
+  ENG_EVT_LVL_NAME_ERR,       \
+  ENG_EVT_LVL_NAME_CRIT       \
+}
+
+
+/** @brief Predefined event codes with associated severity levels */
+
+#define MBG_EVT_NONE         _mbg_mk_evt_code( MBG_EVT_ID_NONE, MBG_EVT_LVL_NONE )
+#define MBG_EVT_POW_UP_RES   _mbg_mk_evt_code( MBG_EVT_ID_POW_UP_RES, MBG_EVT_LVL_WARN )
+#define MBG_EVT_WDOG_RES     _mbg_mk_evt_code( MBG_EVT_ID_WDOG_RES, MBG_EVT_LVL_CRIT )
+#define MBG_EVT_COLD_BOOT    _mbg_mk_evt_code( MBG_EVT_ID_COLD_BOOT, MBG_EVT_LVL_ERR )
+#define MBG_EVT_WARM_BOOT    _mbg_mk_evt_code( MBG_EVT_ID_WARM_BOOT, MBG_EVT_LVL_ERR )
+#define MBG_EVT_NORMAL_OP    _mbg_mk_evt_code( MBG_EVT_ID_NORMAL_OP, MBG_EVT_LVL_INFO )
+#define MBG_EVT_ANT_DISCONN  _mbg_mk_evt_code( MBG_EVT_ID_ANT_DISCONN, MBG_EVT_LVL_CRIT )
+#define MBG_EVT_ANT_SHORT    _mbg_mk_evt_code( MBG_EVT_ID_ANT_SHORT, MBG_EVT_LVL_CRIT )
+#define MBG_EVT_ANT_OK       _mbg_mk_evt_code( MBG_EVT_ID_ANT_OK, MBG_EVT_LVL_INFO )
+#define MBG_EVT_LOW_SATS     _mbg_mk_evt_code( MBG_EVT_ID_LOW_SATS, MBG_EVT_LVL_WARN )
+
+/** @} group_evt_log */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup group_ims IMS support
+ *
+ * @note This is only available if ::GPS_HAS_IMS is set in RECEIVER_INFO::features.
+ *
+ * @{ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generic state of an IMS device
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t chassis_id;    /**< chassis ID, 0 if installed on the backplane */
+  uint8_t slot_id;       /**< slot number on the chassis */
+  uint16_t num_sensors;  /**< number of sensors provided by the device */
+  uint32_t reserved;     /**< currently unused, always 0 */
+  uint32_t flags;        /**< currently unused, always 0 */
+
+} MBG_IMS_STATE;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_ims_state( _p ) \
+{                                     \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->num_sensors );  \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->reserved );     \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );        \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generic state of an IMS sensor
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t type;       /**< sensor type, see ::MBG_IMS_SENSORS */
+  uint16_t idx;        /**< index of the sensor of this type */
+  int32_t val;         /**< sensor value, in units according to the type */
+  int16_t exp;         /**< 10s exponent of the sensor value */
+  uint16_t reserved;   /**< currently unused, always 0 */
+  uint32_t flags;      /**< currently unused, always 0 */
+
+} MBG_IMS_SENSOR_STATE;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_ims_sensor_state( _p ) \
+{                                            \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->type );                \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->idx );                 \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->val );                 \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->exp );                 \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->reserved );            \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );               \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generic state of an IMS sensor, with sensor index
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t idx;                /**< sensor index, 0..MBG_IMS_STATE::num_sensors - 1 */
+  MBG_IMS_SENSOR_STATE state;  /**< sensor state */
+
+} MBG_IMS_SENSOR_STATE_IDX;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_ims_sensor_state_idx( _p )  \
+{                                                 \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->idx );                      \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_ims_sensor_state( &(_p)->state ); \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief IMS sensor types
+ */
+enum MBG_IMS_SENSORS
+{
+  MBG_IMS_SENSOR_TEMP_C,   /**< temperature in degrees C */
+  MBG_IMS_SENSOR_VOLTAGE,  /**< voltage in val/exp, output state in flags */
+  MBG_IMS_SENSOR_PLL,      /**< control voltage in val/exp, lock state in flags */
+  N_MBG_IMS_SENSORS        /**< number of supported sensor types */
+};
+
+
+
+// Definitions used with MBG_IMS_SENSOR_STATE::flags:
+
+// if MBG_IMS_SENSOR_STATE::type == MBG_IMS_SENSOR_VOLTAGE:
+#define MBG_IMS_SENSOR_VOLTAGE_OUT_ENB        0x01      // output is enabled
+#define MBG_IMS_SENSOR_VOLTAGE_OUT_OVR        0x02      // output overload              
+
+// if MBG_IMS_SENSOR_STATE::type == MBG_IMS_SENSOR_PLL:
+#define MBG_IMS_SENSOR_PLL_LOCKED        0x01
+
+
+/** @} group_ims */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup group_generic_io Generic I/O support.
+ *
+ * The definitions below are used with the GENERIC_IO API.
+ *
+ * This API is <b>NOT</b> supported by all devices, it depends on
+ * the type of the device, and the firmware version. The macro
+ * _pcps_has_generic_io() or the corresponding function
+ * mbg_dev_has_generic_io() should be used by applications to
+ * check whether a particular bus-level device supports this.
+ * @{ */
+
+
+typedef uint16_t GEN_IO_INFO_TYPE;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_gen_io_info_type( _p )  \
+  _mbg_swab16( _p )
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief The data structure used with the PCPS_GEN_IO_GET_INFO command
+ *
+ * type specifier in order to query from a device which of the other 
+ * specified types is supported, and how many data sets are being 
+ * used by the device. The GEN_IO_INFO_TYPE must be passed to the 
+ * call which returns a GEN_IO_INFO structure filled by the device.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  GEN_IO_INFO_TYPE type;  // a PCPS_GEN_IO_GET_INFO type from the enum above
+  uint16_t num;           // supported number of data sets of the specified type
+
+} GEN_IO_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_gen_io_info( _p )           \
+{                                             \
+  _mbg_swab_gen_io_info_type( &(_p)->type );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->num );                  \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Data types used with GEN_IO_INFO::type
+ *
+ * The first type specifier, PCPS_GEN_IO_GET_INFO, can
+ * be used to find out which of the other data types are
+ * supported, and how many data sets of the specified type
+ * are supported by a device.
+ */
+enum PCPS_GEN_IO_TYPES
+{
+  PCPS_GEN_IO_GET_INFO,              /**< GEN_IO_INFO (read only) */
+  PCPS_GEN_IO_CAL_REC_IRIG_RX_COMP,  /**< CAL_REC_IRIG_RX_COMP (read/write) */
+  N_PCPS_GEN_IO_TYPE                 /**< number of known types */
+};
+
+/**  @} group_generic_io */
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * The types below are not used with all devices:
+ */
+
+typedef uint16_t ROM_CSUM;      /* The ROM checksum */
+typedef uint16_t RCV_TIMEOUT;   /* [min] (only if HAS_RCV_TIMEOUT) */
+typedef uint16_t IGNORE_LOCK;   /* (only if GPS_HAS_IGNORE_LOCK) */
+
+/*
+ * Originally IGNORE_LOG above has been a boolean value (equal or
+ * not equal 0) which was evaluated the same way for all ports.
+ *
+ * Due to special firmware requirements it has been changed to a
+ * bit maskable property in order to be able to specify the behaviour
+ * for individual ports.
+ *
+ * In order to keep compatibility with older versions the LSB is used
+ * to specify ignore_lock for all ports. The next higher bits are used
+ * to specify ignore_lock for an individual port, where the bit position
+ * depends on the port number, e.g. 0x02 for COM0, 0x04 for COM1, etc.
+ * The macros below can be used to simplify the code:
+ */
+
+/* return a bit mask depending on the port number */
+#define IGNORE_LOCK_FOR_ALL_PORTS            0x01
+
+#define _ignore_lock_for_all_ports()         ( IGNORE_LOCK_FOR_ALL_PORTS )
+
+#define _ignore_lock_for_port( _n )          ( 0x02 << (_n) )
+
+/* check if all ports are ignore_lock'ed */
+#define _is_ignore_lock_all_ports( _il )     ( (_il) & IGNORE_LOCK_FOR_ALL_PORTS )
+
+/* check if a specific port is ignore_lock'ed */
+#define _is_ignore_lock_for_port( _il, _n ) \
+        ( (_il) & ( _ignore_lock_for_port(_n) | IGNORE_LOCK_FOR_ALL_PORTS ) )
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * The structures below are used with the SCU multiplexer board
+ * in a redundant system:
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t hw_id;                // hardware identification
+  uint32_t fw_id;                // firmware identification
+  uint16_t flags;                // reserved currently 0
+  uint8_t  clk0_info;            // reference clock 0 type
+  uint8_t  clk1_info;            // reference clock 1 type
+  uint16_t epld_status;          // epld status word, see defintions below
+  uint16_t epld_control;         // epld control word, see defintions below
+} SCU_STAT_INFO;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t epld_control_mask;    // control mask, determines which bit is to be changed
+  uint16_t epld_control_value;   // control value, determines value of bits to be changed
+  uint32_t flags;                // reserved, currently 0
+} SCU_STAT_SETTINGS;
+
+// definitions for status word bit masks
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_TS1          0x0001   // state of time sync signal clk_1
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_TS2          0x0002   // state of time sync signal clk_2
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_TL_ERROR     0x0004   // state of time limit error input
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_PSU1_OK      0x0008   // state of power supply 1 monitoring input
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_PSU2_OK      0x0010   // state of power supply 2 monitoring input
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_AUTO         0x0020   // AUTOMATIC/REMOTE or MANUAL Mode
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_SEL          0x0040   // select bit for output MUX, ( clk_1 = 0 )
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_ENA          0x0080   // enable Bit for output MUX, set if enabled
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_ACO          0x4000   // Access control override bit
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_WDOG_OK      0x8000   // WDT_OK set to zero if watchdog expired
+
+
+#define MSK_EPLD_CNTL_SEL_REM      0x0800   // remote select for output MUX ( clk_1 = 0 )
+#define MSK_EPLD_CNTL_DIS_REM      0x1000   // remote disable for output MUX
+#define MSK_EPLD_CNTL_REMOTE       0x2000   // must be set to enable remote operation
+#define MSK_EPLD_CNTL_SEL_SNMP     0x4000   // select clk for comm. ( clk1 = 0 )
+#define MSK_EPLD_CNTL_ENA_SNMP     0x8000   // connect COM0 channels to XPORT
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Definitions for SCU_STAT_INFO::clk0_info and SCU_STAT_INFO::clk1_info
+ *
+ * Can be used to determine the reference clock type connected to the SCU input channels.
+ */
+enum SCU_CLK_INFO_TYPES
+{
+ SCU_CLK_INFO_GPS,                ///< ref. clock is GPS receiver
+ SCU_CLK_INFO_DCF_PZF,            ///< ref. clock is DCF77 PZF receiver
+ SCU_CLK_INFO_DCF_AM,             ///< ref. clock is DCF77 AM receiver
+ SCU_CLK_INFO_TCR,                ///< ref. clock is IRIG time code receiver
+ N_SCU_CLK_INFO                   ///< number of known types
+};
+
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief Satellite receiver modes of operation.
+ *
+ * @note Some of the code combinations are obsolete with recent
+ * satellite receivers. However, this doesn't matter since the mode
+ * is just read from the receiver.
+ */
+#define REMOTE    0x10
+#define BOOT      0x20
+
+#define TRACK     ( 0x01 )
+#define AUTO_166  ( 0x02 )
+#define WARM_166  ( 0x03          | BOOT )
+#define COLD_166  ( 0x04          | BOOT )
+#define AUTO_BC   ( 0x05 | REMOTE )
+#define WARM_BC   ( 0x06 | REMOTE | BOOT )
+#define COLD_BC   ( 0x07 | REMOTE | BOOT )
+#define UPDA_166  ( 0x08          | BOOT )
+#define UPDA_BC   ( 0x09 | REMOTE | BOOT )
+
+
+
+typedef int16_t DAC_VAL;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_dac_val( _p ) \
+  _mbg_swab16( _p );
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Satellite receiver status information
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t mode;          /**< Mode of operation, see predefined codes */
+  uint16_t good_svs;      /**< Numb. of satellites that can currently be received and used */
+  uint16_t svs_in_view;   /**< Numb. of satellites that should be in view according to the almanac data */
+  DAC_VAL dac_val;        /**< Oscillator fine DAC value */
+  DAC_VAL dac_cal;        /**< Oscillator calibration DAC value ( see #OSC_DAC_RANGE, #OSC_DAC_BIAS ) */
+} STAT_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_stat_info( _p )      \
+{                                      \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->mode );          \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->good_svs );      \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->svs_in_view );   \
+  _mbg_swab_dac_val( &(_p)->dac_val ); \
+  _mbg_swab_dac_val( &(_p)->dac_cal ); \
+}
+
+
+#define OSC_DAC_RANGE     4096UL
+#define OSC_DAC_BIAS      ( OSC_DAC_RANGE / 2 )
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief An enumeration of known satellite navigation systems
+ */
+enum MBG_GNSS_TYPES
+{
+  GNSS_TYPE_GPS,      ///< GPS, United States
+  GNSS_TYPE_GLONASS,  ///< GLONASS, Russia
+  GNSS_TYPE_BEIDOU,   ///< BEIDOU, China
+  GNSS_TYPE_GALILEO,  ///< GALILEO, Europe
+  N_GNSS_TYPES        ///< Number of defined codes
+};
+
+#define GNSS_TYPE_STRS \
+{                      \
+  "GPS",               \
+  "GLONASS",           \
+  "BEIDOU" ,           \
+  "GALILEO"            \
+}
+
+#define MBG_GNSS_TYPE_MSK_GPS      ( 1UL << GNSS_TYPE_GPS )
+#define MBG_GNSS_TYPE_MSK_GLONASS  ( 1UL << GNSS_TYPE_GLONASS )
+#define MBG_GNSS_TYPE_MSK_BEIDOU   ( 1UL << GNSS_TYPE_BEIDOU )
+#define MBG_GNSS_TYPE_MSK_GALILEO  ( 1UL << GNSS_TYPE_GALILEO )
+
+
+#define N_GNSS_MODE_PRIO  8
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t gnss_set;                /**< current set of GNSS types */
+  uint8_t  prio[N_GNSS_MODE_PRIO];  /**< index 0 for highest priority, use GNSS enumeration above, init with 0xFF if not supported */
+  uint32_t flags;                   /**< see below */
+} MBG_GNSS_MODE_SETTINGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_gnss_mode_settings( _p ) \
+{                                              \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->gnss_set );              \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );                 \
+}
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_GNSS_MODE_SETTINGS settings;      /**< current GNSS mode settings */
+  uint32_t supp_gnss_types;             /**< bit masks of supported GNSS types */
+  uint32_t flags;                       /**< indicates which of the defined flags are supported by the device */
+} MBG_GNSS_MODE_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_gnss_mode_info( _p )              \
+{                                                       \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_gnss_mode_settings( &(_p)->settings );  \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_gnss_types );                \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );                          \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flags used with MBG_GNSS_MODE_SETTINGS::flags and MBG_GNSS_MODE_INFO::flags
+ */
+enum MBG_GNSS_MODE_FLAG_BITS
+{
+  MBG_GNSS_FLAG_EXCLUSIVE,      ///< (read only) only one of the supported GNSS systems can be used at the same time
+  MBG_GNSS_FLAG_HAS_PRIORITY,   ///< (read only) priority can be configured using the MBG_GNSS_MODE_SETTINGS::prio field
+  N_MBG_GNSS_FLAGS
+};
+
+#define MBG_GNSS_FLAG_MSK_EXCLUSIVE     ( 1UL << MBG_GNSS_FLAG_EXCLUSIVE )
+#define MBG_GNSS_FLAG_MSK_HAS_PRIORITY  ( 1UL << MBG_GNSS_FLAG_HAS_PRIORITY )
+
+
+
+#define MAX_USED_SATS 32
+
+/**
+ * @brief SV information from a certain GNSS type.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t  gnss_type;           /**< GNSS type from the enumeration above */
+  uint8_t  reserved;
+  uint16_t good_svs;
+  uint16_t svs_in_view;
+  uint8_t  svs[MAX_USED_SATS];
+} GNSS_SAT_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_gnss_sat_info( _p )  \
+{                                      \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->good_svs );      \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->svs_in_view );   \
+}
+
+
+#ifndef _IDENT_DEFINED
+
+  typedef union
+  {
+    char c[16];       // as string which may NOT be terminated
+    int16_t wrd[8];
+    uint32_t lw[4];
+  } IDENT;
+
+  #define _IDENT_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ident( _p )     \
+{                                 \
+  int i;                          \
+  for ( i = 0; i < 4; i++ )       \
+    _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->lw[i] );  \
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief A data type used to configure the length of an antenna cable [m]
+ */
+typedef uint16_t ANT_CABLE_LEN;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ant_cable_len( _p )    _mbg_swab16( _p )
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup group_ip4_cfg Simple configuration and status
+ * of an optional LAN interface.
+ *
+ * @note This is only supported if the flag ::GPS_HAS_LAN_IP4 is set
+ * in RECEIVER_INFO::features.
+ *
+ * @{ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief An IPv4 address
+ */
+typedef uint32_t IP4_ADDR;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ip4_addr( _p ) \
+  _mbg_swab32( _p );
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Settings of an IPv4 network interface
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  IP4_ADDR ip_addr;      /**< the IP address */
+  IP4_ADDR netmask;      /**< the network mask */
+  IP4_ADDR broad_addr;   /**< the broadcast address */
+  IP4_ADDR gateway;      /**< the default gateway */
+  uint16_t flags;        /**< flags as specified below */
+  uint16_t vlan_cfg;     /**< VLAN configuration, see below */
+
+} IP4_SETTINGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ip4_settings( _p )       \
+{                                          \
+  _mbg_swab_ip4_addr( &(_p)->ip_addr );    \
+  _mbg_swab_ip4_addr( &(_p)->netmask );    \
+  _mbg_swab_ip4_addr( &(_p)->broad_addr ); \
+  _mbg_swab_ip4_addr( &(_p)->gateway );    \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->flags );             \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->vlan_cfg );          \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Definitions used with IP4_SETTINGS::vlan_cfg
+ *
+ * @note IP4_SETTINGS::vlan_cfg contains a combination of
+ * a VLAN ID number plus a VLAN priority code.
+ */
+#define VLAN_ID_BITS        12                        ///< number of bits to hold the ID
+#define N_VLAN_ID           ( 1 << VLAN_ID_BITS )     ///< number of ID values
+#define MIN_VLAN_ID         0                         ///< minimum ID value
+#define MAX_VLAN_ID         ( N_VLAN_ID - 1 )         ///< maximum ID value
+
+// vlan_id = ( vlan_cfg >> VLAN_ID_SHIFT ) & VLAN_ID_MSK
+#define VLAN_ID_SHIFT       0
+#define VLAN_ID_MSK         ( ( 1 << VLAN_ID_BITS ) - 1 )
+
+
+#define VLAN_PRIORITY_BITS  3                             ///< number of bits to hold priority
+#define N_VLAN_PRIORITY     ( 1 << VLAN_PRIORITY_BITS )   ///< number of priority values
+#define MIN_VLAN_PRIORITY   0                             ///< minimum priority
+#define MAX_VLAN_PRIORITY   ( N_VLAN_PRIORITY - 1 )       ///< maximum priority
+
+// vlan_priority = ( vlan_cfg >> VLAN_PRIORITY_SHIFT ) & VLAN_PRIORITY_MSK
+#define VLAN_PRIORITY_SHIFT ( ( 8 * sizeof( uint16_t ) ) - VLAN_PRIORITY_BITS )
+#define VLAN_PRIORITY_MSK   ( ( 1 << VLAN_PRIORITY_BITS ) - 1 )
+
+/**
+ * @brief Macros used to encode/decode packed vlan_cfg variables
+ */
+#define _decode_vlan_id( _cfg )         ( ( (_cfg) >> VLAN_ID_SHIFT ) & VLAN_ID_MSK )
+#define _decode_vlan_priority( _cfg )   ( ( (_cfg) >> VLAN_PRIORITY_SHIFT ) & VLAN_PRIORITY_MSK )
+#define _encode_vlan_cfg( _id, _prty )  ( ( (_id) << VLAN_ID_SHIFT ) | ( (_prty) << VLAN_PRIORITY_SHIFT ) )
+
+
+#if 0  //##++ currently not used
+
+/* Misc configuration */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t id;     /* service ID, see below */
+  uint16_t index;  /* used if several same svcs must be cfg'd, e.g. DNS */
+  char host[50];   /* see below */
+
+} IP_CFG;
+
+
+
+/* Description of a service running on a device */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t id;     /* service ID, see below */
+  uint16_t socket; /* the socket on which the service is listening */
+  uint32_t flags;  /* see below */
+
+} IP_SERVICE;
+
+#endif  // 0
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure to holds the MAC address of a LAN interface
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t b[6];
+} MBG_MAC_ADDR;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief LAN interface information
+ *
+ * This structure can be retrieved from a device
+ * to check the device's capabilities.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t type;                 ///< type of LAN interface, see below
+  MBG_MAC_ADDR mac_addr;         ///< MAC address
+  uint16_t ver_code;             ///< version number, high byte.low byte, in hex
+  char ver_str[GPS_ID_STR_SIZE]; ///< version string
+  char sernum[GPS_ID_STR_SIZE];  ///< serial number
+  uint32_t rsvd_0;               ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  uint16_t flags;                ///< flags as specified below
+  uint16_t rsvd_1;               ///< reserved, currently always 0
+
+} LAN_IF_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_lan_if_info( _p )  \
+{                                    \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->type );        \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->ver_code );    \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->rsvd_0 );      \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->flags );       \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->rsvd_1 );      \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Codes used with LAN_IF_INFO::type
+ */
+enum LAN_IF_TYPES
+{
+  LAN_IF_TYPE_XPORT,    ///< LAN interface on an XPORT
+  LAN_IF_TYPE_PTP,      ///< LAN interface is a special PTP interface
+  N_LAN_IF_TYPE         ///< number of defined LAN interface types
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of flag bits used with IP4_SETTINGS::flags and LAN_IF_INFO::flags
+ *
+ * @see MBG_IP4_FLAG_MASKS
+ */
+enum MBG_IP4_FLAG_BITS
+{
+  IP4_BIT_DHCP,  ///< DHCP supported (LAN_IF_INFO) / enabled (IP4_SETTINGS)
+  IP4_BIT_LINK,  ///< used only in IP4_SETTINGS to report link state
+  IP4_BIT_VLAN,  ///< VLAN supported (LAN_IF_INFO) / enabled (IP4_SETTINGS)
+  N_IP4_BIT      ///< number of defined flag bits
+};
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bit masks used with IP4_SETTINGS::flags and LAN_IF_INFO::flags
+ *
+ * @see MBG_IP4_FLAG_BITS
+ */
+enum MBG_IP4_FLAG_MASKS
+{
+  IP4_MSK_DHCP = ( 1UL << IP4_BIT_DHCP ),  ///< see ::IP4_BIT_DHCP
+  IP4_MSK_LINK = ( 1UL << IP4_BIT_LINK ),  ///< see ::IP4_BIT_LINK
+  IP4_MSK_VLAN = ( 1UL << IP4_BIT_VLAN ),  ///< see ::IP4_BIT_VLAN
+};
+
+/** @} group_ip4_cfg */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup group_ptp Definitions used with PTP/IEEE1588
+ *
+ * @{ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of protocols possibly used with PTP
+ *
+ * @see PTP_NW_PROT_MASKS
+ */
+enum PTP_NW_PROTS
+{
+  PTP_NW_PROT_RESERVED,      ///< reserved
+  PTP_NW_PROT_UDP_IPV4,      ///< IPv4
+  PTP_NW_PROT_UDP_IPV6,      ///< IPv6
+  PTP_NW_PROT_IEEE_802_3,    ///< Ethernet (raw layer 2)
+  PTP_NW_PROT_DEVICE_NET,    ///< DeviceNet
+  PTP_NW_PROT_CONTROL_NET,   ///< ControlNet
+  PTP_NW_PROT_PROFINET,      ///< ProfiNet
+  N_PTP_NW_PROT              ///< number of defined protocols
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bit masks for enumerated protocols possibly used with PTP
+ *
+ * @see PTP_NW_PROTS
+ */
+enum PTP_NW_PROT_MASKS
+{
+  PTP_NW_PROT_MSK_RESERVED    = ( 1UL << PTP_NW_PROT_RESERVED ),    ///< see ::PTP_NW_PROT_RESERVED
+  PTP_NW_PROT_MSK_UDP_IPV4    = ( 1UL << PTP_NW_PROT_UDP_IPV4 ),    ///< see ::PTP_NW_PROT_UDP_IPV4
+  PTP_NW_PROT_MSK_UDP_IPV6    = ( 1UL << PTP_NW_PROT_UDP_IPV6 ),    ///< see ::PTP_NW_PROT_UDP_IPV6
+  PTP_NW_PROT_MSK_IEEE_802_3  = ( 1UL << PTP_NW_PROT_IEEE_802_3 ),  ///< see ::PTP_NW_PROT_IEEE_802_3
+  PTP_NW_PROT_MSK_DEVICE_NET  = ( 1UL << PTP_NW_PROT_DEVICE_NET ),  ///< see ::PTP_NW_PROT_DEVICE_NET
+  PTP_NW_PROT_MSK_CONTROL_NET = ( 1UL << PTP_NW_PROT_CONTROL_NET ), ///< see ::PTP_NW_PROT_CONTROL_NET
+  PTP_NW_PROT_MSK_PROFINET    = ( 1UL << PTP_NW_PROT_PROFINET )     ///< see ::PTP_NW_PROT_PROFINET
+};
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Name strings for the protocols possibly used with PTP
+ *
+ * @see PTP_NW_PROTS
+ */
+#define PTP_NW_PROT_STRS   \
+{                          \
+  "Reserved",              \
+  "UDP/IPv4 (L3)",         \
+  "UDP/IPv6 (L3)",         \
+  "IEEE 802.3 (L2)",       \
+  "DeviceNet",             \
+  "ControlNet",            \
+  "PROFINET"               \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Short name strings for the protocols possibly used with PTP
+ *
+ * @see PTP_NW_PROTS
+ */
+#define PTP_NW_PROT_STRS_SHORT \
+{                              \
+  "RSV",                       \
+  "IP4",                       \
+  "IP6",                       \
+  "ETH",                       \
+  "DN",                        \
+  "CN",                        \
+  "PN"                         \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Possible states of a PTP port
+ */
+enum PTP_PORT_STATES
+{
+  PTP_PORT_STATE_UNINITIALIZED,  ///< uninitialized
+  PTP_PORT_STATE_INITIALIZING,   ///< currently initializing
+  PTP_PORT_STATE_FAULTY,         ///< faulty
+  PTP_PORT_STATE_DISABLED,       ///< disabled
+  PTP_PORT_STATE_LISTENING,      ///< listening for PTP packets
+  PTP_PORT_STATE_PRE_MASTER,     ///< going to become master
+  PTP_PORT_STATE_MASTER,         ///< master
+  PTP_PORT_STATE_PASSIVE,        ///< passive
+  PTP_PORT_STATE_UNCALIBRATED,   ///< uncalibrated
+  PTP_PORT_STATE_SLAVE,          ///< slave
+  N_PTP_PORT_STATE               ///< number of defined port states
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Name strings for the PTP port states
+ */
+#define PTP_PORT_STATE_STRS   \
+{                             \
+  "UNINITIALIZED",            \
+  "INITIALIZING",             \
+  "FAULTY",                   \
+  "DISABLED",                 \
+  "LISTENING",                \
+  "PRE_MASTER",               \
+  "MASTER",                   \
+  "PASSIVE",                  \
+  "UNCALIBRATED",             \
+  "SLAVE"                     \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief An entry for a table of parameters which can not be accessed by an enumerated index
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t value;      ///< the parameter value
+  const char *name;   ///< the parameter name
+} PTP_TABLE;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief An enumeration of PTP delay mechanisms
+ *
+ * @note This is different than the numeric values specified
+ * in the published specs for IEEE1588. In addition, the specs
+ * define code 0x14 for "disabled".
+ *
+ * @see PTP_DELAY_MECH_MASKS
+ * @see PTP_DELAY_MECH_NAMES
+ */
+enum PTP_DELAY_MECHS
+{
+  PTP_DELAY_MECH_E2E,  ///< End-to-End (in PTP2 specs: 0x01)
+  PTP_DELAY_MECH_P2P,  ///< Peer-to-Peer (in PTP2 specs: 0x02)
+  N_PTP_DELAY_MECH     ///< number of defined delay mechanisms
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bit masks associated to enumerated PTP delay mechanisms
+ *
+ * @see PTP_DELAY_MECH_MASKS
+ */
+enum PTP_DELAY_MECH_MASKS
+{
+  PTP_DELAY_MECH_MSK_E2E = ( 1UL << PTP_DELAY_MECH_E2E ),  ///< see ::PTP_DELAY_MECH_E2E
+  PTP_DELAY_MECH_MSK_P2P = ( 1UL << PTP_DELAY_MECH_E2E )   ///< see ::PTP_DELAY_MECH_E2E
+};
+
+
+#define PTP_DELAY_MECH_NAME_E2E   "E2E"
+#define PTP_DELAY_MECH_NAME_P2P   "P2P"
+
+/**
+ * @brief Name strings for the PTP delay mechanisms
+ *
+ * @see PTP_DELAY_MECHS
+ */
+#define PTP_DELAY_MECH_NAMES \
+{                            \
+  PTP_DELAY_MECH_NAME_E2E,   \
+  PTP_DELAY_MECH_NAME_P2P    \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief An enumeration of accuracy classes used with PTP
+ *
+ * @note This enumeration does not start at 0 but with a bias
+ * specified by ::PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_NUM_BIAS.
+ *
+ * @see PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_STRS
+ */
+enum PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACIES
+{
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_NUM_BIAS = 0x20,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_25ns = PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_NUM_BIAS,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_100ns,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_250ns,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_1us,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_2_5us,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_10us,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_25us,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_100us,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_250us,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_1ms,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_2_5ms,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_10ms,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_25ms,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_100ms,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_250ms,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_1s,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_10s,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_MORE_10s,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_RESERVED_1,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_RESERVED_2,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_RESERVED_3,
+  PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_RESERVED_4,
+  N_PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Name strings for PTP accuracy classes
+ *
+ * @note The enumeration does not start at 0 but with a bias
+ * specified by ::PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_NUM_BIAS, so this bias needs
+ * to be accounted for when accessing a string table.
+ *
+ * @see PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACIES
+ */
+#define PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACY_STRS \
+{                               \
+  "< 25 ns",                    \
+  "< 100 ns",                   \
+  "< 250 ns",                   \
+  "< 1 us",                     \
+  "< 2.5 us",                   \
+  "< 10 us",                    \
+  "< 25 us",                    \
+  "< 100 us",                   \
+  "< 250 us",                   \
+  "< 1 ms",                     \
+  "< 2.5 ms",                   \
+  "< 10 ms",                    \
+  "< 25 ms",                    \
+  "< 100 ms",                   \
+  "< 250 ms",                   \
+  "< 1 s",                      \
+  "< 10 s",                     \
+  "more than 10 s",             \
+  "reserved_1",                 \
+  "reserved_2",                 \
+  "reserved_3",                 \
+  "reserved_4"                  \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Codes to specify the type of a time source used with PTP
+ *
+ * @see PTP_TIME_SOURCE_TABLE
+ */
+enum PTP_TIME_SOURCES
+{
+  PTP_TIME_SOURCE_ATOMIC_CLOCK        = 0x10,
+  PTP_TIME_SOURCE_GPS                 = 0x20,
+  PTP_TIME_SOURCE_TERRESTRIAL_RADIO   = 0x30,
+  PTP_TIME_SOURCE_PTP                 = 0x40,
+  PTP_TIME_SOURCE_NTP                 = 0x50,
+  PTP_TIME_SOURCE_HAND_SET            = 0x60,
+  PTP_TIME_SOURCE_OTHER               = 0x90,
+  PTP_TIME_SOURCE_INTERNAL_OSCILLATOR = 0xA0
+};
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A table of PTP time source codes plus associated name strings
+ *
+ * @see PTP_TIME_SOURCES
+ */
+#define PTP_TIME_SOURCE_TABLE                                     \
+{                                                                 \
+  { PTP_TIME_SOURCE_ATOMIC_CLOCK, "Atomic Clock" },               \
+  { PTP_TIME_SOURCE_GPS, "GPS" },                                 \
+  { PTP_TIME_SOURCE_TERRESTRIAL_RADIO, "Terrestrial Radio" },     \
+  { PTP_TIME_SOURCE_PTP, "PTP" },                                 \
+  { PTP_TIME_SOURCE_NTP, "NTP" },                                 \
+  { PTP_TIME_SOURCE_HAND_SET, "HAND SET" },                       \
+  { PTP_TIME_SOURCE_OTHER, "OTHER" },                             \
+  { PTP_TIME_SOURCE_INTERNAL_OSCILLATOR, "Internal Oscillator" }, \
+  { 0, NULL }                                                     \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief An enumeration of roles which can be taken by a PTP node
+ *
+ * @note A role in this context specifies a certain mode of operation.
+ * Depending on its specification a devices may not be able to take
+ * each of the specified roles.
+ *
+ * @see PTP_ROLE_STRS
+ * @see PTP_ROLE_STRS_SHORT
+ */
+enum PTP_ROLES
+{
+  PTP_ROLE_MULTICAST_SLAVE,    ///< slave in multicast mode
+  PTP_ROLE_UNICAST_SLAVE,      ///< slave in unicast mode
+  PTP_ROLE_MULTICAST_MASTER,   ///< multicast master
+  PTP_ROLE_UNICAST_MASTER,     ///< unicast master
+  PTP_ROLE_MULTICAST_AUTO,     ///< multicast master or slave (auto selection)
+  N_PTP_ROLES                  ///< number of defined roles
+};
+
+#define PTP_ROLE_MSK_MULTICAST_SLAVE   ( 1UL << PTP_ROLE_MULTICAST_SLAVE )
+#define PTP_ROLE_MSK_UNICAST_SLAVE     ( 1UL << PTP_ROLE_UNICAST_SLAVE )
+#define PTP_ROLE_MSK_MULTICAST_MASTER  ( 1UL << PTP_ROLE_MULTICAST_MASTER )
+#define PTP_ROLE_MSK_UNICAST_MASTER    ( 1UL << PTP_ROLE_UNICAST_MASTER )
+#define PTP_ROLE_MSK_MULTICAST_AUTO    ( 1UL << PTP_ROLE_MULTICAST_AUTO )
+
+#define PTP_ROLE_MSK_SLAVES    ( PTP_ROLE_MSK_MULTICAST_SLAVE | PTP_ROLE_MSK_UNICAST_SLAVE )
+#define PTP_ROLE_MSK_MASTERS   ( PTP_ROLE_MSK_MULTICAST_MASTER | PTP_ROLE_MSK_UNICAST_MASTER )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Name strings for defined PTP roles
+ *
+ * @see PTP_ROLES
+ * @see PTP_ROLE_STRS_SHORT
+ */
+#define PTP_ROLE_STRS  \
+{                      \
+  "Multicast Slave",   \
+  "Unicast Slave",     \
+  "Multicast Master",  \
+  "Unicast Master",    \
+  "Multicast (Auto)"   \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Short name strings for defined PTP roles
+ *
+ * @see PTP_ROLES
+ * @see PTP_ROLE_STRS
+ */
+#define PTP_ROLE_STRS_SHORT  \
+{                            \
+  "MCS",                     \
+  "UCS",                     \
+  "MCM",                     \
+  "UCM",                     \
+  "MC"                       \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A PTP clock identity
+ *
+ * @note This usually consists of a 6 byte MAC address with
+ * 2 fixed bytes inserted, or all ones as wildcard.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t b[8];
+} PTP_CLOCK_ID;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ptp_clock_id( _p )   _nop_macro_fnc()  // nothing to swap
+
+#define PTP_CLOCK_ID_WILDCARD   { { 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF } }
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A PTP port ID
+ *
+ * @note This usually consists of a 6 byte MAC address with
+ * 2 fixed bytes inserted, or all ones as wildcard.
+ */
+typedef uint16_t PTP_PORT_ID;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ptp_port_id( _p )  _mbg_swab16( _p )
+
+#define PTP_PORT_ID_WILDCARD   0xFFFF
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief An enumeration of time scales used with PTP
+ *
+ * @note The standard time scale used by PTP is TAI, which is a linear time scale.
+ * The protocol provides a %UTC offset to be able to convert TAI to compute %UTC, which
+ * can observe leap seconds. For the arbitrary time scale the %UTC offset is unspecified,
+ * so arbitrary time can be %UTC, or something else.
+ *
+ * @see PTP_TIMESCALE_NAMES
+ * @see PTP_TIMESCALE_NAMES_SHORT
+ */
+enum PTP_TIME_SCALES
+{
+  PTP_TIMESCALE_PTP,   ///< PTP default, TAI
+  PTP_TIMESCALE_ARB,   ///< arbitrary time scale, maybe %UTC
+  N_PTP_TIMESCALE
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Name strings for the PTP time scales
+ */
+#define PTP_TIMESCALE_NAME_PTP  "PTP Standard (TAI)"
+#define PTP_TIMESCALE_NAME_ARB  "Arbitrary"
+
+/**
+ * @brief Short name strings for the PTP time scales
+ */
+#define PTP_TIMESCALE_NAME_PTP_SHORT  "PTP"
+#define PTP_TIMESCALE_NAME_ARB_SHORT  "Arb"
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A table of name strings for the PTP time scales
+ *
+ * @see PTP_TIME_SCALES
+ * @see PTP_TIMESCALE_NAMES_SHORT
+ */
+#define PTP_TIMESCALE_NAMES \
+{                           \
+  PTP_TIMESCALE_NAME_PTP,   \
+  PTP_TIMESCALE_NAME_ARB    \
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief A table of short name strings for the PTP time scales
+ *
+ * @see PTP_TIME_SCALES
+ * @see PTP_TIMESCALE_NAMES
+ */
+#define PTP_TIMESCALE_NAMES_SHORT \
+{                                 \
+  PTP_TIMESCALE_NAME_PTP_SHORT,   \
+  PTP_TIMESCALE_NAME_ARB_SHORT    \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure to used to read the status of the PTP protocol stack
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t nw_prot;                ///< one of the enumerated protocols, see ::PTP_NW_PROTS
+  uint8_t ptp_prot_version;        ///< PTP protocol version, 1, or 2, usually 2 for v2
+  uint8_t port_state;              ///< one of the enumerated port states, see ::PTP_PORT_STATES
+  uint32_t flags;                  ///< see ::PTP_STATE_FLAGS
+  NANO_TIME offset;                ///< estimated time offset from the upstream time source
+  NANO_TIME path_delay;
+  NANO_TIME mean_path_delay;
+  NANO_TIME delay_asymmetry;
+
+  PTP_CLOCK_ID gm_id;              ///< identifier ot the upstream time source
+
+  uint16_t clock_offset_scaled_log_variance;
+  uint8_t clock_class;
+  uint8_t clock_accuracy;          ///< see ::PTP_CLOCK_ACCURACIES
+
+  uint32_t reserved_1;             ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  uint32_t reserved_2;             ///< reserved, currently always 0
+
+  uint8_t domain_number;           ///< the PTP clock domain number, 0:3
+  uint8_t time_source;             ///< see ::PTP_TIME_SOURCES
+  uint8_t delay_mech;              ///< see ::PTP_DELAY_MECHS
+  int8_t log_delay_req_intv;
+
+  int16_t utc_offset;              ///< %UTC offset observed against TAI
+  DAC_VAL osc_dac_cal;             ///< disciplination value of the oscillator
+
+  uint32_t reserved_3;             ///< reserved, currently always 0
+
+} PTP_STATE;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ptp_state( _p )                         \
+{                                                         \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->nw_prot );                          \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );                            \
+  _mbg_swab_nano_time( &(_p)->offset );                   \
+  _mbg_swab_nano_time( &(_p)->path_delay );               \
+  _mbg_swab_nano_time( &(_p)->mean_path_delay );          \
+  _mbg_swab_nano_time( &(_p)->delay_asymmetry );          \
+  _mbg_swab_ptp_clock_id( &(_p)->gm_id );                 \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->clock_offset_scaled_log_variance ); \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->reserved_1 );                       \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->reserved_2 );                       \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->utc_offset );                       \
+  _mbg_swab_dac_val( &(_p)->osc_dac_cal );                \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->reserved_3 );                       \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flags bits used with PTP_STATE::flags
+ *
+ * @see PTP_STATE_FLAG_MASKS
+ */
+enum PTP_STATE_FLAGS
+{
+  PTP_FLAG_SLAVE_ONLY,        ///< the port can only be slave
+  PTP_FLAG_IS_SLAVE,          ///< the port is currently slave
+  PTP_FLAG_TIMESCALE_IS_PTP,  ///< the timescale is PTP standard, not arbitrary
+  PTP_FLAG_LS_ANN,            ///< a leap second is being announced
+  PTP_FLAG_LS_ANN_NEG,        ///< the announced leap second is negative
+  PTP_FLAG_IS_UNICAST,        ///< the port currently operates in unicast mode
+  PTP_FLAG_UTC_VALID,         ///< %UTC parameters are valid
+  N_PTP_STATE_FLAGS           ///< the number of defined flag bits
+};
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flags masks used with PTP_STATE::flags
+ *
+ * @see PTP_STATE_FLAGS
+ */
+enum PTP_STATE_FLAG_MASKS
+{
+  PTP_FLAG_MSK_SLAVE_ONLY       = ( 1UL << PTP_FLAG_SLAVE_ONLY ),        ///< see ::PTP_FLAG_SLAVE_ONLY
+  PTP_FLAG_MSK_IS_SLAVE         = ( 1UL << PTP_FLAG_IS_SLAVE ),          ///< see ::PTP_FLAG_IS_SLAVE
+  PTP_FLAG_MSK_TIMESCALE_IS_PTP = ( 1UL << PTP_FLAG_TIMESCALE_IS_PTP ),  ///< see ::PTP_FLAG_TIMESCALE_IS_PTP
+  PTP_FLAG_MSK_LS_ANN           = ( 1UL << PTP_FLAG_LS_ANN ),            ///< see ::PTP_FLAG_LS_ANN
+  PTP_FLAG_MSK_LS_ANN_NEG       = ( 1UL << PTP_FLAG_LS_ANN_NEG ),        ///< see ::PTP_FLAG_LS_ANN_NEG
+  PTP_FLAG_MSK_IS_UNICAST       = ( 1UL << PTP_FLAG_IS_UNICAST ),        ///< see ::PTP_FLAG_IS_UNICAST
+  PTP_FLAG_MSK_UTC_VALID        = ( 1UL << PTP_FLAG_UTC_VALID )          ///< see ::PTP_FLAG_UTC_VALID
+};
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure used to configure a PTP port
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t nw_prot;               ///< see ::PTP_NW_PROTS
+  uint8_t profile;                ///< PTP profile, currently only 0 = default
+  uint8_t domain_number;          ///< the PTP clock domain number, 0:3
+
+  uint8_t delay_mech;             ///< see ::PTP_DELAY_MECHS
+  uint8_t ptp_role;               ///< one of the supported PTP roles, see ::PTP_ROLES
+  uint8_t priority_1;             ///< priority 1
+  uint8_t priority_2;             ///< priority 2
+
+  uint8_t dflt_clk_class_unsync_cold;   // 6:255
+  uint8_t dflt_clk_class_unsync_warm;   // 6:255
+  uint8_t dflt_clk_class_sync_cold;     // 6:255
+  uint8_t dflt_clk_class_sync_warm;     // 6:255
+
+  uint8_t ann_rcpt_timeout;       ///< announce msg. receipt timeout, see ::PTP_ANN_RCPT_TIMEOUT_LIMITS
+  uint8_t reserved_1;             ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  int16_t sync_intv;              ///< log2 of the sync interval [s]
+
+  int16_t ann_intv;               ///< log2 of the announce interval [s]
+  int16_t delay_req_intv;         ///< log2 of the delay request interval [s]
+
+  uint32_t upper_bound;           ///< sync state set to false if above this limit [ns]
+  uint32_t lower_bound;           ///< sync state set to true if below this limit [ns]
+
+  uint32_t reserved_2;            ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  uint32_t flags;                 ///< see ::PTP_CFG_FLAGS
+
+} PTP_CFG_SETTINGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ptp_cfg_settings( _p )   \
+{                                          \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->nw_prot );           \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->sync_intv );         \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->ann_intv );          \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->delay_req_intv );    \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->upper_bound );       \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->lower_bound );       \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->reserved_3 );        \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );             \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Possible values for PTP_CFG_SETTINGS::ann_rcpt_timeout
+ */
+enum PTP_ANN_RCPT_TIMEOUT_LIMITS
+{
+  PTP_ANN_RCPT_TIMEOUT_MIN = 2,
+  PTP_ANN_RCPT_TIMEOUT_MAX = 255,
+  DEFAULT_PTP_ANN_RCPT_TIMEOUT = 3
+};
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A structure to used to query the current configuration and capabilities of a PTP port
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  PTP_CFG_SETTINGS settings;        ///< the current configuration
+
+  uint8_t ptp_proto_version;        ///< PTP protocol version, 1, or 2, usually 2 for v2
+  uint8_t reserved_1;               ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  uint16_t reserved_2;              ///< reserved, currently always 0
+
+  int16_t sync_intv_min;            ///< log2 of minimum sync interval [s]
+  int16_t sync_intv_max;            ///< log2 of maximum sync interval [s]
+  int16_t ann_intv_min;             ///< log2 of minimum announce interval [s]
+  int16_t ann_intv_max;             ///< log2 of maximum announce interval [s]
+  int16_t delay_req_intv_min;       ///< log2 of minimum delay request interval [s]
+  int16_t delay_req_intv_max;       ///< log2 of maximum delay request interval [s]
+
+  uint32_t supp_flags;              ///< a bit mask of supported features, see ::PTP_CFG_FLAGS
+  uint32_t supp_nw_prot;            ///< a bit mask of supported network protocols, see ::PTP_NW_PROTS
+  uint32_t supp_profiles;           ///< a bit mask of supported profiles, see ::PTP_PROFILES
+  uint32_t supp_delay_mech;         ///< a bit mask of supported delay mechanisms, see ::PTP_DELAY_MECHS
+
+} PTP_CFG_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ptp_cfg_info( _p )              \
+{                                                 \
+  _mbg_swab_ptp_cfg_settings( &(_p)->settings );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->reserved_2 );               \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->sync_intv_min );            \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->sync_intv_max );            \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->ann_intv_min );             \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->ann_intv_max );             \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->delay_req_intv_min );       \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->delay_req_intv_max );       \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_flags );               \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_nw_prot );             \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_profiles );            \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_delay_mech );          \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flags used with PTP_CFG_SETTINGS::flags and PTP_CFG_INFO::supp_flags
+ *
+ * @see PTP_CFG_FLAG_MASKS
+ */
+enum PTP_CFG_FLAGS
+{
+  PTP_CFG_TIME_SCALE_IS_PTP,        ///< time scale is PTP/TAI, else arbitrary
+  PTP_CFG_V1_HW_COMPAT,             ///< maybe required for certain NIC chips, not used by Meinberg
+  PTP_CFG_CAN_BE_UNICAST_SLAVE,     ///< the PTP port can take the role of a unicast slave
+  PTP_CFG_CAN_BE_MULTICAST_MASTER,  ///< the PTP port can take the role of a multicast master
+  PTP_CFG_CAN_BE_UNICAST_MASTER,    ///< the PTP port can take the role of a unicast master
+  PTP_CFG_CAN_BE_MULTICAST_AUTO,    ///< the PTP port can automatically become multicast master or slave
+  PTP_CFG_SUPP_UTC_VALID,           ///< %UTC valid bit in PTP_STATE::flags is supported
+  N_PTP_CFG_FLAGS                   ///< the number of defined flags
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Bit masks associated to ::PTP_CFG_FLAGS
+ */
+enum PTP_CFG_FLAG_MASKS
+{
+  PTP_CFG_MSK_TIME_SCALE_IS_PTP       = ( 1UL << PTP_CFG_TIME_SCALE_IS_PTP ),       ///< see ::PTP_CFG_TIME_SCALE_IS_PTP
+  PTP_CFG_MSK_V1_HW_COMPAT            = ( 1UL << PTP_CFG_V1_HW_COMPAT ),            ///< see ::PTP_CFG_V1_HW_COMPAT
+  PTP_CFG_MSK_CAN_BE_UNICAST_SLAVE    = ( 1UL << PTP_CFG_CAN_BE_UNICAST_SLAVE ),    ///< see ::PTP_CFG_CAN_BE_UNICAST_SLAVE
+  PTP_CFG_MSK_CAN_BE_MULTICAST_MASTER = ( 1UL << PTP_CFG_CAN_BE_MULTICAST_MASTER ), ///< see ::PTP_CFG_CAN_BE_MULTICAST_MASTER
+  PTP_CFG_MSK_CAN_BE_UNICAST_MASTER   = ( 1UL << PTP_CFG_CAN_BE_UNICAST_MASTER ),   ///< see ::PTP_CFG_CAN_BE_UNICAST_MASTER
+  PTP_CFG_MSK_CAN_BE_MULTICAST_AUTO   = ( 1UL << PTP_CFG_CAN_BE_MULTICAST_AUTO ),   ///< see ::PTP_CFG_CAN_BE_MULTICAST_AUTO
+  PTP_CFG_MSK_SUPP_UTC_VALID          = ( 1UL << PTP_CFG_SUPP_UTC_VALID )           ///< see ::PTP_CFG_SUPP_UTC_VALID
+};
+
+/** @brief A bit mask of the role bits within the flag bits */
+#define PTP_CFG_MSK_SUPPORT_PTP_ROLES ( PTP_CFG_MSK_CAN_BE_UNICAST_SLAVE    | \
+                                        PTP_CFG_MSK_CAN_BE_MULTICAST_MASTER | \
+                                        PTP_CFG_MSK_CAN_BE_UNICAST_MASTER   | \
+                                        PTP_CFG_MSK_CAN_BE_MULTICAST_AUTO )
+
+/** @brief A bit mask of the unicast role bits within the flag bits */
+#define PTP_CFG_MSK_SUPPORT_PTP_UNICAST ( PTP_CFG_MSK_CAN_BE_UNICAST_SLAVE  | \
+                                          PTP_CFG_MSK_CAN_BE_UNICAST_MASTER )
+
+/**
+ * @brief Derive a "supported PTP roles" bit mask from PTP_CFG_INFO::supp_flags
+ *
+ * There's no explicite flag to indicate that the role of a multicast slave
+ * is supported, since this role is always supported. The sequence of flags
+ * indicating that a specific optional role is supported matches the enumerated
+ * roles above, but don't start at bit 0. So we compine the optional flag bits
+ * with the LSB always set for the implicite multicast slave role to yield
+ * a bit mask which according to the enumerated roles.
+ */
+#define _get_supp_ptp_role_idx_msk( _f ) \
+  ( 1UL | ( ( (_f) & PTP_CFG_MSK_SUPPORT_PTP_ROLES ) >> ( PTP_CFG_CAN_BE_UNICAST_SLAVE - 1 ) ) )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flags used with PTP_CFG_SETTINGS::profile and PTP_CFG_INFO::supp_profiles
+ *
+ * @see PTP_PROFILE_STRS
+ */
+enum PTP_PROFILES
+{
+  PTP_PROFILE_CUSTOM,    ///< customizable, always supported
+  PTP_PROFILE_DFLT_E2E,  ///< pure IEEE1588-2008 (PTPv2) with E2E
+  PTP_PROFILE_DFLT_P2P,  ///< pure IEEE1588-2008 (PTPv2) with P2P
+  PTP_PROFILE_POWER,     ///< IEEE C37.238 profile extension
+  PTP_PROFILE_TELECOM,   ///< ITU-T G.8265.1 profile extension
+  N_PTP_PROFILES         ///< number of supported profiles
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flags used with PTP_CFG_SETTINGS::profile and PTP_CFG_INFO::supp_profiles
+ *
+ * @see PTP_PROFILES
+ */
+enum PTP_PROFILE_MASKS
+{
+  PTP_MSK_PROFILE_CUSTOM   = ( 1UL << PTP_PROFILE_CUSTOM ),    ///< see ::PTP_PROFILE_CUSTOM
+  PTP_MSK_PROFILE_DFLT_E2E = ( 1UL << PTP_PROFILE_DFLT_E2E ),  ///< see ::PTP_PROFILE_DFLT_E2E
+  PTP_MSK_PROFILE_DFLT_P2P = ( 1UL << PTP_PROFILE_DFLT_P2P ),  ///< see ::PTP_PROFILE_DFLT_P2P
+  PTP_MSK_PROFILE_POWER    = ( 1UL << PTP_PROFILE_POWER ),     ///< see ::PTP_PROFILE_POWER
+  PTP_MSK_PROFILE_TELECOM  = ( 1UL << PTP_PROFILE_TELECOM )    ///< see ::PTP_PROFILE_TELECOM
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Name strings for defined PTP profiles
+ *
+ * @see PTP_PROFILES
+ */
+#define PTP_PROFILE_STRS \
+{                        \
+  "Custom",              \
+  "Default E2E",         \
+  "Default P2P",         \
+  "Power",               \
+  "Telecom"              \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Additional parameters for Power Profile
+ */
+#define PTP_POWER_PROFILE_GM_ID_MIN   3
+#define PTP_POWER_PROFILE_GM_ID_MAX   255
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t  network_incaccuracy;   ///< Pre-defined network inaccuracy from master in [ns]
+  uint8_t   grandmaster_id;        ///< [PTP_POWER_PROFILE_GM_ID_MIN..PTP_POWER_PROFILE_GM_ID_MAX]
+  uint8_t   reserved_1;
+  uint16_t  reserved_2;
+
+} PTP_POWER_PROFILE_CFG;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A host's fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or a numeric IP address string
+ *
+ * In theory each single component (host name, domain name, top level domain name)
+ * of a FQDN can have up to 63 characters, but the overall length is limited to
+ * 255 characters. We specify one more character for the trailing 0.
+ */
+typedef char MBG_HOSTNAME[256];
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Limits to be considered when specifying PTP unicast masters
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t n_supp_master;      ///< number of unicast masters which can be specified
+  int16_t sync_intv_min;       ///< log2 of minimum sync interval [s]
+  int16_t sync_intv_max;       ///< log2 of maximum sync interval [s]
+  int16_t ann_intv_min;        ///< log2 of minimum announce interval [s]
+  int16_t ann_intv_max;        ///< log2 of maximum announce interval [s]
+  int16_t delay_req_intv_min;  ///< log2 of minimum delay request interval [s]
+  int16_t delay_req_intv_max;  ///< log2 of maximum delay request interval [s]
+  uint16_t reserved_0;         ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  uint32_t supp_flags;         ///< a bit mask indicating which flags are supported
+  uint32_t reserved_1;         ///< reserved, currently always 0
+
+} PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits( _p ) \
+{                                                \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->n_supp_master );           \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->sync_intv_min );           \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->sync_intv_max );           \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->ann_intv_min );            \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->ann_intv_max );            \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->delay_req_intv_min );      \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->delay_req_intv_max );      \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->reserved_0 );              \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_flags );              \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->reserved_1 );              \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration settings specifiying how to query a PTP unicast master
+ *
+ * This structure is used on a unicast slave to specify the settings of
+ * a unicast master polled by the slave. The number of unicast masters
+ * which can be specified depends on the capabilities of the slave device
+ * and is returned in PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS::n_supp_master.
+ *
+ * The structure ::PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS_IDX should be sent to the device
+ * to save the configuration.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_HOSTNAME gm_host;        ///< grandmaster's hostname or IP address
+  PTP_CLOCK_ID gm_clock_id;    ///< use clock ID of master port, or ::PTP_CLOCK_ID_WILDCARD
+  PTP_PORT_ID gm_port_id;      ///< use target port ID of master port (e.g. 135) or ::PTP_PORT_ID_WILDCARD
+  int16_t sync_intv;           ///< sync interval [log2 s]
+  int16_t ann_intv;            ///< announce interval [log2 s]
+  int16_t delay_req_intv;      ///< delay request interval [log2 s]
+  int32_t fix_offset;          ///< constant time offset to be compensated [ns]
+  uint16_t message_duration;   ///< time period until master stops sending messages [s]
+  uint16_t reserved_0;         ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  uint32_t reserved_1;         ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  uint32_t flags;              ///< reserved, currently always 0
+
+} PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ptp_uc_master_settings( _p )   \
+{                                                \
+  _mbg_swab_ptp_clock_id( &(_p)->gm_clock_id );  \
+  _mbg_swab_ptp_port_id( &(_p)->gm_port_id );    \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->sync_intv );               \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->ann_intv );                \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->delay_req_intv );          \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->fix_offset );              \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->message_duration );        \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->reserved_0 );              \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->reserved_1 );              \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );                   \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unicast PTP master message duration limits
+ *
+ * Each unicast PTP master sends messages to a unicast slave only
+ * for a given interval as requested by the particular slave, which
+ * is called message duration.
+ * These symbols define the minimum and maximum message duration
+ * configured on a slave for a specific unicast master, i.e. for
+ * PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS::message_duration. The values are defined
+ * in the PTP v2 standard.
+ */
+enum PTP_UC_MSG_DURATION_LIMITS
+{
+  PTP_UC_MSG_DURATION_MIN =   10,  ///< minimum message duration [s]
+  PTP_UC_MSG_DURATION_MAX = 1000   ///< maximum message duration [s]
+};
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration settings for a specific PTP unicast master
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t idx;                     ///< index, 0..PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS::n_supp_master - 1
+  PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS settings;  ///< specification for the unicast master with that index
+
+} PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS_IDX;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ptp_uc_master_settings_idx( _p )      \
+{                                                       \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->idx );                            \
+  _mbg_swab_ptp_uc_master_settings( &(_p)->settings );  \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Current settings and general capabilities of a unicast master
+ *
+ * This structure is used with a PTP unicast slave device to specify
+ * a PTP unicast master which can be queried by the slave device.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS settings;  ///< current settings
+  uint32_t reserved;                ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  uint32_t flags;                   ///< reserved, currently always 0
+
+} PTP_UC_MASTER_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ptp_uc_master_info( _p )              \
+{                                                       \
+  _mbg_swab_ptp_uc_master_settings( &(_p)->settings );  \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->reserved );                       \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );                          \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Current settings and general capabilities of a specific unicast master
+ *
+ * This structure is used with a PTP unicast slave device to specify
+ * a PTP unicast master which can be queried by the slave device.
+ *
+ * This structure should be read from the device to retrieve the
+ * current settings and capabilities. The number of supported
+ * configuration records is PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS::n_supp_master.
+ *
+ * @note The ::PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS_IDX structure should be send back
+ * to the device to save the configuration.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t idx;             ///< index, 0..PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS::n_supp_master - 1
+  PTP_UC_MASTER_INFO info;  ///< capabilities and current settings
+
+} PTP_UC_MASTER_INFO_IDX;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ptp_uc_master_info_idx( _p )  \
+{                                               \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->idx );                    \
+  _mbg_swab_ptp_uc_master_info( &(_p)->info );  \
+}
+
+
+/** @} group_ptp */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup group_lno Definitions used with LNO devices
+ *
+ * @{ */
+
+#define MAX_LNO_OUTPUT  4
+
+/**
+ * @brief LNO status
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t sine_lvl[MAX_LNO_OUTPUT];  ///< signal levels at the outputs
+
+  uint16_t max_sine_lvl;    ///< max level of an output, e.g. 1024
+  uint8_t n_outputs;        ///< actual number of outputs [0..::MAX_LNO_OUTPUT-1]
+  uint8_t out_enb_state;    ///< e.g. bit 0 is set if corresponding output 0 is enabled, etc.
+
+  uint16_t reserved_0;      ///< reserved, currently always 0
+  uint16_t flags;           ///< status flags, see ::LNO_STATE_FLAG_BITS
+
+} LNO_STATE;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_lno_state( _p )        \
+{                                        \
+  int i;                                 \
+                                         \
+  for ( i = 0; i < MAX_LNO_OUTPUT; i++ ) \
+    _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->sine_lvl[i] );   \
+                                         \
+  _mbg_swab_16( &(_p)->max_sine_lvl );   \
+  _mbg_swab_16( &(_p)->reserved_0 );     \
+  _mbg_swab_16( &(_p)->flags );          \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flags used with LNO_STATE::flags
+ */
+enum LNO_STATE_FLAG_BITS
+{
+  LNO_FLAG_BIT_PLL_LOCKED,        ///< PLL is locked
+  N_LNO_FLAG_BIT                  ///< number of known bits
+};
+
+#define LNO_FLAG_PLL_LOCKED         ( 1UL << LNO_FLAG_BIT_PLL_LOCKED )
+
+/** @} group_lno */
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief Ephemeris parameters of one specific satellite
+ *
+ * Needed to compute the position of a satellite at a given time with
+ * high precision. Valid for an interval of 4 to 6 hours from start
+ * of transmission.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;       ///<    checksum of the remaining bytes
+  int16_t valid;   ///<    flag data are valid
+
+  HEALTH health;   ///<    health indication of transmitting SV      [---]
+  IOD IODC;        ///<    Issue Of Data, Clock
+  IOD IODE2;       ///<    Issue of Data, Ephemeris (Subframe 2)
+  IOD IODE3;       ///<    Issue of Data, Ephemeris (Subframe 3)
+  T_GPS tt;        ///<    time of transmission
+  T_GPS t0c;       ///<    Reference Time Clock                      [---]
+  T_GPS t0e;       ///<    Reference Time Ephemeris                  [---]
+
+  double sqrt_A;   ///<    Square Root of semi-major Axis        [sqrt(m)]
+  double e;        ///<    Eccentricity                              [---]
+  double M0;       ///< +- Mean Anomaly at Ref. Time                 [rad]
+  double omega;    ///< +- Argument of Perigee                       [rad]
+  double OMEGA0;   ///< +- Longit. of Asc. Node of orbit plane       [rad]
+  double OMEGADOT; ///< +- Rate of Right Ascension               [rad/sec]
+  double deltan;   ///< +- Mean Motion Diff. from computed value [rad/sec]
+  double i0;       ///< +- Inclination Angle                         [rad]
+  double idot;     ///< +- Rate of Inclination Angle             [rad/sec]
+  double crc;      ///< +- Cosine Corr. Term to Orbit Radius           [m]
+  double crs;      ///< +- Sine Corr. Term to Orbit Radius             [m]
+  double cuc;      ///< +- Cosine Corr. Term to Arg. of Latitude     [rad]
+  double cus;      ///< +- Sine Corr. Term to Arg. of Latitude       [rad]
+  double cic;      ///< +- Cosine Corr. Term to Inclination Angle    [rad]
+  double cis;      ///< +- Sine Corr. Term to Inclination Angle      [rad]
+
+  double af0;      ///< +- Clock Correction Coefficient 0            [sec]
+  double af1;      ///< +- Clock Correction Coefficient 1        [sec/sec]
+  double af2;      ///< +- Clock Correction Coefficient 2      [sec/sec^2]
+  double tgd;      ///< +- estimated group delay differential        [sec]
+
+  uint16_t URA;    ///<    predicted User Range Accuracy
+
+  uint8_t L2code;  ///<    code on L2 channel                         [---]
+  uint8_t L2flag;  ///<    L2 P data flag                             [---]
+} EPH;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Almanac parameters of one specific satellite
+ *
+ * A reduced precision set of parameters used to check if a satellite
+ * is in view at a given time. Valid for an interval of more than 7 days
+ * from start of transmission.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;       ///<    checksum of the remaining bytes
+  int16_t valid;   ///<    flag data are valid
+
+  HEALTH health;   ///<                                               [---]
+  T_GPS t0a;       ///<    Reference Time Almanac                     [sec]
+
+  double sqrt_A;   ///<    Square Root of semi-major Axis         [sqrt(m)]
+  double e;        ///<    Eccentricity                               [---]
+
+  double M0;       ///< +- Mean Anomaly at Ref. Time                  [rad]
+  double omega;    ///< +- Argument of Perigee                        [rad]
+  double OMEGA0;   ///< +- Longit. of Asc. Node of orbit plane        [rad]
+  double OMEGADOT; ///< +- Rate of Right Ascension                [rad/sec]
+  double deltai;   ///< +-                                            [rad]
+  double af0;      ///< +- Clock Correction Coefficient 0             [sec]
+  double af1;      ///< +- Clock Correction Coefficient 1         [sec/sec]
+} ALM;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Summary of configuration and health data of all satellites
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;               ///< checksum of the remaining bytes
+  int16_t valid;           ///< flag data are valid
+
+  T_GPS tot_51;            ///< time of transmission, page 51
+  T_GPS tot_63;            ///< time of transmission, page 63
+  T_GPS t0a;               ///< complete reference time almanac
+
+  CFG cfg[N_SVNO];         ///< SV configuration from page 63
+  HEALTH health[N_SVNO];   ///< SV health from pages 51, 63
+} CFGH;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief GPS %UTC correction parameters
+ *
+ * %UTC correction parameters basically as sent by the GPS satellites.
+ *
+ * The csum field is only used by the card's firmware to check the
+ * consistency of the structure in non-volatile memory.
+ *
+ * The field labeled valid indicates if the parameter set is valid, i.e.
+ * if it contains data received from the satellites.
+ *
+ * t0t, A0 and A1 contain fractional correction parameters for the current
+ * GPS-%UTC time offset in addition to the whole seconds. This is evaluated
+ * by the receivers' firmware to convert GPS time to %UTC time.
+ *
+ * The delta_tls field contains the current full seconds offset between
+ * GPS time and %UTC, which corresponds to the number of leap seconds inserted
+ * into the %UTC time scale since GPS was put into operation in January 1980.
+ *
+ * delta_tlfs holds the number of "future" leap seconds, i.e. the %UTC offset
+ * after the next leap second event defined by WNlsf and DNt.
+ *
+ * The fields WNlsf and DNt specify the GPS week number and the day number
+ * in that week at the end of which a leap second is scheduled.
+ *
+ * @note: The satellites transmit WNlsf only as a signed 8 bit value, so it
+ * can only define a point in time which is ± 127 weeks off the current time.
+ * The firmware tries to expand this based on the current week number, but
+ * the result is ambiguous if the leap second occurs or occurred more
+ * than 127 weeks in the future or past.
+ *
+ * So the leap second date should only be evaluated if the fields delta_tls
+ * and delta_tlsf are different, in which case there is an actual leap second
+ * announcement inside the ± 127 week range.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;          ///<  Checksum of the remaining bytes
+  int16_t valid;      ///<  Flag indicating %UTC parameters are valid
+
+  T_GPS t0t;          ///<  Reference Time %UTC Parameters [wn|sec]
+  double A0;          ///<  +- Clock Correction Coefficient 0 [sec]
+  double A1;          ///<  +- Clock Correction Coefficient 1 [sec/sec]
+
+  uint16_t WNlsf;     ///<  Week number of nearest leap second
+  int16_t DNt;        ///<  The day number at the end of which a leap second occurs
+  int8_t delta_tls;   ///<  Current %UTC offset to GPS system time [sec]
+  int8_t delta_tlsf;  ///<  Future %UTC offset to GPS system time after next leap second transition [sec]
+} UTC;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_utc_parm( _p )  \
+{                                 \
+  _mbg_swab_csum( &(_p)->csum );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->valid );    \
+  _mbg_swab_t_gps( &(_p)->t0t );  \
+  _mbg_swab_double( &(_p)->A0 );  \
+  _mbg_swab_double( &(_p)->A1 );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->WNlsf );    \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->DNt );      \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Ionospheric correction parameters
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;       ///<    checksum of the remaining bytes
+  int16_t valid;   ///<    flag data are valid
+
+  double alpha_0;  ///<    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Alpha 0              [sec]
+  double alpha_1;  ///<    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Alpha 1          [sec/deg]
+  double alpha_2;  ///<    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Alpha 2        [sec/deg^2]
+  double alpha_3;  ///<    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Alpha 3        [sec/deg^3]
+
+  double beta_0;   ///<    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Beta 0               [sec]
+  double beta_1;   ///<    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Beta 1           [sec/deg]
+  double beta_2;   ///<    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Beta 2         [sec/deg^2]
+  double beta_3;   ///<    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Beta 3         [sec/deg^3]
+} IONO;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief GPS ASCII message
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;       ///< checksum of the remaining bytes */
+  int16_t valid;   ///< flag data are valid
+  char s[23];      ///< 22 chars GPS ASCII message plus trailing zero
+} ASCII_MSG;
+
+
+
+enum GPS_PLATFORMS
+{
+  GPS_PLATFORM_PORTABLE,
+  GPS_PLATFORM_FIXED,
+  GPS_PLATFORM_STATIONARY,
+  GPS_PLATFORM_PEDESTRIAN,
+  GPS_PLATFORM_AUTOMOTIVE,
+  GPS_PLATFORM_SEA,
+  GPS_PLATFORM_AIRBORNE_1G,
+  GPS_PLATFORM_AIRBORNE_2G,
+  GPS_PLATFORM_AIRBORNE_4G,
+  N_GPS_PLATFORMS
+};
+
+
+#define GPS_PLATFORM_STRS \
+{                         \
+  "Portable    ",         \
+  "Fixed       ",         \
+  "Stationary  ",         \
+  "Pedestrian  ",         \
+  "Automotive  ",         \
+  "Sea         ",         \
+  "Airborne <1G",         \
+  "Airborne <2G",         \
+  "Airborne <4G"          \
+}
+
+
+
+enum TIME_MODES
+{
+  TIME_MODE_DISABLED,
+  TIME_MODE_SURVEY_IN,
+  TIME_MODE_FIXED,
+  N_TIME_MODES
+};
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t time_mode;
+  uint32_t survey_in_duration;
+  uint32_t survey_in_pos_var;
+  int32_t  fixedPosX;         // cm
+  int32_t  fixedPosY;         // cm
+  int32_t  fixedPosZ;         // cm
+  uint32_t fixedPosVar;       // cm
+  uint32_t  flags;            // currently 0
+  uint32_t  reserved;         // currently 0
+} NAV_TIME_MODE_SETTINGS;
+
+
+/**
+ * Navigation Engine settings to set configuration
+ * parameters of a dynamic platform model.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t   dynamic_platform;
+  uint8_t   fix_mode;
+  int8_t    min_elevation;
+  uint8_t   static_hold_threshold;
+  int32_t   fixed_altitude;
+  uint32_t  fixed_altitude_variance;
+  uint32_t  flags;          // currently 0
+  uint32_t  reserved;       // currently 0
+  NAV_TIME_MODE_SETTINGS nav_time_mode_settings;
+} NAV_ENGINE_SETTINGS;
+
+
+#if defined( _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+  #pragma pack()      // set default alignment
+  #undef _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#endif  /* _GPSDEFS_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/gpsutils.h b/mbglib/common/gpsutils.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2143ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/gpsutils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: gpsutils.h 1.7 2010/07/15 09:32:09Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for gpsutils.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: gpsutils.h $
+ *  Revision 1.7  2010/07/15 09:32:09Z  martin
+ *  Use DEG character definition from pcpslstr.h.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2005/02/18 10:32:33Z  martin
+ *  Check more predefined macros to determine if compiling for Windows.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2003/02/04 09:18:48Z  MARTIN
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2002/12/12 16:08:11  martin
+ *  Definitions for degree character.
+ *  Requires mbggeo.h.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2001/02/05 09:40:42Z  MARTIN
+ *  New file header.
+ *  Source code cleanup.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _GPSUTILS_H
+#define _GPSUTILS_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbggeo.h>
+
+
+#ifdef _GPSUTILS
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ void swap_double( double *d ) ;
+ void swap_eph_doubles( EPH *ephp ) ;
+ void swap_alm_doubles( ALM *almp ) ;
+ void swap_utc_doubles( UTC *utcp ) ;
+ void swap_iono_doubles( IONO *ionop ) ;
+ void swap_pos_doubles( POS *posp ) ;
+ void sprint_dms( char *s, DMS *pdms, int prec ) ;
+ void sprint_alt( char *s, double alt ) ;
+ void sprint_pos_geo( char *s, POS *ppos, const char *sep, int prec ) ;
+ void sprint_fixed_freq( char *s, FIXED_FREQ_INFO *p_ff ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _GPSUTILS_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/lan_util.c b/mbglib/common/lan_util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cca8a0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/lan_util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1288 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: lan_util.c 1.6 2013/03/19 10:24:51Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Utility functions useful for network programming.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: lan_util.c $
+ *  Revision 1.6  2013/03/19 10:24:51Z  martin
+ *  Fixed bugs in get_ip4_gateway(): A skipped routing entry was
+ *  taken as default route, and thus a wrong default route 0.0.0.0
+ *  could be returned erraneously. Also, malloc() was used without
+ *  checking the result.
+ *  Added conditional debug code.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2013/02/19 15:13:10  martin
+ *  Added some new functions.
+ *  Updated doxygen comments.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2012/11/02 09:16:57  martin
+ *  Fixed build under Windows.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2012/10/02 18:23:28Z  martin
+ *  Removed obsolete code to avoid compiler warning.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2012/03/09 08:49:19  martin
+ *  Added some commonly used functions.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2011/03/04 10:01:32Z  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#define _LAN_UTIL
+  #include <lan_util.h>
+#undef _LAN_UTIL
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined ( MBG_TGT_UNIX )
+
+  #if defined ( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+    #include <linux/types.h>
+
+    // Some older versions of linux/types.h don't define u8..u64
+    // for user space applications. However, if they do they also
+    // define BITS_PER_LONG, so we use this symbol to figure out
+    // if we need to define u8..u64 by ourselves.
+    #if !defined( BITS_PER_LONG )
+      typedef uint8_t u8;
+      typedef uint16_t u16;
+      typedef uint32_t u32;
+      typedef uint64_t u64;
+    #endif
+
+    #include <linux/sockios.h>
+    #include <linux/ethtool.h>
+    #include <linux/rtnetlink.h>
+  #endif
+
+  #include <unistd.h>
+  #include <sys/ioctl.h>
+  #include <sys/errno.h>
+  #include <arpa/inet.h>
+  #include <netinet/in.h>
+
+#else
+
+  // dummy codes, the functions will report an error ...
+  #define SIOCGIFADDR      0
+  #define SIOCGIFNETMASK   0
+  #define SIOCGIFBRDADDR   0
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+    #define snprintf _snprintf
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( DEBUG_NETLINK )
+  #define DEBUG_NETLINK   ( 0 && defined( DEBUG ) && defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX ) )
+#endif
+
+
+#if DEBUG_NETLINK
+  // we need a function to output debugging information
+  #if !defined STANDALONE
+    #include <ptp2_cnf.h>  // for mbglog() from the ARM PTP projects
+  #else
+    // to be provided by the application
+    extern void mbglog( int priority, const char *fmt, ... );
+  #endif
+#endif  // DEBUG_NETLINK
+
+
+
+// Maximum size of an IPv4 address string in dotted quad format,
+// including a terminating 0, and thus the required minimum size
+// for a buffer to take such a string. i.e. "aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd\0".
+#define MAX_IP4_ADDR_STR_SIZE   16
+
+
+#if defined ( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+struct route_info
+{
+  struct in_addr dstAddr;
+  struct in_addr srcAddr;
+  struct in_addr gateWay;
+  char ifName[IF_NAMESIZE];
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( __BORLANDC__ ) \
+    && ( __BORLANDC__ <= 0x410 )   // BC3.1 defines 0x410 !
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+// Declare a snprintf() function if not provided by the
+// build environment, though this implementation actually
+// does not check the string length  ...
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int snprintf( char *s, size_t max_len, const char *fmt, ... )
+{
+  int n;
+  va_list arg_list;
+
+  va_start( arg_list, fmt );
+  n = vsprintf( s, fmt, arg_list );
+  va_end( arg_list );
+
+  return n;
+
+}  // snprintf
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Count the number of sequential bits set starting from MSB
+ *
+ * E.g. for 0xC0 and 0xC1 the results are both 2 since only
+ * the 2 MSBs are sequentially set.
+ *
+ * @param p_mask  The IP4 net mask
+ *
+ * @return The number of sequential MSB bits set in val
+ *
+ * @see ip4_net_mask_from_cidr
+ */
+int get_ip4_net_mask_bits( const IP4_ADDR *p_mask )
+{
+  IP4_ADDR msb_mask = IP4_MSB_MASK;
+  int i;
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < MAX_IP4_BITS; i++ )
+  {
+    if ( ( *p_mask & msb_mask ) == 0 )
+      break;
+
+    msb_mask >>= 1;
+  }
+
+  return i;
+
+}  // get_ip4_net_mask_bits
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Print an IPv4 address to a dotted quad format string.
+ *
+ * @param s        The string buffer into which to print
+ * @param max_len  Maximum length of the string, i.e. size of the buffer
+ * @param p_addr   The IPv4 address
+ * @param info     An optional string which is prepended to the string, or NULL
+ *
+ * @return The overall number of characters printed to the string
+ *
+ * @see snprint_ip4_cidr_addr
+ * @see str_to_ip4_addr
+ * @see cidr_str_to_ip4_addr_and_net_mask
+ */
+int snprint_ip4_addr( char *s, size_t max_len, const IP4_ADDR *p_addr, const char *info )
+{
+  int n = 0;
+  ulong ul = *p_addr;
+
+  if ( info )
+    n += snprintf( s, max_len, "%s", info );
+
+  // Don't use byte pointers here since this is not safe
+  // for both little and big endian targets.
+  n += snprintf( &s[n], max_len - n, "%lu.%lu.%lu.%lu",
+                 BYTE_3( ul ), BYTE_2( ul ),
+                 BYTE_1( ul ), BYTE_0( ul )
+               );
+  return n;
+
+}  // snprint_ip4_addr
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Print an IPv4 address plus net mask to string in CIDR notation.
+ *
+ * The printed CIDR string is something like "172.16.3.250/24"
+ *
+ * @param s        The string buffer into which to print
+ * @param max_len  Maximum length of the string, i.e. size of the buffer
+ * @param p_addr   The IPv4 address
+ * @param p_mask   The IPv4 net mask
+ * @param info     An optional string which is prepended to the string, or NULL
+ *
+ * @return The overall number of characters printed to the string
+ *
+ * @see snprint_ip4_addr
+ * @see str_to_ip4_addr
+ * @see cidr_str_to_ip4_addr_and_net_mask
+ */
+int snprint_ip4_cidr_addr( char *s, size_t max_len, const IP4_ADDR *p_addr,
+                           const IP4_ADDR *p_mask, const char *info )
+{
+  int cidr_mask_bits;
+  IP4_ADDR normalized_addr = ip4_net_part_from_addr( p_addr, p_mask );
+
+  int n = snprint_ip4_addr( s, max_len, &normalized_addr, info );
+
+  cidr_mask_bits = get_ip4_net_mask_bits( p_mask );
+
+  if ( ( cidr_mask_bits >= MIN_IP4_CIDR_NETMASK_BITS ) &&
+       ( cidr_mask_bits <= MAX_IP4_CIDR_NETMASK_BITS ) )
+    n += snprintf( &s[n], max_len - n, "/%i", cidr_mask_bits );
+
+  return n;
+
+}  // snprint_ip4_cidr_addr
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Convert a string to an IP4_ADDR.
+ *
+ * @param p_addr  Pointer to the IP4_ADDR variable, or NULL, in which case this
+ *                function can be used to check if the string is formally correct.
+ * @param s       The string to be converted
+ *
+ * @return  >= 0  on success, number of characters evaluated from the input string
+ *         -1  if invalid number found in string
+ *         -2  if separator is not a dot '.'
+ *
+ * @see snprint_ip4_addr
+ * @see snprint_ip4_cidr_addr
+ * @see cidr_str_to_ip4_addr_and_net_mask
+ */
+int str_to_ip4_addr( IP4_ADDR *p_addr, const char *s )
+{
+  IP4_ADDR tmp_ip4_addr = 0;
+  const char *cp;
+  int i;
+
+  for ( i = 0, cp = (char *) s; ; )
+  {
+    unsigned long ul = strtoul( (char *) cp, (char **) &cp, 10 );
+
+    if ( ul > 255 )  // invalid number
+      return -1;
+
+    tmp_ip4_addr |= ul << ( 8 * (3 - i) );
+
+    if ( ++i >= 4 )
+      break;        // done
+
+    if ( *cp != '.' )
+      return -2;    // invalid string format, dot expected
+
+    cp++;  // skip dot
+  }
+
+  if ( p_addr )
+    *p_addr = tmp_ip4_addr;
+
+  // success: return the number of evaluated chars
+  return cp - s;
+
+}  // str_to_ip4_addr
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Convert a string in CIDR notation to an IP4_ADDR and net mask.
+ *
+ * @param p_addr   Pointer to an IP4_ADDR variable for the IP4 address,
+ *                 or NULL, in which case this function can be used
+ *                 to check if the string is formally correct.
+ * @param p_mask   Pointer to an IP4_ADDR variable for the net mask,
+ *                 or NULL, in which case this function can be used
+ *                 to check if the string is formally correct.
+ * @param cidr_str The string to be converted, in CIDR format, e.g. "172.16.3.250/24"
+ *
+ * @return  >= 0  on success, number of characters evaluated from the input string
+ *          one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES on error
+ *
+ * @see snprint_ip4_addr
+ * @see snprint_ip4_cidr_addr
+ * @see str_to_ip4_addr
+ */
+int cidr_str_to_ip4_addr_and_net_mask( IP4_ADDR *p_addr, IP4_ADDR *p_mask,
+                                       const char *cidr_str )
+{
+  IP4_ADDR mask;
+  long cidr_mask_bits;
+  const char *cp;
+  int l;
+  int rc = str_to_ip4_addr( p_addr, cidr_str );
+
+  if ( rc < 0 )  // return current error
+    return rc;
+
+
+  l = strlen( cidr_str );
+
+  if ( l < rc )  // input string too short
+    return MBG_LU_ERR_FMT;
+
+
+  cp = &cidr_str[rc];
+
+  if ( *cp == 0 )  // end of string
+  {
+    // The string has no CIDR extension, so
+    // assume "/0", i.e. host mask 255.255.255.255;
+    mask = (IP4_ADDR) -1;
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+
+  if ( *cp != '/' )
+    return MBG_LU_ERR_FMT;
+
+
+  cp++;
+  cidr_mask_bits = strtol( (char *) cp, (char **) &cp, 10 );
+
+  if ( ( cidr_mask_bits < MIN_IP4_CIDR_NETMASK_BITS ) ||
+       ( cidr_mask_bits > MAX_IP4_CIDR_NETMASK_BITS ) )
+    return MBG_LU_ERR_RANGE;
+
+
+  mask = ip4_net_mask_from_cidr( (int) cidr_mask_bits );
+
+done:
+  if ( p_mask )
+    *p_mask = mask;
+
+  // success: return the number of evaluated chars
+  return  cp - cidr_str;
+
+}  // cidr_str_to_ip4_addr_and_net_mask
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Print a MAC ID or similar array of octets to a string.
+ *
+ * @param s           The string buffer into which to print
+ * @param max_len     Maximum length of the string, i.e. size of the buffer
+ * @param octets      An array of octets
+ * @param num_octets  The number of octets to be printed from the array
+ * @param sep         The separator printed between the bytes, or 0
+ * @param info        An optional string which is prepended to the output, or NULL
+ *
+ * @return  The overall number of characters printed to the string
+ *
+ * @see snprint_mac_addr
+ * @see str_to_octets
+ * @see check_octets_not_all_zero
+ */
+int snprint_octets( char *s, size_t max_len, const uint8_t *octets,
+                    int num_octets, char sep, const char *info )
+{
+  int n = 0;
+  int i;
+
+  if ( info )
+    n += snprintf( s, max_len, "%s", info );
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < num_octets; i++ )
+  {
+    if ( i && sep )
+      n += snprintf( &s[n], max_len - n, "%c", sep );
+
+    n += snprintf( &s[n], max_len - n, "%02X", octets[i] );
+  }
+
+  return n;
+
+}  // snprint_octets
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Print a MAC address to a string.
+ *
+ * @param s           The string buffer into which to print
+ * @param max_len     Maximum length of the string, i.e. size of the buffer
+ * @param p_mac_addr  The MAC address to be printed
+ *
+ * @return  The overall number of characters printed to the string
+ *
+ * @see snprint_octets
+ * @see str_to_octets
+ * @see check_octets_not_all_zero
+ */
+int snprint_mac_addr( char *s, size_t max_len, const MBG_MAC_ADDR *p_mac_addr )
+{
+  return snprint_octets( s, max_len, p_mac_addr->b, sizeof( *p_mac_addr ), MAC_SEP_CHAR, NULL );
+
+}  // snprint_mac_addr
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Set a MAC ID or a similar array of octets from a string.
+ *
+ * @param octets      An array of octets to be set up
+ * @param num_octets  The number of octets which can be stored
+ * @param s           The string to be converted
+ *
+ * @return  The overall number of octets decoded from the string
+ *
+ * @see snprint_octets
+ * @see snprint_mac_addr
+ * @see check_octets_not_all_zero
+ */
+int str_to_octets( uint8_t *octets, int num_octets, const char *s )
+{
+  char *cp = (char *) s;
+  int i;
+
+  // don't use strtok() since that functions modifies the original string
+  for ( i = 0; i < num_octets; )
+  {
+    octets[i] = (uint8_t) strtoul( cp, &cp, 16 );
+    i++;
+
+    if ( *cp == 0 )
+      break;      // end of string
+
+    if ( ( *cp != MAC_SEP_CHAR ) && ( *cp != MAC_SEP_CHAR_ALT ) )
+      break;      // invalid character
+
+    cp++;
+  }
+
+  return i;
+
+}  // str_to_octets
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Check if an array of octets is valid, i.e. != 0
+ *
+ * @param octets      Pointer to the array of octets
+ * @param num_octets  Number of octets
+ *
+ * @return MBG_LU_SUCCESS      octets are valid, i.e. not all 0
+ *         MBG_LU_ERR_NOT_SET  octets are invalid, i.e. all 0
+ *
+ * @see snprint_octets
+ * @see snprint_mac_addr
+ * @see str_to_octets
+ */
+int check_octets_not_all_zero( const uint8_t *octets, int num_octets )
+{
+  int i;
+
+  // check if any of the MAC adddress bytes is != 0
+  for ( i = 0; i < num_octets; i++ )
+    if ( octets[i] != 0 )
+      break;
+
+  if ( i == num_octets ) // *all* bytes are 0
+    return MBG_LU_ERR_NOT_SET;
+
+  return 0;
+
+}  // check_octets_not_all_zero
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Check if an array of octets is valid, i.e. != 0
+ *
+ * @param p_addr      Pointer to a MAC address
+ *
+ * @return MBG_LU_SUCCESS      MAC address is valid, i.e. not all 0
+ *         MBG_LU_ERR_NOT_SET  MAC address is invalid, i.e. all 0
+ *
+ * @see check_octets_not_all_zero
+ */
+int check_mac_addr_not_all_zero( const MBG_MAC_ADDR *p_addr )
+{
+  return check_octets_not_all_zero( p_addr->b, sizeof( p_addr->b ) );
+
+}  // check_mac_addr_not_all_zero
+
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX )
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Do a SIOCGxxx IOCTL call to read specific information from a LAN interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name     Name of the interface
+ * @param ioctl_code  One of the predefined system SIOCGxxx IOCTL codes
+ * @param p_ifreq     Pointer to a request buffer
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ */
+int do_siocg_ioctl( const char *if_name, int ioctl_code, struct ifreq *p_ifreq )
+{
+  int fd;
+  int rc;
+
+  if ( strlen( if_name ) > ( IFNAMSIZ - 1 ) )
+    return MBG_LU_ERR_PORT_NAME;
+
+  fd = socket( AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0 );
+
+  if ( fd < 0 )
+    return MBG_LU_ERR_SOCKET;
+
+  strcpy( p_ifreq->ifr_name, if_name );
+
+  rc = ioctl( fd, ioctl_code, p_ifreq );
+
+  if ( rc < 0 )
+    rc = MBG_LU_ERR_IOCTL;
+
+  close( fd );
+
+  return MBG_LU_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // do_siocg_ioctl
+
+#endif  //  defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX )
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Retrieve the MAC address of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name     Name of the interface
+ * @param p_mac_addr  Pointer to the MAC address buffer to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *          on error the MAC addr is set to all 0
+ *
+ * @see get_port_mac_addr_check
+ */
+int get_port_mac_addr( const char *if_name, MBG_MAC_ADDR *p_mac_addr )
+{
+  int rc = MBG_LU_ERR_NSUPP;
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+    struct ifreq ifr = { { { 0 } } };
+
+    rc = do_siocg_ioctl( if_name, SIOCGIFHWADDR, &ifr );
+
+    if ( rc != MBG_LU_SUCCESS )
+      goto fail;
+
+    memcpy( p_mac_addr, ifr.ifr_hwaddr.sa_data, sizeof( *p_mac_addr ) );
+
+    return rc;
+
+fail:
+  #endif
+
+  memset( p_mac_addr, 0, sizeof( *p_mac_addr ) );
+
+  return rc;
+
+}  // get_port_mac_addr
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Retrieve and check the MAC address of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name   Name of the interface
+ * @param p_mac_addr  Pointer to the MAC address buffer to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *          on error the MAC addr is set to all 0
+ *
+ * @see get_port_mac_addr
+ */
+int get_port_mac_addr_check( const char *if_name, MBG_MAC_ADDR *p_mac_addr )
+{
+  int rc = get_port_mac_addr( if_name, p_mac_addr );
+
+  if ( rc == MBG_LU_SUCCESS )
+    rc = check_octets_not_all_zero( p_mac_addr->b, sizeof( *p_mac_addr ) );
+
+  return rc;
+
+}  // get_port_mac_addr_check
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Check the link state of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name  Name of the interface
+ *
+ * @return 1 link detected on port
+ *         0 no link detected on port
+ *         one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES in case of an error
+ */
+int check_port_link( const char *if_name )
+{
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+    struct ifreq ifr = { { { 0 } } };
+    struct ethtool_value edata = { 0 };
+    int rc;
+
+    edata.cmd = ETHTOOL_GLINK; // defined in ethtool.h
+    ifr.ifr_data = (caddr_t) &edata;
+
+    rc = do_siocg_ioctl( if_name, SIOCETHTOOL, &ifr );
+
+    if ( rc == MBG_LU_SUCCESS )
+      rc = edata.data != 0;
+
+    return rc;
+
+  #else
+
+    return MBG_LU_ERR_NSUPP;
+
+  #endif
+
+}  // check_port_link
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Retrieve some IPv4 address like info from a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name      Name of the interface
+ * @param p_addr       Pointer to address field to be filled up
+ * @param sigioc_code  the ioctl code associated to the address
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_settings
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+ */
+int get_specific_port_ip4_addr( const char *if_name, IP4_ADDR *p_addr, int sigioc_code )
+{
+  int rc = MBG_LU_ERR_NSUPP;
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+    struct ifreq ifr = { { { 0 } } };
+
+    rc = do_siocg_ioctl( if_name, sigioc_code, &ifr );
+
+    if ( rc != MBG_LU_SUCCESS )
+      goto fail;
+
+    *p_addr = ntohl( ( (struct sockaddr_in *) &ifr.ifr_addr )->sin_addr.s_addr );
+
+    return rc;
+
+fail:
+  #endif
+
+  *p_addr = 0;  // make empty address
+
+  return rc;
+
+}  // get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 address of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name   Name of the interface
+ * @param p_addr    Pointer to address field to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_settings
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+int get_port_ip4_addr( const char *if_name, IP4_ADDR *p_addr )
+{
+  return get_specific_port_ip4_addr( if_name, p_addr, SIOCGIFADDR );
+
+}  // get_port_ip4_addr
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 net mask of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name   Name of the interface
+ * @param p_addr    Pointer to address field to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_settings
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+int get_port_ip4_netmask( const char *if_name, IP4_ADDR *p_addr )
+{
+  return get_specific_port_ip4_addr( if_name, p_addr, SIOCGIFNETMASK );
+
+}  // get_port_ip4_netmask
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 broadcast address of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name   Name of the interface
+ * @param p_addr    Pointer to address field to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_settings
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+int get_port_ip4_broad_addr( const char *if_name, IP4_ADDR *p_addr )
+{
+  return get_specific_port_ip4_addr( if_name, p_addr, SIOCGIFBRDADDR );
+
+}  // get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+static /*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Read a requested message from the netlink socket
+ */
+int readNlSock( int sockFd, char *bufPtr, size_t buf_size, int seqNum, int pId )
+{
+  struct nlmsghdr *nlHdr;
+  int readLen = 0;
+  int msgLen = 0;
+
+  do
+  {
+    // receive response from the kernel, can be several chunks
+    if ( ( readLen = recv( sockFd, bufPtr, buf_size - msgLen, 0 ) ) < 0 )
+    {
+      #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+        mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: Failed to receive netlink packet: %s",
+                __func__, strerror( errno ) );
+      #endif
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+    nlHdr = (struct nlmsghdr *) bufPtr;
+
+    // check if the header is valid
+    if ( ( NLMSG_OK( nlHdr, readLen ) == 0 ) || ( nlHdr->nlmsg_type == NLMSG_ERROR ) )
+    {
+      #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+        mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: Invalid header in received netlink packet",
+                __func__ );
+      #endif
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+    // check if the its the last message
+    if ( nlHdr->nlmsg_type == NLMSG_DONE )
+    {
+      #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+        mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: Reached last message in received packet",
+                __func__ );
+      #endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+    // move the pointer to buffer appropriately
+    bufPtr += readLen;
+    msgLen += readLen;
+
+    // check if its a multi part message
+    if ( ( nlHdr->nlmsg_flags & NLM_F_MULTI ) == 0 )
+    {
+      // return if it's not a multi part message
+      #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+        mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: Received packet is not a multi part message",
+                __func__ );
+      #endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  } while ( ( nlHdr->nlmsg_seq != seqNum ) || ( nlHdr->nlmsg_pid != pId ) );
+
+  #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+    mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: Received packet has len %i",
+            __func__, msgLen );
+  #endif
+
+  return msgLen;
+
+}  // readNlSock
+
+
+
+#if DEBUG_NETLINK
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void log_netlink_bytes( const char *fnc,  const char *info, const void *p, int n_bytes )
+{
+  char ws[80];
+  int n = 0;
+  int i;
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < n_bytes; i++ )
+    n += snprintf( &ws[n], sizeof( ws ) - n, " %i", BYTE_OF( *p, i ) );
+
+  mbglog( LOG_INFO, "%s: attibute %s, copying %i bytes:%s",
+          fnc, info, n_bytes, ws );
+
+}  // log_netlink_bytes
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int parseRoutes( struct nlmsghdr *nlHdr, struct route_info *rtInfo )
+{
+  // parse the route info returned
+  struct rtmsg *rtMsg;
+  struct rtattr *rtAttr;
+  int rtLen;
+
+  rtMsg = (struct rtmsg *) NLMSG_DATA( nlHdr );
+
+  // If the route is not for AF_INET then return.
+  // This could be also IPv6 routes.
+  if ( rtMsg->rtm_family != AF_INET )
+  {
+    #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+      mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: Route is not AF_INET (%li), but %li",
+              __func__, (long) AF_INET, (long) rtMsg->rtm_family );
+    #endif
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  // If the route does not belong to main routing table then return.
+  if ( rtMsg->rtm_table != RT_TABLE_MAIN )
+  {
+    #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+      mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: Route does not belong to main table (%li), but %li",
+              __func__, (long) RT_TABLE_MAIN, (long) rtMsg->rtm_table );
+    #endif
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+
+  // get the rtattr field
+  rtAttr = (struct rtattr *) RTM_RTA( rtMsg );
+  rtLen = RTM_PAYLOAD( nlHdr );
+
+  for ( ; RTA_OK( rtAttr, rtLen ); rtAttr = RTA_NEXT( rtAttr, rtLen ) )
+  {
+    #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+      mbglog( LOG_ERR, "rtAttr at %p, %i bytes left", rtAttr, rtLen );
+    #endif
+
+    switch ( rtAttr->rta_type )
+    {
+      case RTA_OIF:
+        if_indextoname( *(int *)RTA_DATA( rtAttr ), rtInfo->ifName );
+        #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+          mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: attibute RTA_OIF, IF name: %s",
+                  __func__, rtInfo->ifName );
+        #endif
+        break;
+
+      case RTA_GATEWAY:
+        memcpy( &rtInfo->gateWay, RTA_DATA( rtAttr ), sizeof( rtInfo->gateWay ) );
+        #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+          log_netlink_bytes( __func__, "RTA_GATEWAY", &rtInfo->gateWay,  sizeof( rtInfo->gateWay ) );
+        #endif
+        break;
+
+      case RTA_PREFSRC:
+        memcpy( &rtInfo->srcAddr , RTA_DATA( rtAttr ), sizeof( rtInfo->srcAddr ) );
+        #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+          log_netlink_bytes( __func__, "RTA_PREFSRC", &rtInfo->srcAddr,  sizeof( rtInfo->srcAddr ) );
+        #endif
+        break;
+
+      case RTA_DST:
+        memcpy( &rtInfo->dstAddr, RTA_DATA( rtAttr ), sizeof( rtInfo->dstAddr ) );
+        #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+          log_netlink_bytes( __func__, "RTA_DST", &rtInfo->dstAddr,  sizeof( rtInfo->dstAddr ) );
+        #endif
+        break;
+
+      #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+      case RTA_TABLE:
+        {
+          // The RTA_TABLE attribute was added to the kernel source in 2006 to support
+          // more than 255 routing tables. Originally the number of the routing table
+          // to which an entry belongs had been passed only in struct rtmsg::rtm_table,
+          // which is only 8 bits wide and should still hold the 8 LSBs of the full
+          // routing table number for compatibility, so this should still work for the
+          // standard routing tables, including the main table we are inspecting here.
+          //
+          // Whether this can be compiled in depends on the version of linux/rtnetlink.h
+          // used by the compiler. Unfortunately RTA_TABLE is part of an enum, so you
+          // can't simply use #ifdef RTA_TABLE to include this code conditionally.
+          uint32_t rta_table;
+          memcpy( &rta_table, RTA_DATA( rtAttr ), sizeof( rta_table ) );
+          mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: attibute RTA_TABLE %i (%i)",
+                  __func__, rta_table, rtMsg->rtm_table );
+        }
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: Found unknown route type %li",
+                __func__, (long) rtAttr->rta_type );
+      #endif
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+
+}  // parseRoutes
+
+#endif  // defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 gateway (default route)
+ *
+ * @param p_addr  Pointer to address field to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ */
+int get_ip4_gateway( IP4_ADDR *p_addr )
+{
+  int ret_val = MBG_LU_ERR_NOT_SET;
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+  struct nlmsghdr *nlMsg;
+  struct route_info route_info;
+  char msgBuf[8192];   // pretty large buffer
+
+  int sock;
+  int len;
+  int msgSeq = 0;
+  int idx;
+
+  // create socket
+  if ( ( sock = socket( PF_NETLINK, SOCK_DGRAM, NETLINK_ROUTE ) ) < 0 )
+  {
+    #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+      mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: Failed to create netlink socket: %s",
+              __func__, strerror( errno ) );
+    #endif
+    ret_val = MBG_LU_ERR_SOCKET;
+    goto out;
+  }
+
+
+  // initialize the buffer
+  memset( msgBuf, 0, sizeof( msgBuf ) );
+
+  // point the header and the msg structure pointers into the buffer
+  nlMsg = (struct nlmsghdr *) msgBuf;
+
+  // fill in the nlmsg header
+  nlMsg->nlmsg_len = NLMSG_LENGTH( sizeof( struct rtmsg ) );  // length of message
+  nlMsg->nlmsg_type = RTM_GETROUTE;                 // get the routes from kernel routing table
+
+  nlMsg->nlmsg_flags = NLM_F_DUMP | NLM_F_REQUEST;  // the message is a request for dump
+  nlMsg->nlmsg_seq = msgSeq++;                      // sequence of the message packet
+  nlMsg->nlmsg_pid = getpid();                      // PID of process sending the request
+
+  // send the request
+  if ( send( sock, nlMsg, nlMsg->nlmsg_len, 0 ) < 0 )
+  {
+    #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+      mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: Failed to write to netlink socket: %s",
+              __func__, strerror( errno ) );
+    #endif
+    ret_val = -1;
+    goto out;
+  }
+
+  // read the response
+  if ( ( len = readNlSock( sock, msgBuf, sizeof( msgBuf ), msgSeq, getpid() ) ) < 0 )
+  {
+    #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+      mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: Failed to read from netlink socket",
+              __func__ );
+    #endif
+    ret_val = -1;
+    goto out;
+  }
+
+  #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+    mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: Read %i bytes from netlink socket", __func__ );
+  #endif
+
+  // parse and print the response
+  for ( idx = 0; NLMSG_OK( nlMsg, len ); nlMsg = NLMSG_NEXT( nlMsg, len ), idx ++ )
+  {
+    memset( &route_info, 0, sizeof( route_info ) );
+
+    #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+      mbglog( LOG_ERR, "\nnlMsg at %p, %i bytes left", nlMsg, len );
+    #endif
+
+
+    if ( parseRoutes( nlMsg, &route_info ) < 0 )
+      continue;  // don't check route_info if it has not been set up
+
+    #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+    {
+      char ws[100];
+      int l = sizeof( ws );
+      int n = 0;
+
+      // inet_ntoa() uses a static buffer which is overwritten on every call
+      n += snprintf( &ws[n], l - n, "src %s", (char *) inet_ntoa( route_info.srcAddr ) );
+      n += snprintf( &ws[n], l - n, ", dst %s", (char *) inet_ntoa( route_info.dstAddr ) );
+      n += snprintf( &ws[n], l - n, ", gw %s", (char *) inet_ntoa( route_info.gateWay ) );
+
+      mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: route %i: %s, if \"%s\"",
+              __func__, idx, ws, route_info.ifName );
+    }
+    #endif
+
+    // check if default IPv4 gateway
+    if ( strstr( (char *) inet_ntoa( route_info.dstAddr ), "0.0.0.0" ) )
+    {
+      *p_addr = ntohl( route_info.gateWay.s_addr );
+      ret_val = MBG_LU_SUCCESS;
+      // Actually we could stop searching now. However, in case of debug
+      // we'll continue to examine the rest of the routing message.
+      #if DEBUG_NETLINK
+        mbglog( LOG_ERR, "%s: Default gateway found: %s",
+                __func__, (char *) inet_ntoa( route_info.gateWay ) );
+      #else
+        break;
+      #endif
+    }
+  }
+
+out:
+  if ( sock >= 0 )
+    close( sock );
+
+#endif  // defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+
+  if ( ret_val != MBG_LU_SUCCESS )
+    *p_addr = 0;
+
+  return ret_val;
+
+}  // get_ip4_gateway
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 address of a network interface as string
+ *
+ * @param if_name     Name of the interface
+ * @param p_addr_buf  Pointer to the string buffer to be filled up
+ * @param buf_size    size of the string buffer
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_settings
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+int get_port_ip4_addr_str( const char *if_name, char *p_addr_buf, int buf_size )
+{
+  IP4_ADDR addr;
+
+  int rc = get_port_ip4_addr( if_name, &addr );
+
+  snprint_ip4_addr( p_addr_buf, buf_size, &addr, NULL );
+
+  return rc;
+
+}  // get_port_ip4_addr_str
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 net mask of a network interface as string
+ *
+ * @param if_name     Name of the interface
+ * @param p_addr_buf  Pointer to the string buffer to be filled up
+ * @param buf_size    size of the string buffer
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_settings
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+int get_port_ip4_netmask_str( const char *if_name, char *p_addr_buf, int buf_size )
+{
+  IP4_ADDR addr;
+
+  int rc = get_port_ip4_netmask( if_name, &addr );
+
+  snprint_ip4_addr( p_addr_buf, buf_size, &addr, NULL );
+
+  return rc;
+
+}  // get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 broadcast address of a network interface as string
+ *
+ * @param if_name     Name of the interface
+ * @param p_addr_buf  Pointer to the string buffer to be filled up
+ * @param buf_size    size of the string buffer
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_settings
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+int get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str( const char *if_name, char *p_addr_buf, int buf_size )
+{
+  IP4_ADDR addr;
+
+  int rc = get_port_ip4_broad_addr( if_name, &addr );
+
+  snprint_ip4_addr( p_addr_buf, buf_size, &addr, NULL );
+
+  return rc;
+
+}  // get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+/**
+ * @brief Retrieve the current IPv4 settings of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name  Name of the interface
+ * @param p        Pointer to a IP4_SETTINGS structure to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+int get_port_ip4_settings( const char *if_name, IP4_SETTINGS *p )
+{
+  int link_up;
+  int ret_val = 0;
+
+  memset( p, 0, sizeof( *p ) );
+
+  if ( get_port_ip4_addr( if_name, &p->ip_addr ) )
+    ret_val = -1;
+
+  if ( get_port_ip4_netmask( if_name, &p->netmask ) )
+    ret_val = -1;
+
+  if ( get_port_ip4_broad_addr( if_name, &p->broad_addr ) )
+    ret_val = -1;
+
+  if ( get_ip4_gateway( &p->gateway ) )
+    ret_val = -1;
+
+
+  link_up = check_port_link( if_name );
+
+  if ( link_up )
+    p->flags |= IP4_MSK_LINK;
+
+#if 0  //##+++++
+  // We could also try to check VLAN and DHCP settings here,
+  // but as of now, this is specific to an application.
+
+  // ##++++ The VLAN and DHCP status info collected below
+  // just return what has been configured previously by this program,
+  // however, it does not reflect any changes which have been made
+  // manually, e.g. via the command line.
+  if ( vlan_enabled )
+  {
+    p->flags |= IP4_MSK_VLAN;
+    p->vlan_cfg = vlan_cfg;
+  }
+
+  if ( dhcp_enabled )
+    p->flags |= IP4_MSK_DHCP;
+#endif
+
+  return ret_val;
+
+}  // get_port_ip4_settings
+
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/lan_util.h b/mbglib/common/lan_util.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3e39a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/lan_util.h
@@ -0,0 +1,579 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: lan_util.h 1.4 2013/02/19 15:15:53Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for lan_util.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: lan_util.h $
+ *  Revision 1.4  2013/02/19 15:15:53Z  martin
+ *  Added some inline functions.
+ *  Redefined return codes as named enum.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2012/10/02 18:24:29  martin
+ *  Added some macros to simpliy conversion to string.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2012/03/09 08:51:44  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2011/03/04 10:01:32  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _LAN_UTIL_H
+#define _LAN_UTIL_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbg_tgt.h>
+#include <gpsdefs.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX )
+  #include <sys/types.h>
+  #include <sys/socket.h>
+  #include <net/if.h>
+#else
+  // A dummy declaration to prevent from warnings due to usage
+  // of this type with function prototypes.
+  struct ifreq
+  {
+    int dummy;
+  };
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( IFHWADDRLEN )  // usually defined in net/if.h
+  #if ( IFHWADDRLEN != 6 )
+    #error Warning: IFHWADDRLEN is not 6!
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+#ifdef _LAN_UTIL
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )
+  #pragma pack( 1 )      // set byte alignment
+  #define _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( MAC_SEP_CHAR )
+  #define MAC_SEP_CHAR      ':'   // character used to separate octets of a MAC ID
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MAC_SEP_CHAR_ALT )
+  #define MAC_SEP_CHAR_ALT  '-'   // alternate character
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return codes for the LAN utility functions
+ */
+enum MBG_LU_CODES
+{
+  MBG_LU_SUCCESS       =  0,  ///< success
+  MBG_LU_ERR_NSUPP     = -1,  ///< function not supported
+  MBG_LU_ERR_PORT_NAME = -2,  ///< port name exceeds max length
+  MBG_LU_ERR_SOCKET    = -3,  ///< failed to open socket
+  MBG_LU_ERR_IOCTL     = -4,  ///< IOCTL call failed
+  MBG_LU_ERR_NOT_SET   = -5,  ///< octets are all 0
+  MBG_LU_ERR_BUFF_SZ   = -6,  ///< buffer size too small
+  MBG_LU_ERR_FMT       = -7,  ///< parameter format not correct
+  MBG_LU_ERR_RANGE     = -8   ///< range for some parameter exceeded
+};
+
+
+#define MAX_IP4_BITS  ( 8 * sizeof( IP4_ADDR ) )
+
+#define IP4_MSB_MASK  ( 1UL << ( MAX_IP4_BITS - 1 ) )
+
+#define MIN_IP4_CIDR_NETMASK_BITS  0
+#define MAX_IP4_CIDR_NETMASK_BITS  MAX_IP4_BITS
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Compute an IP4 net mask according to the number of CIDR netmask bits
+ *
+ * E.g. the 24 bits mentioned in "172.16.3.250/24" result in 0xFFFFFF00,
+ * corresponding to 255.255.255.0 in dotted quad notation.
+ *
+ * @param netmask_bits  Number of netmask bits from CIDR notation
+ *
+ * @return  The IP4 net mask
+ *
+ * @see get_ip4_net_mask_bits()
+ */
+static __mbg_inline
+IP4_ADDR ip4_net_mask_from_cidr( int netmask_bits )
+{
+  return (IP4_ADDR) ~( ( 1UL << ( MAX_IP4_BITS - netmask_bits ) ) - 1 );
+
+}  // ip4_net_mask_from_cidr
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Determine the broadcast address for an IP4 address plus net mask
+ *
+ * E.g. IP 0xAC1003FA, net mask 0xFFFFFF00 yields broadcast addr 0xAC1003FF.
+ * In dotted quad notation, IP 172.16.3.250 with net mask 255.255.255.0
+ * result in broadcast address 172.16.3.255.
+ *
+ * @param p_addr  The full IP4 address
+ * @param p_mask  The IP4 net mask
+ *
+ * @return  The determined IP4 broadcast address
+ */
+static __mbg_inline
+IP4_ADDR ip4_broad_addr_from_addr( const IP4_ADDR *p_addr, const IP4_ADDR *p_mask )
+{
+  return *p_addr | ~(*p_mask);
+
+}  // ip4_broad_addr_from_addr
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Determine the network part of an IP4 address based on the net mask
+ *
+ * E.g. IP 0xAC1003FA, net mask 0xFFFFFF00 yields network part 0xAC100300.
+ * In dotted quad notation, IP 172.16.3.250 with net mask 255.255.255.0
+ * results in network part 172.16.3.0.
+ *
+ * @param p_addr  The full IP4 address
+ * @param p_mask  The IP4 net mask
+ *
+ * @return  The network part of the IP4 address
+ */
+static __mbg_inline
+IP4_ADDR ip4_net_part_from_addr( const IP4_ADDR *p_addr, const IP4_ADDR *p_mask )
+{
+  return *p_addr & *p_mask;
+
+}  // ip4_net_part_from_addr
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Check if two IP4 addresses have the same network part.
+ *
+ * @param p_addr1  The first IP4 address to check
+ * @param p_addr2  The second IP4 address to check
+ * @param p_mask   The IP4 net mask
+ *
+ * @return  true, if the network parts are matching
+ */
+static __mbg_inline
+int ip4_net_part_matches( const IP4_ADDR *p_addr1, const IP4_ADDR *p_addr2,
+                           const IP4_ADDR *p_mask )
+{
+  return ip4_net_part_from_addr( p_addr1, p_mask )
+      == ip4_net_part_from_addr( p_addr2, p_mask );
+
+}  // ip4_net_part_matches
+
+
+
+#define _ip4_addr_to_str( _s, _a ) \
+  snprint_ip4_addr( _s, sizeof( _s ), _a, NULL )
+
+#define _mac_addr_to_str( _s, _a ) \
+  snprint_mac_addr( _s, sizeof( _s ), _a )
+
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Count the number of sequential bits set starting from MSB
+ *
+ * E.g. for 0xC0 and 0xC1 the results are both 2 since only
+ * the 2 MSBs are sequentially set.
+ *
+ * @param p_mask  The IP4 net mask
+ *
+ * @return The number of sequential MSB bits set in val
+ *
+ * @see ip4_net_mask_from_cidr
+ */
+ int get_ip4_net_mask_bits( const IP4_ADDR *p_mask ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Print an IPv4 address to a dotted quad format string.
+ *
+ * @param s        The string buffer into which to print
+ * @param max_len  Maximum length of the string, i.e. size of the buffer
+ * @param p_addr   The IPv4 address
+ * @param info     An optional string which is prepended to the string, or NULL
+ *
+ * @return The overall number of characters printed to the string
+ *
+ * @see snprint_ip4_cidr_addr
+ * @see str_to_ip4_addr
+ * @see cidr_str_to_ip4_addr_and_net_mask
+ */
+ int snprint_ip4_addr( char *s, size_t max_len, const IP4_ADDR *p_addr, const char *info ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Print an IPv4 address plus net mask to string in CIDR notation.
+ *
+ * The printed CIDR string is something like "172.16.3.250/24"
+ *
+ * @param s        The string buffer into which to print
+ * @param max_len  Maximum length of the string, i.e. size of the buffer
+ * @param p_addr   The IPv4 address
+ * @param p_mask   The IPv4 net mask
+ * @param info     An optional string which is prepended to the string, or NULL
+ *
+ * @return The overall number of characters printed to the string
+ *
+ * @see snprint_ip4_addr
+ * @see str_to_ip4_addr
+ * @see cidr_str_to_ip4_addr_and_net_mask
+ */
+ int snprint_ip4_cidr_addr( char *s, size_t max_len, const IP4_ADDR *p_addr, const IP4_ADDR *p_mask, const char *info ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Convert a string to an IP4_ADDR.
+ *
+ * @param p_addr  Pointer to the IP4_ADDR variable, or NULL, in which case this
+ *                function can be used to check if the string is formally correct.
+ * @param s       The string to be converted
+ *
+ * @return  >= 0  on success, number of characters evaluated from the input string
+ *         -1  if invalid number found in string
+ *         -2  if separator is not a dot '.'
+ *
+ * @see snprint_ip4_addr
+ * @see snprint_ip4_cidr_addr
+ * @see cidr_str_to_ip4_addr_and_net_mask
+ */
+ int str_to_ip4_addr( IP4_ADDR *p_addr, const char *s ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Convert a string in CIDR notation to an IP4_ADDR and net mask.
+ *
+ * @param p_addr   Pointer to an IP4_ADDR variable for the IP4 address,
+ *                 or NULL, in which case this function can be used
+ *                 to check if the string is formally correct.
+ * @param p_mask   Pointer to an IP4_ADDR variable for the net mask,
+ *                 or NULL, in which case this function can be used
+ *                 to check if the string is formally correct.
+ * @param cidr_str The string to be converted, in CIDR format, e.g. "172.16.3.250/24"
+ *
+ * @return  >= 0  on success, number of characters evaluated from the input string
+ *          one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES on error
+ *
+ * @see snprint_ip4_addr
+ * @see snprint_ip4_cidr_addr
+ * @see str_to_ip4_addr
+ */
+ int cidr_str_to_ip4_addr_and_net_mask( IP4_ADDR *p_addr, IP4_ADDR *p_mask, const char *cidr_str ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Print a MAC ID or similar array of octets to a string.
+ *
+ * @param s           The string buffer into which to print
+ * @param max_len     Maximum length of the string, i.e. size of the buffer
+ * @param octets      An array of octets
+ * @param num_octets  The number of octets to be printed from the array
+ * @param sep         The separator printed between the bytes, or 0
+ * @param info        An optional string which is prepended to the output, or NULL
+ *
+ * @return  The overall number of characters printed to the string
+ *
+ * @see snprint_mac_addr
+ * @see str_to_octets
+ * @see check_octets_not_all_zero
+ */
+ int snprint_octets( char *s, size_t max_len, const uint8_t *octets, int num_octets, char sep, const char *info ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Print a MAC address to a string.
+ *
+ * @param s           The string buffer into which to print
+ * @param max_len     Maximum length of the string, i.e. size of the buffer
+ * @param p_mac_addr  The MAC address to be printed
+ *
+ * @return  The overall number of characters printed to the string
+ *
+ * @see snprint_octets
+ * @see str_to_octets
+ * @see check_octets_not_all_zero
+ */
+ int snprint_mac_addr( char *s, size_t max_len, const MBG_MAC_ADDR *p_mac_addr ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Set a MAC ID or a similar array of octets from a string.
+ *
+ * @param octets      An array of octets to be set up
+ * @param num_octets  The number of octets which can be stored
+ * @param s           The string to be converted
+ *
+ * @return  The overall number of octets decoded from the string
+ *
+ * @see snprint_octets
+ * @see snprint_mac_addr
+ * @see check_octets_not_all_zero
+ */
+ int str_to_octets( uint8_t *octets, int num_octets, const char *s ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Check if an array of octets is valid, i.e. != 0
+ *
+ * @param octets      Pointer to the array of octets
+ * @param num_octets  Number of octets
+ *
+ * @return MBG_LU_SUCCESS      octets are valid, i.e. not all 0
+ *         MBG_LU_ERR_NOT_SET  octets are invalid, i.e. all 0
+ *
+ * @see snprint_octets
+ * @see snprint_mac_addr
+ * @see str_to_octets
+ */
+ int check_octets_not_all_zero( const uint8_t *octets, int num_octets ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Check if an array of octets is valid, i.e. != 0
+ *
+ * @param p_addr      Pointer to a MAC address
+ *
+ * @return MBG_LU_SUCCESS      MAC address is valid, i.e. not all 0
+ *         MBG_LU_ERR_NOT_SET  MAC address is invalid, i.e. all 0
+ *
+ * @see check_octets_not_all_zero
+ */
+ int check_mac_addr_not_all_zero( const MBG_MAC_ADDR *p_addr ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Do a SIOCGxxx IOCTL call to read specific information from a LAN interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name     Name of the interface
+ * @param ioctl_code  One of the predefined system SIOCGxxx IOCTL codes
+ * @param p_ifreq     Pointer to a request buffer
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ */
+ int do_siocg_ioctl( const char *if_name, int ioctl_code, struct ifreq *p_ifreq ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Retrieve the MAC address of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name     Name of the interface
+ * @param p_mac_addr  Pointer to the MAC address buffer to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *          on error the MAC addr is set to all 0
+ *
+ * @see get_port_mac_addr_check
+ */
+ int get_port_mac_addr( const char *if_name, MBG_MAC_ADDR *p_mac_addr ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Retrieve and check the MAC address of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name   Name of the interface
+ * @param p_mac_addr  Pointer to the MAC address buffer to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *          on error the MAC addr is set to all 0
+ *
+ * @see get_port_mac_addr
+ */
+ int get_port_mac_addr_check( const char *if_name, MBG_MAC_ADDR *p_mac_addr ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Check the link state of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name  Name of the interface
+ *
+ * @return 1 link detected on port
+ *         0 no link detected on port
+ *         one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES in case of an error
+ */
+ int check_port_link( const char *if_name ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 address of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name   Name of the interface
+ * @param p_addr    Pointer to address field to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_settings
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+ int get_port_ip4_addr( const char *if_name, IP4_ADDR *p_addr ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 net mask of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name   Name of the interface
+ * @param p_addr    Pointer to address field to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_settings
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+ int get_port_ip4_netmask( const char *if_name, IP4_ADDR *p_addr ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 broadcast address of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name   Name of the interface
+ * @param p_addr    Pointer to address field to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_settings
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+ int get_port_ip4_broad_addr( const char *if_name, IP4_ADDR *p_addr ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 gateway (default route)
+ *
+ * @param p_addr  Pointer to address field to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ */
+ int get_ip4_gateway( IP4_ADDR *p_addr ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 address of a network interface as string
+ *
+ * @param if_name     Name of the interface
+ * @param p_addr_buf  Pointer to the string buffer to be filled up
+ * @param buf_size    size of the string buffer
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_settings
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+ int get_port_ip4_addr_str( const char *if_name, char *p_addr_buf, int buf_size ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 net mask of a network interface as string
+ *
+ * @param if_name     Name of the interface
+ * @param p_addr_buf  Pointer to the string buffer to be filled up
+ * @param buf_size    size of the string buffer
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_settings
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+ int get_port_ip4_netmask_str( const char *if_name, char *p_addr_buf, int buf_size ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Retrieve the IPv4 broadcast address of a network interface as string
+ *
+ * @param if_name     Name of the interface
+ * @param p_addr_buf  Pointer to the string buffer to be filled up
+ * @param buf_size    size of the string buffer
+ *
+ * @return  one of the ::MBG_LU_CODES
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_settings
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+ int get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str( const char *if_name, char *p_addr_buf, int buf_size ) ;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Retrieve the current IPv4 settings of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param if_name  Name of the interface
+ * @param p        Pointer to a IP4_SETTINGS structure to be filled up
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error
+ *
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_addr_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask
+ * @see get_port_ip4_netmask_str
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr
+ * @see get_port_ip4_broad_addr_str
+ * @see get_specific_port_ip4_addr
+ */
+ int get_port_ip4_settings( const char *if_name, IP4_SETTINGS *p ) ;
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+  #pragma pack()      // set default alignment
+  #undef _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _LAN_UTIL_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/mbg_arch.h b/mbglib/common/mbg_arch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bc92fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/mbg_arch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbg_arch.h 1.4 2012/10/02 18:32:00Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions to support different computer hardware architectures.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbg_arch.h $
+ *  Revision 1.4  2012/10/02 18:32:00Z  martin
+ *  Include words.h and, conditionally, stdlib.h.
+ *  Use generic preprocessor symbol MBG_TGT_KERNEL.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2009/06/12 13:12:37Z  martin
+ *  Fixed compiler warning.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2009/03/19 15:14:15  martin
+ *  Fixed byte swapping of doubles for SPARC architecture.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2008/12/05 13:47:42  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MBG_ARCH_H
+#define _MBG_ARCH_H
+
+#include <mbg_tgt.h>
+#include <words.h>
+
+#if !defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+  #include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_ARCH_SPARC )
+  #define MBG_ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN      1
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN )
+  #define MBG_ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN   1
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+  #include <asm/byteorder.h>
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+    #include <asm/unaligned.h>
+
+    #define _mbg_put_unaligned( _v, _p )  put_unaligned( _v, _p )
+    #define _mbg_get_unaligned( _p )      get_unaligned( _p )
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+// If no macros required to access unaligned data have yet been defined,
+// define some default macros assuming no special handling is required
+// to access unaligned data.
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_put_unaligned )
+  #define _mbg_put_unaligned( _v, _p )   ((void)( *(_p) = (_v) ))
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_get_unaligned )
+  #define _mbg_get_unaligned( _p )       (*(_p))
+#endif
+
+
+
+// If no macros to convert endianess have yet been defined, define
+// some default macros assuming endianess conversion is not required.
+
+#if !defined( __le16_to_cpu )
+  #define __le16_to_cpu( _x )   (_x)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( __le32_to_cpu )
+  #define __le32_to_cpu( _x )   (_x)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( __le64_to_cpu )
+  #define __le64_to_cpu( _x )   (_x)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( __cpu_to_le16 )
+  #define __cpu_to_le16( _x )   (_x)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( __cpu_to_le32 )
+  #define __cpu_to_le32( _x )   (_x)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( __cpu_to_le64 )
+  #define __cpu_to_le64( _x )   (_x)
+#endif
+
+
+
+// The macros below are used to convert the endianess
+// of the plug-in cards to the endianess of the host CPU
+
+#define _mbg8_to_cpu( _x )   ( _x )
+#define _mbg16_to_cpu( _x )  __le16_to_cpu( _x )
+#define _mbg32_to_cpu( _x )  __le32_to_cpu( _x )
+#define _mbg64_to_cpu( _x )  __le64_to_cpu( _x )
+
+#define _cpu_to_mbg8( _x )   ( _x )
+#define _cpu_to_mbg16( _x )  __cpu_to_le16( _x )
+#define _cpu_to_mbg32( _x )  __cpu_to_le32( _x )
+#define _cpu_to_mbg64( _x )  __cpu_to_le64( _x )
+
+
+
+// swap a double type variable bytewise e.g. to convert the endianess
+
+static __mbg_inline
+void mbg_swab_double( double *p )
+{
+#if 0  // The __swab64() may not work correctly for whatever reason ...
+  __swab64p( p );
+#else  // ... so we do the swapping manually
+  double d = 0;
+  size_t i;
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < sizeof( double); i++ )
+    BYTE_OF( d, i ) = BYTE_OF( *p, ( sizeof( double) - 1 - i ) );
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < sizeof( double); i++ )
+    BYTE_OF( *p, i ) = BYTE_OF( d, i );
+#endif
+
+}  // mbg_swab_double
+
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN )
+
+  #define _mbg_swab16( _p )        *(_p) = __swab16( *(_p) )
+  #define _mbg_swab32( _p )        *(_p) = __swab32( *(_p) )
+
+  #define _mbg_swab_double( _p )   mbg_swab_double( _p )
+
+  #define _mbg_swab_doubles( _p, _n )  \
+  {                                    \
+    int i;                             \
+    for ( i = 0; i < (_n); i++ )       \
+      _mbg_swab_double( &_p[i] );      \
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #define _mbg_swab16( _p )             _nop_macro_fnc()
+  #define _mbg_swab32( _p )             _nop_macro_fnc()
+
+  #define _mbg_swab_double( _p )        _nop_macro_fnc()
+
+  #define _mbg_swab_doubles( _p, _n )   _nop_macro_fnc()
+
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* _MBG_ARCH_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/mbg_tgt.h b/mbglib/common/mbg_tgt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7970e57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/mbg_tgt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbg_tgt.h 1.29 2013/02/01 14:50:46Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Check the build environment and setup control definitions
+ *    for the Meinberg library modules.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbg_tgt.h $
+ *  Revision 1.29  2013/02/01 14:50:46Z  martin
+ *  Fixed a typo which caused an error under Borland CBuilder 5.
+ *  Revision 1.28  2012/12/12 10:03:16Z  martin
+ *  Fix for Borland C 3.1.
+ *  Revision 1.27  2012/11/29 12:03:14Z  martin
+ *  Moved definition of _no_macro_fnc() to words.h.
+ *  Revision 1.26  2012/11/02 09:01:47Z  martin
+ *  Merged some stuff depending on the build environment here
+ *  and cleaned up.
+ *  Revision 1.25  2012/04/04 07:17:18  martin
+ *  Treat QNX Neutrino as Unix target.
+ *  Revision 1.24  2011/08/23 10:21:23  martin
+ *  New symbol _NO_MBG_API_ATTR which can be used with functions
+ *  which are going to be exported by a DLL, but actually aren't, yet.
+ *  Revision 1.23  2011/08/19 10:47:00  martin
+ *  Don't include stddef.h.
+ *  Distinguish between different gcc target platforms.
+ *  Initial support for IA64 platform.
+ *  Support wchar_t for BSD.
+ *  Defined _NO_USE_PACK_INTF for Sparc and IA64.
+ *  Fixed typo in comment.
+ *  Revision 1.22  2009/10/01 08:20:50  martin
+ *  Fixed inline code support with different BC versions.
+ *  Revision 1.21  2009/09/01 10:34:23Z  martin
+ *  Don't define __mbg_inline for CVI and undefined targets.
+ *  Revision 1.20  2009/08/18 15:14:26  martin
+ *  Defined default MBG_INVALID_PORT_HANDLE for non-Windows targets.
+ *  Revision 1.19  2009/06/09 10:03:58  daniel
+ *  Preliminary support for ARM architecture.
+ *  Revision 1.18  2009/04/01 14:10:55  martin
+ *  Cleanup for CVI.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2009/03/19 15:21:07Z  martin
+ *  Conditionally define DWORD_PTR type for old MS C compilers.
+ *  Revision 1.16  2008/12/08 16:42:30  martin
+ *  Defined _GNU_SOURCE for Linux.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2008/11/19 15:31:49  martin
+ *  Added symbol MBG_ARCH_I386.
+ *  Revision 1.14  2008/09/03 15:06:04  martin
+ *  Support DOS protected mode target.
+ *  Support SUN SPARC architecture.
+ *  Specified handle types for common host environments.
+ *  Added macro MBG_USE_MM_IO_FOR_PCI.
+ *  Added macro _nop_macro_fnc().
+ *  Revision 1.13  2008/01/30 15:52:22  martin
+ *  Modified checking for availability of wchar_t.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2008/01/29 15:18:07Z  martin
+ *  Recognize DOS target under Watcom compilers.
+ *  Flag Watcom C always supports wchar_t.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2008/01/17 09:38:50Z  daniel
+ *  Added macros to determine whether C language extensions 
+ *  (e.g. C94, C99) are supported by the target environment.
+ *  Added macro to check whether wchar_t and friends are 
+ *  supported, and some compatibility stuff.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2007/10/31 16:58:03  martin
+ *  Fixed __mbg_inline for Borland C (DOS).
+ *  Revision 1.10  2007/09/25 08:10:27Z  martin
+ *  Support CVI target environment.
+ *  Added MBG_PORT_HANDLE type for serial ports.
+ *  Added macros for unified inline code syntax.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2006/12/08 12:45:54Z  martin
+ *  Under Windows include ntddk.h rather than windows.h 
+ *  if building kernel driver .
+ *  Revision 1.8  2006/10/25 12:20:45Z  martin
+ *  Initial support for FreeBSD, NetBSD, and OpenBSD.
+ *  Added definitions for generic handle types.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2006/08/23 13:43:55  martin
+ *  Added definition for MBG_TGT_UNIX.
+ *  Minor syntax fixes.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2006/01/25 14:37:06  martin
+ *  Added definitions for 64 bit Windows environments.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2003/12/17 16:11:41Z  martin
+ *  Split API modifiers into _MBG_API and _MBG_API_ATTR.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2003/06/19 08:20:22Z  martin
+ *  Added WINAPI attribute for DLL exported functions.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2003/04/09 13:37:20Z  martin
+ *  Added definition for _MBG_API.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2003/02/24 16:08:45Z  martin
+ *  Don't setup for Win32 PNP if explicitely configured non-PNP.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2002/02/19 13:46:20Z  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MBG_TGT_H
+#define _MBG_TGT_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#ifdef _MBG_TGT
+ #define _ext
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _CVI_ )
+
+  #define MBG_TGT_CVI
+
+  #if defined( _NI_mswin_ )
+    #define MBG_TGT_WIN32
+  #else
+    #error Unsupported CVI target platform.
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( _WIN32_WINNT )
+
+  // MS platform SDK
+  // WinNT 4.0 and above
+  #define MBG_TGT_WIN32
+
+  #if ( _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0500 )
+    // Win2k and above
+    #if !defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32_NON_PNP )
+      // only if not explicitely disabled
+      #define MBG_TGT_WIN32_PNP
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( WINVER )
+
+  // MS platform SDK
+  // Win95, WinNT 4.0 and above
+  #define MBG_TGT_WIN32
+
+  #if ( WINVER >= 0x0500 )
+    // Win98, Win2k and above
+    // #define ...
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( __WIN32__ )
+
+  // Borland C++ Builder
+  #define MBG_TGT_WIN32
+
+#elif defined( _WIN32 )
+
+  // MS Visual C++
+  #define MBG_TGT_WIN32
+
+#elif defined( __WINDOWS_386__ )
+
+  // Watcom C/C++ for target Win32
+  #define MBG_TGT_WIN32
+
+#elif defined( __NETWARE_386__ )
+
+  // Watcom C/C++ for target NetWare
+  #define MBG_TGT_NETWARE
+
+#elif defined( __OS2__ )
+
+  // Watcom C/C++ for target OS/2
+  #define MBG_TGT_OS2
+
+#elif defined( __linux )
+
+  // GCC for target Linux
+  #define MBG_TGT_LINUX
+  #define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+
+  #if defined( __KERNEL__ )
+    #define MBG_TGT_KERNEL
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( __FreeBSD__ )
+
+  // GCC for target FreeBSD
+  #define MBG_TGT_FREEBSD
+
+#elif defined( __NetBSD__ )
+
+  // GCC for target NetBSD
+  #define MBG_TGT_NETBSD
+
+#elif defined( __OpenBSD__ )
+
+  // GCC for target OpenBSD
+  #define MBG_TGT_OPENBSD
+
+#elif defined( __QNX__ )
+
+  // any compiler for target QNX
+  #define MBG_TGT_QNX
+
+  #if defined( __QNXNTO__ )
+    // target QNX Neutrino
+    #define MBG_TGT_QNX_NTO
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( __MSDOS__ ) || defined( __DOS__ )
+
+  // any compiler for target DOS
+  #define MBG_TGT_DOS
+
+  #if defined( __WATCOMC__ ) && defined( __386__ )
+
+    #define MBG_TGT_DOS_PM  // protected mode DOS
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_FREEBSD ) \
+ || defined( MBG_TGT_NETBSD ) \
+ || defined( MBG_TGT_OPENBSD )
+  #define MBG_TGT_BSD
+
+  #if defined( _KERNEL )
+    #define MBG_TGT_KERNEL
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX ) \
+ || defined( MBG_TGT_BSD )
+  #define MBG_TGT_UNIX
+#endif
+
+
+
+// Some definitions depending on the build environment ...
+
+#if defined( __GNUC__ )
+
+  #if defined( __i386__ )
+
+    #define MBG_ARCH_I386
+    #define MBG_ARCH_X86
+
+  #elif defined( __x86_64__ )
+
+    #define MBG_ARCH_X86_64
+    #define MBG_ARCH_X86
+
+  #elif defined( __ia64__ )
+
+    #define MBG_ARCH_IA64
+
+    #define _NO_USE_PACK_INTF
+
+  #elif defined( __sparc__ )
+
+    #define MBG_ARCH_SPARC
+    #define MBG_USE_MM_IO_FOR_PCI  1
+
+    #define _NO_USE_PACK_INTF
+
+  #elif defined( __arm__ )
+
+    #define MBG_ARCH_ARM
+
+  #endif
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+    #if defined( __KERNEL__ )
+      #include <linux/types.h>
+    #else
+      #include <sys/types.h>
+      #include <stdint.h>
+      #include <stdbool.h>
+    #endif
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_BSD )
+
+    #include <sys/types.h>
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_QNX_NTO )  // QNX 6.x (Neutrino)
+
+    #include <stdint.h>
+    #include <stdbool.h>
+
+  #else
+
+    #include <stdint.h>
+    #include <stdbool.h>
+
+  #endif
+
+  #define MBG_TGT_HAS_EXACT_SIZE_TYPES     1
+
+  #define MBG_TGT_HAS_WCHAR_T              1
+
+  #define __mbg_inline __inline__
+
+#elif defined( _MSC_VER )
+
+  // Known predifined MS compiler version codes:
+  // 1700: MSVC++ 11.0 (Visual Studio 2012)
+  // 1600: MSVC++ 10.0 (Visual Studio 2010)
+  // 1500: MSVC++ 9.0  (Visual Studio 2008)
+  // 1400: MSVC++ 8.0  (Visual Studio 2005)
+  // 1310: MSVC++ 7.1  (Visual Studio 2003)
+  // 1300: MSVC++ 7.0
+  // 1200: MSVC++ 6.0
+  // 1100: MSVC++ 5.0
+
+  #if ( _MSC_VER >= 1600 )
+    #include <stdint.h>
+    #define MBG_TGT_HAS_EXACT_SIZE_TYPES   1
+  #else
+    #define MBG_TGT_HAS_INT_8_16_32        1
+  #endif
+
+  // no bool support anyway
+  #define MBG_TGT_MISSING_BOOL_TYPE        1
+
+  #define MBG_TGT_HAS_WCHAR_T              1
+
+  #define __mbg_inline __forceinline
+
+#elif defined( _CVI_ )
+
+  // 1000 for CVI v10.0 (CVI 2010)
+  // 911 for CVI v9.1.1 (CVI 2009 SP1)
+  // 910 for CVI v9.1 (CVI 2009)
+  // 310 for CVI v3.1
+  // 301 for CVI v3.0.1
+  // 1 for CVI v3.0
+
+  #if ( _CVI_ >= 910 )
+    // LabWindows/CVI 2009 is the first version providing stdint.h.
+    #include <stdint.h>
+    #define MBG_TGT_HAS_EXACT_SIZE_TYPES   1
+  #else
+    #define USE_LONG_FOR_INT32  1
+  #endif
+
+  // As of LabWindows/CVI 2010, stdbool.h is still missing.
+  #define MBG_TGT_MISSING_BOOL_TYPE        1
+
+  #define MBG_TGT_HAS_WCHAR_T              0
+
+  // Inline code is not supported, though the inline keyword
+  // is silently accepted since CVI v9.0
+
+#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ )
+
+  // 0x0570 Borland Developer Studio 2006
+  // 0x0550 Borland C/C++ 5.5 (C++ Builder 5.0)
+  // 0x0410 Borland C/C++ 3.1
+  // 0x0400 Borland C/C++ 3.0
+  // 0x0200 Borland C/C++ 2.0
+
+  #if ( __BORLANDC__ >= 0x570 )
+    // at least Borland Developer Studio 2006 supports C99
+    #include <stdint.h>
+    #include <stdbool.h>
+    #define MBG_TGT_HAS_EXACT_SIZE_TYPES   1
+  #elif ( __BORLANDC__ >= 0x0550 )
+    #define MBG_TGT_HAS_INT_8_16_32        1
+    #define MBG_TGT_MISSING_BOOL_TYPE      1
+  #else  // e.g. BC 3.1 or earlier
+    #if ( __BORLANDC__ <= 0x410 )
+      #define MBG_TGT_MISSING_64_BIT_TYPES 1
+      #define MBG_TGT_MISSING_BOOL_TYPE    1
+      #define USE_LONG_FOR_INT32           1
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #define MBG_TGT_HAS_WCHAR_T  defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  #if defined( __cplusplus )
+    #define __mbg_inline inline    // standard C++ syntax
+  #elif ( __BORLANDC__ > 0x410 )   // BC3.1 defines 0x410 !
+    #define __mbg_inline __inline  // newer BC versions support this for C
+  #else
+    #define __mbg_inline           // up to BC3.1 not supported for C
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ )
+
+  // 1050  v10.5
+  // 1100  v11.0
+  // 1200  Open Watcom C++ v1.0
+  // 1230  Open Watcom C++ v1.3
+  // 1270  Open Watcom C++ v1.7
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_QNX )    // QNX 4.x
+
+    #include <sys/types.h>
+
+    #define MBG_TGT_MISSING_64_BIT_TYPES  1
+
+  #elif ( __WATCOMC__ > 1230 )  // Open Watcom C 1.3 and above
+
+    #include <stdint.h>
+
+  #elif !defined( __WATCOM_INT64__ )  // Watcom C 11
+
+    #define MBG_TGT_MISSING_64_BIT_TYPES  1
+
+  #endif
+
+  #define MBG_TGT_HAS_WCHAR_T  defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  #define __mbg_inline _inline
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  #if defined( _AMD64_ )
+    // This is used for AMD64 architecture and for 
+    // Intel XEON CPUs with 64 bit extension.
+    #define MBG_TGT_WIN32_PNP_X64
+    #define WIN32_FLAVOR "x64"
+  #elif defined( _IA64_ )
+    #define MBG_TGT_WIN32_PNP_IA64
+    #define WIN32_FLAVOR "ia64"
+  #endif
+
+  #if defined( _KDD_ )
+    #define MBG_TGT_KERNEL
+    #include <ntddk.h>
+  #else
+    // This must not be used for kernel drivers.
+    #include <windows.h>
+    typedef HANDLE MBG_HANDLE;
+
+    #define MBG_INVALID_HANDLE  INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
+
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_CVI )
+      // CVI uses an own set of functions to support serial ports
+      typedef int MBG_PORT_HANDLE;
+      #define MBG_INVALID_PORT_HANDLE -1
+    #else
+      typedef HANDLE MBG_PORT_HANDLE;
+    #endif
+
+    // The DWORD_PTR type is not defined in the headers shipping
+    // with VC6. However, if the SDK is installed then the SDK's
+    // headers may declare this type. This is at least the case
+    // in the Oct 2001 SDK which also defines the symbol _W64.
+    #if !defined( _W64 )
+      typedef DWORD DWORD_PTR;
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+  #define _MBG_API  WINAPI
+
+  #if defined( MBG_LIB_EXPORT )
+    #define _MBG_API_ATTR __declspec( dllexport )
+  #else
+    #define _MBG_API_ATTR __declspec( dllimport )
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX )
+
+  typedef int MBG_HANDLE;
+  typedef int MBG_PORT_HANDLE;
+
+  #define MBG_INVALID_HANDLE  -1
+
+#else
+
+  typedef int MBG_HANDLE;
+  typedef int MBG_PORT_HANDLE;
+
+  #define MBG_INVALID_HANDLE  -1
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( _MBG_API )
+  #define _MBG_API
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _MBG_API_ATTR )
+  #define _MBG_API_ATTR
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _NO_MBG_API_ATTR )
+  #define _NO_MBG_API_ATTR
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBG_INVALID_PORT_HANDLE )
+  #define MBG_INVALID_PORT_HANDLE   MBG_INVALID_HANDLE
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBG_USE_MM_IO_FOR_PCI )
+  #define MBG_USE_MM_IO_FOR_PCI  0
+#endif
+
+
+// The macros below are defined in order to be able to check if
+// certain C language extensions are available on the target system:
+#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && ( __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199409L )
+  #define MBG_TGT_C94    1
+#else
+  #define MBG_TGT_C94    0
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && ( __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L )
+  #define MBG_TGT_C99    1
+#else
+  #define MBG_TGT_C99    0
+#endif
+
+// Check if wchar_t is supported
+#if !defined( MBG_TGT_HAS_WCHAR_T )
+  #define MBG_TGT_HAS_WCHAR_T  ( MBG_TGT_C94 || defined( WCHAR_MAX ) )
+#endif
+
+#if !MBG_TGT_HAS_WCHAR_T
+  // Even if wchar_t is not natively supported by the target platform
+  // there may already be a compatibility define (e.g. BC3.1)
+  // However, some functions may be missing (e.g. snwprintf()).
+  #if !defined( _WCHAR_T )          /* BC3.1 */ \
+   && !defined( _WCHAR_T_DEFINED_ ) /* WC11 */
+    #define _WCHAR_T
+    #define wchar_t char
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+/* (no header definitions found) */
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif  /* _MBG_TGT_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/mbgdevio.h b/mbglib/common/mbgdevio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40aeba5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/mbgdevio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3939 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbgdevio.h 1.40 2012/10/02 18:40:30Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes used with Meinberg device driver I/O.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbgdevio.h $
+ *  Revision 1.40  2012/10/02 18:40:30Z  martin
+ *  There are some g++ versions which fail to compile source code using
+ *  the macros provided by Linux to define IOCTL codes. If only the API
+ *  functions are called by an application then the IOCTL codes aren't
+ *  required anyway, so we just avoid inclusion of mbgioctl.h.
+ *  Updated doxygen comments.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Support on-board event logs.
+ *  Fixed a bug which caused a crash when generic I/O calls
+ *  were used under Windows.
+ *  Changes for QNX.
+ *  Workaround to make mbgmon (BC) build under Windows.
+ *  Cleaned up CPU set support under Linux.
+ *  Moved some macros here so they can be used by other modules.
+ *  Support reading CORR_INFO, and reading/writing TR_DISTANCE.
+ *  Cleaned up handling of pragma pack().
+ *  Cleaned up inclusion of header files.
+ *  Moved mutex definitions to new mbgmutex.h.
+ *  Renamed mutex stuff to critical sections.
+ *  Updated function prototypes to support PTP unicast configuration
+ *  Made xhrt leap second check an inline function.
+ *  Fixed macro to avoid compiler warning.
+ *  Revision 1.39  2009/12/15 15:34:59Z  daniel
+ *  Support reading the raw IRIG data bits for firmware versions 
+ *  which support this feature.
+ *  Revision 1.38.1.2  2009/12/10 09:58:53Z  daniel
+ *  Revision 1.38.1.1  2009/12/10 09:45:29Z  daniel
+ *  Revision 1.38  2009/09/29 15:06:26Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.37  2009/08/12 14:31:51  daniel
+ *  New version code 306, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.36  2009/06/19 12:20:31Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.35  2009/06/09 08:57:09  daniel
+ *  New version code 305, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.34  2009/06/08 18:20:14Z  daniel
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Fixes for ARM target.
+ *  Revision 1.33  2009/03/19 15:36:26  martin
+ *  New version code 304, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Moved some inline functions dealing with MBG_PC_CYCLES
+ *  from mbgdevio.h to pcpsdev.h.
+ *  Include mbg_arch.h here.
+ *  Removed unused doxygen comment.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.32  2008/12/17 10:43:30Z  martin
+ *  New version code 303, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Increased MBG_MAX_DEVICES from 5 to 8.
+ *  Added macros to read the time stamp counter (cycles), and
+ *  added an inline rdtscll() call for user space Linux.
+ *  Added some inline functions to deal with cycles and timestamps.
+ *  Generic support for threads and process/thread affinity controlled
+ *  by symbol MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API.
+ *  New preprocessor symbol MBGDEVIO_HAVE_THREAD_AFFINITY.
+ *  Support extrapolated time stamps controlled
+ *  by symbol MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API.
+ *  Removed definition of MBG_TGT_SUPP_MMAP.
+ *  Updated function prototypes and doxygen comments.
+ *  Revision 1.31  2008/02/26 16:57:38Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes and doxygen comments.
+ *  Revision 1.30  2008/02/04 13:33:15Z  martin
+ *  New preprocessor symbol MBG_TGT_SUPP_MMAP.
+ *  Revision 1.29  2008/01/31 08:55:39Z  daniel
+ *  Renamed functions related to mapped memory support
+ *  Revision 1.28  2008/01/31 08:36:22Z  martin
+ *  Picked up changes from 1.24.1.1:
+ *  Added default preprocessor symbol MBGDEVIO_SIMPLE.
+ *  Revision 1.27  2008/01/17 15:56:37Z  daniel
+ *  New version code 302, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Added structure MBG_MAPPED_MEM_INFO.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.26  2007/10/16 10:11:42Z  daniel
+ *  New version code 301, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.25  2007/09/26 14:10:34Z  martin
+ *  New version code 300, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Added MBG_MAX_DEVICES.
+ *  Added enum SELECTION_MODE.
+ *  Added structures MBG_DEVICE_LIST and MBG_DEVICE_NAME_LIST.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.24  2007/03/22 10:14:16Z  martin
+ *  New version code 219, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.23  2007/03/02 10:18:10Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes due to renamed data structures.
+ *  Use new definitions of generic handle types.
+ *  Preliminary support for *BSD.
+ *  Revision 1.22  2006/08/09 13:47:29  martin
+ *  New version code 218, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.21  2006/06/08 12:30:22Z  martin
+ *  New version code 217, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.20  2006/05/02 13:14:27Z  martin
+ *  New version code 216, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.19  2006/01/11 12:14:53Z  martin
+ *  New version code 215, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.18  2005/12/15 09:38:39Z  martin
+ *  New version 214, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2005/06/02 11:54:40Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.16  2005/02/16 15:13:00Z  martin
+ *  New MBGDEVIO_VERSION 0x0212.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2005/01/14 10:22:44Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.14  2004/12/09 11:24:00Z  martin
+ *  Support configuration of on-board frequency synthesizer.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2004/11/09 14:13:00Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2004/08/17 11:13:46Z  martin
+ *  Account for renamed symbols.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2004/04/14 09:34:23Z  martin
+ *  New definition MBGDEVIO_COMPAT_VERSION.
+ *  Pack structures 1 byte aligned.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2003/12/22 15:35:10Z  martin
+ *  New revision 2.03.
+ *  Moved some definitions to pcpsdev.h.
+ *  New structures to read device time together with associated
+ *  PC high resolution timer cycles.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2003/06/19 08:50:05Z  martin
+ *  Definition of MBGDEVIO_VERSION number to allow DLL 
+ *  API version checking.
+ *  Replaced some defines by typedefs.
+ *  Renamed USE_DOS_TSR to MBG_USE_DOS_TSR.
+ *  New preprocessor symbol MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER which 
+ *  is defined only for targets which use IOCTLs.
+ *  Don't include pcps_dos.h here.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2003/05/16 08:44:26  MARTIN
+ *  Cleaned up inclusion of headers.
+ *  Removed obsolete definitions.
+ *  Changes for direct access targets.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2003/04/25 10:16:00  martin
+ *  Updated inclusion of headers.
+ *  Made prototypes available for all targets.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2003/04/15 19:38:05Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2003/04/09 13:44:53Z  martin
+ *  Use new common IOCTL codes from mbgioctl.h.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2002/09/06 11:06:35Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes for Win32 API..
+ *  Win32 compatibility macros to use old APIs with new functions.
+ *  Support targets OS/2 and NetWare.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2002/02/28 10:08:54Z  MARTIN
+ *  Syntax cleanup for Win32.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2002/02/26 14:40:47  MARTIN
+ *  Source code cleanup.
+ *  Changes for DOS with and without TSR.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2002/02/19 13:48:21  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MBGDEVIO_H
+#define _MBGDEVIO_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbg_tgt.h>
+#include <mbg_arch.h>
+#include <mbgmutex.h>
+#include <mbgerror.h>
+#include <mbggeo.h>
+#include <pcpsdev.h>
+#include <pci_asic.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+
+#define MBGDEVIO_VERSION         0x0307
+
+#define MBGDEVIO_COMPAT_VERSION  0x0210
+
+#define MBG_MAX_DEVICES  8
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  #if !defined( MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API )
+    #define MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API  1
+  #endif
+
+  #if !defined( MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API )
+    #define MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API  1
+  #endif
+
+  #if !defined( MBGDEVIO_HAVE_THREAD_AFFINITY )
+    #define MBGDEVIO_HAVE_THREAD_AFFINITY  1
+  #endif
+
+  #define MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER  1
+  #include <windows.h>
+
+  #define MBGDEVIO_RET_VAL  DWORD
+  #define _mbgdevio_cnv_ret_val( _v )  (_v)
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+  #if !defined( MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API )
+    #define MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API  1
+  #endif
+
+  // Thread support under Linux depends strongly on
+  // the versions of some libraries, so the symbols
+  // MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API and MBGDEVIO_HAVE_THREAD_AFFINITY
+  // should be set in the project's Makefile, depending on the
+  // target envionment. Otherwise thread support is disabled
+  // as per default.
+
+  #define MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER  1
+  #include <sys/ioctl.h>
+  #include <fcntl.h>
+  #include <sched.h>
+
+  #if MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API
+    #include <pthread.h>
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_BSD )
+
+  #define MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER  1
+  #include <sys/ioctl.h>
+  #include <fcntl.h>
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_OS2 )
+
+  #define MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER  1
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_QNX_NTO )
+
+  #include <sys/types.h>
+  #include <sys/stat.h>
+  #include <fcntl.h>
+
+  #include <pcpsdrvr.h>
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_DOS )
+
+  #if !defined( MBG_USE_DOS_TSR )
+    #define MBG_USE_DOS_TSR  1
+  #endif
+
+  #include <pcpsdrvr.h>
+
+#else // other target OSs which access the hardware directly
+
+  #include <pcpsdrvr.h>
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER )
+
+  #include <stdlib.h>
+  #include <string.h>
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API )
+  #define MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API  0
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API )
+  #define MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API  0
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBGDEVIO_HAVE_THREAD_AFFINITY )
+  #define MBGDEVIO_HAVE_THREAD_AFFINITY  0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MBGDEVIO
+ #define _ext
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )
+  #pragma pack( 1 )      // set byte alignment
+  #define _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+
+// If MBGDEVIO_SIMPLE != 0  then some complex configuration
+// API calls are excluded from build, which would otherwise
+// require some additional mbglib modules to be linked 
+// to the application.
+#if !defined( MBGDEVIO_SIMPLE )
+  #define MBGDEVIO_SIMPLE   0
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER )
+
+  typedef MBG_HANDLE MBG_DEV_HANDLE;
+
+  #define MBG_INVALID_DEV_HANDLE  MBG_INVALID_HANDLE
+
+#else // other target OSs which access the hardware directly
+
+  typedef PCPS_DDEV *MBG_DEV_HANDLE;
+
+  #define MBG_INVALID_DEV_HANDLE  NULL
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( MBGDEVIO_RET_VAL )
+  #define MBGDEVIO_RET_VAL   int
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( _mbgdevio_cnv_ret_val )
+  #define _mbgdevio_cnv_ret_val( _v ) \
+    ( ( (_v) < 0 ) ? (_v) : MBG_SUCCESS )
+#endif
+
+
+#define _mbgdevio_vars() \
+  MBGDEVIO_RET_VAL rc
+
+#define _mbgdevio_ret_val \
+  _mbgdevio_cnv_ret_val( rc )
+
+
+
+/**
+    The type below is used to store a unique ID for a device which
+    is made up of the device model name and its serial number, i.e.:
+    Format: [model_name]_[serial_number], e.g. "GPS170PCI_028210040670"
+  */
+typedef char MBG_HW_NAME[PCPS_CLOCK_NAME_SZ + PCPS_SN_SIZE + 1];
+
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+  #define MBG_PROCESS_ID              pid_t
+  #define _mbg_get_current_process()  0
+
+  #if defined( __cpu_set_t_defined )
+    #define MBG_CPU_SET               cpu_set_t
+    #define MBG_CPU_SET_SIZE          CPU_SETSIZE
+    #define _mbg_cpu_clear( _ps )     CPU_ZERO( (_ps) )
+    #define _mbg_cpu_set( _i, _ps )   CPU_SET( (_i), (_ps) )
+    #define _mbg_cpu_isset( _i, _ps ) CPU_ISSET( (_i), (_ps) )
+  #endif
+
+  #if MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API
+    #define MBG_THREAD_ID             pthread_t
+    #define _mbg_get_current_thread() 0
+    #define MBG_THREAD_FNC_ATTR       // empty
+    #define MBG_THREAD_FNC_RET_VAL    void *
+    #define _mbg_thread_exit( _v )    return (void *) (_v)
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  #define MBG_PROCESS_ID              HANDLE
+  #define _mbg_get_current_process()  GetCurrentProcess()
+
+  #define MBG_CPU_SET                 DWORD_PTR  // Attention: this is not used as pointer!
+  #define MBG_CPU_SET_SIZE            ( sizeof( MBG_CPU_SET ) * 8 )
+
+  #define MBG_THREAD_ID               HANDLE
+  #define _mbg_get_current_thread()   GetCurrentThread()
+  #define MBG_THREAD_FNC_ATTR         WINAPI
+  #define MBG_THREAD_FNC_RET_VAL      DWORD
+  #define _mbg_thread_exit( _v )      ExitThread( _v ); return (_v)
+
+#endif  // target specific
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  #define FILETIME int  // just a dummy to avoid build errors
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_PROCESS_ID )
+  #define MBG_PROCESS_ID              int
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_get_current_process )
+  #define _mbg_get_current_process()  0
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBG_CPU_SET )
+  #define MBG_CPU_SET                 int
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBG_CPU_SET_SIZE )
+  #define MBG_CPU_SET_SIZE            ( sizeof( MBG_CPU_SET ) * 8 )
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_cpu_clear )
+  #define _mbg_cpu_clear( _ps )       ( *(_ps) = 0 )
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_cpu_set )
+  #define _mbg_cpu_set( _i, _ps )     ( *(_ps) |= ( 1UL << (_i) ) )
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_cpu_isset )
+  #define _mbg_cpu_isset( _i, _ps )   ( *(_ps) & ( 1UL << (_i) ) )
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_THREAD_ID )
+  #define MBG_THREAD_ID               int
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_get_current_thread )
+  #define _mbg_get_current_thread()   0
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBG_THREAD_FNC_ATTR )
+  #define MBG_THREAD_FNC_ATTR         // empty
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBG_THREAD_FNC_RET_VAL )
+  #define MBG_THREAD_FNC_RET_VAL      void
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_thread_exit )
+  #define _mbg_thread_exit( _v )      _nop_macro_fnc()
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_THREAD_ID thread_id;
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+    HANDLE exit_request;
+  #endif
+} MBG_THREAD_INFO;
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES htc;
+  uint64_t pcps_hr_tstamp64;
+} MBG_XHRT_VARS;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_XHRT_VARS vars;
+  MBG_XHRT_VARS prv_vars;
+  MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY freq_hz;
+  int ioctl_status;
+  int sleep_ms;
+  MBG_CRIT_SECT crit_sect;
+  MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh;
+} MBG_XHRT_INFO;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_XHRT_INFO xhrt_info;
+  MBG_THREAD_INFO ti;
+} MBG_POLL_THREAD_INFO;
+
+
+
+/**
+  Match modes to decide how to proceed if a certain 
+  model type with certain serial number can not be found
+ */
+enum MBG_MATCH_MODE
+{
+  MBG_MATCH_ANY,     /**< open the next available device on the system */
+  MBG_MATCH_MODEL,   /**< open the next available device on the system with the same clock type */
+  MBG_MATCH_EXACTLY, /**< force opening exactly the requested device otherwise exit with failure */
+  N_MBG_MATCH_MODE   /**< number of known modes */
+};
+
+
+
+typedef struct _MBG_DEVICE_LIST
+{
+  char   *device_path;        /**< Hardware ID depending on the calling function */
+  struct _MBG_DEVICE_LIST *next;
+
+} MBG_DEVICE_LIST;
+
+
+
+typedef struct _MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST
+{
+  char   device_name[40];        /**< readable name */
+  struct _MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST *next;
+
+} MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST;
+
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ /**
+    Get the version number of the precompiled DLL/shared object library.
+
+    If this library is used as a DLL/shared object library then the version
+    number can be checked to see if the header files which are actually used
+    to build an application are compatible with the header files which have
+    been used to build the library, and thus the API function are called
+    in the correct way.
+
+    @return the version number
+
+    @see mbgdevio_check_version()
+    @see ::MBGDEVIO_VERSION defined in mbgdevio.h
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbgdevio_get_version( void ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if the DLL/shared library is compatible with a given version.
+
+    If this library is used as a DLL/shared object library then the version
+    number can be checked to see if the header files which are actually used
+    to build an application are compatible with the header files which have
+    been used to build the library, and thus the API function are called
+    in the correct way.
+
+    @param header_version Version number to be checked, should be ::MBGDEVIO_VERSION
+                          from the mbgdevio.h file used to build the application
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS if compatible, ::MBG_ERR_LIB_NOT_COMPATIBLE if not.
+
+    @see mbgdevio_get_version()
+    @see ::MBGDEVIO_VERSION defined in mbgdevio.h
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbgdevio_check_version( int header_version ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Open a device by index, starting from 0.
+
+    This function is <b>out of date</b>, mbg_open_device_by_name()
+    should be used instead.
+
+    See the <b>note</b> for mbg_find_device() for details.
+
+    @param device_index index of the device, use 0 for the first device.
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR MBG_DEV_HANDLE _MBG_API mbg_open_device( unsigned int device_index ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Get the number of supported devices installed on the computer.
+
+    This function is <b>out of date</b>, mbg_find_devices_with_names()
+    should be used instead.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This function is out of date since it may not work
+    correctly for Meinberg devices which are disconnected and reconnected
+    while the system is running (e.g. USB devices). However, the function
+    will be kept for compatibility reasons and works correctly if all
+    Meinberg devices are connected at system boot and are not disconnected
+    and reconnected during operation
+
+    @return The number of devices found
+
+    @see mbg_find_devices_with_names()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_find_devices( void ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Allocate memory and set up a list of installed and supported devices.
+
+    This function should be used preferably instead of mbg_find_devices().
+
+    @param device_list Pointer to a linked list of type ::MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST
+                       with device names. The list will be allocated by this
+                       function and has to be freed after usage by calling
+                       mbg_free_device_name_list().
+    @param max_devices Maximum number of devices the function should look for
+                       (can not exceed ::MBG_MAX_DEVICES).
+
+    @return number of present devices
+
+    @see ::MBG_HW_NAME for the format of the unique names
+    @see mbg_free_device_name_list()
+    @see mbg_find_devices()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_find_devices_with_names( MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST **device_list, int max_devices ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Free the memory allocated for a ::MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST.
+
+    The list may have been set up and allocated before
+    by mbg_find_devices_with_names().
+
+    @param *list Linked list of type ::MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST
+
+    @see mbg_find_devices_with_names()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR void _MBG_API mbg_free_device_name_list( MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST *list) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Return a handle to a device with a certain unique name.
+
+    The names of the devices that are installed on the system can be retrieved by
+    the function mbg_find_devices_with_names().
+
+    This function should be used preferably instead of mbg_open_device().
+
+    @param hw_name String with the unique name of the device to be opened
+    @param selection_mode One of the enum values of ::MBG_MATCH_MODE
+
+    @return On success, the function returns a handle to the device, otherwise ::MBG_INVALID_DEV_HANDLE
+
+    @see ::MBG_HW_NAME for the format of the unique names.
+    @see ::MBG_MATCH_MODE
+    @see mbg_find_devices_with_names()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR MBG_DEV_HANDLE _MBG_API mbg_open_device_by_name( const char* hw_name, int selection_mode )  //##++++
+;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Close a handle to a device and set the handle value to ::MBG_INVALID_DEV_HANDLE.
+
+    @param dev_handle Handle to a Meinberg device.
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR void _MBG_API mbg_close_device( MBG_DEV_HANDLE *dev_handle ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read information about the driver handling a given device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_DRVR_INFO structure which is filled up.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_drvr_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_DRVR_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read detailed device information.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_DEV structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_device_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_DEV *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the current state of the on-board ::PCPS_STATUS_PORT.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_STATUS_PORT value to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function
+
+    @see \ref group_status_port "bitmask"
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_status_port( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_STATUS_PORT *p ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Generic read function which writes a command code to a device
+    and reads a number of replied data to a generic buffer.
+
+    <b>Warning</b>: This is for debugging purposes only!
+    The specialized API calls should be used preferably.
+    A specific device may not support any command code.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param cmd Can be any \ref group_cmd_bytes "command byte" supported by the device
+    @param *p Pointer to a buffer to be filled up
+    @param size Size of the buffer *p
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_generic_write()
+    @see mbg_generic_read_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_write_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_io()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_generic_read( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int cmd, void *p, int size ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Generic read function which writes a GPS command code to a device
+    and reads a number of replied data to a generic buffer.
+    The macro _pcps_has_gps_data() or the API call mbg_dev_has_gps_data()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Warning</b>: This is for debugging purposes only!
+    The specialized API calls should be used preferably.
+    A specific device may not support any GPS command code.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param cmd Can be any \ref group_cmd_bytes "command byte" supported by the device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a buffer to be filled up
+    @param size Size of the buffer *p
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_gps_data()
+    @see mbg_generic_write_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_read()
+    @see mbg_generic_write()
+    @see mbg_generic_io()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_generic_read_gps( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int cmd, void *p, int size ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Generic write function which writes a command code plus an
+    associated number of data bytes to a device.
+
+    <b>Warning</b>: This is for debugging purposes only!
+    The specialized API calls should be used preferably.
+    A specific device may not support any command code.
+
+    @param dh   Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param cmd  Can be any \ref group_cmd_bytes "command byte" supported by the device.
+    @param *p   Pointer to a buffer to be written
+    @param size Size of the buffer *p
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_generic_read()
+    @see mbg_generic_read_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_write_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_io()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_generic_write( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int cmd, const void *p, int size ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Generic write function which writes a GPS command code plus an
+    associated number of data bytes to a device.
+    The macro _pcps_has_gps_data() or the API call mbg_dev_has_gps_data()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Warning</b>: This is for debugging purposes only!
+    The specialized API calls should be used preferably.
+    A specific device may not support any GPS command code.
+
+    @param dh   Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param cmd  Can be any \ref group_cmd_bytes "command byte" supported by the device.
+    @param *p   Pointer to a buffer to be written
+    @param size Size of the buffer *p
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_gps_data()
+    @see mbg_generic_read_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_read()
+    @see mbg_generic_write()
+    @see mbg_generic_io()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_generic_write_gps( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int cmd, const void *p, int size ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Write and/or read generic data to/from a device.
+    The macro _pcps_has_generic_io() or the API call mbg_dev_has_generic_io()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Warning</b>: This call is for debugging purposes and internal use only!
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_generic_io()
+    @see mbg_generic_read()
+    @see mbg_generic_write()
+    @see mbg_generic_read_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_write_gps()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_generic_io( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int type, const void *in_p, int in_sz, void *out_p, int out_sz ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read a ::PCPS_TIME structure returning the current date/time/status.
+
+    The returned time is local time according to the card's time zone setting,
+    with a resolution of 10 ms (i.e. 10ths of seconds).
+
+    This call is supported by any device manufactured by Meinberg.
+    However, for higher accuracy and resolution the mbg_get_hr_time..() or 
+    mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp..() group of calls should be used preferably
+    if supported by the device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_set_time()
+    @see mbg_get_sync_time()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TIME *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Set the device's on-board clock to a given date and time.
+
+    The macro _pcps_can_set_time() checks whether this call
+    is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_STIME structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_STIME *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the time when the device has last recently synchronized.
+
+    Fills a ::PCPS_TIME structure with the date/time/status reporting
+    when the device was synchronized the last time to its time source,
+    e.g. the DCF77 signal, the GPS satellites, or similar.
+    The macro _pcps_has_sync_time() or the API call mbg_dev_has_sync_time()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_sync_time() checks whether this call
+    is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> If that information is not available on the board then
+    the value of the returned ::PCPS_TIME::sec field is set to 0xFF.
+    The macro _pcps_time_is_read() can be used to check whether the
+    returned information is valid, or not available.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_sync_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TIME *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Wait until the next second change, then return current time.
+
+    Returns time in a ::PCPS_TIME structure similar to mbg_get_time().
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This API call is supported under Windows only.
+    The call blocks until the kernel driver detects a second change
+    reported by the device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_time_sec_change( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TIME *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the card's current time with high resolution, plus status.
+
+    Fills up a ::PCPS_HR_TIME (High Resolution time) structure containing
+    the current %UTC time (seconds since 1970), %UTC offset, and status.
+    The macro _pcps_has_hr_time() or the API call mbg_dev_has_hr_time()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This API call provides a higher accuracy and resolution
+    than mbg_get_time(). However, it does not account for the latency
+    which is introduced when accessing the board.
+    The mbg_get_hr_time_cycles() and mbg_get_hr_time_comp() calls
+    provide ways to account for and/or compensate the latency.
+
+    @param  dh  Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param  *p  Pointer to a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_cycles()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_comp()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_hr_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_HR_TIME *p ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen )
+    Write a high resolution time stamp ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP to a device
+    to configure a %UTC time when the clock shall generate an event.
+    The macro _pcps_has_event_time() or the API call mbg_dev_has_event_time()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This is only supported by some special firmware.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_event_time()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_event_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the serial port configuration from an old type of device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> Direct usage of this function is obsolete.
+
+    The generic API function mbg_get_serial_settings() should be used instead
+    which fully supports the capabilities of current devices.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_serial() checks whether this call
+    is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_SERIAL structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see \ref group_cmd_bytes
+    @see mbg_get_serial_settings()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_serial( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_SERIAL *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write the serial port configuration to an old type of device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> Direct usage of this function is obsolete.
+
+    The generic API function mbg_save_serial_settings() should be used instead
+    which fully supports the capabilities of current devices.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_serial() checks whether this call
+    is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_SERIAL structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see \ref group_cmd_bytes
+    @see mbg_save_serial_settings()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_serial( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_SERIAL *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read time zone/daylight saving configuration code from a device.
+
+    The APIs using TZCODE are only supported by some simpler cards
+    and allow just a very basic configuration.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_tzcode() or the API call mbg_dev_has_tzcode()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    Other cards may support the mbg_get_pcps_tzdl() or mbg_get_gps_tzdl()
+    calls instead which allow for a more detailed configuration of the
+    time zone and daylight saving settings.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TZCODE structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_set_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_get_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_tzdl()
+    @see \ref group_cmd_bytes
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_tzcode( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TZCODE *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write time zone/daylight saving configuration code to a device.
+
+    The APIs using TZCODE are only supported by some simpler cards
+    and allow just a very basic configuration.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_tzcode() or the API call mbg_dev_has_tzcode()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    Other cards may support the mbg_set_pcps_tzdl() or mbg_set_gps_tzdl()
+    calls instead which allow for a more detailed configuration of the
+    time zone and daylight saving settings.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TZCODE structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_get_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_set_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_tzdl()
+    @see \ref group_cmd_bytes
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_tzcode( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_TZCODE *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read time zone/daylight saving parameters from a device.
+
+    This function fills up a ::PCPS_TZDL structure which supports a more
+    detailed configuration of time zone and daylight saving than the TZCODE
+    structure.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_pcps_tzdl() or the API call mbg_dev_has_pcps_tzdl()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    Other cards may support the mbg_get_tzcode() or mbg_get_gps_tzdl()
+    calls instead.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TZDL structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_get_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_tzdl()
+    @see \ref group_cmd_bytes
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_pcps_tzdl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TZDL *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write time zone/daylight saving parameters to a device.
+
+    This function passes a ::PCPS_TZDL structure to a device which supports
+    a more detailed configuration of time zone and daylight saving than the
+    TZCODE structure.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_pcps_tzdl() or the API call mbg_dev_has_pcps_tzdl()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+    Other cards may support the mbg_set_tzcode() or mbg_set_gps_tzdl()
+    calls instead.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TZDL structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_get_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_tzdl()
+    @see \ref group_cmd_bytes
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_pcps_tzdl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_TZDL *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the %UTC offset configuration of the reference time from a device.
+
+    This parameter is used to specify the %UTC offset of an incoming
+    reference time signal if a kind of time signal e.g. an IRIG input
+    signal) does not provide this information.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_ref_offs() or the API call mbg_dev_has_ref_offs()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_REF_OFFS value to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ref_offs()
+    @see mbg_set_ref_offs()
+    @see ::PCPS_GET_REF_OFFS
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_ref_offs( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_REF_OFFS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write the %UTC offset configuration of the reference time to a device.
+
+    This parameter is used to specify the %UTC offset of an incoming
+    reference time signal if a kind of time signal e.g. an IRIG input
+    signal) does not provide this information.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_ref_offs() or the API call mbg_dev_has_ref_offs()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param  dh  Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param  *p  Pointer to a ::MBG_REF_OFFS value to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ref_offs()
+    @see mbg_get_ref_offs()
+    @see ::PCPS_SET_REF_OFFS
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_ref_offs( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const MBG_REF_OFFS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read a ::MBG_OPT_INFO structure containing optional settings, controlled by flags.
+
+    The ::MBG_OPT_INFO structure contains a mask of supported flags plus the current
+    settings of those flags.
+    The macro _pcps_has_opt_flags() or the API call mbg_dev_has_opt_flags()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_OPT_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_opt_flags()
+    @see mbg_set_opt_settings()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_opt_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_OPT_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write a ::MBG_OPT_SETTINGS structure containing optional device settings.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_opt_flags() or the API call mbg_dev_has_opt_flags()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+    The ::MBG_OPT_INFO structure should be read first to check which of the specified
+    flag is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_OPT_SETTINGS structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_opt_flags()
+    @see mbg_get_opt_info()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_opt_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const MBG_OPT_SETTINGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the current IRIG input settings plus the supported settings.
+
+    Calling this function directly is usually obsolete. The function
+    mbg_get_all_irig_rx_info() should be used instead which also reads some
+    other associated parameters affecting the behaviour of the IRIG input.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_irig_rx() or the API call mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an ::IRIG_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_all_irig_rx_info()
+    @see mbg_set_irig_rx_settings()
+    @see mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig()
+    @see \ref group_icode
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_irig_rx_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, IRIG_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write an ::IRIG_SETTINGS structure to a device to configure an IRIG input.
+
+    Calling this function directly is usually obsolete. The function
+    mbg_set_all_irig_rx_info() should be used instead which also writes some
+    other associated parameters affecting the behaviour of the IRIG input.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_irig_rx() or the API call mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+    The ::IRIG_INFO structure should be read first to determine the possible
+    settings supported by this card's IRIG input.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::IRIG_SETTINGS structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_all_irig_rx_info()
+    @see mbg_get_irig_rx_info()
+    @see mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig()
+    @see \ref group_icode
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_irig_rx_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const IRIG_SETTINGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read all IRIG input configuration information from a device.
+
+    @param dh          Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param pdev        Pointer to the device's ::PCPS_DEV structure
+    @param p_irig_info Pointer to a ::IRIG_SETTINGS structure to be written
+    @param p_ref_offs  Pointer to a ::MBG_REF_OFFS structure to be written
+    @param p_opt_info  Pointer to a ::MBG_OPT_SETTINGS structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_save_all_irig_rx_settings()
+    @see mbg_set_irig_rx_settings()
+    @see mbg_set_ref_offs()
+    @see mbg_set_opt_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_all_irig_rx_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *pdev, IRIG_INFO *p_irig_info, MBG_REF_OFFS *p_ref_offs, MBG_OPT_INFO *p_opt_info ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write all IRIG input configuration settings to a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_irig_rx() or the API call mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+    The ::IRIG_INFO structure should be read first to determine the possible
+    settings supported by this card's IRIG input.
+
+    @param dh              Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param pdev            Pointer to the device's ::PCPS_DEV structure
+    @param p_irig_settings Pointer to a ::IRIG_SETTINGS structure to be written
+    @param p_ref_offs      Pointer to a ::MBG_REF_OFFS structure to be written
+    @param p_opt_settings  Pointer to a ::MBG_OPT_SETTINGS structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_all_irig_rx_info()
+    @see mbg_set_irig_rx_settings()
+    @see mbg_set_ref_offs()
+    @see mbg_set_opt_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_save_all_irig_rx_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *pdev, const IRIG_SETTINGS *p_irig_settings, const MBG_REF_OFFS *p_ref_offs, const MBG_OPT_SETTINGS *p_opt_settings ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports the mbg_get_irig_ctrl_bits() call.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_irig_ctrl_bits()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_irig_ctrl_bits( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the control function bits received from an incoming IRIG signal.
+
+    This function fills a ::MBG_IRIG_CTRL_BITS structure with the control function
+    bits decoded from the incoming IRIG signal.
+
+    The meaning of these bits depends on the type of IRIG code frame format.
+
+    In some IRIG formats these bits provide some well-known information which can
+    also be evaluated by the device. For example, in IEEE 1344 or IEEE C37.118 code
+    the control function bits are used to provide the year number, UTC offset,
+    DST status, leap second warning, etc.
+
+    For most IRIG code formats, however, these bits are reserved, i.e. not used
+    at all, or application defined, depending on the configuration of the IRIG
+    generator providing the IRIG signal.
+
+    In the latter case the application has to evaluate the received control function
+    bits and can use this function to retrieve these bits from the receiver device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_irig_ctrl_bits() or the API call mbg_dev_has_irig_ctrl_bits()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_IRIG_CTRL_BITS type to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_ctrl_bits()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_irig_ctrl_bits( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_IRIG_CTRL_BITS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports the mbg_get_raw_irig_data() call.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_raw_irig_data()
+    @see mbg_get_raw_irig_data_on_sec_change()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_raw_irig_data( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read raw IRIG data from an IRIG receiver.
+
+    This function fills a ::MBG_RAW_IRIG_DATA structure with the raw data bits received
+    from the incoming IRIG signal. This enables an application itself to decode the
+    information provided by the IRIG signal.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_raw_irig_data() or the API call mbg_dev_has_raw_irig_data()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_RAW_IRIG_DATA type to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_raw_irig_data()
+    @see mbg_get_raw_irig_data_on_sec_change()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_raw_irig_data( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_RAW_IRIG_DATA *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Wait for second changeover then read raw IRIG data from an IRIG receiver.
+
+    This function waits until the second of the device's on-board time rolls over, and
+    then reads the last recent raw IRIG data from the device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_raw_irig_data() or the API call mbg_dev_has_raw_irig_data()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> The mbg_get_time_sec_change() function called by this function is
+    supported under Windows only, so this function can also only be used under Windows.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_RAW_IRIG_DATA type to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_raw_irig_data()
+    @see mbg_get_raw_irig_data()
+    @see mbg_get_time_sec_change()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_raw_irig_data_on_sec_change( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_RAW_IRIG_DATA *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports the mbg_get_irig_time() call.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_irig_time()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_irig_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the IRIG time and day-of-year number from an IRIG receiver.
+
+    Fills up a ::PCPS_IRIG_TIME structure with the raw IRIG day-of-year number
+    and time decoded from the latest IRIG input frame. If the configured IRIG code
+    also contains the year number then the year number is also returned, otherwise
+    the returned year number is 0xFF.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_irig_time() or the API call mbg_dev_has_irig_time()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_IRIG_TIME type to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_time()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_irig_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_IRIG_TIME *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Clear a device's on-board time capture FIFO buffer.
+
+    The macro _pcps_can_clr_ucap_buff() or the API call mbg_dev_can_clr_ucap_buff()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_can_clr_ucap_buff()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_entries()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_event()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_clr_ucap_buff( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read information on a device's event capture buffer.
+
+    Fills a ::PCPS_UCAP_ENTRIES structure with the number of user capture
+    events actually stored in the FIFO buffer, and the maximum number of
+    events that can be held by the buffer.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_ucap() or the API call mbg_dev_has_ucap()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_UCAP_ENTRIES structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ucap()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_entries()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_event()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_ucap_entries( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_UCAP_ENTRIES *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Retrieve a single time capture event from the on-board FIFO buffer.
+
+    The capture event is returned in a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure. The oldest entry
+    in the FIFO is retrieved and then removed from the FIFO.
+
+    If no capture event is available in the FIFO buffer then both the seconds
+    and the fractions of the returned timestamp are 0.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_ucap() or the API call mbg_dev_has_ucap()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This call is very much faster than the older mbg_get_gps_ucap()
+    call which is obsolete but still supported for compatibility with
+    older cards.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ucap()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_entries()
+    @see mbg_clr_ucap_buff()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_ucap_event( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_HR_TIME *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the card's time zone/daylight saving parameters.
+
+    This function returns the time zone/daylight saving parameters
+    in a ::TZDL structure.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_tzdl() or the API call mbg_dev_has_tzdl()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> In spite of the function name this call may also be
+    supported by non-GPS cards. Other cards may support the mbg_get_tzcode()
+    or mbg_get_pcps_tzdl() calls instead.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::TZDL structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_get_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_get_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see \ref group_tzdl
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_tzdl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, TZDL *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write the card's time zone/daylight saving parameters.
+
+    This function writes the time zone/daylight saving parameters
+    in a ::TZDL structure to a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_tzdl() or the API call mbg_dev_has_tzdl()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> In spite of the function name this call may also be
+    supported by non-GPS cards. Other cards may support the mbg_set_tzcode()
+    or mbg_set_pcps_tzdl() calls instead.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::TZDL structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_set_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see \ref group_tzdl
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_tzdl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const TZDL *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Retrieve the software revision of a GPS receiver.
+
+    This call is obsolete but still supported for compatibility
+    with older GPS cards.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> The function mbg_get_gps_receiver_info() should
+    be used instead, if supported by the card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::SW_REV structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_receiver_info()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_sw_rev( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, SW_REV *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Retrieve the status of the battery buffered GPS variables.
+
+    These GPS variables hold some parameters sent by the GPS satellites
+    which are required for proper operation. If the saved set of parameters
+    is not complete then the GPS receiver stays in COLD BOOT mode until
+    all data have been received and thus all data sets are valid.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::BVAR_STAT structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_bvar_stat( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, BVAR_STAT *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the current board time using a ::TTM structure.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This API call is pretty slow, so the mbg_get_hr_time_..()
+    or mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp...() group of calls should be used preferably.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::TTM structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, TTM *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Set the time on a GPS receiver device.
+
+    Write a ::TTM structure to a GPS receiver in order to set the
+    on-board date and time.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::TTM structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const TTM *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read a ::PORT_PARM structure with a device's serial port configuration.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This function is obsolete since it is only
+    supported by a certain class of devices and can handle only
+    up to 2 ports. The generic function mbg_get_serial_settings()
+    should be used instead.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PORT_PARM structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_serial_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_port_parm( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PORT_PARM *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write a ::PORT_PARM structure to configure the on-board serial ports.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This function is obsolete since it is only
+    supported by a certain class of devices and can handle only
+    up to 2 ports. The generic function mbg_save_serial_settings()
+    should be used instead.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PORT_PARM structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_save_serial_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_port_parm( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PORT_PARM *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read an ::ANT_INFO structure to retrieve an extended GPS antenna status.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> Normally the current antenna connection status can also be
+    determined by evaluation of the ::PCPS_TIME::signal or ::PCPS_HR_TIME::signal
+    fields. The "disconnected" status reported by ANT_INFO disappears only if
+    the antenna has been reconnected <b>and</b> the receiver has synchronized
+    to the GPS satellites again.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ANT_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_ant_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, ANT_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read a time capture event from the on-board FIFO buffer using a ::TTM structure.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This call is pretty slow and has been obsoleted by
+    mbg_get_ucap_event() which should be used preferably, if supported
+    by the device. Anyway, this call is still supported for compatibility
+    with older devices.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::TTM structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_entries()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_event()
+    @see mbg_clr_ucap_buff()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_ucap( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, TTM *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the ::ENABLE_FLAGS structure controlling when outputs are to be enabled.
+
+    The ::ENABLE_FLAGS structure controls whether certain outputs
+    shall be enabled immediately after the card's power-up, or only
+    after the card has synchronized to its input signal.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_gps_data() or the API call mbg_dev_has_gps_data()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> Not all of the input signals specified for the
+    ::ENABLE_FLAGS structure can be modified individually.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::ENABLE_FLAGS structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see ::ENABLE_FLAGS
+    @see mbg_set_gps_enable_flags()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_enable_flags( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, ENABLE_FLAGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write an ENABLE_FLAGS structure to configure when outputs shall be enabled.
+
+    The ::ENABLE_FLAGS structure controls whether certain outputs
+    shall be enabled immediately after the card's power-up, or only
+    after the card has synchronized to its input signal.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_gps_data() or the API call mbg_dev_has_gps_data()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> Not all of the input signals specified for the
+    ENABLE_FLAGS structure can be modified individually.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ENABLE_FLAGS structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see ENABLE_FLAGS
+    @see mbg_get_gps_enable_flags()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_enable_flags( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const ENABLE_FLAGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the extended GPS receiver status from a device.
+
+    The ::STAT_INFO structure reports the status of the GPS receiver,
+    including mode of operation and number of visible/usable satellites.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::STAT_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see ::STAT_INFO
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_stat_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, STAT_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Send a ::GPS_CMD to a GPS receiver device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::GPS_CMD
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see ::PC_GPS_CMD_BOOT, ::PC_GPS_CMD_INIT_SYS, ::PC_GPS_CMD_INIT_USER, ::PC_GPS_CMD_INIT_DAC
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_cmd( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const GPS_CMD *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the current geographic position from a GPS device.
+
+    The returned ::POS structure contains the current position in
+    ECEF (Earth Centered, Earth Fixed) kartesian coordinates, and in
+    geographic coordinates with different formats, using the WGS84
+    geographic datum.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::POS structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pos_xyz()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pos_lla()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_pos( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, POS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Set the GPS receiver position using ::XYZ coordinates.
+
+    The structure ::XYZ must specify the new position in ECEF
+    (Earth Centered, Earth Fixed) kartesian coordinates.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param p Position in ::XYZ format to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pos_lla()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_pos()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_pos_xyz( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const XYZ p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Set the GPS receiver position using ::LLA coordinates.
+
+    The structure LLA must specify the new position as longitude, latitude,
+    and altitude, using the WGS84 geographic datum.
+
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param p Position in ::LLA format to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pos_xyz()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_pos()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_pos_lla( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const LLA p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the configured GPS antenna cable length from a device.
+
+    The antenna cable length parameter is used to compensate the propagation
+    delay of the RF signal over the antenna cable, which is about 5 ns/m.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_cab_len() or the API call mbg_dev_has_cab_len()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p ::ANT_CABLE_LEN structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_cab_len()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_ant_cable_len()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_ant_cable_len( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, ANT_CABLE_LEN *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write the GPS antenna cable length configuration to a device.
+
+    The antenna cable length parameter is used to compensate the propagation
+    delay of the RF signal over the antenna cable, which is about 5 ns/m.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_cab_len() or the API call mbg_dev_has_cab_len()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p ::ANT_CABLE_LEN structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_cab_len()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_ant_cable_len()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_ant_cable_len( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const ANT_CABLE_LEN *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the ::RECEIVER_INFO structure from a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_receiver_info() or the API call mbg_dev_has_receiver_info()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> Applications should call mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+    preferably, which also sets up a basic ::RECEIVER_INFO structure
+    for devices which don't provide that structure by themselves.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_receiver_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, RECEIVER_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read a ::STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX array of supported string types.
+
+    The function mbg_setup_receiver_info() must have been called before,
+    and the returned ::RECEIVER_INFO structure passed to this function.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> The function mbg_get_serial_settings() should be used preferably
+    to get retrieve the current port settings and configuration options.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param stii Pointer to a an array of string type information to be filled up
+    @param *p_ri Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure returned by mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_all_port_info()
+    @see mbg_get_serial_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_all_str_type_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX stii[], const RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read a ::PORT_INFO_IDX array of supported serial port configurations.
+
+    The function mbg_setup_receiver_info() must have been called before,
+    and the returned ::RECEIVER_INFO structure passed to this function.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> The function mbg_get_serial_settings() should be used preferably
+    to get retrieve the current port settings and configuration options.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param pii Pointer to a an array of port configuration information to be filled up
+    @param *p_ri Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure returned by mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_all_str_type_info()
+    @see mbg_get_serial_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_all_port_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PORT_INFO_IDX pii[], const RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write the configuration for a single serial port to a device.
+
+    The ::PORT_SETTINGS_IDX structure contains both the ::PORT_SETTINGS
+    and the port index value. Except for the parameter types this call is
+    equivalent to mbg_set_gps_port_settings().
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_receiver_info() or the API call mbg_dev_has_receiver_info()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> The function mbg_save_serial_settings() should be used preferably
+    to write new port configuration to the board.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PORT_SETTINGS_IDX structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_save_serial_settings()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_port_settings()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_receiver_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_port_settings_idx( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PORT_SETTINGS_IDX *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write the configuration for a single serial port to a device.
+
+    The ::PORT_SETTINGS structure does not contain the port index, so the
+    the port index must be given separately. Except for the parameter types
+    this call is equivalent to mbg_set_gps_port_settings_idx().
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_receiver_info() or the API call mbg_dev_has_receiver_info()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> The function mbg_save_serial_settings() should be used preferably
+    to write new port configuration to the board.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PORT_SETTINGS structure to be filled up
+    @param idx Index of the serial port to be configured (starting from 0 ).
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_save_serial_settings()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_port_settings_idx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_receiver_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_port_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PORT_SETTINGS *p, int idx ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Set up a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure for a device.
+
+    If the device supports the ::RECEIVER_INFO structure then the structure
+    is read from the device, otherwise a structure is set up using
+    default values depending on the device type.
+    The function mbg_get_device_info() must have been called before,
+    and the returned PCPS_DEV structure passed to this function.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *pdev Pointer to a ::PCPS_DEV structure returned by mbg_get_device_info()
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_device_info()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_receiver_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_setup_receiver_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *pdev, RECEIVER_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the version code of the on-board PCI/PCIe interface ASIC.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_asic_version() or the API call mbg_dev_has_asic_version()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCI_ASIC_VERSION type to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_asic_version()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_asic_version( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCI_ASIC_VERSION *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the features of the on-board PCI/PCIe interface ASIC.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_asic_features() or the API call mbg_dev_has_asic_features()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCI_ASIC_FEATURES type to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_asic_features()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_asic_features( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCI_ASIC_FEATURES *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports configurable time scales.
+
+    By default the cards return UTC and/or local time. However, some cards
+    can be configured to return raw GPS time or TAI instead.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_time_scale_info()
+    @see mbg_set_time_scale_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_time_scale( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the current time scale settings and which time scales are supported.
+
+    The ::MBG_TIME_SCALE_INFO structure tells which time scale settings are supported
+    by a device, and which time scale is currently configured.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_time_scale() or the API call mbg_dev_has_time_scale()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+    See also the notes for mbg_dev_has_time_scale().
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_TIME_SCALE_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_time_scale_settings()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_time_scale()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_time_scale_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_TIME_SCALE_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write the time scale configuration to a device.
+
+    The ::MBG_TIME_SCALE_SETTINGS structure determines which time scale
+    is to be used for the time stamps which can be read from a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_time_scale() or the API call mbg_dev_has_time_scale()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+    See also the notes for mbg_dev_has_time_scale().
+
+    The function mbg_get_time_scale_info() should have been called before
+    in order to determine which time scales are supported by the card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_TIME_SCALE_SETTINGS structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_time_scale_info()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_time_scale()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_time_scale_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_TIME_SCALE_SETTINGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device support reading/writing of UTC parameters.
+
+    This API call checks if a device supports reading/writing a GPS UTC
+    parameter set via the PC bus. Reading/writing these parameters via the
+    serial port using the Meinberg binary data protocol is supported by all
+    Meinberg GPS devices.
+
+    The UTC parameter set is usually received from the satellites' broadcasts
+    and contains the current time offset between GPS time and UTC, plus information
+    on a pending leap second event.
+
+    It may be useful to overwrite them to do some tests, or for applications
+    where a card is freewheeling.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_utc_parm()
+    @see mbg_set_utc_parm()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_utc_parm( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read a ::UTC parameter structure from a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_utc_parm() or the API call mbg_dev_has_utc_parm()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+    See also the notes for mbg_dev_has_utc_parm().
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::UTC structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_utc_parm()
+    @see mbg_set_utc_parm()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_utc_parm( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, UTC *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write a ::UTC parameter structure to a device.
+
+    This should only be done for testing, or if a card is operated in
+    freewheeling mode. If the receiver is tracking any satellites then the settings
+    written to the device are overwritten by the parameters broadcasted
+    by the satellites.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_utc_parm() or the API call mbg_dev_has_utc_parm()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+    See also the notes for mbg_dev_has_utc_parm().
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a valid ::UTC structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_utc_parm()
+    @see mbg_get_utc_parm()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_utc_parm( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, UTC *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the current time plus the associated PC cycles from a device.
+
+    The ::PCPS_TIME_CYCLES structure contains a ::PCPS_TIME structure
+    and a PC cycle counter value which can be used to compensate the latency
+    of the call, i.e. the program execution time until the time stamp has actually
+    been read from the board.
+
+    This call is supported for any card, similar to mbg_get_time(). However,
+    the mbg_get_hr_time_cyles() call should be used preferably if supported by
+    the device since that call provides much better accuracy than this one.
+
+    The cycle counter value corresponds to a value returned by QueryPerformanceCounter()
+    under Windows, and get_cycles() under Linux. On operating systems or targets which don't
+    provide a cycles counter the returned cycles value is always 0.
+
+    Applications should first pick up their own cycle counter value and then call
+    this function. The difference of the cycle counter values corresponds to the
+    latency of the call in units of the cycle counter clock frequency, e.g as reported
+    by QueryPerformanceFrequency() under Windows.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME_CYCLES structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_cycles()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_comp()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_time_cycles( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TIME_CYCLES *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the current high resolution time plus the associated PC cycles from a device.
+
+    The ::PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES structure contains a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure
+    and a PC cycle counter value which can be used to compensate the latency
+    of the call, i.e. the program execution time until the time stamp has actually
+    been read from the board.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_hr_time() or the API call mbg_dev_has_hr_time()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    The cycle counter value corresponds to a value returned by QueryPerformanceCounter()
+    under Windows, and get_cycles() under Linux. On operating systems or targets which don't
+    provide a cycles counter the returned cycles value is always 0.
+
+    Applications should first pick up their own cycle counter value and then call
+    this function. The difference of the cycle counter values corresponds to the
+    latency of the call in units of the cycle counter clock frequency, e.g as reported
+    by QueryPerformanceFrequency() under Windows.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_comp()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_time_cycles()
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_hr_time_cycles( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the current high resolution time, and compensate the call's latency.
+
+    Read a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure plus cycle counter value, and correct the
+    time stamp for the latency of the call as described for mbg_get_hr_time_cycles(),
+    then return the compensated time stamp and optionally the latency.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_hr_time() or the API call mbg_dev_has_hr_time()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    The cycle counter value corresponds to a value returned by QueryPerformanceCounter()
+    under Windows, and get_cycles() under Linux. On operating systems or targets which don't
+    provide a cycles counter the returned cycles value is always 0.
+
+    Applications should first pick up their own cycle counter value and then call
+    this function. The difference of the cycle counter values corresponds to the
+    latency of the call in units of the cycle counter clock frequency, e.g as reported
+    by QueryPerformanceFrequency() under Windows.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure to be filled up
+    @param *hns_latency Optional pointer to an int32_t value to return
+              the latency in 100ns units. Pass NULL if not used.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_comp()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_time_cycles()
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_hr_time_comp( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_HR_TIME *p, int32_t *hns_latency ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the current IRIG output settings plus the supported settings.
+
+    The returned ::IRIG_INFO structure contains the configuration of an IRIG output
+    plus the possible settings supported by that output.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_irig_tx() or the API call mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an ::IRIG_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_irig_tx_settings()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+    @see mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig()
+    @see \ref group_icode
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_irig_tx_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, IRIG_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write an ::IRIG_SETTINGS structure to a device to configure the IRIG output.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_irig_tx() or the API call mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an ::IRIG_INFO structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_irig_tx_info()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+    @see mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig()
+    @see \ref group_icode
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_irig_tx_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const IRIG_SETTINGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the current frequency synthesizer settings from a device.
+
+    Read a ::SYNTH structure containing the configuration of an optional
+    on-board programmable frequency synthesizer.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_synth() or the API call mbg_dev_has_synth()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::SYNTH structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_synth()
+    @see mbg_set_synth()
+    @see mbg_get_synth_state()
+    @see \ref group_synth
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_synth( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, SYNTH *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write some frequency synthesizer settings to a device.
+
+    Write a ::SYNTH structure containing the configuration of an optional
+    on-board programmable frequency synthesizer.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_synth() or the API call mbg_dev_has_synth()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::SYNTH structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_synth()
+    @see mbg_get_synth()
+    @see mbg_get_synth_state()
+    @see \ref group_synth
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_synth( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const SYNTH *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the current status of the on-board frequency synthesizer.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_synth() or the API call mbg_dev_has_synth()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::SYNTH_STATE structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_synth()
+    @see mbg_get_synth()
+    @see mbg_set_synth()
+    @see \ref group_synth
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_synth_state( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, SYNTH_STATE *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports the mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_...() calls.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_cycles()
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_comp()
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_fast_hr_timestamp( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read a high resolution ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES structure via memory mapped access.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_fast_hr_timestamp()
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_comp()
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_cycles( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read a high resolution timestamp and compensate the latency of the call.
+
+    The retrieved ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP is read from memory mapped registers,
+    and timestamp is compensated for the call's latency before it is returned.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP structure to be filled up
+    @param *hns_latency Optionally receive the latency in hectonanoseconds
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_fast_hr_timestamp()
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_cycles()
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_comp( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p, int32_t *hns_latency ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read a high resolution ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP structure via memory mapped access.
+
+    This function does not return or evaluate a cycles count, so the latency
+    of the call can not be determined. However, depending on the timer hardware
+    used as cycles counter it may take quite some time to read the cycles count
+    on some hardware architectures, so this call can be used to yield lower
+    latencies, under the restriction to be unable to determine the exact latency.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_fast_hr_timestamp()
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_comp()
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_cycles()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device is a GPS receiver.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_is_gps( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device is a DCF77 receiver.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_is_dcf( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device is a MSF receiver.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_is_msf( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device is a WWVB receiver.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_is_wwvb( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device is any long wave signal receiver.
+
+    Long wave receivers include e.g. DCF77, MSF, WWVB, or JJY.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_is_lwr( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device provides a configurable IRIG input.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_irig_rx_info()
+    @see mbg_set_irig_rx_settings()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_is_irig_rx( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports the HR_TIME functions.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_cycles()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_comp()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_hr_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports configuration of antenna cable length.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_gps_ant_cable_len()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_ant_cable_len()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_cab_len( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports timezone configuration using the ::TZDL structure.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_gps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tz()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_tzdl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports timezone configuration using the ::PCPS_TZDL structure.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tz()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_pcps_tzdl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports timezone configuration using the ::PCPS_TZCODE type.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_set_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tz()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_tzcode( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports any kind of timezone configuration.
+
+    This can be used e.g. to check if a specifig dialog or menu has to
+    be displayed.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tzcode()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_tz( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Check if a device supports setting an event time, i.e.
+    configure a %UTC time when the clock shall generate an event.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This is only supported by some special firmware.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_event_time()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_event_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports the ::RECEIVER_INFO structure and related calls.
+
+    @note Older GPS devices may not support that structure.
+
+    The mbg_get_gps_receiver_info() call uses this call to decide whether a
+    ::RECEIVER_INFO can be read directly from a device, or whether a default
+    structure has to be set up using default values depending on the device type.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_gps_receiver_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_receiver_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports the mbg_clr_ucap_buff() call.
+
+    The mbg_clr_ucap_buff() call can be used to clear a card's on-board
+    time capture FIFO buffer.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_clr_ucap_buff()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_can_clr_ucap_buff( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports the mbg_get_ucap_entries() and mbg_get_ucap_event() calls.
+
+    If the card does not but it is a GPS card then the card provides
+    a time capture FIFO buffer and the obsolete mbg_get_gps_ucap()
+    call can be used to retrieve entries from the FIFO buffer.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_entries()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_event()
+    @see mbg_clr_ucap_buff()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_ucap()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_ucap( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device provides a configurable IRIG output.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_irig_tx_info()
+    @see mbg_set_irig_tx_settings()
+    @see mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig()
+    @see \ref group_icode
+
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_irig_tx( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Check if a device provides a serial output supporting
+    higher baud rates than older cards, i.e. ::DEFAULT_BAUD_RATES_DCF_HS
+    rather than ::DEFAULT_BAUD_RATES_DCF.
+
+    The mbg_get_serial_settings() takes care of this, so applications
+    which use that call as suggested won't need to use this call directly.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_serial_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_serial_hs( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device provides the level of its inputs signal.
+
+    This is useful to display the signal level of e.g. an IRIG or longwave signal.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_signal( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device provides a modulation signal.
+
+    Modulation signals are e.g. the second marks of a DCF77 AM receiver.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_mod( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device provides either an IRIG input or output.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_irig( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device provides a configurable ref time offset.
+
+    This may be required to convert the received time to %UTC, if the input
+    signal doesn't specify this (e.g. most IRIG code formats).
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_ref_offs()
+    @see mbg_set_ref_offs()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_ref_offs( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports the ::MBG_OPT_INFO/::MBG_OPT_SETTINGS.
+
+    These structures containing optional settings, controlled by flags.
+    See ::MBG_OPT_SETTINGS and related definitions.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_opt_info()
+    @see mbg_set_opt_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_opt_flags( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports large configuration data structures.
+
+    Such structures have been introduced with the first Meinberg GPS receivers.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_gps_data( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device provides a programmable frequency synthesizer.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_synth()
+    @see mbg_set_synth()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_synth( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    @brief Check if a device supports the mbg_generic_io() call.
+
+    <b>Warning</b>: That call is for debugging purposes and internal use only!
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_generic_io()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_generic_io( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports the mbg_get_asic_version() call.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_asic_version()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_asic_version( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports the mbg_get_asic_features() call.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_asic_features()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_asic_features( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read current configuraton and features provided by the programmable pulse outputs.
+
+    Reads a ::POUT_INFO_IDX array of current settings and configuration
+    options of the device's programmable pulse outputs.
+
+    The function mbg_setup_receiver_info() must have been called before,
+    and the returned ::RECEIVER_INFO structure passed to this function.
+    The function should only be called if the ::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out
+    field (i.e. the number of programmable outputs on the board) is not 0.
+
+    The array passed to this function to receive the returned data
+    must be able to hold at least ::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out elements.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param pii Pointer to a an array of ::POUT_INFO_IDX structures to be filled up
+    @param *p_ri Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure returned by mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pout_settings_idx()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pout_settings()
+    @see mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_all_pout_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, POUT_INFO_IDX pii[], const RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write the configuration for a single programmable pulse output
+
+    The ::POUT_SETTINGS_IDX structure contains both the ::POUT_SETTINGS
+    and the output index value. Except for the parameter types this call
+    is equivalent to mbg_set_gps_pout_settings().
+
+    The function should only be called if the ::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out field
+    (i.e. the number of programmable outputs on the board) is not 0, and the
+    output index value must be in the range 0..::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::POUT_SETTINGS_IDX structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_gps_all_pout_info()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pout_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_pout_settings_idx( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const POUT_SETTINGS_IDX *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write the configuration for a single programmable pulse output
+
+    The ::POUT_SETTINGS structure does not contain the index of the
+    programmable output to be configured, so the index must explicitely
+    be passed to this function. Except for the parameter types this call
+    is equivalent to mbg_set_gps_pout_settings_idx().
+
+    The function should only be called if the ::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out field
+    (i.e. the number of programmable outputs on the board) is not 0, and the
+    output index value must be in the range 0..::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::POUT_SETTINGS structure to be written
+    @param idx Index of the programmable pulse output to be configured (starting from 0 ).
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_gps_all_pout_info()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pout_settings_idx()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_pout_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const POUT_SETTINGS *p, int idx ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read a device's IRQ status information.
+
+    IRQ status information includes flags indicating whether IRQs are
+    actually enabled, and whether IRQ support by a card is possibly
+    unsafe due to the firmware and interface chip version.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_IRQ_STAT_INFO variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_irq_stat_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_IRQ_STAT_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device provides simple LAN interface API calls.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_lan_if_info()
+    @see mbg_get_ip4_state()
+    @see mbg_get_ip4_settings()
+    @see mbg_set_ip4_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_lan_intf( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read LAN interface information from a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_lan_intf() or the API call mbg_dev_has_lan_intf()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::LAN_IF_INFO variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_lan_intf()
+    @see mbg_get_ip4_state()
+    @see mbg_get_ip4_settings()
+    @see mbg_set_ip4_settings()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_lan_if_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, LAN_IF_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read LAN IPv4 state from a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_lan_intf() or the API call mbg_dev_has_lan_intf()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::IP4_SETTINGS variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_lan_intf()
+    @see mbg_get_lan_if_info()
+    @see mbg_get_ip4_settings()
+    @see mbg_set_ip4_settings()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_ip4_state( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, IP4_SETTINGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read LAN IPv4 settings from a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_lan_intf() or the API call mbg_dev_has_lan_intf()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::IP4_SETTINGS variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_lan_intf()
+    @see mbg_get_lan_if_info()
+    @see mbg_get_ip4_state()
+    @see mbg_set_ip4_settings()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_ip4_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, IP4_SETTINGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write LAN IPv4 settings to a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_lan_intf() or the API call mbg_dev_has_lan_intf()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p ::IP4_SETTINGS structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_lan_intf()
+    @see mbg_get_lan_if_info()
+    @see mbg_get_ip4_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_ip4_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const IP4_SETTINGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device provides PTP configuration/status calls.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_state
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_cfg_info
+    @see mbg_set_ptp_cfg_settings
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_ptp( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device provides PTP unicast feature/configuration.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_uc_master_info
+    @see mbg_set_ptp_uc_master_settings_idx
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_state
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read PTP/IEEE1588 status from a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_ptp() or the API call mbg_dev_has_ptp()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PTP_STATE variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_cfg_info
+    @see mbg_set_ptp_cfg_settings
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_ptp_state( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PTP_STATE *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read PTP/IEEE1588 config info and current settings from a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_ptp() or the API call mbg_dev_has_ptp()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PTP_CFG_INFO variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_state
+    @see mbg_set_ptp_cfg_settings
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_ptp_cfg_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PTP_CFG_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write PTP/IEEE1588 configuration settings to a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_ptp() or the API call mbg_dev_has_ptp()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p ::PTP_CFG_SETTINGS structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_state
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_cfg_info
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_ptp_cfg_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PTP_CFG_SETTINGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read PTP/IEEE1588 unicast master configuration limits from a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_ri_ptp_unicast() or the API call mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_uc_master_info
+    @see mbg_set_ptp_uc_master_settings_idx
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_state
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read PTP Unicast master settings and configuration options.
+
+    The function mbg_setup_receiver_info() must have been called before,
+    and the returned ::RECEIVER_INFO structure passed to this function.
+    The function should only be called if the ::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out
+    field (i.e. the number of programmable outputs on the board) is not 0.
+
+    The array passed to this function to receive the returned data
+    must be able to hold at least ::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out elements.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param pii Pointer to a an array of ::PTP_UC_MASTER_INFO_IDX structures to be filled up
+    @param p_umsl Pointer to a ::PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS structure returned by mbg_get_ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits()
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits
+    @see mbg_set_ptp_uc_master_settings_idx
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_state
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_all_ptp_uc_master_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PTP_UC_MASTER_INFO_IDX pii[], const PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS *p_umsl ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write PTP/IEEE1588 unicast configuration settings to a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_ri_ptp_unicast() or the API call mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p ::PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS_IDX structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ptp_unicast
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_cfg_info
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_uc_master_cfg_limits
+    @see mbg_get_all_ptp_uc_master_info
+    @see mbg_get_ptp_state
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_ptp_uc_master_settings_idx( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS_IDX *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read both system time and associated device time from the kernel driver.
+
+    The kernel driver reads the current system time plus a HR time structure
+    from a card immediately after each other. The returned info structure also
+    contains some cycles counts to be able to determine the execution times
+    required to read those time stamps.
+
+    The advantage of this call compared to mbg_get_time_info_tstamp() is
+    that this call also returns the card's status. On the other hand, reading
+    the HR time from the card may block e.g. if another application accesses
+    the board.
+
+    This call makes a mbg_get_hr_time_cycles() call internally so the macro
+    _pcps_has_hr_time() or the API call mbg_dev_has_hr_time() can be
+    used to check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_TIME_INFO_HRT variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_time_info_tstamp()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_time_info_hrt( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_TIME_INFO_HRT *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read both system time and associated device timestamp from the kernel driver.
+
+    This call is similar to mbg_get_time_info_hrt() except that a
+    mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_cycles() call is made internally, so the macro
+    _pcps_has_fast_hr_timestamp() or the API call mbg_dev_has_fast_hr_timestamp()
+    can be used to check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_TIME_INFO_TSTAMP variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_fast_hr_timestamp()
+    @see mbg_get_time_info_hrt()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_time_info_tstamp( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_TIME_INFO_TSTAMP *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports demodulation of the DCF77 PZF code.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_corr_info()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tr_distance()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_pzf( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports reading correlation info.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_pzf()
+    @see mbg_get_corr_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_corr_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device supports configurable distance from transmitter.
+
+    The distance from transmitter parameter is used to compensate
+    the RF propagation delay, mostly with long wave receivers.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_pzf()
+    @see mbg_get_tr_distance()
+    @see mbg_set_tr_distance()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_tr_distance( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read PZF correlation info from a device.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_corr_info() or the API call mbg_dev_has_corr_info()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::CORR_INFO variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_pzf()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_corr_info()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_corr_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, CORR_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read configurable "distance from transmitter" parameter from a device.
+
+    The distance from transmitter parameter is used to compensate
+    the RF propagation delay, mostly with long wave receivers.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_tr_distance() or the API call mbg_dev_has_tr_distance()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::TR_DISTANCE variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_pzf()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tr_distance()
+    @see mbg_set_tr_distance()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_tr_distance( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, TR_DISTANCE *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Write configurable "distance from transmitter" parameter to a device.
+
+    The distance from transmitter parameter is used to compensate
+    the RF propagation delay, mostly with long wave receivers.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_tr_distance() or the API call mbg_dev_has_tr_distance()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::TR_DISTANCE variable to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_pzf()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tr_distance()
+    @see mbg_get_tr_distance()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_tr_distance( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const TR_DISTANCE *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device provides a debug status word to be read.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_debug_status()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_debug_status( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read a debug status word from a device.
+
+    This is mainly supported by IRIG timecode receiver cards, and the status
+    word is intended to provide more detailed information why a card might not
+    synchronize to the incoming timecode signal.
+
+    See ::MBG_DEBUG_STATUS and related definitions for details.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_debug_status() or the API call mbg_dev_has_debug_status()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_DEBUG_STATUS variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_debug_status()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_debug_status( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_DEBUG_STATUS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Check if a device provides an on-board event log.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_clr_evt_log()
+    @see mbg_get_num_evt_log_entries()
+    @see mbg_get_first_evt_log_entry()
+    @see mbg_get_next_evt_log_entry()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_evt_log( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Clear the card's on-board event log.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_evt_log() or the API call mbg_dev_has_evt_log()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_evt_log()
+    @see mbg_get_num_evt_log_entries()
+    @see mbg_get_first_evt_log_entry()
+    @see mbg_get_next_evt_log_entry()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_clr_evt_log( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read details about a device's on-board event log buffer.
+
+    The returned ::MBG_NUM_EVT_LOG_ENTRIES structure tells how many event log
+    entries which can be saved on the board, and how many entries actually
+    have been saved.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_evt_log() or the API call mbg_dev_has_evt_log()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_NUM_EVT_LOG_ENTRIES variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_evt_log()
+    @see mbg_clr_evt_log()
+    @see mbg_get_first_evt_log_entry()
+    @see mbg_get_next_evt_log_entry()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_num_evt_log_entries( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_NUM_EVT_LOG_ENTRIES *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the first (oldest) event log entry from a device.
+
+    @note Subsequent reads should be made using mbg_get_next_evt_log_entry().
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_evt_log() or the API call mbg_dev_has_evt_log()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    If no (more) event log entry is available on the device then
+    the returned MBG_EVT_LOG_ENTRY::code is MBG_EVT_ID_NONE.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_EVT_LOG_ENTRY variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_evt_log()
+    @see mbg_clr_evt_log()
+    @see mbg_get_num_evt_log_entries()
+    @see mbg_get_next_evt_log_entry()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_first_evt_log_entry( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_EVT_LOG_ENTRY *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the next event log entry from a device.
+
+    @note The first read should be made using mbg_get_first_evt_log_entry()
+    to set the on-board read index to the oldest entry.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_evt_log() or the API call mbg_dev_has_evt_log()
+    check whether this call is supported by a device.
+
+    If no (more) event log entry is available on the device then
+    the returned MBG_EVT_LOG_ENTRY::code is MBG_EVT_ID_NONE.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_EVT_LOG_ENTRY variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_evt_log()
+    @see mbg_clr_evt_log()
+    @see mbg_get_num_evt_log_entries()
+    @see mbg_get_first_evt_log_entry()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_next_evt_log_entry( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_EVT_LOG_ENTRY *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Read the CPU affinity of a process.
+
+    This means on which of the available CPUs or CPU cores the process can be executed.
+
+    @param pid The process ID.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_CPU_SET variable which contains a mask of CPUs.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by the system call.
+
+    @see mbg_set_process_affinity()
+    @see mbg_set_current_process_affinity_to_cpu()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_process_affinity( MBG_PROCESS_ID pid, MBG_CPU_SET *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Set the CPU affinity of a process.
+
+    This determines on which of the available CPUs
+    the process is allowed to be executed.
+
+    @param pid The process ID.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_CPU_SET variable which contains a mask of CPUs.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by the system call.
+
+    @see mbg_get_process_affinity()
+    @see mbg_set_current_process_affinity_to_cpu()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_process_affinity( MBG_PROCESS_ID pid, MBG_CPU_SET *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Set the CPU affinity of a process for a single CPU only.
+
+    This means the process may only be executed on that single CPU.
+
+    @param cpu_num The number of the CPU.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by the system call.
+
+    @see mbg_get_process_affinity()
+    @see mbg_set_process_affinity()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_current_process_affinity_to_cpu( int cpu_num ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Create a new execution thread for the current process.
+
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support threads.
+
+    @param p_ti Pointer to a ::MBG_THREAD_INFO structure to be filled up.
+    @param fnc The name of the thread function to be started.
+    @param arg A generic argument passed to the thread function.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by the system call.
+
+    @see mbg_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_thread_sleep_interruptible()
+    @see mbg_thread_set_affinity()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_thread_create( MBG_THREAD_INFO *p_ti, MBG_THREAD_FNC_RET_VAL (MBG_THREAD_FNC_ATTR *fnc)(void *), void *arg ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Stop a thread which has been created by mbg_thread_create().
+
+    Wait until the thread has finished and release all resources.
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support threads.
+
+    @param p_ti Pointer to a ::MBG_THREAD_INFO structure associated with the thread.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by the system call.
+
+    @see mbg_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_thread_sleep_interruptible()
+    @see mbg_thread_set_affinity()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_thread_stop( MBG_THREAD_INFO *p_ti ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Let the current thread sleep for a certain interval.
+
+    The sleep is interrupted if a signal is received indicating
+    the thread should terminate.
+
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support threads.
+
+    @param p_ti Pointer to a ::MBG_THREAD_INFO structure associated with the thread.
+    @param sleep_ms The number of milliseconds to sleep
+    @return 0 if the sleep interval has expired normally
+            1 if a signal to terminate has been received
+            <0 if an error has occurred
+
+    @see mbg_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_thread_set_affinity()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_thread_sleep_interruptible( MBG_THREAD_INFO *p_ti, ulong sleep_ms ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Set the CPU affinity of a single thread.
+
+    This determines on which of the available CPUs the thread
+    is allowed to be executed.
+
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support thread affinity.
+
+    @param p_ti Pointer to a ::MBG_THREAD_INFO structure associated with the thread.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_CPU_SET variable which contains a mask of CPUs.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by the system call.
+
+    @see mbg_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_thread_sleep_interruptible()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_thread_set_affinity( MBG_THREAD_INFO *p_ti, MBG_CPU_SET *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Set up a ::MBG_POLL_THREAD_INFO structure and start a new thread.
+
+    The new thread runs the mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc() function.
+
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support threads.
+
+    @param *p_pti Pointer to a ::MBG_POLL_THREAD_INFO structure.
+    @param dh the handle of the device to be polled.
+    @param freq_hz The initial cycles frequency, if known, in Hz.
+    @param sleep_ms the sleep interval for the poll thread function in ms.
+           If this parameter is 0 then the default sleep interval is used.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS on success,
+            ::MBG_ERR_NOT_SUPP_BY_DEV if the device to poll does not support HR time
+            else the result of mbg_thread_create()
+
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_pcps_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_filetime()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_cycles_frequency()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_create( MBG_POLL_THREAD_INFO *p_pti, MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY freq_hz, int sleep_ms ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Stop a polling thread started by mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_create().
+
+    This call also releases all associated resources.
+
+    @param *p_pti Pointer to a ::MBG_POLL_THREAD_INFO structure.
+
+    @return the result of mbg_thread_stop()
+
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_pcps_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_filetime()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_cycles_frequency()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_stop( MBG_POLL_THREAD_INFO *p_pti ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Retrieve an extrapolated time stamp in PCPS_HR_TIME format.
+
+    The time stamp is extrapolated using the system's current cycles counter value
+    and a time stamp plus associated cycles counter value saved by the polling thread.
+    See mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc() for details and limitations.
+
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support threads.
+
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_XHRT_INFO structure used to retrieve data from the polling thread.
+    @param *p_hrt Pointer to a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure to be filled up.
+
+    @return MBG_SUCCESS or another return value from the polling thread's IOCTL call.
+
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_filetime()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_cycles_frequency()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_pcps_hr_time( MBG_XHRT_INFO *p, PCPS_HR_TIME *p_hrt ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Retrieve an extrapolated time stamp in FILETIME format.
+
+    The time stamp is extrapolated using the system's current cycles counter value
+    and a time stamp plus associated cycles counter value saved by the polling thread.
+    See mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc() for details and limitations.
+
+    Since FILETIME is a Windows specific type this function is only
+    implemented under Windows.
+
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_XHRT_INFO structure used to retrieve data from the polling thread.
+    @param *p_ft Pointer to a ::FILETIME structure to be filled up.
+
+    @return MBG_SUCCESS or another return value from the polling thread's IOCTL call.
+
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_pcps_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_cycles_frequency()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_filetime( MBG_XHRT_INFO *p, FILETIME *p_ft ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Retrieve the frequency of the system's cycles counter.
+
+    The frequency is determined by the device polling thread.
+    See mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc() for details and limitations.
+
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support threads.
+
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_XHRT_INFO structure used to retrieve data from the polling thread.
+    @param *p_freq_hz Pointer to a ::MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY variable in which the frequency is returned.
+    @return a status code from the polling thread: MBG_SUCCESS or an IOCTL error code.
+
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_pcps_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_filetime()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_xhrt_cycles_frequency( MBG_XHRT_INFO *p, MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY *p_freq_hz ) ;
+
+ /**
+    @brief Retrieve the default system's cycles counter frequency from the kernel driver.
+
+    This API call can be used on systems which don't provide this information in user space.
+
+    @param dh handle of the device to which the IOCTL call is sent.
+    @param *p Pointer of a ::MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY variable to be filled up.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency_from_dev( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+  @brief Retrieve the system's default cycles counter frequency.
+
+  @note This may not be supported on all target platforms, in which case the
+  returned frequency is 0 and the mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency_from_dev()
+  call should be used.
+
+  @return the default cycles counter frequency in Hz, or 0 if the value is not available.
+
+  @see mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency_from_dev()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY _MBG_API mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency( void ) ;
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+static __mbg_inline
+MBGDEVIO_RET_VAL do_mbg_ioctl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int ioctl_code, 
+                               const void *in_p, int in_sz, void *out_p, int out_sz )
+{
+  DWORD ReturnedLength;
+
+  if ( !DeviceIoControl( dh, ioctl_code,
+                         (LPVOID) in_p, in_sz, out_p, out_sz,
+                         &ReturnedLength,
+                         NULL
+                       ) )
+  {
+    DWORD rc = GetLastError();
+
+#if 0  //##++++++++++++++++++++++++
+// We can't call mbgsvctl_log_mbgdevio_error() here (for now).
+// Is is defined in mbgsvctl.h, and including mbgsvc.h here,
+// or copying the prototype here results in DLL import/export
+// mismatch errors.
+
+    // do not report a USB device timeout error
+    if ( rc != _mbg_err_to_os( MBG_ERR_USB_ACCESS ) )
+      mbgsvctl_log_mbgdevio_error( ioctl_code, rc );
+#endif
+
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // do_mbg_ioctl
+
+  #define _do_mbg_ioctl( _dh, _ioctl, _p, _in_sz, _out_sz ) \
+    do_mbg_ioctl( _dh, _ioctl, (LPVOID) _p, _in_sz, (LPVOID) _p, _out_sz )
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX )
+
+  #define _do_mbg_ioctl( _dh, _ioctl, _p, _in_sz, _out_sz ) \
+    ioctl( _dh, _ioctl, _p )
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+// The code below depends on whether the target device is accessed via
+// IOCTLs to a device driver, or the hardware is accessed directly.
+
+#if defined( MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER )  // using IOCTL to access device driver
+
+/**
+   @brief Send a generic IOCTL command to the driver.
+
+   @param dh    Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+   @param info  Additional information for the kernel driver depending on
+                the IOCTL code, i.e. the low level function to be called: <br>
+                  one of the PCPS_... commands with IOCTL_PCPS_GENERIC_{READ|WRITE}<br>
+                  one of the PC_GPS_... commands with IOCTL_PCPS_GENERIC_{READ|WRITE}_GPS<br>
+                  one of the PCPS_GEN_IO_... enumeration codes with IOCTL_PCPS_GENERIC_IO
+   @param ioctl One of the IOCTL_GENERIC_... codes telling the kernel driver
+                which low level function to use, e.g. normal read or write,
+                large (GPS) data read or write, or generic I/O.
+   @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+   @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+  static __mbg_inline
+  int mbgdevio_do_gen_io( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int info, unsigned int ioctl_code,
+                          const void *in_p, int in_sz,
+                          void *out_p, int out_sz )
+  {
+    _mbgdevio_vars();
+
+    // Generic IOCTL calls always need to pass some info beside
+    // the I/O buffers down to the driver, which usually is
+    // the command code for the device.
+    // Thus we must always use one of the control structures
+    // IOCTL_GENERIC_REQ or IOCTL_GENERIC_BUFFER, whichever
+    // is appropriate for the target OS.
+
+    #if USE_IOCTL_GENERIC_REQ
+
+      IOCTL_GENERIC_REQ req = { 0 };
+
+      req.info = info;
+      req.in_p = in_p;
+      req.in_sz = in_sz;
+      req.out_p = out_p;
+      req.out_sz = out_sz;
+
+      rc = _do_mbg_ioctl( dh, ioctl_code, &req, sizeof( req ), 0 );
+
+    #else
+
+      IOCTL_GENERIC_BUFFER *p_buff;
+      int buff_size = sizeof( p_buff->ctl )
+                    + ( ( in_sz > out_sz ) ? in_sz : out_sz );
+
+      p_buff = (IOCTL_GENERIC_BUFFER *) malloc( buff_size );
+
+      if ( p_buff == NULL )
+        return _mbg_err_to_os( MBG_ERR_NO_MEM );
+
+      p_buff->ctl.info = info;
+      p_buff->ctl.data_size_in = in_sz;
+      p_buff->ctl.data_size_out = out_sz;
+
+      if ( in_p )
+        memcpy( p_buff->data, in_p, in_sz );
+
+      rc = _do_mbg_ioctl( dh, ioctl_code, p_buff,
+                          sizeof( IOCTL_GENERIC_CTL ) + in_sz,
+                          sizeof( IOCTL_GENERIC_CTL ) + out_sz );
+
+      if ( out_p && ( rc == MBG_SUCCESS ) )
+        memcpy( out_p, p_buff->data, out_sz );
+
+      free( p_buff );
+
+    #endif
+
+    return _mbgdevio_ret_val;
+
+  }  // mbgdevio_do_gen_io
+
+
+
+  #define _do_mbgdevio_read( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p, _sz ) \
+    _do_mbg_ioctl( _dh, _ioctl, _p, 0, _sz )
+
+  #define _do_mbgdevio_write( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p, _sz ) \
+    _do_mbg_ioctl( _dh, _ioctl, _p, _sz, 0 )
+
+  #define _do_mbgdevio_read_gps      _do_mbgdevio_read
+
+  #define _do_mbgdevio_write_gps     _do_mbgdevio_write
+
+
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_read_var( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p ) \
+    _do_mbgdevio_read( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p, sizeof( *(_p) ) )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_write_var( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p ) \
+    _do_mbgdevio_write( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p, sizeof( *(_p) ) )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_write_cmd( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl ) \
+    _do_mbgdevio_write( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, NULL, 0 )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_read_gps_var    _mbgdevio_read_var
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_write_gps_var   _mbgdevio_write_var
+
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_gen_read( _dh, _cmd, _p, _sz ) \
+    mbgdevio_do_gen_io( _dh, _cmd, IOCTL_PCPS_GENERIC_READ, NULL, 0, _p, _sz )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_gen_write( _dh, _cmd, _p, _sz ) \
+    mbgdevio_do_gen_io( _dh, _cmd, IOCTL_PCPS_GENERIC_WRITE, _p, _sz, NULL, 0 )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_gen_io( _dh, _type, _in_p, _in_sz, _out_p, _out_sz ) \
+    mbgdevio_do_gen_io( _dh, _type, IOCTL_PCPS_GENERIC_IO, _in_p, _in_sz, _out_p, _out_sz )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_gen_read_gps( _dh, _cmd, _p, _sz ) \
+    mbgdevio_do_gen_io( _dh, _cmd, IOCTL_PCPS_GENERIC_READ_GPS, NULL, 0, _p, _sz )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_gen_write_gps( _dh, _cmd, _p, _sz ) \
+    mbgdevio_do_gen_io( _dh, _cmd, IOCTL_PCPS_GENERIC_WRITE_GPS, _p, _sz, NULL, 0 )
+
+
+#else  // accessing hardware device directly
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_chk_cond( _cond )                   \
+  {                                                     \
+    if ( !(_cond) )                                     \
+      return _mbg_err_to_os( MBG_ERR_NOT_SUPP_BY_DEV ); \
+  }
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_read( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p, _sz ) \
+    pcps_read_safe( _dh, _cmd, _p, _sz )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_write( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p, _sz ) \
+    pcps_write_safe( _dh, _cmd, _p, _sz )
+
+  #define _do_mbgdevio_read_gps( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p, _sz ) \
+    pcps_read_gps_safe( _dh, _cmd, _p, _sz )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_write_gps( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p, _sz ) \
+    pcps_write_gps_safe( _dh, _cmd, _p, _sz )
+
+
+
+//##+++++++++++++++++++
+  #define _mbgdevio_read_var( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p ) \
+    _pcps_read_var_safe( _dh, _cmd, *(_p) )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_write_var( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p ) \
+    _pcps_write_var_safe( _dh, _cmd, *(_p) )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_write_cmd( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl ) \
+    _pcps_write_byte_safe( _dh, _cmd );
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_read_gps_var( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p ) \
+    _pcps_read_gps_var_safe( _dh, _cmd, *(_p) )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_write_gps_var( _dh, _cmd, _ioctl, _p ) \
+    _pcps_write_gps_var_safe( _dh, _cmd, *(_p) )
+
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_gen_read( _dh, _cmd, _p, _sz ) \
+    _mbgdevio_read( _dh, _cmd, -1, _p, _sz )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_gen_write( _dh, _cmd, _p, _sz ) \
+    _mbgdevio_write( _dh, _cmd, -1, _p, _sz )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_gen_io( _dh, _type, _in_p, _in_sz, _out_p, _out_sz ) \
+    pcps_generic_io( _dh, _type, _in_p, _in_sz, _out_p, _out_sz );
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_gen_read_gps( _dh, _cmd, _p, _sz ) \
+    _do_mbgdevio_read_gps( _dh, _cmd, -1, _p, _sz )
+
+  #define _mbgdevio_gen_write_gps( _dh, _cmd, _p, _sz ) \
+    _mbgdevio_write_gps( _dh, _cmd, -1, _p, _sz )
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+#define _mbg_generic_read_var( _dh, _cmd, _s )  \
+  mbg_generic_read( _dh, _cmd, &(_s), sizeof( (_s) ) )
+
+#define _mbg_generic_write_var( _dh, _cmd, _s )  \
+  mbg_generic_write( _dh, _cmd, &(_s), sizeof( (_s) ) )
+
+#define _mbg_generic_read_gps_var( _dh, _cmd, _s )  \
+  mbg_generic_read_gps( _dh, _cmd, &(_s), sizeof( (_s) ) )
+
+#define _mbg_generic_write_gps_var( _dh, _cmd, _s )  \
+  mbg_generic_write_gps( _dh, _cmd, &(_s), sizeof( (_s) ) )
+
+
+
+#define _mbgdevio_gen_read_var( _dh, _cmd, _s ) \
+  _mbgdevio_gen_read( _dh, _cmd, &(_s), sizeof( (_s) ) )
+
+#define _mbgdevio_gen_write_var( _dh, _cmd, _s ) \
+  _mbgdevio_gen_write( _dh, _cmd, &(_s), sizeof( (_s) ) )
+
+#define _mbgdevio_gen_read_gps_var( _dh, _cmd, _s ) \
+  _mbgdevio_gen_read_gps( _dh, _cmd, &(_s), sizeof( (_s) ) )
+
+#define _mbgdevio_gen_write_gps_var( _dh, _cmd, _s ) \
+  _mbgdevio_gen_write_gps( _dh, _cmd, &(_s), sizeof( (_s) ) )
+
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 ) || defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX )
+
+static __mbg_inline
+void mbg_chk_tstamp64_leap_sec( uint64_t *tstamp64, PCPS_TIME_STATUS_X *status )
+{
+  if ( *status & ( PCPS_LS_ANN | PCPS_LS_ENB ) )
+  {
+    time_t t  = (uint32_t) ( *tstamp64 >> 32 );
+    struct tm tm = *gmtime( &t );
+
+    // Handle leap second and status
+    if ( tm.tm_hour == 0 && tm.tm_min == 0 && tm.tm_sec == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( *status & PCPS_LS_ANN )
+      {
+        // Set leap second enabled flag on rollover to the leap second and clear announce flag
+        *status &= ~PCPS_LS_ANN;
+        *status |= PCPS_LS_ENB;
+
+        // Decrement interpolated second to avoid automated overflow during the leap second.
+        // Second 59 appears for the second time.
+        *tstamp64 -= PCPS_HRT_BIN_FRAC_SCALE;
+      }
+      else
+        if ( *status & PCPS_LS_ENB ) // Clear bits when leap second expires and 0:00:00 UTC is reached
+          *status  &= ~( PCPS_LS_ANN | PCPS_LS_ENB );
+    }
+  }
+
+}  // mbg_chk_tstamp64_leap_sec
+
+#endif  // defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 ) || defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX )
+
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+void mbg_init_pc_cycles_frequency( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY *p )
+{
+  if ( *p == 0 )
+    mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency_from_dev( dh, p );
+
+}  // mbg_init_pc_cycles_frequency
+
+
+
+#if MBG_TGT_HAS_64BIT_TYPES
+
+static __mbg_inline
+uint64_t pcps_time_stamp_to_uint64( const PCPS_TIME_STAMP *ts )
+{
+  return ( ( (uint64_t) ts->sec ) << 32 ) + ts->frac;
+
+}  // pcps_time_stamp_to_uint64
+
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+void uint64_to_pcps_time_stamp( PCPS_TIME_STAMP *ts, uint64_t n )
+{
+  ts->sec = (uint32_t) ( n >> 32 );
+  ts->frac = (uint32_t) ( n & 0xFFFFFFFFUL );
+
+}  // uint64_to_pcps_time_stamp
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+  #pragma pack()      // set default alignment
+  #undef _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+
+#undef _ext
+
+#endif  /* _MBGDEVIO_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/mbgerror.h b/mbglib/common/mbgerror.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f15878d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/mbgerror.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbgerror.h 1.6 2012/10/02 18:42:26Z martin REL_M $
+ *  $Name: $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Error codes used with Meinberg devices and drivers.
+ *    The codes can be translated into an OS dependent error code.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbgerror.h $
+ *  Revision 1.6  2012/10/02 18:42:26Z  martin
+ *  New codes MBG_ERR_N_POUT_EXCEEDS_SUPP and
+ *  MBG_ERR_N_UC_MSTR_EXCEEDS_SUPP.
+ *  Modified comments for doxygen.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2011/03/31 10:56:17  martin
+ *  Added MBG_ERR_COPY_TO_USER and MBG_ERR_COPY_FROM_USER.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2008/12/05 13:28:50  martin
+ *  Added new code MBG_ERR_IRQ_UNSAFE.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2008/02/26 14:50:14Z  daniel
+ *  Added codes:
+ *  MBG_ERR_NOT_SUPP_ON_OS, MBG_ERR_LIB_NOT_COMPATIBLE,
+ *  MBG_ERR_N_COM_EXCEEDS_SUPP, MBG_ERR_N_STR_EXCEEDS_SUPP
+ *  Added doxygen compatible comments.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2007/09/27 07:26:22Z  martin
+ *  Define STATUS_SUCCESS for Windows if not in kernel mode.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2007/09/26 08:08:54Z  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MBGERROR_H
+#define _MBGERROR_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbg_tgt.h>
+
+#ifdef _MBGERROR
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+/**
+  @defgroup group_error_codes Error codes
+
+  Error codes used with Meinberg devices and drivers.
+  The codes will be translated into an OS dependent error code,
+  when they are returned to the calling function.
+
+  For Windows, these codes are made positive and or'ed with 0xE0000000 afterwards.
+
+  Example: Code -19 (#MBG_ERR_GENERIC) will be converted to 0xE0000013 under Windows.
+
+  @note Attention:
+  These error codes below must match exactly the corresponding codes that are evaluated in user space.
+  For Windows, they are located in messages.mc/.h in mbgsvctl.dll
+
+  @{
+*/
+
+
+#define MBG_SUCCESS     PCPS_SUCCESS      /**<  0, no error */
+
+// The codes below are defined in pcpsdefs.h and returned by the firmware:
+#define MBG_ERR_STIME   PCPS_ERR_STIME    /**< -1, invalid date/time/status passed */
+#define MBG_ERR_CFG     PCPS_ERR_CFG      /**< -2, invalid parms with a PCPS_CFG_GROUP cmd */
+
+// Codes returned by the driver's low level functions:
+#define MBG_ERR_GENERIC             -19   /**< Generic error */
+#define MBG_ERR_TIMEOUT             -20   /**< Timeout accessing the board */
+#define MBG_ERR_FW_ID               -21   /**< Invalid firmware ID */
+#define MBG_ERR_NBYTES              -22   /**< The number of parameter bytes 
+                                               passed to the board did not match 
+                                               the number of bytes expected. */
+#define MBG_ERR_INV_TIME            -23   /**< The device's time is not valid */
+#define MBG_ERR_FIFO                -24   /**< The device's FIFO is empty, though
+                                               it shouldn't be */
+#define MBG_ERR_NOT_READY           -25   /**< Board is temporary unable to respond
+                                               (during initialization after RESET) */
+#define MBG_ERR_INV_TYPE            -26   /**< Board did not recognize data type */
+
+
+// Codes returned by the driver's high level functions:
+#define MBG_ERR_NO_MEM              -27  /**< Failed to allocate memory */
+#define MBG_ERR_CLAIM_RSRC          -28  /**< Failed to claim port or mem resource */
+#define MBG_ERR_DEV_NOT_SUPP        -29  /**< Specified device type not supported by driver */
+#define MBG_ERR_INV_DEV_REQUEST     -30  /**< IOCTL call not supported by driver */
+#define MBG_ERR_NOT_SUPP_BY_DEV     -31  /**< Cmd or feature not supported by device */
+#define MBG_ERR_USB_ACCESS          -32  /**< USB access failed */
+#define MBG_ERR_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT      -33  /**< Cyclic event (IRQ, etc.) didn't occur */
+#define MBG_ERR_NOT_SUPP_ON_OS      -34  /**< The function is not supported on this operating system */
+#define MBG_ERR_LIB_NOT_COMPATIBLE  -35  /**< The installed version of the DLL/shared object is not 
+                                              compatible with version used to build the application */
+#define MBG_ERR_N_COM_EXCEEDS_SUPP  -36  /**< The number of COM ports provided by the device 
+                                              exceeds the maximum supported by the driver  */
+#define MBG_ERR_N_STR_EXCEEDS_SUPP  -37  /**< The number of string formats supported by the device 
+                                              exceeds the maximum supported by the driver  */
+#define MBG_ERR_IRQ_UNSAFE          -38  /**< The enabled IRQs are unsafe with this firmware/ASIC version  */
+#define MBG_ERR_N_POUT_EXCEEDS_SUPP -39  /**< The number of programmable outputs provided by the device 
+                                              exceeds the maximum supported by the driver  */
+
+// Legacy codes used with DOS TSRs only:
+#define MBG_ERR_INV_INTNO           -40  /**< Invalid interrupt number */
+#define MBG_ERR_NO_DRIVER           -41  /**< A driver could not be found */
+#define MBG_ERR_DRV_VERSION         -42  /**< The driver is too old */
+
+
+#define MBG_ERR_COPY_TO_USER        -43  /**< kernel driver failed to copy data from kernel to user space */
+#define MBG_ERR_COPY_FROM_USER      -44  /**< kernel driver failed to copy data from use to kernel space */
+
+// More codes returned by the driver's high level functions:
+
+#define MBG_ERR_N_UC_MSTR_EXCEEDS_SUPP -39  /**< The number of PTP unicast masters supported by the device
+                                                 exceeds the maximum supported by the driver  */
+/** @} group_error_codes */
+
+// Depending on the operating system, the codes above have to be converted before
+// they are sent up to user space
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+  #if !defined( STATUS_SUCCESS )  // not in kernel mode
+    #define STATUS_SUCCESS  0
+  #endif
+
+  #define _mbg_err_to_os( _c ) \
+  ( ( _c == MBG_SUCCESS ) ?  STATUS_SUCCESS : ( abs( _c ) | 0xE0000000 ) )
+#endif
+
+
+// If no specific conversion has been defined 
+// then use the original codes.
+#if !defined( _mbg_err_to_os )
+  #define _mbg_err_to_os( _c )   ( _c )
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+/* (no header definitions found) */
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _MBGERROR_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/mbggeo.h b/mbglib/common/mbggeo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3bdb40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/mbggeo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbggeo.h 1.11 2011/06/22 10:18:10Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for mbggeo.c.
+ *
+ *  Terms used:
+ *
+ *     WGS84   world geodetic system of 1984
+ *
+ *     XYZ     WGS84 earth centered, earth fixed (ECEF) kartesian
+ *             coordinates
+ *
+ *     LLA     longitude, latitude, altitude depending on the reference
+ *             ellipsoid used.
+ *
+ *     DMS     degrees, minutes, seconds
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbggeo.h $
+ *  Revision 1.11  2011/06/22 10:18:10Z  martin
+ *  Cleaned up handling of pragma pack().
+ *  Revision 1.10  2008/09/03 14:54:28  martin
+ *  Added macros to swap endianess of structures.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2008/01/17 09:31:33  daniel
+ *  Made comments compatible for doxygen parser.
+ *  No sourcecode changes.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2004/11/09 14:16:00Z  martin
+ *  Redefined interface data types using C99 fixed-size definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2003/02/14 13:23:04Z  martin
+ *  Omit inclusion of mystd.h.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2003/01/13 15:17:15  martin
+ *  Structures were defined with default alignment which 
+ *  could result in different data sizes on different platforms.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2002/12/18 14:46:41Z  martin
+ *  Removed variable USER_POS meinberg.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2002/12/12 12:04:25Z  martin
+ *  Moved some definitions here.
+ *  Use standard file format.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MBGGEO_H
+#define _MBGGEO_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <gpsdefs.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+
+#ifdef _MBGGEO
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )
+  #pragma pack( 1 )      // set byte alignment
+  #define _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ Geographic longitude or latitude in [degrees, minutes, seconds] 
+ longitude East latitude North and positve, South or West angles negative
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t prefix;  /**< 'N', 'E', 'S' or 'W' */
+  uint16_t deg;     /**< [0...90 (lat) or 0...180 (lon)] */
+  uint16_t min;     /**< [0...59] */
+  double sec;       /**< [0...59.999] */
+} DMS;
+
+// The corresponding macro _mbg_swab_dms() is defined in gpsdefs.h.
+#define _mbg_swab_dms( _p )        \
+{                                  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->prefix );    \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->deg );       \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->min );       \
+  _mbg_swab_double( &(_p)->sec );  \
+}
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  XYZ xyz;           /**< always WGS84 ECEF coordinates */
+  LLA lla;           /**< depending on the ellipsoid used for reference */
+  DMS longitude;     /**< longitude in degrees, minutes, seconds */
+  DMS latitude;      /**< latitude in degrees, minutes, seconds */
+  int16_t ellipsoid; /**< ellipsoid used for reference */
+} POS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pos( _p )           \
+{                                     \
+  _mbg_swab_xyz( (_p)->xyz );         \
+  _mbg_swab_lla( (_p)->lla );         \
+  _mbg_swab_dms( &(_p)->longitude );  \
+  _mbg_swab_dms( &(_p)->latitude );   \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->ellipsoid );    \
+}
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;        /* checksum of the remaining bytes */
+  int16_t valid;    /* flag data are valid */
+
+  char name[40];
+  POS pos;          /* the position in WGS84 ECEF coords and LLA */
+  double det;
+
+
+/* The components below hold the results of intermediate terms */
+/* computed in complete_user_pos(). */
+
+/* The sin.., cos.., nt.. and ut.. variables are used to compute the */
+/* enu_dcos[] parameters of a SV structure in xyz_to_ead(). */
+
+/* The e_radius.. variables are used to compute the latitude, longitude */
+/* and altitude from ECEF coordinates in lla_to_xyz(). */
+
+  double sin_lat;        /* sin( latitude ) */
+  double cos_lat;        /* cos( latitude ) */
+  double sin_lon;        /* sin( longitude ) */
+  double cos_lon;        /* cos( longitude ) */
+
+  double nt1;            /* -sin_lat * cos_lon */
+  double nt2;            /* -sin_lat * sin_lon */
+  double utx;            /*  cos_lat * cos_lon */
+  double uty;            /*  cos_lat * sin_lon */
+
+  double e_radius;       /* N */
+  double e_radius_alt;   /* N + h */
+
+} USER_POS;
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;        /* checksum of the remaining bytes */
+  int16_t valid;    /* flag data are valid */
+
+  char name[40];
+  XYZ dxyz;            /* offset from the WGS84 ECEF coords */
+  double a;            /* semi major axis */
+  double rcp_f;        /* reciproke of flatness */
+
+/* the variables below will be computed in the init_mbggeo() function: */
+
+  double f;            /* flatness */
+  double b;            /* semi minor axis */
+  double sqr_e;        /* square of numerical eccentricity */
+} ELLIPSOID;
+
+
+
+enum { WGS84, BESSEL, N_ELLIPSOIDS };
+
+_ext ELLIPSOID ellipsoid[N_ELLIPSOIDS]
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+ = { { 0, 0,
+       "WGS 84",
+       { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 },
+       6378137.0,
+       298.257223563
+     },
+
+     { 0, 0,
+       "Bessel",
+       { -128.0, 481.0, 664.0 },
+       6377397.0,
+       299.15
+     }
+
+   }
+#endif
+;
+
+
+/* WGS84 constants used */
+
+_ext double OMEGADOTe   /* earth's rotation rate  [rad/sec] */
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = 7.2921151467e-5
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext double mue         /* earth's gravitational constant  [m^3/sec^2] */
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = 3.986005e14
+#endif
+;
+
+
+
+_ext double vr_to_doppler;
+
+
+_ext double gps_pi
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = 3.1415926535898
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext double gps_c0
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = 2.99792458e8
+#endif
+;
+
+
+#ifndef PI
+  #define PI 3.1415926535897932
+#endif
+
+
+_ext double pi
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+ = PI
+#endif
+;
+
+
+_ext double r2d
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = 180.0 / PI
+#endif
+;
+
+
+_ext double d2r
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = PI / 180.0
+#endif
+;
+
+
+/* variables for simplifying computations */
+
+_ext double gps_two_pi;
+_ext double sqrt_mue;         /* sqrt( mue )  */
+
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ void dms_to_rad( const DMS *dms, double *rad ) ;
+ void rad_to_dms( const double *rad, DMS *dms, const char prefix ) ;
+ void dms_to_lla( POS *pos ) ;
+ void lla_to_dms( POS *pos ) ;
+ void lla_to_xyz( USER_POS *pos ) ;
+ void xyz_to_lla( POS *pos, void (*cyclic_func)( void ) ) ;
+ void dms_to_xyz( USER_POS *pos ) ;
+ void setup_user_pos_from_dms( USER_POS *user ) ;
+ void setup_user_pos_from_lla( USER_POS *user ) ;
+ void setup_user_pos_from_xyz( USER_POS *user, void (*cyclic_func)( void ) ) ;
+ double distance( XYZ xyz_1, XYZ xyz_2 ) ;
+ void init_mbggeo( void ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+  #pragma pack()      // set default alignment
+  #undef _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _MBGGEO_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/mbgmutex.h b/mbglib/common/mbgmutex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86fd058
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/mbgmutex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbgmutex.h 1.2 2012/03/08 12:19:01Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Portable macros to deal with spinlocks, mutexes,
+ *    and critical sections.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbgmutex.h $
+ *  Revision 1.2  2012/03/08 12:19:01Z  martin
+ *  Fixes for Linux kernel and FreeBSD.
+ *  Fixed build under DOS and QNX usinc dummy defines.
+ *  Don't define macros for semaphore destroy functions
+ *  if not required/supported on the target OS.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2011/04/15 12:26:59  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MBGMUTEX_H
+#define _MBGMUTEX_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbg_tgt.h>
+#include <words.h>
+
+#ifdef _MBGMUTEX
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )        // definitions used in kernel space
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32   )     // Windows kernel space
+
+    typedef KSPIN_LOCK MBG_SPINLOCK;
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_init( _spl )     KeInitializeSpinLock( _spl )
+    // _mbg_spin_lock_destroy               is not supported
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_acquire( _spl )  KeAcquireSpinLockAtDpcLevel( _spl )
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_release( _spl )  KeReleaseSpinLockFromDpcLevel( _spl )
+
+    #define _MBG_SPINLOCK_DEFINED  1
+
+
+    typedef FAST_MUTEX MBG_MUTEX;
+    #define _mbg_mutex_init( _pmtx )       ExInitializeFastMutex( _pmtx )
+    // _mbg_mutex_destroy( _pmtx )         is not supported
+    #define _mbg_mutex_acquire( _pmtx )    ExAcquireFastMutex( _pmtx )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_release( _pmtx )    ExReleaseFastMutex( _pmtx )
+
+    #define _MBG_MUTEX_DEFINED  1
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )     // Linux kernel space
+
+    #include <linux/spinlock.h>
+    #include <linux/version.h>
+
+    #if ( LINUX_VERSION_CODE >= KERNEL_VERSION( 2, 6, 26 ) )
+      #include <linux/semaphore.h>
+    #else
+      #include <asm/semaphore.h>
+    #endif
+
+    typedef spinlock_t MBG_SPINLOCK;
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_init( _spl )     spin_lock_init( _spl )
+    // _mbg_spin_lock_destroy               is not supported
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_acquire( _spl )  spin_lock( _spl )
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_release( _spl )  spin_unlock( _spl )
+
+    #define _MBG_SPINLOCK_DEFINED  1
+
+
+    typedef struct semaphore MBG_MUTEX;
+    #define _mbg_mutex_init( _pmtx )       sema_init( _pmtx, 1 )
+    // _mbg_mutex_destroy( _pmtx )         is not supported
+    #define _mbg_mutex_acquire( _pmtx )    down_interruptible( _pmtx )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_release( _pmtx )    up( _pmtx )
+
+    #define _MBG_MUTEX_DEFINED  1
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_FREEBSD )   // FreeBSD kernel space
+
+    #include <sys/lock.h>
+    #include <sys/mutex.h>
+
+    typedef struct mtx MBG_SPINLOCK;
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_init( _spl )     mtx_init( _spl, "mbg_spin_lock", NULL, MTX_SPIN )
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_destroy( _spl )  mtx_destroy( _spl )
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_acquire( _spl )  mtx_lock_spin( _spl )
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_release( _spl )  mtx_unlock_spin( _spl )
+
+    #define _MBG_SPINLOCK_DEFINED  1
+
+
+    typedef struct mtx MBG_MUTEX;
+    #define _mbg_mutex_init( _pmtx )        mtx_init( _pmtx, "mbg_mutex", NULL, MTX_DEF )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_destroy( _pmtx )     mtx_destroy( _pmtx )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_acquire( _pmtx )     mtx_lock( _pmtx )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_release( _pmtx )     mtx_unlock( _pmtx )
+
+    #define _MBG_MUTEX_DEFINED  1
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_NETBSD )
+
+    #include <sys/mutex.h>
+
+    // The API used below has been introduced in NetBSD 5.0
+    // For earlier NetBSD versions see 'man 9 lockinit'.
+
+    typedef kmutex_t MBG_SPINLOCK;
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_init( _spl )     mutex_init( _spl, MUTEX_DEFAULT, IPL_HIGH )
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_destroy( _spl )  mutex_destroy( _spl )
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_acquire( _spl )  mutex_spin_enter( _spl )
+    #define _mbg_spin_lock_release( _spl )  mutex_spin_exit( _spl )
+
+    #define _MBG_SPINLOCK_DEFINED  1
+
+
+    typedef kmutex_t MBG_MUTEX;
+    #define _mbg_mutex_init( _pmtx )       mutex_init( _pmtx, MUTEX_DEFAULT, IPL_NONE )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_destroy( _spl )     mutex_destroy( _spl )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_acquire( _pmtx )    mutex_enter( _pmtx )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_release( _pmtx )    mutex_exit( _pmtx )
+
+    #define _MBG_MUTEX_DEFINED  1
+
+  #endif
+
+#else  // user space applications
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )       // Windows user space
+
+    #include <windows.h>
+
+    // definitions used with mutexes
+    typedef HANDLE  MBG_MUTEX;
+    #define _mbg_mutex_init( _pm )     *(_pm) = CreateMutex( NULL, FALSE, NULL )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_destroy( _pm )  CloseHandle( *(_pm) ); *(_pm) = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
+    #define _mbg_mutex_acquire( _pm )  WaitForSingleObject( *(_pm), INFINITE )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_release( _pm )  ReleaseMutex( *(_pm) )
+
+    #define _MBG_MUTEX_DEFINED  1
+
+    // definitions used with critical sections
+    typedef CRITICAL_SECTION MBG_CRIT_SECT;
+    #define _mbg_crit_sect_init( _pcs )     InitializeCriticalSection( (_pcs) )
+    #define _mbg_crit_sect_destroy( _pcs )  DeleteCriticalSection( (_pcs) )
+    #define _mbg_crit_sect_enter( _pcs )    EnterCriticalSection( (_pcs) )
+    #define _mbg_crit_sect_leave( _pcs )    LeaveCriticalSection( (_pcs) )
+
+    #define _MBG_CRIT_SECT_DEFINED  1
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX )    // Unix user space use pthread library
+
+    #include <pthread.h>
+
+    // Mutex types:
+    //   PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER                /* Fast */
+    //   PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP   /* Recursive */
+    //   PTHREAD_ERRORCHECK_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP  /* Errorcheck */
+    typedef pthread_mutex_t MBG_MUTEX;
+    #define _mbg_mutex_init( _pm )     pthread_mutex_init( (_pm), NULL )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_destroy( _pm )  pthread_mutex_destroy( (_pm) )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_acquire( _pm )  pthread_mutex_lock( (_pm) )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_release( _pm )  pthread_mutex_unlock( (_pm) )
+
+    #define _MBG_MUTEX_DEFINED  1
+
+    // For critical sections use defaults specified below
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_DOS ) || defined( MBG_TGT_QNX )
+
+    typedef int MBG_MUTEX;  // just a dummy declaration
+
+    #define _MBG_MUTEX_DEFINED  1
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( _MBG_SPINLOCK_DEFINED )
+
+  #define _mbg_spin_lock_init( _spl )     _nop_macro_fnc()
+  // _mbg_spin_lock_destroy               is not supported
+  #define _mbg_spin_lock_acquire( _spl )  _nop_macro_fnc()
+  #define _mbg_spin_lock_release( _spl )  _nop_macro_fnc()
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( _MBG_MUTEX_DEFINED )
+
+  #define _MBG_MUTEX_DEFINED  1
+
+  typedef MBG_CRIT_SECT MBG_MUTEX;
+
+  #define _mbg_mutex_init( _pm )     _nop_macro_fnc()
+  // _mbg_mutex_destroy( _pmtx )     is not supported
+  #define _mbg_mutex_acquire( _pm )  _nop_macro_fnc()
+  #define _mbg_mutex_release( _pm )  _nop_macro_fnc()
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( _MBG_CRIT_SECT_DEFINED )
+
+  // use mutex by default, e.g. with the pthread library
+
+  #define _MBG_CRIT_SECT_DEFINED  1
+
+  typedef MBG_MUTEX  MBG_CRIT_SECT;
+  #define _mbg_crit_sect_init       _mbg_mutex_init
+  #if defined( _mbg_mutex_destroy )
+    #define _mbg_crit_sect_destroy  _mbg_mutex_destroy
+  #endif
+  #define _mbg_crit_sect_enter      _mbg_mutex_acquire
+  #define _mbg_crit_sect_leave      _mbg_mutex_release
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+/* (no header definitions found) */
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _MBGMUTEX_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/mbgpccyc.h b/mbglib/common/mbgpccyc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71d1235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/mbgpccyc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbgpccyc.h 1.2 2012/03/12 13:45:57Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Portable macros to get a machine's current cycle count.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbgpccyc.h $
+ *  Revision 1.2  2012/03/12 13:45:57Z  martin
+ *  Added cycles support for Linux/IA64, FreeBSD and NetBSD
+ *  in kernel space.
+ *  Use get_cycles() in Linux kernel mode if no special cycles support
+ *  is provided for the given hardware platform.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2011/06/23 15:36:07  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MBGPCCYC_H
+#define _MBGPCCYC_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbg_tgt.h>
+#include <words.h>
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_NETBSD )
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+    #include <machine/cpu.h>
+    #include <machine/cpu_counter.h>  /* for cycle counter abstraction */
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_FREEBSD )
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+    #if defined( MBG_ARCH_X86 )
+      #include <machine/clock.h>  /* for symbol 'tsc_freq' */
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+  #if defined( MBG_ARCH_IA64 ) && defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+    #include <asm/ia64regs.h>
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _MBGPCCYC
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generic types to hold PC cycle counter values.
+ *
+ * The cycle counter value is usually derived from the PC CPU's TSC or some other
+ * timer hardware on the mainboard.
+ */
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 ) || defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX )
+
+  typedef int64_t MBG_PC_CYCLES;
+  typedef uint64_t MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY;
+
+#else
+
+  typedef uint32_t MBG_PC_CYCLES;
+  typedef uint32_t MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY;
+
+#endif
+
+
+// MBG_PC_CYCLES and MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY are always read in native
+// machine endianess, so no endianess conversion is required.
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_pc_cycles( _p ) \
+  _nop_macro_fnc()
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_pc_cycles_frequency( _p ) \
+  _nop_macro_fnc()
+
+
+
+#if ( defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX ) || defined( MBG_TGT_BSD ) ) && defined( MBG_ARCH_X86 )
+
+  static __mbg_inline unsigned long long int mbg_rdtscll( void )
+  {
+    // The code below is a hack to get around issues with
+    // different versions of gcc.
+    //
+    // Normally the inline asm code could look similar to:
+    //
+    //     __asm__ volatile ( "rdtsc" : "=A" (x) )
+    //
+    // which would copy the output regs edx:eax as a 64 bit
+    // number to a variable x.
+    //
+    // The "=A" expression should implicitely tell the compiler
+    // the edx and eax registers have been clobbered. However,
+    // this does not seem to work properly at least with gcc 4.1.2
+    // shipped with Centos 5.
+    //
+    // If optimization level 1 or higher is used then function
+    // parameters are also passed in registers. If the inline
+    // code above is used inside a function then the edx register
+    // is clobbered but the gcc 4.1.2 is not aware of this and
+    // assumes edx is unchanged, which may yield faulty results
+    // or even lead to segmentation faults.
+    //
+    // A possible workaround could be to mark edx explicitely as
+    // being clobbered in the asm inline code, but unfortunately
+    // other gcc versions report an error if a register which is
+    // implicitely (by "=A") known to be clobbered is also listed
+    // explicitely to be clobbered.
+    //
+    // So the code below is a workaround which tells the compiler
+    // implicitely that the eax ("=a") and edx ("=d") registers
+    // are being used and thus clobbered.
+
+    union
+    {
+      struct
+      {
+        uint32_t lo;
+        uint32_t hi;
+      } u32;
+
+      uint64_t u64;
+
+    } tsc_val;
+
+    __asm__ __volatile__( "rdtsc" : "=a" (tsc_val.u32.lo), "=d" (tsc_val.u32.hi) );
+
+    return tsc_val.u64;
+
+  }  // mbg_rdtscll
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+void mbg_get_pc_cycles( MBG_PC_CYCLES *p )
+{
+#if !defined( OMIT_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORT )
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )  // kernel space
+      *p = (MBG_PC_CYCLES) KeQueryPerformanceCounter( NULL ).QuadPart;
+    #else                          // user space
+      QueryPerformanceCounter( (LARGE_INTEGER *) p );
+    #endif
+
+    #define MBG_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORTED  1
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX ) && defined( MBG_ARCH_X86 )
+
+    *p = mbg_rdtscll();
+    #define MBG_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORTED  1
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX ) && defined( MBG_ARCH_IA64 ) && defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+
+    unsigned long result = ia64_getreg( _IA64_REG_AR_ITC );
+    ia64_barrier();
+
+    #ifdef CONFIG_ITANIUM
+      while (unlikely((__s32) result == -1)) {
+        result = ia64_getreg(_IA64_REG_AR_ITC);
+        ia64_barrier();
+      }
+    #endif
+
+    *p = result;
+
+    #define MBG_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORTED  1
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX ) && defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+
+    *p = get_cycles();
+    #define MBG_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORTED  1
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_FREEBSD ) && defined( MBG_ARCH_X86 )
+
+    *p = mbg_rdtscll();
+
+    #define MBG_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORTED  1
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_NETBSD ) && defined ( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+
+    *p = cpu_counter();  //##++ or cpu_counter_serializing()
+
+    #define MBG_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORTED  1
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+  #if !defined( MBG_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORTED )
+
+    *p = 0;
+    #define MBG_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORTED  0
+
+  #endif
+
+}  // mbg_get_pc_cycles
+
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+void mbg_get_pc_cycles_frequency( MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY *p )
+{
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+    LARGE_INTEGER li;
+
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )  // kernel space
+      KeQueryPerformanceCounter( &li );
+    #else                          // user space
+      QueryPerformanceFrequency( &li );
+    #endif
+
+    *p = li.QuadPart;
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX ) && defined( MBG_ARCH_X86 ) && defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+
+    *p = ( cpu_khz * 1000 );
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX ) && defined( MBG_ARCH_IA64 )
+
+    // we probably can use
+    // ia64_sal_freq_base(unsigned long which, unsigned long *ticks_per_second,
+    //                    unsigned long *drift_info)
+    // However, this is not tested.
+
+    *p = 0;
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_FREEBSD ) && defined( MBG_ARCH_X86 ) && defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+
+    *p = tsc_freq;
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_NETBSD ) && defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+
+    *p = cpu_frequency( curcpu() );
+
+  #else
+
+    *p = 0;
+
+  #endif
+
+}  // mbg_get_pc_cycles_frequency
+
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+MBG_PC_CYCLES mbg_delta_pc_cycles( const MBG_PC_CYCLES *p1, const MBG_PC_CYCLES *p2 )
+{
+#if 0 && !MBG_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORTED
+  // Cycle counts not supported on this target platform.
+  // Under SPARC this may even result in bus errors
+  // due to alignment of the underlying data structures.
+  return 0;
+#else
+  return *p1 - *p2;
+#endif
+
+}  // mbg_delta_pc_cycles
+
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+/* (no header definitions found) */
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _MBGPCCYC */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/mbgtime.h b/mbglib/common/mbgtime.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b9d2f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/mbgtime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbgtime.h 1.18 2012/10/02 18:51:11Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for mbgtime.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbgtime.h $
+ *  Revision 1.18  2012/10/02 18:51:11Z  martin
+ *  Include <time.h> for WIN32 target and firmware only
+ *  Fixed build under QNX, DOS, and FreeBSD.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2010/08/06 13:03:03  martin
+ *  Removed obsolete code.
+ *  Revision 1.16  2010/07/16 10:22:07Z  martin
+ *  Moved definitions of HNS_PER_SEC and HNS_PER_MS here.
+ *  Conditionally define FILETIME_1970.
+ *  Defined MASK_CLOCK_T for ARM/Cortex.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2009/10/23 09:55:21  martin
+ *  Added MJD numbers for commonly used epochs.
+ *  Revision 1.14  2009/08/12 10:28:12  daniel
+ *  Added definition NSECS_PER_SEC.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2009/06/12 13:31:44Z  martin
+ *  Fix build errors with arm-linux-gcc.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2009/03/27 14:14:00  martin
+ *  Cleanup for CVI.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2009/03/13 09:30:06Z  martin
+ *  Include mystd.h in mbgtime.c rather than here. The bit type used
+ *  here is now defined in words.h.
+ *  Updated comments for GPS_SEC_BIAS.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2008/12/11 10:45:41Z  martin
+ *  Added clock_t mask for gcc (GnuC).
+ *  Revision 1.9  2006/08/25 09:33:46Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2004/12/28 11:29:02Z  martin
+ *  Added macro _n_days.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2002/09/06 07:15:48Z  martin
+ *  Added MASK_CLOCK_T for Linux.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2002/02/25 08:37:44  Andre
+ *  definition MASK_CLOCK_T for ARM added
+ *  Revision 1.5  2001/03/02 10:18:10Z  MARTIN
+ *  Added MASK_CLOCK_T for Watcom C.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2000/09/15 07:57:53  MARTIN
+ *  Removed outdated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2000/07/21 14:05:18  MARTIN
+ *  Defined some new constants.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MBGTIME_H
+#define _MBGTIME_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <gpsdefs.h>
+
+#if _IS_MBG_FIRMWARE \
+  || defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 ) \
+  || defined( MBG_TGT_DOS ) \
+  || defined( MBG_TGT_QNX_NTO )
+  #include <time.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MBGTIME
+ #define _ext
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+
+// The Unix time_t epoche is usually 1970-01-01 00:00 whereas
+// the GPS epoche is 1980-01-06 00:00, so the difference is 10 years,
+// plus 2 days due to leap years (1972 and 1976), plus the difference
+// of the day-of-month (6 - 1).
+#define GPS_SEC_BIAS  315964800UL     // ( ( ( 10UL * 365UL ) + 2 + 5 ) * SECS_PER_DAY )
+
+// time_t t = ( gps_week * SECS_PER_WEEK ) + sec_of_week + GPS_SEC_BIAS
+
+
+// Modified Julian Day (MJD) numbers for some commonly used epochs.
+// To compute the MJD for a given date just compute the days since epoch
+// and add the constant number of days according to the epoch, e.g.:
+//   current_unix_mjd = ( time( NULL ) / SECS_PER_DAY ) + MJD_AT_UNIX_EPOCH;
+#define MJD_AT_GPS_EPOCH    44244UL    // MJD at 1980-01-06
+#define MJD_AT_UNIX_EPOCH   40587UL    // MJD at 1970-01-01
+#define MJD_AT_NTP_EPOCH    40587UL    // MJD at 1900-01-01
+
+
+// The constant below defines the Windows FILETIME number (100 ns intervals
+// since 1601-01-01) for 1970-01-01, which is usually the epoche for the time_t
+// type used by the standard C library.
+#if !defined( FILETIME_1970 )
+  // FILETIME represents a 64 bit number, so we need to defined the
+  // constant with an appendix depending on the compiler.
+  #if MBG_TGT_C99 || defined( __GNUC__ )
+    // syntax introduced by C99 standard
+    #define FILETIME_1970    0x019db1ded53e8000ULL  // Epoch offset from FILETIME to UNIX
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+    // MSC-specific syntax
+    #define FILETIME_1970    0x019db1ded53e8000ui64
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( _C166 )
+  #if _C166 >= 50
+    #define MASK_CLOCK_T 0x7FFFFFFFL
+  #else
+    #define MASK_CLOCK_T 0x7FFF   /* time.h not shipped with compiler */
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined( __WATCOMC__ )
+  #define MASK_CLOCK_T 0x7FFFFFFFL
+#endif
+
+#if defined( _CVI ) || defined( _CVI_ )
+  #define MASK_CLOCK_T 0x7FFFFFFFL
+#endif
+
+#if defined( _MSC_VER )
+  #define MASK_CLOCK_T 0x7FFFFFFFL
+#endif
+
+#if defined( __NETWARE_386__ )
+  #define MASK_CLOCK_T 0x7FFFFFFFL
+#endif
+
+#if defined( __ARM )
+  #define MASK_CLOCK_T 0x7FFFFFFFL
+#endif
+
+#if defined( __ARMCC_VERSION )
+  #define MASK_CLOCK_T ( ( (ulong) (clock_t) -1 ) >> 1 )
+#endif
+
+#if defined( __GNUC__ )
+  #if defined( __linux )
+    #define MASK_CLOCK_T ( ( (ulong) (clock_t) -1 ) >> 1 )
+  #else  // Windows / MinGW
+    #define MASK_CLOCK_T 0x7FFFFFFFL
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( MASK_CLOCK_T )
+  #if sizeof( clock_t ) == sizeof( short )
+    #define MASK_CLOCK_T 0x7FFF
+  #elif sizeof( clock_t ) == sizeof( long )
+    #define MASK_CLOCK_T 0x7FFFFFFFL
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  clock_t start;
+  clock_t stop;
+  short is_set;
+} TIMEOUT;
+
+
+#define DAYS_PER_WEEK     7
+
+#define SECS_PER_MIN      60
+#define MINS_PER_HOUR     60
+#define HOURS_PER_DAY     24
+#define DAYS_PER_WEEK     7
+
+#define MINS_PER_DAY      ( MINS_PER_HOUR * HOURS_PER_DAY )
+
+#define SECS_PER_HOUR     3600
+#define SECS_PER_DAY      86400L
+#define SECS_PER_WEEK     604800L
+
+#define SEC100S_PER_SEC   100L
+#define SEC100S_PER_MIN   ( SEC100S_PER_SEC * SECS_PER_MIN )
+#define SEC100S_PER_HOUR  ( SEC100S_PER_SEC * SECS_PER_HOUR )
+#define SEC100S_PER_DAY   ( SEC100S_PER_SEC * SECS_PER_DAY )
+
+#if !defined( MSEC_PER_SEC )
+  #define MSEC_PER_SEC   1000L
+#endif
+
+#define MSEC_PER_MIN   ( MSEC_PER_SEC * SECS_PER_MIN )
+#define MSEC_PER_HOUR  ( MSEC_PER_SEC * SECS_PER_HOUR )
+#define MSEC_PER_DAY   ( MSEC_PER_SEC * SECS_PER_DAY )
+
+#define NSECS_PER_SEC     1000000000UL  
+
+#if !defined( HNS_PER_SEC )
+  #define HNS_PER_SEC       10000000UL
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( HNS_PER_MS )
+  #define HNS_PER_MS          10000UL
+#endif
+
+
+
+_ext TM_GPS dhms;
+_ext TM_GPS datum;
+
+
+_ext const char *short_time_fmt
+#ifdef _MBGTIME
+ = "%2i:%02i"
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext const char *time_fmt
+#ifdef _MBGTIME
+ = "%2i:%02i:%02i"
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext const char *long_time_fmt
+#ifdef _MBGTIME
+ = "%2i:%02i:%02i.%02i"
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext const char *date_fmt
+#ifdef _MBGTIME
+ = "%2i.%02i.%04i"
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext const char *day_date_fmt
+#ifdef _MBGTIME
+ = "%s, %2i.%02i.%04i"
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext const char *day_name_eng[]
+#ifdef _MBGTIME
+ = { "Su", "Mo", "Tu", "We", "Th", "Fr", "Sa" }
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext const char *day_name_ger[]
+#ifdef _MBGTIME
+ = { "So", "Mo", "Di", "Mi", "Do", "Fr", "Sa" }
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext const TM_GPS init_tm
+#ifdef _MBGTIME
+  = { 1980, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+#endif
+;
+
+
+_ext char days_of_month[2][12]
+#ifdef _MBGTIME
+ = {
+     { 31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31 },
+     { 31, 29, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31 }
+   }
+#endif
+;
+
+
+// simplify call to n_days with structures
+#define _n_days( _s ) \
+  n_days( (_s)->mday, (_s)->month, (_s)->year )
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ void set_timeout( TIMEOUT *t, clock_t clk, clock_t interval ) ;
+ void stretch_timeout( TIMEOUT *t, clock_t interval ) ;
+ bit check_timeout( TIMEOUT *t, clock_t clk ) ;
+ int err_tm( TM_GPS *tm ) ;
+ TM_GPS *clear_time( TM_GPS *tm ) ;
+ TM_GPS *wsec_to_tm( long wsec, TM_GPS *tm ) ;
+ long tm_to_wsec( TM_GPS *tm ) ;
+ int is_leap_year( int y ) ;
+ int day_of_year( int day, int month, int year ) ;
+ void date_of_year ( int year, int day_num, TM_GPS *tm ) ;
+ int day_of_week( int day, int month, int year ) ;
+ int days_to_years( long *day_num, int year ) ;
+ long n_days( ushort mday, ushort month, ushort year ) ;
+ double nano_time_to_double( const NANO_TIME *p ) ;
+ void double_to_nano_time( NANO_TIME *p, double d ) ;
+ int sprint_time( char *s, const TM_GPS *tm ) ;
+ int sprint_short_time( char *s, TM_GPS *time ) ;
+ int sprint_date( char *s, const TM_GPS *tm ) ;
+ int sprint_day_date( char *s, const TM_GPS *tm ) ;
+ int sprint_tm( char *s, const TM_GPS *tm ) ;
+ void sscan_time( char *s, TM_GPS *tm ) ;
+ void sscan_date( char *s, TM_GPS *tm ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+
+#undef _ext
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif  /* _MBGTIME_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/myutil.h b/mbglib/common/myutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52489d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/myutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: myutil.h 1.15 2012/10/02 18:51:52Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for myutil.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: myutil.h $
+ *  Revision 1.15  2012/10/02 18:51:52Z  martin
+ *  Updated handling of pragma pack().
+ *  Revision 1.14  2011/02/16 14:02:35  martin
+ *  Added STRINGIFY() macro.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2010/12/13 15:59:39  martin
+ *  Moved definition of macro _frac() here.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2008/01/30 10:28:17Z  martin
+ *  Moved some macro definitions to words.h.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2004/11/09 14:20:24Z  martin
+ *  Redefined some data types using C99 fixed-size definitions.
+ *  Removed duplicate definition of macro _mask().
+ *  Revision 1.10  2004/04/14 08:57:59Z  martin
+ *  Pack structures 1 byte aligned.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2003/05/20 10:22:25Z  MARTIN
+ *  Corrected endianess of union UL for CC51.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2002/09/03 13:40:43  MARTIN
+ *  New macros _memfill() and _memclr().
+ *  Revision 1.7  2002/03/14 13:45:56  MARTIN
+ *  Changed type CSUM from short to ushort.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2002/03/05 14:14:21  MARTIN
+ *  New macro _isdigit() to avoid inclusion of ctype.h.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2002/01/25 10:54:26  MARTIN
+ *  Added some useful macros.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2001/03/30 09:07:52  Andre
+ *  union UL byte order set to Big Endian if SH2 is used
+ *  Revision 1.3  2000/08/18 07:22:07Z  MARTIN
+ *  Modified the _csum() macro to support far data objects.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2000/07/21 13:50:49  MARTIN
+ *  Added some definitions and macros.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MYUTIL_H
+#define _MYUTIL_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <words.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+
+
+// _CS_FAR should be define far if the csum of far data
+// structures must be computed
+#if !defined( _CSFAR )
+  #define _CSFAR
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _MYUTIL
+ #define _ext
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )
+  #pragma pack( 1 )      // set byte alignment
+  #define _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+
+// The two macros below can be used to define a constant string on the
+// compiler's command line, e.g. like -DVERSION_STRING="v1.0 BETA".
+// Source code like
+//   const char version_string[] = VERSION_STRING;
+// may not work for every compiler since the double quotes
+// in VERSION_STRING may be removed when the definition is evaluated.
+// A proper solution is to use the STRINGIFY() macro below:
+//   const char version_string[] = STRINGIFY( VERSION_STRING );
+// The XSTRINGIFY() macro is simply a helper macro which should not
+// be used alone.
+#define STRINGIFY(x) XSTRINGIFY(x)
+#define XSTRINGIFY(x) #x
+
+
+
+#if MBG_TGT_HAS_64BIT_TYPES
+  #define _frac( _x ) ( ( (_x) == 0.0 ) ? 0.0 : ( (_x) - (double) ( (int64_t) (_x) ) ) )
+#else
+  #define _frac( _x ) ( ( (_x) == 0.0 ) ? 0.0 : ( (_x) - (double) ( (long) (_x) ) ) )
+#endif
+
+
+#define _isdigit( _c )     ( (_c) >= '0' && (_c) <= '9' )
+
+#define _eos( _s )  ( &(_s)[strlen( _s )] )
+
+#define MIN( _x, _y )      ( ( (_x) < (_y) ) ? (_x) : (_y) )
+#define MAX( _x, _y )      ( ( (_x) > (_y) ) ? (_x) : (_y) )
+#define SWAP( _x, _y )     { temp = (_x); (_x) = (_y); (_y) = temp; }
+#define SQR( _x )          ( (_x) * (_x) )
+
+#define DP                 (double *)
+
+#define bcd_from_bin( _x )  ( ( ( (_x) / 10 ) << 4 ) | ( (_x) % 10 ) )
+#define bin_from_bcd( _x )  ( ( ( (_x) >> 4 ) * 10 ) + ( (_x) & 0x0F ) )
+
+
+typedef union
+{
+  uint32_t ul;
+
+  struct
+  {
+    #if defined( _CC51 ) || defined( _SH2 )
+      uint16_t hi;  // big endian
+      uint16_t lo;
+    #else
+      uint16_t lo;  // little endian
+      uint16_t hi;
+    #endif
+  } us;
+
+} UL;
+
+
+#ifndef _CSUM_DEFINED
+  typedef uint16_t CSUM;
+  #define _CSUM_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+
+// compute the csum of a structure
+#define _csum( _p )            checksum( (void _CSFAR *)(_p), sizeof( *(_p) ) )
+
+// set a structure's csum
+#define _set_csum( _p )        (_p)->csum = _csum( (_p) )
+
+// compare a structure's computed csum with its csum field
+#define _valid_csum( _p )      ( (_p)->csum  == _csum( (_p) ) )
+
+// check if a value is in range
+#define _inrange( _val, _min, _max ) \
+                ( ( (_val) >= (_min) ) && ( (_val) <= (_max) ) )
+
+// Return a bit mask with (_n) LSBs set to 1
+#define _mask( _n ) \
+  ( ( 1UL << (_n) ) - 1 )
+
+// Return a bit mask with the (_i)th LSB set to 1
+#define _idx_bit( _i ) \
+  ( 1UL << (_i) )
+
+// Check if the (_i)th bit is set in a mask (_msk)
+#define _is_supported( _i, _msk ) \
+  ( ( (_msk) & _idx_bit( _i ) ) != 0 )
+
+
+/*
+ * The macro below copies a string, taking care not to
+ * write past the end of the destination buffer, and
+ * making sure the string is terminated by 0.
+ */
+#define _strncpy_0( _dst, _src ) \
+{                                \
+  int n = sizeof( _dst ) - 1;    \
+                                 \
+  strncpy( _dst, _src, n );      \
+  (_dst)[n] = 0;                 \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The macros below set a memory range used by a variable
+ * to a specified value, avoiding the need to type the name
+ * twice for base address and size.
+ */
+#define _memfill( _p, _v ) \
+        memset( _p, _v, sizeof( *(_p) ) )
+
+#define _memclr( _p ) \
+  _memfill( _p, 0 )
+
+
+
+// generate a DOS idle interrupt to release CPU time
+#define _dos_idle() geninterrupt( 0x28 )
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ void spaces_to_zeros( char *s ) ;
+ CSUM checksum( const void _CSFAR *vp, int n ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+  #pragma pack()      // set default alignment
+  #undef _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+
+#undef _ext
+
+
+#endif  /* _MYUTIL_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/parmgps.c b/mbglib/common/parmgps.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..187cd4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/parmgps.c
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: parmgps.c 1.5 2008/10/21 10:47:26Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Functions to handle/convert Meinberg GPS specific parameters.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: parmgps.c $
+ *  Revision 1.5  2008/10/21 10:47:26Z  martin
+ *  Renamed check_port_info() to check_valid_port_info()
+ *  to avoid naming conflicts.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2008/09/15 14:11:25  martin
+ *  New function check_port_info() which returns a bit mask indicating
+ *  which fields of a PORT_SETTINGS structure are not valid.
+ *  This is based on code taken from valid_port_info(), which now calls
+ *  check_port_info() and returns a value compatible to the earlier version.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2004/11/09 14:21:36  martin
+ *  Redefined some data types using C99 fixed-size definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2002/02/19 13:30:23Z  MARTIN
+ *  Bug fix in port_settings_from_port_parm_mode().
+ *  Revision 1.1  2002/01/30 10:30:26  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#define _PARMGPS
+ #include <parmgps.h>
+#undef _PARMGPS
+
+#include <myutil.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int get_str_idx( const char *search,
+                 const char *str_table[],
+                 int n_entries )
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < n_entries; i++ )
+    if ( strcmp( search, str_table[i] ) == 0 )
+      return i;
+
+  return -1;
+
+}  // get_str_idx
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int get_baud_rate_idx( BAUD_RATE baud_rate )
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < N_MBG_BAUD_RATES; i++ )
+    if ( baud_rate == mbg_baud_rate[i] )
+      return i;
+
+  return -1;
+
+}  // get_baud_rate_idx
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int get_framing_idx( const char *framing )
+{
+  return get_str_idx( framing, mbg_framing_str, N_MBG_FRAMINGS );
+
+}  // get_framing_idx
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void port_settings_from_port_parm_mode(
+       PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps,
+       uint8_t pp_mode,
+       int str_type_cap
+     )
+{
+  if ( pp_mode >= STR_UCAP )
+  {
+    p_ps->str_type = str_type_cap;
+    p_ps->mode = ( pp_mode == STR_UCAP ) ? STR_AUTO : STR_ON_REQ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    p_ps->str_type = 0;
+    p_ps->mode = pp_mode;
+  }
+
+}  // port_settings_from_port_parm_mode
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void port_parm_mode_from_port_settings(
+       uint8_t *pp_mode,
+       const PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps,
+       int str_type_cap
+     )
+{
+  if ( p_ps->str_type == str_type_cap )
+    *pp_mode = ( p_ps->mode == STR_ON_REQ ) ? STR_UCAP_REQ : STR_UCAP;
+  else
+    *pp_mode = p_ps->mode;
+
+}  // port_parm_mode_from_port_settings
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void port_settings_from_port_parm(
+  PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps,
+  int port_num,
+  const PORT_PARM *p_pp,
+  int cap_str_idx
+)
+{
+  p_ps->parm = p_pp->com[port_num];
+
+  port_settings_from_port_parm_mode( p_ps, p_pp->mode[port_num],
+                                     cap_str_idx );
+
+}  // port_info_from_port_parm
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void port_parm_from_port_settings(
+  PORT_PARM *p_pp,
+  int port_num,
+  const PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps,
+  int cap_str_idx
+)
+{
+  p_pp->com[port_num] = p_ps->parm;
+
+  port_parm_mode_from_port_settings( &p_pp->mode[port_num],
+                                     p_ps, cap_str_idx );
+
+}  // port_parm_from_port_settings
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int check_valid_port_info( const PORT_INFO *p_pi,
+                           const STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX str_type_info_idx[],
+                           int n_str_type )
+
+{
+  const PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps = &p_pi->port_settings;
+  int idx;
+  int flags = 0;
+
+
+  if ( p_pi->supp_baud_rates & ~_mask( N_MBG_BAUD_RATES ) )
+    flags |= MBG_PS_MSK_BAUD_RATE_OVR_SW;  // dev. supports more baud rates than driver
+
+  idx = get_baud_rate_idx( p_ps->parm.baud_rate );
+
+  if ( !_inrange( idx, 0, N_MBG_BAUD_RATES ) ||
+       !_is_supported( idx, p_pi->supp_baud_rates ) )
+    flags |= MBG_PS_MSK_BAUD_RATE;
+
+
+  if ( p_pi->supp_framings & ~_mask( N_MBG_FRAMINGS ) )
+    flags |= MBG_PS_MSK_FRAMING_OVR_SW;    // dev. supports more framings than driver
+
+  idx = get_framing_idx( p_ps->parm.framing );
+
+  if ( !_inrange( idx, 0, N_MBG_FRAMINGS ) ||
+       !_is_supported( idx, p_pi->supp_framings ) )
+    flags |= MBG_PS_MSK_FRAMING;
+
+
+  if ( p_ps->parm.handshake >= N_COM_HS )
+    flags |= MBG_PS_MSK_HS_OVR_SW;         // handshake index exceeds max.
+
+  if ( p_ps->parm.handshake != HS_NONE )   // currently no device supports any handshake
+    flags |= MBG_PS_MSK_HS;                // handshake mode not supp. by dev.
+
+
+  if ( p_pi->supp_str_types & ~_mask( n_str_type ) )
+    flags |= MBG_PS_MSK_STR_TYPE_OVR_SW;   // firmware error: more string types supported than reported
+
+  idx = p_ps->str_type;
+
+  if ( idx >= n_str_type )
+    flags |= MBG_PS_MSK_STR_TYPE_OVR_DEV;  // string type index exceeds max.
+  else
+  {
+    if ( !_is_supported( idx, p_pi->supp_str_types ) )
+      flags |= MBG_PS_MSK_STR_TYPE;        // string type not supported by this port
+    else
+    {
+      // Use the str_type index to get the supported output mode mask
+      // from the string type info table. This is required to check 
+      // whether the selected mode is supported by the selected 
+      // string type.
+      ulong supp_modes = str_type_info_idx[idx].str_type_info.supp_modes;
+
+      if ( supp_modes & ~_mask( N_STR_MODE ) )
+        flags |= MBG_PS_MSK_STR_MODE_OVR_SW;  // dev. supports more string modes than driver
+
+      idx = p_ps->mode;
+
+      if ( idx >= N_STR_MODE )                // mode is always >= 0
+        flags |= MBG_PS_MSK_STR_MODE_OVR_SW;  // string mode index exceeds max.
+      else
+        if ( !_is_supported( idx, supp_modes ) )
+          flags |= MBG_PS_MSK_STR_MODE;       // string mode not supp. by this string type and port
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  if ( p_ps->flags != 0 )            /* currently always 0 */
+    flags |= MBG_PS_MSK_FLAGS_OVR_SW | MBG_PS_MSK_FLAGS;
+
+
+  return flags;
+
+}  // check_valid_port_info
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int valid_port_info( const PORT_INFO *p_pi,
+                     const STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX str_type_info_idx[],
+                     int n_str_type )
+{
+  return check_valid_port_info( p_pi, str_type_info_idx, n_str_type ) == 0;
+
+}  // valid_port_info
+
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/parmgps.h b/mbglib/common/parmgps.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f9b29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/parmgps.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: parmgps.h 1.8 2012/10/15 10:06:37Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for parmgps.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: parmgps.h $
+ *  Revision 1.8  2012/10/15 10:06:37Z  martin
+ *  Cleaned up handling of pragma pack().
+ *  Revision 1.7  2011/02/16 10:12:13  martin
+ *  Fixed macro syntax for _setup_default_receiver_info_gps().
+ *  Revision 1.6  2008/10/21 10:41:09Z  martin
+ *  Renamed check_port_info() to check_valid_port_info()
+ *  to avoid naming conflicts.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2008/09/10 16:22:32  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2004/11/09 14:22:34  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2004/05/19 07:50:16Z  martin
+ *  Use symbolic constant as initializer.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2004/04/14 09:21:23Z  martin
+ *  Pack structures 1 byte aligned.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2002/01/30 10:33:38Z  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _PARMGPS_H
+#define _PARMGPS_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <gpsdefs.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+
+
+#ifdef _PARMGPS
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )
+  #pragma pack( 1 )      // set byte alignment
+  #define _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_N_STR_TYPE_GPS      2
+
+#define DEFAULT_SUPP_STR_TYPES_GPS  \
+  ( ( 1UL << DEFAULT_N_STR_TYPE_GPS ) - 1 )
+
+
+/*
+ * The macro below can be used to initialize a
+ * RECEIVER_INFO structure for old GPS receiver models
+ * which don't supply that structure.
+ *
+ * Parameters: (RECEIVER_INFO *) _p
+ */
+#define _setup_default_receiver_info_gps( _p )      \
+do                                                  \
+{                                                   \
+  memset( (_p), 0, sizeof( *(_p) ) );               \
+                                                    \
+  (_p)->ticks_per_sec = DEFAULT_GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC;  \
+  (_p)->n_ucaps = 2;                                \
+  (_p)->n_com_ports = DEFAULT_N_COM;                \
+  (_p)->n_str_type = DEFAULT_N_STR_TYPE_GPS;        \
+} while ( 0 )
+
+
+_ext BAUD_RATE mbg_baud_rate[N_MBG_BAUD_RATES]
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+ = MBG_BAUD_RATES
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext const char *mbg_baud_str[N_MBG_BAUD_RATES]
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+ = MBG_BAUD_STRS
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext const char *mbg_framing_str[N_MBG_FRAMINGS]
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+ = MBG_FRAMING_STRS
+#endif
+;
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ int get_str_idx( const char *search, const char *str_table[], int n_entries ) ;
+ int get_baud_rate_idx( BAUD_RATE baud_rate ) ;
+ int get_framing_idx( const char *framing ) ;
+ void port_settings_from_port_parm_mode( PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps, uint8_t pp_mode, int str_type_cap ) ;
+ void port_parm_mode_from_port_settings( uint8_t *pp_mode, const PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps, int str_type_cap ) ;
+ void port_settings_from_port_parm( PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps, int port_num, const PORT_PARM *p_pp, int cap_str_idx ) ;
+ void port_parm_from_port_settings( PORT_PARM *p_pp, int port_num, const PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps, int cap_str_idx ) ;
+ int check_valid_port_info( const PORT_INFO *p, const STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX str_type_info_idx[], int n_str_type ) ;
+ int valid_port_info( const PORT_INFO *p, const STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX str_type_info_idx[], int n_str_type ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+  #pragma pack()      // set default alignment
+  #undef _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _PARMGPS_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/parmpcps.c b/mbglib/common/parmpcps.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d017a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/parmpcps.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: parmpcps.c 1.4 2004/11/09 14:24:15Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Functions to handle/convert parameters used by Meinberg plug-in
+ *    radio clocks.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: parmpcps.c $
+ *  Revision 1.4  2004/11/09 14:24:15Z  martin
+ *  Redefined interface data types using C99 fixed-size definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2003/04/17 10:43:35Z  martin
+ *  Moved some definitions to parmpcps.h.
+ *  Removed some functions which are now in mbgdevio.c.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2002/03/25 09:03:43Z  MARTIN
+ *  Fixed a bug where the wrong framing was configured for DCF77 clocks.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2002/02/19 14:00:19  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#define _PARMPCPS
+ #include <parmpcps.h>
+#undef _PARMPCPS
+
+#include <parmgps.h>
+#include <pcpsutil.h>
+#include <myutil.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+static const int pcps_to_mbg_framing_tbl[N_PCPS_FR_DCF] =
+{
+  MBG_FRAMING_8N1,
+  MBG_FRAMING_7E2,
+  MBG_FRAMING_8N2,
+  MBG_FRAMING_8E1
+};
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void port_info_from_pcps_serial(
+  PORT_INFO_IDX *p_pii,
+  PCPS_SERIAL pcps_serial,
+  uint32_t supp_baud_rates
+)
+{
+  PCPS_SER_PACK ser_pack;
+  PORT_INFO *p_pi;
+  PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps;
+
+  ser_pack.pack = pcps_serial;
+  pcps_unpack_serial( &ser_pack );
+
+  p_pi = &p_pii[0].port_info;
+  p_ps = &p_pi->port_settings;
+
+  p_ps->parm.baud_rate = mbg_baud_rate[ser_pack.baud];
+
+  _strncpy_0( p_ps->parm.framing,
+              mbg_framing_str[pcps_to_mbg_framing_tbl[ser_pack.frame]] );
+
+  p_ps->parm.handshake = HS_NONE;
+
+  p_ps->str_type = 0;
+  p_ps->mode = ser_pack.mode;
+
+  p_pi->supp_baud_rates = supp_baud_rates;
+  p_pi->supp_framings = DEFAULT_FRAMINGS_DCF;
+  p_pi->supp_str_types = DEFAULT_SUPP_STR_TYPES_DCF;
+
+}  // port_info_from_pcps_serial
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void pcps_serial_from_port_info(
+  PCPS_SERIAL *p,
+  const PORT_INFO_IDX *p_pii
+)
+{
+  PCPS_SER_PACK ser_pack;
+  const PORT_INFO *p_pi = &p_pii[0].port_info;
+  const PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps = &p_pi->port_settings;
+  int framing_idx = get_framing_idx( p_ps->parm.framing );
+  int i;
+
+
+  ser_pack.baud = get_baud_rate_idx( p_ps->parm.baud_rate );
+
+  // Translate the common framing index to the corresponding
+  // number used with the old PCPS_SERIAL parameter.
+  // This should always return a valid result since the
+  // framing index is expected to be selected from
+  // supported framings.
+  for ( i = 0; i < N_PCPS_FR_DCF; i++ )
+    if ( pcps_to_mbg_framing_tbl[i] == framing_idx )
+      break;
+
+  ser_pack.frame = i;
+
+  ser_pack.mode = p_ps->mode;
+
+  pcps_pack_serial( &ser_pack );
+
+  *p = ser_pack.pack;
+
+}  // pcps_serial_from_port_info
+
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/parmpcps.h b/mbglib/common/parmpcps.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5eb30cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/parmpcps.h
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: parmpcps.h 1.8 2012/10/15 10:05:38Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for parmpcps.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: parmpcps.h $
+ *  Revision 1.8  2012/10/15 10:05:38Z  martin
+ *  Cleaned up handling of pragma pack().
+ *  Revision 1.7  2011/04/01 10:30:51  martin
+ *  Fixed macro syntax for _setup_default_receiver_info_dcf().
+ *  Revision 1.6  2011/02/16 10:13:12  martin
+ *  Fixed macro syntax for _setup_default_receiver_info_pcps().
+ *  Revision 1.5  2004/11/09 14:24:58Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2004/05/19 07:52:25Z  martin
+ *  Fixed macro setting default number of string types.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2004/04/14 09:21:44Z  martin
+ *  Pack structures 1 byte aligned.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2003/04/17 10:42:46Z  martin
+ *  Moved typedef RECEIVER_PORT_CFG to pcpsdev.h.
+ *  Moved some definitions from parmpcps.c here.
+ *  Removed some global variables.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2002/02/19 14:00:19Z  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _PARMPCPS_H
+#define _PARMPCPS_H
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <pcpsdev.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+
+
+#ifdef _PARMPCPS
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )
+  #pragma pack( 1 )      // set byte alignment
+  #define _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_BAUD_RATES_DCF \
+(                              \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_300   |         \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_600   |         \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_1200  |         \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_2400  |         \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_4800  |         \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_9600            \
+)
+
+#define DEFAULT_BAUD_RATES_DCF_HS \
+(                                 \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_300   |            \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_600   |            \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_1200  |            \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_2400  |            \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_4800  |            \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_9600  |            \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_19200 |            \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_38400              \
+)
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_FRAMINGS_DCF \
+(                            \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_7E2 |         \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8N1 |         \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8N2 |         \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8E1           \
+)
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_N_STR_TYPE_DCF  1
+
+#define DEFAULT_SUPP_STR_TYPES_DCF \
+  ( ( 1UL << DEFAULT_N_STR_TYPE_DCF ) - 1 )
+
+
+/*
+ * The macro below can be used to initialize a
+ * RECEIVER_INFO structure for DCF77 receivers
+ * which don't supply that structure.
+ *
+ * Parameters: (RECEIVER_INFO *) _p
+ */
+#define _setup_default_receiver_info_dcf( _p, _pdev )    \
+do                                                       \
+{                                                        \
+  memset( (_p), 0, sizeof( *(_p) ) );                    \
+                                                         \
+  (_p)->ticks_per_sec = DEFAULT_GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC;       \
+  (_p)->n_ucaps = 0;                                     \
+  (_p)->n_com_ports = _pcps_has_serial( _pdev ) ? 1 : 0; \
+  (_p)->n_str_type = ( (_p)->n_com_ports != 0 ) ?        \
+                     DEFAULT_N_STR_TYPE_DCF : 0;         \
+} while ( 0 )
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_STR_TYPE   2   //##++ DEFAULT_N_STR_TYPE_GPS
+
+_ext STR_TYPE_INFO default_str_type_info[DEFAULT_MAX_STR_TYPE] 
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = {
+      { DEFAULT_STR_MODES,      "Default Time String", "Time", 0 },
+      { DEFAULT_STR_MODES_UCAP, "Capture String",      "Cap",  0 }
+    }
+#endif
+;
+
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ void port_info_from_pcps_serial( PORT_INFO_IDX *p_pii, PCPS_SERIAL pcps_serial, uint32_t supp_baud_rates ) ;
+ void pcps_serial_from_port_info( PCPS_SERIAL *p, const PORT_INFO_IDX *p_pii ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+  #pragma pack()      // set default alignment
+  #undef _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _PARMPCPS_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/pci_asic.h b/mbglib/common/pci_asic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8eb6371
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/pci_asic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: pci_asic.h 1.22 2011/10/05 09:46:12Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions for the Meinberg PCI interface ASIC.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: pci_asic.h $
+ *  Revision 1.22  2011/10/05 09:46:12Z  martin
+ *  Updated version info for GPS180PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.21  2011/09/13 07:36:21Z  martin
+ *  Updated version info for GPS180PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.20  2011/06/30 13:52:26Z  martin
+ *  Updated version info for GPS180PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.19  2011/06/29 08:58:32Z  martin
+ *  Support PZF180PEX.
+ *  Cleaned up handling of pragma pack().
+ *  Revision 1.18  2011/04/06 12:31:48  martin
+ *  Updated minor versions for PTP270PEX and GPS180PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2010/09/10 14:03:25Z  martin
+ *  Support GPS180PEX and TCR180PEX.
+ *  New table initializer to simplify EPLD version checking.
+ *  Revision 1.16  2010/04/16 11:12:21Z  martin
+ *  Updated GPS170PEX ASIC version.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2009/03/27 09:39:15  martin
+ *  Increased current ASIC minor number for TCR170PEX to 0x02.
+ *  Renamed some symbols.
+ *  Revision 1.14  2009/03/11 16:54:10Z  martin
+ *  Increased current ASIC minor number for TCR511PEX to 0x04.
+ *  Fixed a typo.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2008/12/05 12:28:18Z  martin
+ *  Modified syntax of macro _convert_asic_version_number().
+ *  Added macros to deal with the ASIC version number.
+ *  Added definition PCI_ASIC_HAS_PGMB_IRQ.
+ *  Added ASIC revision numbers for PEX511, TCR511PEX, and GPS170PEX 
+ *  which fix an IRQ bug with these cards.
+ *  Added definitions for PTP270PEX, FRC511PEX, and TCR170PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2008/07/21 10:30:00Z  martin
+ *  Added macros to convert the endianess of data types.
+ *  Added PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_... symbols.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2008/06/11 09:49:43  martin
+ *  Added definitions and comments how to handle version numbers
+ *  of the PCI and PEX interface chips and EPLDs.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2008/02/29 15:21:48Z  martin
+ *  Added definition PCI_ASIC_HAS_MM_IO.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2008/01/17 09:51:05  daniel
+ *  Added macro _convert_asic_version_number().
+ *  Cleanup for PCI ASIC version and features.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2006/06/14 12:59:12Z  martin
+ *  Added support for TCR511PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2006/03/10 10:47:03  martin
+ *  Added support for PCI511.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2005/11/03 15:30:44Z  martin
+ *  Added support for GPS170PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2004/11/09 12:51:56Z  martin
+ *  Redefined fixed width data types using standard C99 types.
+ *  Defined some constants unsigned.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2004/10/14 15:01:23  martin
+ *  Added support for TCR167PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2003/05/13 14:38:55Z  MARTIN
+ *  Added ushort fields to unions PCI_ASIC_REG and 
+ *  PCI_ASIC_ADDON_DATA.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2003/04/03 10:56:38  martin
+ *  Use unions for registers.
+ *  Modified BADR0 initializer due to fixed size of address decoder.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2003/02/07 11:42:52  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _PCI_ASIC_H
+#define _PCI_ASIC_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <words.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+
+#ifdef _PCI_ASIC
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )
+  #pragma pack( 1 )      // set byte alignment
+  #define _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t cfg_class_rev_id;
+  uint16_t cfg_badr_0;
+  uint16_t cfg_dev_id;
+} PCI_ASIC_CFG;
+
+
+typedef union
+{
+  uint32_t ul;
+  uint16_t us[2];
+  uint8_t b[4];
+} PCI_ASIC_REG;
+
+
+typedef uint32_t PCI_ASIC_VERSION;
+#define _mbg_swab_asic_version( _p )   _mbg_swab32( _p )
+
+typedef uint32_t PCI_ASIC_FEATURES;
+#define _mbg_swab_asic_features( _p )  _mbg_swab32( _p )
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_HAS_MM_IO     0x0001
+#define PCI_ASIC_HAS_PGMB_IRQ  0x0002
+
+
+typedef union
+{
+  uint32_t ul[4];
+  uint16_t us[8];
+  uint8_t b[16];
+} PCI_ASIC_ADDON_DATA;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCI_ASIC_CFG cfg;             // writeable from add-on once after power-up
+  PCI_ASIC_VERSION raw_version;
+  PCI_ASIC_FEATURES features;
+  PCI_ASIC_REG status_port;
+  PCI_ASIC_REG control_status;     // codes defined below
+  PCI_ASIC_REG pci_data;           // pass byte from PCI bus to add-on
+  PCI_ASIC_REG reserved_1;
+
+  PCI_ASIC_ADDON_DATA addon_data;  // returns data from add-on to PCI bus
+  PCI_ASIC_ADDON_DATA reserved_2;  // currently not implemented
+} PCI_ASIC;
+
+
+// The following bits are used with the control_status register.
+// All other bits are reserved for future use.
+
+// The IRQ flag for the add-on side is set whenever data is
+// written to the cmd register. It is cleared if the add-on
+// microcontroller writes this bit back to the control_status
+// register. If the bit is set, the add-on signals /ADD_ON_IRQ
+// and ADD_ON_BUSY are asserted.
+#define PCI_ASIC_ADD_ON_IRQF   0x00000001UL
+
+// The IRQ flag for the PCI bus is set whenever the add-on
+// microcontroller asserts the ASIC's /PCI_IRQ line, or the
+// add-on microcontroller sets this bit to 1. It is cleared
+// if this bit is written back from the PCI side. If the bit
+// is set, an IRQ is asserted on the PCI bus.
+#define PCI_ASIC_PCI_IRQF      0x00010000UL
+
+
+// The ASIC's address decoder always decodes 8 bits, so
+// each device must request at least that number of
+// addresses from the PCI BIOS:
+#define PCI_ASIC_ADDR_RANGE    0x100U
+
+
+// Initializers for device configurations
+
+#define PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE   0x08800000UL
+#define PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT   ( ~( PCI_ASIC_ADDR_RANGE - 1 ) | 0x01 )
+
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_PCI510          \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_PCI510 )         \
+}
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_GPS169PCI       \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_GPS169PCI )      \
+}
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_TCR510PCI       \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_TCR510PCI )      \
+}
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_TCR167PCI       \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_TCR167PCI )      \
+}
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_GPS170PCI       \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_GPS170PCI )      \
+}
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_PCI511          \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_PCI511 )         \
+}
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_TCR511PCI       \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_TCR511PCI )      \
+}
+
+/*
+  Handling of the version numbers of the PCI interface 
+  chips has changed between the ASICs used for standard PCI
+  and the EPLDs used to configure the PEX8311 chip 
+  for a specific device.
+
+  The macro below can be used to convert both types 
+  of version number into the same format so that the
+  version numbers can be handled in the same way:
+*/
+#define _convert_asic_version_number( _n ) \
+  ( ( (_n) < 0x100 ) ? ( (_n) << 8 ) : (_n) )
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Macros to extract the major and minor part of an ASIC version number */
+
+#define _pcps_asic_version_major( _v ) \
+  ( ( (_v) >> 8 ) & 0xFF )
+
+#define _pcps_asic_version_minor( _v ) \
+  ( (_v) & 0xFF )
+
+
+/*
+ * Macros to check whether a version number is correct 
+ * and matches a required minimum version
+ */
+#define _pcps_asic_version_greater_equal( _v, _v_major, _v_minor ) \
+  (                                                                \
+    ( _pcps_asic_version_major( _v ) == (_v_major) ) &&            \
+    ( _pcps_asic_version_minor( _v ) >= (_v_minor) )               \
+  )
+
+
+/*
+  The low byte of the converted version number is handled 
+  as a minor version, whereas the remaining upper bytes are
+  interpreted as a major number which may be specific 
+  for a device.
+*/
+enum
+{
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_PCI_0,      // PCI ASIC with CRC bug
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_PCI_1,      // fixed version of PCI ASIC
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_PEX511,     // PEX EPLD for PEX511
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_GPS170PEX,  // PEX EPLD for GPS170PEX
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_TCR511PEX,  // PEX EPLD for TCR511PEX
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_PTP270PEX,  // PEX EPLD for PTP270PEX
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_FRC511PEX,  // PEX EPLD for FRC511PEX
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_TCR170PEX,  // PEX EPLD for TCR170PEX
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_GPS180PEX,  // PEX EPLD for GPS180PEX
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_TCR180PEX,  // PEX EPLD for TCR180PEX
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_PZF180PEX,  // PEX EPLD for PZF180PEX
+  N_PCI_ASIC_MAJOR           // the number of known codes
+};
+
+/*
+  The minor number increases when a new EPLD image is released.
+  At least EPLD images with the following "required minor" numbers 
+  should be installed for proper operation. The "current minor" 
+  numbers can be used to check if a newer EPLD image is available:
+*/
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_PEX511      0x04
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_PEX511     0x03
+#define PCI_ASIC_FIX_HRT_MINOR_PEX511      0x04  // increases HRT accuracy
+#define PCI_ASIC_FIX_IRQ_MINOR_PEX511      0x03  // fixes IRQ problem
+#define PCI_ASIC_HR_TIME_MINOR_PEX511      0x02  // supports HR time with PEX511
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_GPS170PEX   0x05
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_GPS170PEX  0x03
+#define PCI_ASIC_ENH_HRT_MINOR_GPS170PEX   0x05  // enhanced MM HRT accuracy
+#define PCI_ASIC_FIX_HRT_MINOR_GPS170PEX   0x04  // increases MM HRT accuracy
+#define PCI_ASIC_FIX_IRQ_MINOR_GPS170PEX   0x03  // fixes IRQ problem
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_TCR511PEX   0x04
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_TCR511PEX  0x03
+//                                         0x04  // EPLD sources shared with PEX511 0x04
+#define PCI_ASIC_FIX_IRQ_MINOR_TCR511PEX   0x03  // fixes IRQ problem, increases HRT accuracy
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_PTP270PEX   0x02
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_PTP270PEX  0x01
+//                                         0x02  // increased accuracy of IRIG DCLS slopes
+//                                         0x01  // supports inversion of ucap slopes
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_FRC511PEX   0x01
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_FRC511PEX  0x01
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_TCR170PEX   0x03
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_TCR170PEX  0x02
+#define PCI_ASIC_FIX_EE_ACCESS_TCR170PEX   0x02  // fixes EE access problem after reset
+#define PCI_ASIC_FIX_FO_IN_LEVEL_TCR170PEX 0x03  // correct polarity for fiber optic input
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_GPS180PEX   0x05
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_GPS180PEX  0x01
+//                                         0x01  // updated VHDL compiler and associated PCI primitives
+//                                         0x02  // I/O using 3.3V LVTTL
+//                                         0x03  // GPS TIC pulse len now 1 sample clock
+//                                         0x04  // Enabled PCI IRQ line which had unintentionally been disabled earlier
+//                                         0x05  // Increased accuracy of synthesizer output
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_TCR180PEX   0x00
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_TCR180PEX  0x00
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_PZF180PEX   0x00
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_PZF180PEX  0x00
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  unsigned int dev_type_num;
+  unsigned int major;
+  unsigned int current_minor;
+  unsigned int required_minor;
+} PCI_ASIC_VERSION_INFO;
+
+#define DEFAULT_PCI_ASIC_VERSION_INFO_TABLE                                                                               \
+{                                                                                                                         \
+  { PCPS_TYPE_PEX511, PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_PEX511, PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_PEX511, PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_PEX511 },             \
+  { PCPS_TYPE_GPS170PEX, PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_GPS170PEX, PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_GPS170PEX, PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_GPS170PEX }, \
+  { PCPS_TYPE_TCR511PEX, PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_TCR511PEX, PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_TCR511PEX, PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_TCR511PEX }, \
+  { PCPS_TYPE_PTP270PEX, PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_PTP270PEX, PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_PTP270PEX, PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_PTP270PEX }, \
+  { PCPS_TYPE_FRC511PEX, PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_FRC511PEX, PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_FRC511PEX, PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_FRC511PEX }, \
+  { PCPS_TYPE_TCR170PEX, PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_TCR170PEX, PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_TCR170PEX, PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_TCR170PEX }, \
+  { PCPS_TYPE_GPS180PEX, PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_GPS180PEX, PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_GPS180PEX, PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_GPS180PEX }, \
+  { PCPS_TYPE_TCR180PEX, PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_TCR180PEX, PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_TCR180PEX, PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_TCR180PEX }, \
+  { PCPS_TYPE_PZF180PEX, PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_PZF180PEX, PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_PZF180PEX, PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_PZF180PEX }, \
+  { 0 }                                                                                                                   \
+}
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+/* (no header definitions found) */
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+  #pragma pack()      // set default alignment
+  #undef _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _PCI_ASIC_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/pcpsdefs.h b/mbglib/common/pcpsdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5726f58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/pcpsdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1496 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: pcpsdefs.h 1.50 2013/01/30 15:59:54Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    General definitions for Meinberg plug-in devices.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: pcpsdefs.h $
+ *  Revision 1.50  2013/01/30 15:59:54Z  martin
+ *  Updated and fixed some doxygen comments.
+ *  Revision 1.49  2012/10/02 18:53:02  martin
+ *  Added structure PCPS_TIME_STATUS_X_MASKS.
+ *  Added initializer for command names, useful for debugging.
+ *  Revision 1.48  2011/11/25 15:02:28  martin
+ *  Support on-board event logs.
+ *  Revision 1.47  2011/11/25 10:22:44  martin
+ *  Modified handling of pragma pack().
+ *  Made command group codes obsolete. They are still supported
+ *  when building firmware, though.
+ *  Support PTP unicast configuration.
+ *  Support GPIO configuration.
+ *  Support PZF180PEX.
+ *  Added commands to read CORR_INFO, read/write TR_DISTANCE,
+ *  PCPS_SYNC_PZF status, and associated structures. 
+ *  Added an initializer for a table of GPS command code/names.
+ *  Added definitions MBG_PCPS_FMT_STATUS.
+ *  Updated some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.46  2011/01/13 11:44:29Z  martin
+ *  Moved status port register definitions here.
+ *  Revision 1.45  2010/09/06 07:36:24  martin
+ *  Support GPS180PEX and TCR180PEX.
+ *  Moved some IRIG related definitions to gpsdefs.h.
+ *  Revision 1.44  2010/06/30 11:09:49  martin
+ *  Added definitions for JJY longwave transmitter.
+ *  Renamed MBG_RAW_IRIG_DATA::data field to data_bytes
+ *  since "data" is a reserved word for C51 architecture.
+ *  Revision 1.43  2010/02/09 11:20:17Z  martin
+ *  Renamed yet unused CORR_INFO::flags field to signal and updated comments.
+ *  Revision 1.42  2010/01/12 14:02:37  daniel
+ *  Added definitions to support reading the raw IRIG data bits.
+ *  Revision 1.41  2009/06/19 12:16:42Z  martin
+ *  Added PCPS_GIVE_IRIG_TIME command and associated definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.40  2009/06/08 19:29:11  daniel
+ *  Support PTP configuration.
+ *  Support LAN_IF configuration
+ *  Added definition of PCPS_CMD_INFO.
+ *  Revision 1.39  2009/03/19 08:58:09  martin
+ *  Added PCPS_GET_IRIG_CTRL_BITS cmd and associated data type.
+ *  Revision 1.38  2009/03/10 17:07:09  martin
+ *  Support configurable time scales and GPS UTC parameters.
+ *  Added ext. status flag for time scales, and PCPS_LS_ANN_NEG.
+ *  Added bit mask PCPS_SCALE_MASK.
+ *  Revision 1.37  2008/12/05 16:01:37Z  martin
+ *  Added ref types PTP, FRC, and WWVB.
+ *  Added ref names MSF, PTP, FRC, and WWVB.
+ *  Added device codes TCR170PEX, PTP270PEX, and FRC511PEX.
+ *  Added macros to convert the endianess of structures.
+ *  Moved definitions of PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE and
+ *  PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE_FMT here.
+ *  Added definitions of PCPS_HRT_FRAC_CONVERSION_TYPE
+ *  and PCPS_HRT_BIN_FRAC_SCALE.
+ *  Escaped '<' and '>' characters for doxygen.
+ *  Modified comments for PCPS_TZDL.
+ *  Removed trailing spaces and obsolete comments.
+ *  Revision 1.36  2008/01/17 09:20:25Z  daniel
+ *  Added new REF type PCPS_REF_MSF.
+ *  Revision 1.35  2008/01/17 09:18:46Z  daniel
+ *  Made comments compatible for doxygen parser.
+ *  No sourcecode changes. 
+ *  Revision 1.34  2007/07/17 08:22:47Z  martin
+ *  Added support for TCR511PEX and GPS170PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.33  2007/05/20 21:39:51Z  martin
+ *  Added support for PEX511.
+ *  Added PCPS_GET_STATUS_PORT cmd code for devices 
+ *  that do not support a hardware status port.
+ *  Revision 1.32  2007/03/29 12:57:32Z  martin
+ *  Renamed some TZCODE numbers for unique naming conventions.
+ *  Added definitions of the older symbols for compatibility.
+ *  Revision 1.31  2007/03/26 15:42:31Z  martin
+ *  Replaced PCPS_REF_OFFS and associated definitions by MBG_REF_OFFS, etc.,
+ *  which are defined in gpsdefs.h.
+ *  Added PCPS_GET_DEBUG_STATUS code.
+ *  Revision 1.30  2006/06/29 10:13:13  martin
+ *  Added some descriptive comments.
+ *  Revision 1.29  2006/06/14 12:59:12Z  martin
+ *  Added support for TCR511PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.28  2006/05/18 09:45:16  martin
+ *  Added data types used with PZF receivers.
+ *  Revision 1.27  2006/05/03 10:19:14Z  martin
+ *  Added initializers for reference source names.
+ *  Revision 1.26  2006/03/10 10:24:45Z  martin
+ *  New definitions for PCI511.
+ *  Added command codes to configure programmable pulse outputs.
+ *  Revision 1.25  2005/11/03 15:05:16Z  martin
+ *  New definitions for GPS170PCI.
+ *  New types PCPS_TIME_STATUS and PCPS_TIME_STATUS_X.
+ *  Removed obsolete enumeration of PCPS_TIME fields.
+ *  Revision 1.24  2005/05/03 07:56:55Z  martin
+ *  Added command PCPS_GET_SYNTH_STATE.
+ *  Revision 1.23  2005/03/29 12:51:10Z  martin
+ *  New cmd code PCPS_GENERIC_IO.
+ *  Revision 1.22  2004/12/09 11:03:37Z  martin
+ *  Support configuration of on-board frequency synthesizer.
+ *  Revision 1.21  2004/11/09 12:55:32Z  martin
+ *  Redefined interface data types using C99 fixed-size definitions.
+ *  Added workaround macros for some structure sizes because the C166 
+ *  compiler always reports an even structure size even if the structure 
+ *  size is in fact odd, which might lead to different sizes in C166 and 
+ *  other environments.
+ *  Modifications were required in order to be able to configure IRIG 
+ *  settings of cards which provide both IRIG input and output.
+ *  The existing codes have been renamed with .._RX.. and are used to 
+ *  configure the IRIG receiver (input). New codes have been defined 
+ *  used to configure the IRIG transmitter.
+ *  Renamed PC_GPS_STAT to PC_GPS_BVAR_STAT.
+ *  Use more specific data types than generic types.
+ *  Revision 1.20  2004/10/14 15:01:23  martin
+ *  Added support for TCR167PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.19  2004/06/16 12:46:33Z  martin
+ *  Moved OPT_SETTINGS related definitions to gpsdefs.h,
+ *  and renamed symbols from PCPS_.. to to MBG_...
+ *  Revision 1.18  2004/04/26 14:27:08Z  martin
+ *  Added union PCPS_TIME_UNION.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2003/05/27 08:50:35Z  MARTIN
+ *  New commands PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_ENTRIES, PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_EVENT
+ *  and associated definitions which allow faster reading of
+ *  user capture events and monitoring of the capture buffer
+ *  fill level.
+ *  Revision 1.16  2003/04/03 10:48:53  martin
+ *  Support for PCI510, GPS169PCI, and TCR510PCI.
+ *  New codes PCPS_GET_REF_OFFS, PCPS_SET_REF_OFFS 
+ *  and related structures.
+ *  New codes PCPS_GET_OPT_INFO, PCPS_SET_OPT_SETTINGS
+ *  and related structures.
+ *  New codes PCPS_GET_IRIG_INFO, PCPS_SET_IRIG_SETTINGS.
+ *  Preliminary PCPS_TZDL structure and cmd codes 
+ *  to read/write that structure.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2002/08/08 13:24:03  MARTIN
+ *  Moved definition of ref time sources here.
+ *  Added new ref time source IRIG.
+ *  Added new cmd to clear time capture buffer.
+ *  Fixed some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.14  2002/01/31 13:39:38  MARTIN
+ *  Added new GPS data type codes for RECEIVER_INFO, etc.
+ *  New PCPS_HR_TIME status flag PCPS_IO_BLOCKED.
+ *  Moved REV_NUMs defining special features to pcpsdev.h.
+ *  Removed obsolete initializer for framing string table.
+ *  Updated some comments.
+ *  Removed obsolete code.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2001/12/03 16:15:14  martin
+ *  Introduced PCPS_TIME_STAMP which allows to handle high precision
+ *  time stamps.
+ *  Replaced the sec/frac fields in PCPS_HR_TIME by PCPS_TIME_STAMP.
+ *  This is compatible on byte level but may require source code
+ *  modifications.
+ *  Introduced new command PCPS_SET_EVENT_TIME which is used
+ *  EXCLUSIVELY with a custom GPS firmware.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2001/10/16 10:07:42  MARTIN
+ *  Defined PCI509 firmware revision number which supports
+ *  baud rate higher than standard.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2001/03/30 13:02:39  MARTIN
+ *  Control alignment of structures from new file use_pack.h.
+ *  Defined initializers with valid framing parameters.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2001/02/28 15:39:25  MARTIN
+ *  Modified preprocessor syntax.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2001/02/16 11:32:05  MARTIN
+ *  Renamed "PROM" or "EPROM" in comments or and names to
+ *  "FW" or firmware.
+ *  This includes the cmd codes PCPS_GIVE_PROM_ID_... which have
+ *  been renamed to PCPS_GIVE_FW_ID_...
+ *  Renamed structure PCPS_TIME_SET to PCPS_STIME.
+ *  Renamed return code PCPS_ERR_NONE to PCPS_SUCCESS.
+ *  Modified some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2000/10/11 09:17:09  MARTIN
+ *  Cleaned up comment syntax.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2000/07/21 14:16:30  MARTIN
+ *  Modified some comments.
+ *  Added PCI definitions.
+ *  Renamed PCPS_GET_GPS_DATA to PCPS_READ_GPS_DATA.
+ *  Renamed PCPS_SET_GPS_DATA to PCPS_WRITE_GPS_DATA.
+ *  New types PCPS_SERIAL and PCPS_TZCODE.
+ *  Removed PCPS_SERIAL_BYTES and PCPS_TZCODE_BYTES, may use sizeof()
+ *  the types instead.
+ *  New type PCPS_TIME_SET which can be used to write date and time
+ *  to the clock.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2000/06/07 12:09:31  MARTIN
+ *  renamed PCPS_SERIAL_GROUP to PCPS_CFG_GROUP
+ *  renamed PCPS_ERR_SERIAL to PCPS_ERR_CFG
+ *  modified definitions for baud rate, framing, and mode
+ *  added PCPS_SN_... definitions
+ *  added PCPS_GET_TZCODE and PCPS_SET_TZCODE definitions
+ *  added PC_GPS_ANT_CABLE_LEN definition
+ *  added RCS keywords
+ *  updated some comments
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  Changes before put under RCS control:
+ *
+ *  Revision 1.5  2000/03/24
+ *    Introduced PCPS_GIVE_SERNUM
+ *    Cleaned up for definitions for serial parameter byte
+ *    Reviewed and updated comments.
+ *
+ *  1998/07/22
+ *    Introduced PCPS_HR_TIME.
+ *    Rearranged order of definitions.
+ *    Reviewed and updated comments.
+ *
+ *  1997/06/12
+ *    GPS definitions added.
+ *
+ *  1996/01/25
+ *    PCPS_TIME redefined from an array of bytes to a structure.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _PCPSDEFS_H
+#define _PCPSDEFS_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <words.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )
+  #pragma pack( 1 )      // set byte alignment
+  #define _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of the ref time signal sources used by Meinberg devices
+ */
+enum
+{
+  PCPS_REF_NONE,   /**< (unknown or not defined) */
+  PCPS_REF_DCF,    /**< see http://www.meinberg.de/english/info/dcf77.htm */
+  PCPS_REF_GPS,    /**< see http://www.meinberg.de/english/info/gps.htm */
+  PCPS_REF_IRIG,   /**< see http://www.meinberg.de/english/info/irig.htm */
+  PCPS_REF_MSF,    /**< MSF Receiver (UK) */
+  PCPS_REF_PTP,    /**< PTP/IEEE1588 network protocol */
+  PCPS_REF_FRC,    /**< Free Running Clock */
+  PCPS_REF_WWVB,   /**< WWVB Receiver (US) */
+  PCPS_REF_JJY,    /**< JJY Receiver (Japan) */
+  N_PCPS_REF       /**< number of valid ref time sources */
+};
+
+
+/* Initializers for the reference source names */
+
+#define PCPS_REF_NAME_NONE_ENG  "unknown" 
+#define PCPS_REF_NAME_NONE_GER  "nicht bekannt" 
+#define PCPS_REF_NAME_DCF       "DCF77"
+#define PCPS_REF_NAME_GPS       "GPS"
+#define PCPS_REF_NAME_IRIG      "IRIG"
+#define PCPS_REF_NAME_MSF       "MSF"
+#define PCPS_REF_NAME_PTP       "PTP"
+#define PCPS_REF_NAME_FRC       "FRC"
+#define PCPS_REF_NAME_WWVB      "WWVB"
+#define PCPS_REF_NAME_JJY       "JJY"
+
+
+#define PCPS_REF_NAMES_ENG \
+{                          \
+  PCPS_REF_NAME_NONE_ENG,  \
+  PCPS_REF_NAME_DCF,       \
+  PCPS_REF_NAME_GPS,       \
+  PCPS_REF_NAME_IRIG,      \
+  PCPS_REF_NAME_MSF,       \
+  PCPS_REF_NAME_PTP,       \
+  PCPS_REF_NAME_FRC,       \
+  PCPS_REF_NAME_WWVB,      \
+  PCPS_REF_NAME_JJY        \
+}
+
+
+#define PCPS_REF_NAMES_LSTR                            \
+{                                                      \
+  { PCPS_REF_NAME_NONE_ENG, PCPS_REF_NAME_NONE_GER },  \
+  { PCPS_REF_NAME_DCF, NULL },                         \
+  { PCPS_REF_NAME_GPS, NULL },                         \
+  { PCPS_REF_NAME_IRIG, NULL },                        \
+  { PCPS_REF_NAME_MSF, NULL },                         \
+  { PCPS_REF_NAME_PTP, NULL },                         \
+  { PCPS_REF_NAME_FRC, NULL },                         \
+  { PCPS_REF_NAME_WWVB, NULL },                        \
+  { PCPS_REF_NAME_JJY, NULL }                          \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Meinberg PCI vendor ID (assigned by PCI SIG)
+ */
+#define PCI_VENDOR_MEINBERG     0x1360
+
+/* PCI device ID numbers (assigned by Meinberg) *
+ *   High byte:  type of ref time source
+ *   Low Byte:   enumeration of device types
+ */
+#define PCI_DEV_PCI32           ( ( PCPS_REF_DCF << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+#define PCI_DEV_PCI509          ( ( PCPS_REF_DCF << 8 )  | 0x02 )
+#define PCI_DEV_PCI510          ( ( PCPS_REF_DCF << 8 )  | 0x03 )
+#define PCI_DEV_PCI511          ( ( PCPS_REF_DCF << 8 )  | 0x04 )
+#define PCI_DEV_PEX511          ( ( PCPS_REF_DCF << 8 )  | 0x05 )
+#define PCI_DEV_PZF180PEX       ( ( PCPS_REF_DCF << 8 )  | 0x06 )
+
+#define PCI_DEV_GPS167PCI       ( ( PCPS_REF_GPS << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+#define PCI_DEV_GPS168PCI       ( ( PCPS_REF_GPS << 8 )  | 0x02 )
+#define PCI_DEV_GPS169PCI       ( ( PCPS_REF_GPS << 8 )  | 0x03 )
+#define PCI_DEV_GPS170PCI       ( ( PCPS_REF_GPS << 8 )  | 0x04 )
+#define PCI_DEV_GPS170PEX       ( ( PCPS_REF_GPS << 8 )  | 0x05 )
+#define PCI_DEV_GPS180PEX       ( ( PCPS_REF_GPS << 8 )  | 0x06 )
+
+#define PCI_DEV_TCR510PCI       ( ( PCPS_REF_IRIG << 8 ) | 0x01 )
+#define PCI_DEV_TCR167PCI       ( ( PCPS_REF_IRIG << 8 ) | 0x02 )
+#define PCI_DEV_TCR511PCI       ( ( PCPS_REF_IRIG << 8 ) | 0x03 )
+#define PCI_DEV_TCR511PEX       ( ( PCPS_REF_IRIG << 8 ) | 0x04 )
+#define PCI_DEV_TCR170PEX       ( ( PCPS_REF_IRIG << 8 ) | 0x05 )
+#define PCI_DEV_TCR180PEX       ( ( PCPS_REF_IRIG << 8 ) | 0x06 )
+
+#define PCI_DEV_PTP270PEX       ( ( PCPS_REF_PTP  << 8 ) | 0x01 )
+
+#define PCI_DEV_FRC511PEX       ( ( PCPS_REF_FRC  << 8 ) | 0x01 )
+
+
+
+// definitions used for the status port register
+// (not to be intermixed with PCPS_TIME_STATUS)
+typedef uint8_t PCPS_STATUS_PORT;  /**< see @ref group_status_port "Bitmask" */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup group_status_port Bit masks of PCPS_STATUS_PORT
+ *
+ * Bit definitions used with the #PCPS_STATUS_PORT register.
+ *
+ * The flags #PCPS_ST_SEC and #PCPS_ST_MIN are cleared whenever the clock
+ * is read, so they are not very reliable in multitasking environments.
+ *
+ * @note The PCPS_ST_IRQF flag originates from old ISA cards.
+ * Some PCI cards also support this, but in case of PCI cards the
+ * associated flag of the PCI interface chip should be checked to see
+ * if a certain card has generated an IRQ on the PC bus.
+ *
+ * The macro _pcps_ddev_has_gen_irq() cares about this and should be used
+ * to determine in a portable way whether a card has generated an IRQ.
+ *
+ * @{ */
+
+#define PCPS_ST_BUSY  0x01  /**< the clock is busy filling the output FIFO */
+#define PCPS_ST_IRQF  0x02  /**< the clock has generated an IRQ on the PC bus (ISA only)*/
+#define PCPS_ST_MOD   0x20  /**< the raw demodulated DCF77 signal */
+#define PCPS_ST_SEC   0x40  /**< seconds have changed since last reading */
+#define PCPS_ST_MIN   0x80  /**< minutes have changed since last reading */
+
+/** @} group_status_port */
+
+/**
+ * A format string to be used with snprintb() which is available on some Unix
+ * systems to print information held in a bit coded variable.
+ */
+#define MBG_PCPS_FMT_STATUS \
+  "\177\20b\0FREER\0b\1DL_ENB\0b\2SYNCD\0b\3DL_ANN\0b\4UTC\0b\5LS_ANN\0b\6IFTM\0b\7INVT" \
+  "\0b\x08LS_ENB\0b\11ANT_FAIL\0b\x0aLS_ANN_NEG\0b\x0bSCALE_GPS\0b\x0cSCALE_TAI\0\0"
+
+
+
+/** @defgroup group_cmd_bytes Command bytes used to access the device
+
+  The commands described below are used to access computer peripherals
+  manufactured by Meinberg.
+
+  The header files pcpsdev.h and pcpsdrvr.h contain macros which can be
+  used to check if a detected device supports a certain feature or command.
+  If checking is required then the name of the macro is given in the
+  comments below.
+
+  Some commands expect parameters to be passed to the board. In that
+  case, the board returns the number of parameter bytes expected when
+  the command code is passed. Every parameter byte has to be supplied
+  to the board exactly like a command byte.
+  Refer to function pcps_write_data() and the macro _pcps_write_var()
+  for details.
+
+
+ - #PCPS_GIVE_TIME<br>
+    Return a PCPS_TIME structure with current date,
+    time and status. Supported by all clocks.
+
+ - #PCPS_GIVE_TIME_NOCLEAR<br>
+    Same as #PCPS_GIVE_TIME but the bits #PCPS_ST_SEC
+    and #PCPS_ST_MIN (see pcpsdev.h) of the status
+    port are not cleared.
+    Supported by all clocks except PC31/PS31 with
+    firmware version older than v3.0.
+    This is mainly used by the DOS TSR and should
+    not be used in other environments.
+
+ - #PCPS_GIVE_SYNC_TIME<br>
+    Return a ::PCPS_TIME structure with date and time
+    of last synchronization of the clock or
+    the last time set via the interface.
+    _pcps_has_sync_time() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_GIVE_HR_TIME<br>
+    Return a PCPS_HR_TIME structure with current
+    date, time and status. This command should be
+    used to read the clock with higher resolution.
+    _pcps_has_hr_time() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_GIVE_IRIG_TIME<br>
+    Return a PCPS_IRIG_TIME structure with day-of-year,
+    time and status as decoded from the IRIG signal.
+    _pcps_has_irig_time() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_SET_TIME<br>
+    Set the board date, time and status. This
+    command expects sizeof( ::PCPS_STIME ) parameter
+    bytes.
+    _pcps_can_set_time() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_SET_EVENT_TIME<br>
+    Send a high resolution time stamp to the clock to
+    configure a %UTC time when the clock shall generate
+    some event. This command expects a PCPS_TIME_STAMP
+    parameter.
+    _pcps_has_event_time() checks whether supported.
+    (requires custom GPS CERN firmware)
+
+ - #PCPS_IRQ_NONE<br>
+    Disable the board's hardware IRQ<br>
+ - #PCPS_IRQ_1_SEC<br>
+    Enable hardware IRQs once per second<br>
+ - #PCPS_IRQ_1_MIN<br>
+    Enable hardware IRQs once per minute<br>
+ - #PCPS_IRQ_10_MIN<br>
+    Enable hardware IRQs once per 10 minutes<br>
+ - #PCPS_IRQ_30_MIN<br>
+    Enable hardware IRQs once per 30 minutes<br>
+
+ - #PCPS_GET_SERIAL<br>
+   #PCPS_SET_SERIAL<br>
+    These commands read or set the configuration
+    of a clock's serial port COM0. The commands 
+    expect PCPS_SERIAL_BYTES parameter bytes and
+    should be used preferably with the DCF77
+    clocks which have only one COM port.
+    _pcps_has_serial() checks whether supported.
+    Recent GPS clocks' COM ports should be cfg'd
+    using the structures RECEIVER_INFO, PORT_INFO,
+    and STR_TYPE_INFO.
+    _pcps_has_receiver_info() checks whether
+    these are supported. If they are not, then
+    the code #PC_GPS_PORT_PARM together with the
+    #PCPS_READ_GPS_DATA and #PCPS_WRITE_GPS_DATA
+    commands should be used.
+
+ - #PCPS_GET_TZCODE<br>
+   #PCPS_SET_TZCODE<br>
+    These commands read or set a DCF77 clock's
+    time zone code and should be used preferably
+    with the newer DCF77 clocks which have limited
+    support of different time zones.
+    _pcps_has_tzcode() checks whether supported.
+    A GPS clock's time zone must be cfg'd using
+    the code #PC_GPS_TZDL together with the
+    #PCPS_READ_GPS_DATA and #PCPS_WRITE_GPS_DATA
+    commands.
+
+ - #PCPS_GET_PCPS_TZDL<br>
+   #PCPS_SET_PCPS_TZDL<br>
+    These commands read or set a DCF77 clock's
+    time zone / daylight saving configuration.
+    _pcps_has_pcps_tzdl() checks whether supported.
+    A GPS clock's time zone must be cfg'd using
+    the code #PC_GPS_TZDL together with the
+    #PCPS_READ_GPS_DATA and #PCPS_WRITE_GPS_DATA
+    commands.
+
+ - #PCPS_GET_REF_OFFS<br>
+   #PCPS_SET_REF_OFFS<br>
+    These commands can be used to configure the
+    reference time offset from %UTC for clocks
+    which can't determine the offset automatically,
+    e.g. from an IRIG input signal.
+    _pcps_has_ref_offs() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_GET_OPT_INFO<br>
+   #PCPS_SET_OPT_SETTINGS<br>
+    These commands can be used to configure some
+    optional settings, controlled by flags.
+    When reading, the clock returns a MBG_OPT_INFO
+    structure which contains the supported values,
+    plus the current settings.
+    When writing, clocks accepts a MBG_OPT_SETTINGS
+    structure only which contain the desired settings
+    of the supported flags only.
+    _pcps_has_opt_flags() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_GET_IRIG_RX_INFO<br>
+   #PCPS_SET_IRIG_RX_SETTINGS<br>
+   #PCPS_GET_IRIG_TX_INFO<br>
+   #PCPS_SET_IRIG_TX_SETTINGS<br>
+    These commands can be used to configure IRIG 
+    inputs and outputs.<br>
+    When reading, the clock returns an IRIG_INFO 
+    structure which contains the supported values, 
+    plus the current settings.<br>
+    When writing, clocks accepts an IRIG_SETTINGS 
+    structure only which contain the desired settings 
+    only. _pcps_is_irig_rx() and _pcps_is_irig_tx() 
+    check whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_GET_IRIG_CTRL_BITS<br>
+    This command can be used to retrieve the control function
+    bits of the latest IRIG input frame. Those bits may carry
+    some well-known information as in the IEEE1344 code, but
+    may also contain some customized information, depending on
+    the IRIG frame type and the configuration of the IRIG generator.
+    So these bits are returned as-is and must be interpreted 
+    by the application.
+    _pcps_has_irig_ctrl_bits() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_GET_SYNTH<br>
+   #PCPS_SET_SYNTH<br>
+   #PCPS_GET_SYNTH_STATE<br>
+    These commands can be used to configure an on-board
+    frequency synthesizer and query the synthesizer
+    status. The commands are only supported if the board
+    supports the RECEIVER_INFO structure and the flag
+    #GPS_HAS_SYNTH is set in the RECEIVER_INFO::features.
+    _pcps_has_synth() checks whether supported.
+    The structures SYNTH and SYNTH_STATE used with these
+    commands are defined in gpsdefs.h.
+
+ - #PCPS_GIVE_FW_ID_1<br>
+   #PCPS_GIVE_FW_ID_2<br>
+    Returns the first/second block of PCPS_FIFO_SIZE
+    characters of the firmware ID string. These
+    commands can be used to check if the board
+    responds properly. This is done by the clock
+    detection functions.
+ 
+ - #PCPS_GIVE_SERNUM<br>
+    Returns PCPS_FIFO_SIZE characters of the
+    clock's serial number.
+    _pcps_has_sernum() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_GENERIC_IO<br>
+    Generic I/O read and write. Can be used to query
+    specific data, e.g. a selected element of an array.
+    _pcps_has_generic_io() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_GET_DEBUG_STATUS<br>
+    This command reads a MBG_DEBUG_STATUS structure
+    which represents the internal status of the
+    IRIG decoder and some additional debug info.
+    _pcps_has_debug_status() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_READ_GPS_DATA<br>
+   #PCPS_WRITE_GPS_DATA<br>
+    These commands are used by the functions
+    pcps_read_gps_data() and pcps_write_gps_data()
+    to read or write large data structures to
+    Meinberg GPS plug-in clocks.
+    _pcps_is_gps() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_CLR_UCAP_BUFF<br>
+    Clear a clock's time capture buffer.
+    _pcps_can_clr_ucap_buff() checks whether
+    supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_ENTRIES<br>
+    Read a PCPS_UCAP_ENTRIES structure which
+    reports the max number of entries and the
+    currently used number of entries in the
+    user capture buffer.
+    _pcps_has_ucap() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_EVENT<br>
+    Read capture events using a PCPS_HR_TIME
+    structure. This is faster than reading using the
+    GPS command #PC_GPS_UCAP. If no capture event is
+    available then the structure is filled with 0s.
+    _pcps_has_ucap() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_GET_CORR_INFO<br>
+    Read PZF correlation info using a CORR_INFO
+    structure.
+    _pcps_has_pzf() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_GET_TR_DISTANCE<br>
+   #PCPS_SET_TR_DISTANCE<br>
+    Read or write distance from the RF transmitter.
+    This is used to compensate the RF propagation delay
+    for PZF receivers.
+    _pcps_has_tr_distance() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_CLR_EVT_LOG<br>
+    Clear on-board event log.
+    _pcps_has_evt_log() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_NUM_EVT_LOG_ENTRIES<br>
+    Read max number of num event log entries which can
+    be saved on the board, and how many entries actually
+    have been saved.
+    _pcps_has_evt_log() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_FIRST_EVT_LOG_ENTRY<br>
+ - #PCPS_NEXT_EVT_LOG_ENTRY<br>
+    Read first (oldest) or next event log entry.
+    _pcps_has_evt_log() checks whether supported.
+
+ - #PCPS_FORCE_RESET<br>
+    Resets the microprocessor on the device. This is
+    for special test scenarios only and should not be
+    used by standard applications since this may lock up
+    the PC.
+
+ The command codes listed above are defined below.
+
+ @{ */
+
+
+#if _IS_MBG_FIRMWARE  //##++
+
+// These group codes are obsolete and should be removed.
+// The explicite command codes defined below should be used instead.
+#define PCPS_GIVE_TIME_GROUP     0x00
+#define PCPS_SET_TIME_GROUP      0x10
+#define PCPS_IRQ_GROUP           0x20
+#define PCPS_CFG_GROUP           0x30
+#define PCPS_GIVE_DATA_GROUP     0x40
+#define PCPS_GPS_DATA_GROUP      0x50
+#define PCPS_CTRL_GROUP          0x60
+#define PCPS_CFG2_GROUP          0x70
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+#define PCPS_GIVE_TIME           0x00
+#define PCPS_GIVE_TIME_NOCLEAR   0x01
+#define PCPS_GIVE_SYNC_TIME      0x02  // only supported if _pcps_has_sync_time()
+#define PCPS_GIVE_HR_TIME        0x03  // only supported if _pcps_has_hr_time()
+#define PCPS_GIVE_IRIG_TIME      0x04  // only supported if _pcps_has_irig_time()
+
+#define PCPS_SET_TIME            0x10
+/* on error, return PCPS_ERR_STIME */
+
+/* Attention: The code below can be used EXCLUSIVELY */
+/* with a GPS167PCI with customized CERN firmware !! */
+/* _pcps_has_event_time() checks whether supported. */
+#define PCPS_SET_EVENT_TIME      0x14
+
+#define PCPS_IRQ_NONE            0x20
+#define PCPS_IRQ_1_SEC           0x21
+#define PCPS_IRQ_1_MIN           0x22
+#define PCPS_IRQ_10_MIN          0x24
+#define PCPS_IRQ_30_MIN          0x28
+
+#define PCPS_GET_SERIAL          0x30
+#define PCPS_SET_SERIAL          0x31
+/* on error, return PCPS_ERR_CFG */
+
+typedef uint8_t PCPS_SERIAL;
+
+
+#define PCPS_GET_TZCODE          0x32
+#define PCPS_SET_TZCODE          0x33
+/* on error, return PCPS_ERR_CFG */
+
+typedef uint8_t PCPS_TZCODE;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enumeration of codes used with PCPS_TZCODE
+ */
+enum PCPS_TZCODES
+{
+  PCPS_TZCODE_CET_CEST,  /* default as broadcasted by DCF77 (UTC+1h/UTC+2h) */
+  PCPS_TZCODE_CET,       /* always CET (UTC+1h), discard DST */
+  PCPS_TZCODE_UTC,       /* always %UTC */
+  PCPS_TZCODE_EET_EEST,  /* East European Time, CET/CEST + 1h */
+  N_PCPS_TZCODE          /* the number of valid codes */
+};
+
+/* the definitions below are for compatibily only: */
+#define PCPS_TZCODE_MEZMESZ  PCPS_TZCODE_CET_CEST
+#define PCPS_TZCODE_MEZ      PCPS_TZCODE_CET
+#define PCPS_TZCODE_OEZ      PCPS_TZCODE_EET_EEST
+
+
+#define PCPS_GET_PCPS_TZDL       0x34
+#define PCPS_SET_PCPS_TZDL       0x35
+/* on error, return PCPS_ERR_CFG */
+
+
+/**
+ * The structures below can be used to configure a clock's
+ * time zone/daylight saving setting. This structure is shorter
+ * than the TZDL structure used with GPS clocks.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  // The year_or_wday field below contains the full year number
+  // or 0..6 == Sun..Sat if the DL_AUTO_FLAG is set; see below.
+  uint16_t year_or_wday;
+  uint8_t month;
+  uint8_t mday;
+  uint8_t hour;
+  uint8_t min;
+} PCPS_DL_ONOFF;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pcps_dl_onoff( _p )  \
+{                                      \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->year_or_wday );  \
+}
+
+/**
+ * If the field year_or_wday is or'ed with the constant DL_AUTO_FLAG
+ * defined below then this means that start and end of daylight saving
+ * time shall be computed automatically for each year. In this case
+ * the remaining bits represent the day-of-week after the specified
+ * mday/month at which the change shall occur. If that flag is not set
+ * then the field contains the full four-digit year number and the
+ * mday/month values specify the exact date of that year.
+ */
+#define DL_AUTO_FLAG  0x8000  // also defined in gpsdefs.h
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  int16_t offs;          /**< offset from %UTC to local time [min] */
+  int16_t offs_dl;       /**< additional offset if DST enabled [min] */
+  PCPS_DL_ONOFF tm_on;   /**< date/time when daylight saving starts */
+  PCPS_DL_ONOFF tm_off;  /**< date/time when daylight saving ends */
+} PCPS_TZDL;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pcps_tzdl( _p )            \
+{                                            \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->offs );                \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->offs_dl );             \
+  _mbg_swab_pcps_dl_onoff( &(_p)->tm_on );   \
+  _mbg_swab_pcps_dl_onoff( &(_p)->tm_off );  \
+}
+
+
+
+#define PCPS_GET_REF_OFFS        0x36
+#define PCPS_SET_REF_OFFS        0x37
+/* on error, return PCPS_ERR_CFG */
+
+/* The associated type MBG_REF_OFFS is defined in gpsdefs.h. */
+
+
+#define PCPS_GET_OPT_INFO        0x38
+#define PCPS_SET_OPT_SETTINGS    0x39
+/* on error, return PCPS_ERR_CFG */
+
+/* The associated structures MBG_OPT_INFO and MBG_OPT_SETTINGS
+   are defined in gpsdefs.h. */
+
+
+#define PCPS_GET_IRIG_RX_INFO     0x3A
+#define PCPS_SET_IRIG_RX_SETTINGS 0x3B
+/* on error, return PCPS_ERR_CFG */
+
+#define PCPS_GET_IRIG_TX_INFO     0x3C
+#define PCPS_SET_IRIG_TX_SETTINGS 0x3D
+/* on error, return PCPS_ERR_CFG */
+
+/* The associated structures IRIG_INFO and IRIG_SETTINGS
+   are defined in gpsdefs.h. */
+
+
+#define PCPS_GET_SYNTH            0x3E
+#define PCPS_SET_SYNTH            0x3F
+/* on error, return PCPS_ERR_CFG */
+
+/* The associated structure SYNTH is defined in gpsdefs.h. */
+
+
+#define PCPS_GIVE_FW_ID_1         0x40
+#define PCPS_GIVE_FW_ID_2         0x41
+#define PCPS_GIVE_SERNUM          0x42
+#define PCPS_GENERIC_IO           0x43
+#define PCPS_GET_SYNTH_STATE      0x44
+#define PCPS_GET_IRIG_CTRL_BITS   0x45
+#define PCPS_GET_RAW_IRIG_DATA    0x46
+
+
+
+#define PCPS_GET_STATUS_PORT      0x4B
+#define PCPS_GET_DEBUG_STATUS     0x4C
+// expects sizeof( MBG_DEBUG_STATUS ) chars
+
+// Command codes 0x4D, 0x4E, and 0x4F are reserved.
+
+
+#define PCPS_READ_GPS_DATA        0x50
+#define PCPS_WRITE_GPS_DATA       0x51
+
+#define PCPS_CLR_UCAP_BUFF        0x60
+#define PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_ENTRIES    0x61
+#define PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_EVENT      0x62
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t used;   /**< the number of saved capture events */
+  uint32_t max;    /**< capture buffer size */
+} PCPS_UCAP_ENTRIES;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pcps_ucap_entries( _p )  \
+{                                          \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->used );              \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->max );               \
+}
+
+
+
+#define PCPS_GET_CORR_INFO        0x63    // read CORR_INFO structure, only if _pcps_has_pzf()
+#define PCPS_GET_TR_DISTANCE      0x64    // read TR_DISTANCE, only if _pcps_has_tr_distance()
+#define PCPS_SET_TR_DISTANCE      0x65    // write TR_DISTANCE, only if _pcps_has_tr_distance()
+
+
+#define PCPS_CLR_EVT_LOG          0x66    // clear on-board event log, only if _pcps_has_evt_log()
+#define PCPS_NUM_EVT_LOG_ENTRIES  0x67    // read num event log entries, only if _pcps_has_evt_log()
+#define PCPS_FIRST_EVT_LOG_ENTRY  0x68    // read first (oldest) event log entry, only if _pcps_has_evt_log()
+#define PCPS_NEXT_EVT_LOG_ENTRY   0x69    // read next event log entry, only if _pcps_has_evt_log()
+
+
+/**
+  special -- use with care !
+*/
+#define PCPS_FORCE_RESET          0x80
+
+// Command codes 0xF0 through 0xFF are reserved.
+
+/** @} group_cmd_bytes */
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_CMD_TABLE_EXT )
+  #define MBG_CMD_TABLE_EXT { 0, NULL }
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @brief An initializer for a table of code/name entries of non-GPS commands.
+ *
+ * This can e.g. be assigned to an array of MBG_CODE_NAME_TABLE_ENTRY elements
+ * and may be helpful when debugging.
+ */
+#define MBG_CMD_TABLE                                                    \
+{                                                                        \
+  { PCPS_GIVE_TIME,            "PCPS_GIVE_TIME" },             /* 00 */  \
+  { PCPS_GIVE_TIME_NOCLEAR,    "PCPS_GIVE_TIME_NOCLEAR" },     /* 01 */  \
+  { PCPS_GIVE_SYNC_TIME,       "PCPS_GIVE_SYNC_TIME" },        /* 02 */  \
+  { PCPS_GIVE_HR_TIME,         "PCPS_GIVE_HR_TIME" },          /* 03 */  \
+  { PCPS_GIVE_IRIG_TIME,       "PCPS_GIVE_IRIG_TIME" },        /* 04 */  \
+  { PCPS_SET_TIME,             "PCPS_SET_TIME" },              /* 10 */  \
+  { PCPS_SET_EVENT_TIME,       "PCPS_SET_EVENT_TIME" },        /* 14 */  \
+  { PCPS_IRQ_NONE,             "PCPS_IRQ_NONE" },              /* 20 */  \
+  { PCPS_IRQ_1_SEC,            "PCPS_IRQ_1_SEC" },             /* 21 */  \
+  { PCPS_IRQ_1_MIN,            "PCPS_IRQ_1_MIN" },             /* 22 */  \
+  { PCPS_IRQ_10_MIN,           "PCPS_IRQ_10_MIN" },            /* 24 */  \
+  { PCPS_IRQ_30_MIN,           "PCPS_IRQ_30_MIN" },            /* 28 */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_SERIAL,           "PCPS_GET_SERIAL" },            /* 30 */  \
+  { PCPS_SET_SERIAL,           "PCPS_SET_SERIAL" },            /* 31 */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_TZCODE,           "PCPS_GET_TZCODE" },            /* 32 */  \
+  { PCPS_SET_TZCODE,           "PCPS_SET_TZCODE" },            /* 33 */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_PCPS_TZDL,        "PCPS_GET_PCPS_TZDL" },         /* 34 */  \
+  { PCPS_SET_PCPS_TZDL,        "PCPS_SET_PCPS_TZDL" },         /* 35 */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_REF_OFFS,         "PCPS_GET_REF_OFFS" },          /* 36 */  \
+  { PCPS_SET_REF_OFFS,         "PCPS_SET_REF_OFFS" },          /* 37 */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_OPT_INFO,         "PCPS_GET_OPT_INFO" },          /* 38 */  \
+  { PCPS_SET_OPT_SETTINGS,     "PCPS_SET_OPT_SETTINGS" },      /* 39 */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_IRIG_RX_INFO,     "PCPS_GET_IRIG_RX_INFO" },      /* 3A */  \
+  { PCPS_SET_IRIG_RX_SETTINGS, "PCPS_SET_IRIG_RX_SETTINGS" },  /* 3B */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_IRIG_TX_INFO,     "PCPS_GET_IRIG_TX_INFO" },      /* 3C */  \
+  { PCPS_SET_IRIG_TX_SETTINGS, "PCPS_SET_IRIG_TX_SETTINGS" },  /* 3D */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_SYNTH,            "PCPS_GET_SYNTH" },             /* 3E */  \
+  { PCPS_SET_SYNTH,            "PCPS_SET_SYNTH" },             /* 3F */  \
+  { PCPS_GIVE_FW_ID_1,         "PCPS_GIVE_FW_ID_1" },          /* 40 */  \
+  { PCPS_GIVE_FW_ID_2,         "PCPS_GIVE_FW_ID_2" },          /* 41 */  \
+  { PCPS_GIVE_SERNUM,          "PCPS_GIVE_SERNUM" },           /* 42 */  \
+  { PCPS_GENERIC_IO,           "PCPS_GENERIC_IO" },            /* 43 */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_SYNTH_STATE,      "PCPS_GET_SYNTH_STATE" },       /* 44 */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_IRIG_CTRL_BITS,   "PCPS_GET_IRIG_CTRL_BITS" },    /* 45 */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_RAW_IRIG_DATA,    "PCPS_GET_RAW_IRIG_DATA" },     /* 46 */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_STATUS_PORT,      "PCPS_GET_STATUS_PORT" },       /* 4B */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_DEBUG_STATUS,     "PCPS_GET_DEBUG_STATUS" },      /* 4C */  \
+  { PCPS_READ_GPS_DATA,        "PCPS_READ_GPS_DATA" },         /* 50 */  \
+  { PCPS_WRITE_GPS_DATA,       "PCPS_WRITE_GPS_DATA" },        /* 51 */  \
+  { PCPS_CLR_UCAP_BUFF,        "PCPS_CLR_UCAP_BUFF" },         /* 60 */  \
+  { PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_ENTRIES,    "PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_ENTRIES" },     /* 61 */  \
+  { PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_EVENT,      "PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_EVENT" },       /* 62 */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_CORR_INFO,        "PCPS_GET_CORR_INFO" },         /* 63 */  \
+  { PCPS_GET_TR_DISTANCE,      "PCPS_GET_TR_DISTANCE" },       /* 64 */  \
+  { PCPS_SET_TR_DISTANCE,      "PCPS_SET_TR_DISTANCE" },       /* 65 */  \
+  { PCPS_CLR_EVT_LOG,          "PCPS_CLR_EVT_LOG" },           /* 66 */  \
+  { PCPS_NUM_EVT_LOG_ENTRIES,  "PCPS_NUM_EVT_LOG_ENTRIES" },   /* 67 */  \
+  { PCPS_FIRST_EVT_LOG_ENTRY,  "PCPS_FIRST_EVT_LOG_ENTRY" },   /* 68 */  \
+  { PCPS_NEXT_EVT_LOG_ENTRY,   "PCPS_NEXT_EVT_LOG_ENTRY" },    /* 69 */  \
+  { PCPS_FORCE_RESET,          "PCPS_FORCE_RESET" },           /* 80 */  \
+  MBG_CMD_TABLE_EXT,                                                     \
+  { 0, NULL }                                                            \
+}
+
+
+
+/* Codes returned when commands with parameters have been passed */
+/* to the board */
+#define PCPS_SUCCESS       0   /**< OK, no error */
+#define PCPS_ERR_STIME    -1   /**< invalid date/time/status passed */
+#define PCPS_ERR_CFG      -2   /**< invalid parms for a cmd writing config parameters */
+
+
+
+#ifndef BITMASK
+  #define BITMASK( b )  ( ( 1 << b ) - 1 )
+#endif
+
+
+/** The size of the plug-in card's on-board FIFO */
+#define PCPS_FIFO_SIZE     16
+
+typedef int8_t PCPS_BUFF[PCPS_FIFO_SIZE];
+
+
+#define PCPS_ID_SIZE   ( 2 * PCPS_FIFO_SIZE + 1 )  /**< ASCIIZ string */
+typedef char PCPS_ID_STR[PCPS_ID_SIZE];
+
+
+#define PCPS_SN_SIZE   ( PCPS_FIFO_SIZE + 1 )  /**< ASCIIZ string */
+typedef char PCPS_SN_STR[PCPS_SN_SIZE];
+
+
+/**
+ * The structure has been introduced to be able to handle
+ * high resolution time stamps.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t sec;       /**< seconds since 1970 (UTC) */
+  uint32_t frac;      /**< fractions of second ( 0xFFFFFFFF == 0.9999.. sec) */
+} PCPS_TIME_STAMP;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pcps_time_stamp( _p )  \
+{                                        \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->sec );             \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->frac );            \
+}
+
+
+
+// Depending on the target environment define a data type
+// which can be used to convert binary fractions without
+// range overflow.
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX )
+  #define PCPS_HRT_FRAC_CONVERSION_TYPE int64_t
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+  #define PCPS_HRT_FRAC_CONVERSION_TYPE int64_t
+#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) && ( __WATCOMC__ >= 1100 )
+  #define PCPS_HRT_FRAC_CONVERSION_TYPE int64_t
+#else
+  #define PCPS_HRT_FRAC_CONVERSION_TYPE double
+#endif
+
+// Max value of PCPS_TIME_STAMP::frac + 1 used for scaling
+#define PCPS_HRT_BIN_FRAC_SCALE  ( (PCPS_HRT_FRAC_CONVERSION_TYPE) 4294967296.0  )  // == 0x100000000
+
+
+// The scale and format to be used to print the fractions
+// of a second as returned in the PCPS_TIME_STAMP structure.
+// The function frac_sec_from_bin() can be used for
+// the conversion.
+#ifndef PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE
+  #define PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE       10000000UL
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE_FMT
+  #define PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE_FMT   "%07lu"
+#endif
+
+
+
+typedef uint16_t PCPS_TIME_STATUS_X;  /**< extended status */
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pcps_time_status_x( _p )   _mbg_swab16( _p )
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_TIME_STATUS_X set_mask;
+  PCPS_TIME_STATUS_X clr_mask;
+
+} PCPS_TIME_STATUS_X_MASKS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pcps_time_status_x_masks( _p )   \
+{                                                  \
+  _mbg_swab_pcps_time_status_x( &(_p)->set_mask ); \
+  _mbg_swab_pcps_time_status_x( &(_p)->clr_mask ); \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * The structure has been introduced to be able to read the
+ * current time with higher resolution of fractions of seconds and
+ * more detailed information on the time zone and status.
+ * The structure is returned if the new command #PCPS_GIVE_HR_TIME
+ * is written to the board.
+ * _pcps_has_hr_time() checks whether supported.
+ *
+ * Newer GPS boards also accept the #PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_EVENT command
+ * to return user capture event times using this format. In this
+ * case, the "signal" field contains the number of the capture
+ * input line, e.g. 0 or 1.
+ * _pcps_has_ucap() checks whether supported.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_TIME_STAMP tstamp;     /**< High resolution time stamp (UTC) */
+  int32_t utc_offs;           /**< %UTC offs [sec] (loc_time = %UTC + utc_offs) */
+  PCPS_TIME_STATUS_X status;  /**< status flags as defined below */
+  uint8_t signal;             /**< for normal time, the relative RF signal level, for ucap, the channel number */
+} PCPS_HR_TIME;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pcps_hr_time( _p )              \
+{                                                 \
+  _mbg_swab_pcps_time_stamp( &(_p)->tstamp );     \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->utc_offs );                 \
+  _mbg_swab_pcps_time_status_x( &(_p)->status );  \
+}
+
+
+typedef uint8_t PCPS_TIME_STATUS;
+
+/** 
+  The standard structure used to read times from the board.
+  The time has a resultion of 10 ms.
+*/
+typedef struct PCPS_TIME_s
+{
+  uint8_t sec100;  /**< hundredths of seconds, 0..99 */
+  uint8_t sec;     /**< seconds, 0..59, or 60 if leap second */
+  uint8_t min;     /**< minutes, 0..59 */
+  uint8_t hour;    /**< hours, 0..23 */
+
+  uint8_t mday;    /**< day of month, 0..31 */
+  uint8_t wday;    /**< day of week, 1..7, 1 = Monday */
+  uint8_t month;   /**< month, 1..12 */
+  uint8_t year;    /**< year of the century, 0..99 */
+
+  PCPS_TIME_STATUS status;  /**< status bits, see below */
+  uint8_t signal;  /**< relative signal strength, range depends on device type */
+  int8_t offs_utc; /**< [hours], 0 if !_pcps_has_utc_offs() */
+} PCPS_TIME;
+
+
+/** 
+  The structure is passed as parameter with the PCPS_SET_TIME cmd 
+*/
+typedef struct PCPS_STIME_s
+{
+  uint8_t sec100;  /**< hundredths of seconds, 0..99 */
+  uint8_t sec;     /**< seconds, 0..59, or 60 if leap second */
+  uint8_t min;     /**< minutes, 0..59 */
+  uint8_t hour;    /**< hours, 0..23 */
+
+  uint8_t mday;    /**< day of month, 0..31 */
+  uint8_t wday;    /**< day of week, 1..7, 1 = Monday */
+  uint8_t month;   /**< month, 1..12 */
+  uint8_t year;    /**< year of the century, 0..99 */
+
+  PCPS_TIME_STATUS status;  /**< status bits, see below */
+} PCPS_STIME;
+
+#ifdef _C166
+  // This is a workaround to specify some structure sizes. The C166 compiler 
+  // always reports an even structure size although the structure size may 
+  // be odd due to the number of bytes. This might lead to errors between 
+  // the C166 and other build environments.
+  #define sizeof_PCPS_TIME   ( sizeof( PCPS_TIME ) - 1 )
+  #define sizeof_PCPS_STIME  ( sizeof( PCPS_STIME ) - 1 )
+#else
+  #define sizeof_PCPS_TIME   sizeof( PCPS_TIME )
+  #define sizeof_PCPS_STIME  sizeof( PCPS_STIME )
+#endif
+
+typedef union
+{
+  PCPS_TIME t;
+  PCPS_STIME stime;
+} PCPS_TIME_UNION;
+
+
+
+/**
+  The structure below can be used to read the raw IRIG time
+  from an IRIG receiver card, if the card supports this.
+  See the #PCPS_GIVE_IRIG_TIME command.
+
+  The granularity of the value in the .frac field depends on
+  the update interval of the structure as implementation
+  in the firmware. I.e. if the raw IRIG time is updated
+  only once per second, the .frac value can always be 0.
+*/
+typedef struct PCPS_IRIG_TIME_s
+{
+  PCPS_TIME_STATUS_X status;  /**< status bits, see below */
+  int16_t offs_utc;  /**< [minutes] */
+  uint16_t yday;     /**< day of year, 1..365/366 */
+  uint16_t frac;     /**< fractions of seconds, 0.1 ms units */
+  uint8_t sec;       /**< seconds, 0..59, or 60 if leap second */
+  uint8_t min;       /**< minutes, 0..59 */
+  uint8_t hour;      /**< hours, 0..23 */
+  uint8_t year;      /**< 2 digit year number, 0xFF if year not supp. by the IRIG code */
+  uint8_t signal;    /**< relative signal strength, range depends on device type */
+  uint8_t reserved;  /**< currently not used, always 0 */
+} PCPS_IRIG_TIME;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pcps_irig_time( _p )            \
+{                                                 \
+  _mbg_swab_pcps_time_status_x( &(_p)->status );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->offs_utc );                 \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->yday );                     \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->frac );                     \
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Bit masks used with both PCPS_TIME_STATUS and PCPS_TIME_STATUS_X
+ */
+#define PCPS_FREER     0x01  /**< DCF77 clock running on xtal */
+                             /**< GPS receiver has not verified its position */
+
+#define PCPS_DL_ENB    0x02  /**< daylight saving enabled */
+
+#define PCPS_SYNCD     0x04  /**< clock has sync'ed at least once after pwr up */
+
+#define PCPS_DL_ANN    0x08  /**< a change in daylight saving is announced */
+
+#define PCPS_UTC       0x10  /**< a special %UTC firmware is installed */
+
+#define PCPS_LS_ANN    0x20  /**< leap second announced */
+                             /**< (requires firmware rev. REV_PCPS_LS_ANN_...) */
+
+#define PCPS_IFTM      0x40  /**< the current time was set via PC */
+                             /**< (requires firmware rev. REV_PCPS_IFTM_...) */
+
+#define PCPS_INVT      0x80  /**< invalid time because battery was disconn'd */
+
+
+/**
+ * Bit masks used only with PCPS_TIME_STATUS_X
+ */
+#define PCPS_LS_ENB      0x0100  /**< current second is leap second */
+#define PCPS_ANT_FAIL    0x0200  /**< antenna failure */
+#define PCPS_LS_ANN_NEG  0x0400  /**< announced leap second is negative */
+#define PCPS_SCALE_GPS   0x0800  /**< time stamp is GPS scale */
+#define PCPS_SCALE_TAI   0x1000  /**< time stamp is TAI scale */
+
+/**
+ * Bit masks used only with time stamps representing user capture events
+ */
+#define PCPS_UCAP_OVERRUN      0x2000  /**< events interval too short */
+#define PCPS_UCAP_BUFFER_FULL  0x4000  /**< events read too slow */
+
+/**
+ * Bit masks used only with time stamps representing the current board time.
+ * A DCF77 PZF receiver can set this bit if it is actually synchronized
+ * using PZF correlation and thus provides higher accuracy than AM receivers.
+ */
+#define PCPS_SYNC_PZF          0x2000  /**< same code as PCPS_UCAP_OVERRUN */
+
+/**
+ * Immediately after a clock has been accessed, subsequent accesses
+ * are blocked for up to 1.5 msec to give the clock's microprocessor
+ * some time to decode the incoming time signal.
+ * The flag below is set if a program tries to read the PCPS_HR_TIME
+ * during this interval. In this case the read function returns the
+ * proper time stamp which is taken if the command byte is written,
+ * however, the read function returns with delay.
+ * This flag is not supported by all clocks.
+ */
+#define PCPS_IO_BLOCKED        0x8000
+
+/**
+ * This bit mask can be used to extract the time scale information out
+ * of a PCPS_TIME_STATUS_X value.
+*/
+#define PCPS_SCALE_MASK ( PCPS_SCALE_TAI | PCPS_SCALE_GPS )
+
+
+/**
+ * Some DCF77 clocks have a serial interface that can be controlled
+ * using the commands PCPS_SET_SERIAL and PCPS_GET_SERIAL. Both commands
+ * use a parameter byte describing transmission speed, framing and mode
+ * of operation. The parameter byte can be build using the constants
+ * defined below, by or'ing one of the constants of each group, shifted
+ * to the right position. PCPS_GET_SERIAL expects that parameter byte
+ * and PCPS_GET_SERIAL returns the current configuration from the board.
+ * _pcps_has_serial() checks whether supported.
+ * For GPS clocks, please refer to the comments for the PCPS_GET_SERIAL
+ * command.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Baud rate indices. The values below are obsolete and should
+ * be replaced by the codes named MBG_BAUD_RATE_... which are
+ * defined in gpsdefs.h. The resulting index numbers, however,
+ * have not changed.
+ */
+enum
+{
+  PCPS_BD_300,
+  PCPS_BD_600,
+  PCPS_BD_1200,
+  PCPS_BD_2400,
+  PCPS_BD_4800,
+  PCPS_BD_9600,
+  PCPS_BD_19200,
+  N_PCPS_BD     /* number of codes */
+};
+
+#define PCPS_BD_BITS   4  /* field with in the cfg byte */
+#define PCPS_BD_SHIFT  0  /* num of bits to shift left */
+
+/*
+ * Initializers for a table of all baud rate strings
+ * and values can be found in gpsdefs.h.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * Unfortunately, the framing codes below can not simply be
+ * replaced by the newer MBG_FRAMING_... definitions since
+ * the order of indices does not match.
+ */
+enum
+{
+  PCPS_FR_8N1,
+  PCPS_FR_7E2,
+  PCPS_FR_8N2,
+  PCPS_FR_8E1,
+  N_PCPS_FR_DCF     /* number of valid codes */
+};
+
+#define PCPS_FR_BITS   2             /* field with in the cfg byte */
+#define PCPS_FR_SHIFT  PCPS_BD_BITS  /* num of bits to shift left */
+
+/*
+ * An initializer for a table of framing strings is only defined for
+ * the new MBG_FRAMING_... definitions. For editing the serial port
+ * configuration, the old codes above should be translated to the new
+ * codes to unify handling inside the edit functions.
+ */
+
+/** 
+  Modes of operation
+
+ * Indices for modes of operation. The values below are obsolete
+ * and should be replaced by the codes named STR_... which are
+ * defined in gpsdefs.h. The resulting index numbers, however,
+ * have not changed.
+ */
+enum
+{
+  PCPS_MOD_REQ,     /* time string on request '?' only */
+  PCPS_MOD_SEC,     /* time string once per second */
+  PCPS_MOD_MIN,     /* time string once per minute */
+  PCPS_MOD_RSVD,    /* reserved */
+  N_PCPS_MOD_DCF    /* number of possible codes */
+};
+
+#define PCPS_MOD_BITS   2      /* field with in the cfg byte */
+#define PCPS_MOD_SHIFT  ( PCPS_BD_BITS + PCPS_FR_BITS )
+                               /* num of bits to shift left */
+
+
+/**
+ * Some definitions used with PZF receivers
+ */
+
+/* receiver distance from transmitter [km] */
+typedef uint16_t TR_DISTANCE;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_tr_distance( _p )  \
+  _mbg_swab16( _p )
+
+
+
+/* correlation status info */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t val;       /**< correlation value, or check count if status == PZF_CORR_CHECK */
+  uint8_t status;    /**< status codes, see below */
+  char corr_dir;     /**< space, '<', or '>' */
+  uint8_t signal;    /**< signal level, may always be 0 for devices which do not support this */
+} CORR_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_corr_info( _p )  \
+  _nop_macro_fnc()
+
+
+/** Codes used with CORR_INFO::status: */
+enum
+{
+  PZF_CORR_RAW,      /**< trying raw correlation, combi receivers running in AM mode */
+  PZF_CORR_CHECK,    /**< raw correlation achieved, doing plausibility checks */
+  PZF_CORR_FINE,     /**< fine correlation achieved */
+  N_PZF_CORR_STATE
+};
+
+
+#define PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_RAW_ENG     "Searching"
+#define PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_CHECK_ENG   "Correlating"
+#define PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_FINE_ENG    "Locked"
+
+#define PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_RAW_GER     "suchen"
+#define PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_CHECK_GER   "korrelieren"
+#define PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_FINE_GER    "eingerastet"
+
+
+#define PZF_CORR_STATE_NAMES_ENG \
+{                                \
+  PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_RAW_ENG,   \
+  PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_CHECK_ENG, \
+  PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_FINE_ENG   \
+}
+
+
+#define PZF_CORR_STATE_NAMES_LSTR                                   \
+{                                                                   \
+  { PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_RAW_ENG, PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_RAW_GER },     \
+  { PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_CHECK_ENG, PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_CHECK_GER }, \
+  { PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_FINE_ENG, PZF_CORR_STATE_NAME_FINE_GER }    \
+}
+
+
+
+/** @defgroup group_gps_cmds_bus GPS commands passed via the system bus
+
+   This enumeration defines the various types of data that can be read
+   from or written to Meinberg bus level devices which support this.
+   Access should be done using the functions pcps_read_gps_data()
+   and pcps_write_gps_data() since the size of some of the structures
+   exceeds the size of the device's I/O buffer and must therefore be
+   accessed in several blocks.
+
+   The structures to be used are defined in gpsdefs.h. Not all structures
+   are supported, yet. Check the R/W indicators for details.
+
+ * @{ */
+enum
+{                           // R/W  data type       description
+  // system data            -----------------------------------------------
+  PC_GPS_TZDL = 0,          // R/W  TZDL            time zone / daylight saving
+  PC_GPS_SW_REV,            // R/-  SW_REV          software revision
+  PC_GPS_BVAR_STAT,         // R/-  BVAR_STAT       status of buffered variables
+  PC_GPS_TIME,              // R/W  TTM             curr. time
+  PC_GPS_POS_XYZ,           // -/W  XYZ             curr. pos. in ECEF coords
+  PC_GPS_POS_LLA,           // -/W  LLA             curr. pos. in geogr. coords
+  PC_GPS_PORT_PARM,         // R/W  PORT_PARM       param. of the serial ports
+  PC_GPS_ANT_INFO,          // R/-  ANT_INFO        time diff after ant. disconn.
+  PC_GPS_UCAP,              // R/-  TTM             user capture
+  PC_GPS_ENABLE_FLAGS,      // R/W  ENABLE_FLAGS    controls when to enable outp.
+  PC_GPS_STAT_INFO,         // R/-  GPS_STAT_INFO
+  PC_GPS_CMD,               // -/W  GPS_CMD         commands as described below
+  PC_GPS_IDENT,             // R/-  GPS_IDENT       serial number
+  PC_GPS_POS,               // R/-  POS             position XYZ, LLA, and DMS
+  PC_GPS_ANT_CABLE_LEN,     // R/W  ANT_CABLE_LEN   used to compensate delay
+  // The codes below are supported by new GPS receiver boards:
+  PC_GPS_RECEIVER_INFO,     // R/-  RECEIVER_INFO        rcvr model info
+  PC_GPS_ALL_STR_TYPE_INFO, // R/-  n*STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX  all string types
+  PC_GPS_ALL_PORT_INFO,     // R/-  n*PORT_INFO_IDX      all port info
+  PC_GPS_PORT_SETTINGS_IDX, // -/W  PORT_SETTINGS_IDX    port settings only
+  PC_GPS_ALL_POUT_INFO,     // R/-  n*POUT_INFO_IDX      all pout info
+  PC_GPS_POUT_SETTINGS_IDX, // -/W  POUT_SETTINGS_IDX    pout settings only
+  PC_GPS_TIME_SCALE,        // R/W  MBG_TIME_SCALE_{SETTINGS|INFO}, only if PCPS_HAS_TIME_SCALE
+  PC_GPS_LAN_IF_INFO,       // R/-  LAN_IF_INFO   LAN interface info, only if PCPS_HAS_LAN_INTF
+  PC_GPS_IP4_STATE,         // R/-  IP4_SETTINGS  LAN interface state, only if PCPS_HAS_LAN_INTF
+  PC_GPS_IP4_SETTINGS,      // R/W  IP4_SETTINGS  LAN interface configuration, only if PCPS_HAS_LAN_INTF
+  PC_GPS_PTP_STATE,         // R/-  PTP_STATE, only if PCPS_HAS_PTP
+  PC_GPS_PTP_CFG,           // R/W  PTP_CFG_{SETTINGS|INFO}, only if PCPS_HAS_PTP
+  PC_GPS_PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS,   // R/-  PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS, only if can be unicast master
+  PC_GPS_ALL_PTP_UC_MASTER_INFO,     // R/-  n*PTP_UC_MASTER_INFO_IDX, only if can be unicast master
+  PC_GPS_PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS_IDX, // -/W  PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS_IDX, only if can be unicast master
+  PC_GPS_GPIO_CFG_LIMITS,   // R/-  MBG_GPIO_CFG_LIMITS, only if PCPS_HAS_GPIO
+  PC_GPS_ALL_GPIO_INFO,     // R/-  n*MBG_GPIO_INFO, all GPIO info, only if PCPS_HAS_GPIO
+  PC_GPS_GPIO_SETTINGS_IDX, // -/W  MBG_GPIO_SETTINGS_IDX, GPIO cfg for a specific port, only if PCPS_HAS_GPIO
+
+  // GPS data
+  PC_GPS_CFGH = 0x80,  // -/-  CFGH          SVs' config. and health codes
+  PC_GPS_ALM,          // -/-  SV_ALM        one SV's num and almanac
+  PC_GPS_EPH,          // -/-  SV_EPH        one SV's num and ephemeris
+  PC_GPS_UTC,          // R/W  UTC           %UTC corr. param., only if PCPS_HAS_UTC_PARM
+  PC_GPS_IONO,         // -/-  IONO          ionospheric corr. param.
+  PC_GPS_ASCII_MSG     // -/-  ASCII_MSG     the GPS ASCII message
+};
+
+/**  @} group_gps_cmds_bus */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief An initializer for a table of code/name entries of GPS commands.
+ *
+ * This can e.g. be assigned to an array of MBG_CODE_NAME_TABLE_ENTRY elements
+ * and may be helpful when debugging.
+ */
+#define MBG_PC_GPS_CMD_TABLE                                                    \
+{                                                                               \
+  { PC_GPS_TZDL,                        "PC_GPS_TZDL" },                        \
+  { PC_GPS_SW_REV,                      "PC_GPS_SW_REV" },                      \
+  { PC_GPS_BVAR_STAT,                   "PC_GPS_BVAR_STAT" },                   \
+  { PC_GPS_TIME,                        "PC_GPS_TIME" },                        \
+  { PC_GPS_POS_XYZ,                     "PC_GPS_POS_XYZ" },                     \
+  { PC_GPS_POS_LLA,                     "PC_GPS_POS_LLA" },                     \
+  { PC_GPS_PORT_PARM,                   "PC_GPS_PORT_PARM" },                   \
+  { PC_GPS_ANT_INFO,                    "PC_GPS_ANT_INFO" },                    \
+  { PC_GPS_UCAP,                        "PC_GPS_UCAP" },                        \
+  { PC_GPS_ENABLE_FLAGS,                "PC_GPS_ENABLE_FLAGS" },                \
+  { PC_GPS_STAT_INFO,                   "PC_GPS_STAT_INFO" },                   \
+  { PC_GPS_CMD,                         "PC_GPS_CMD" },                         \
+  { PC_GPS_IDENT,                       "PC_GPS_IDENT" },                       \
+  { PC_GPS_POS,                         "PC_GPS_POS" },                         \
+  { PC_GPS_ANT_CABLE_LEN,               "PC_GPS_ANT_CABLE_LEN" },               \
+  { PC_GPS_RECEIVER_INFO,               "PC_GPS_RECEIVER_INFO" },               \
+  { PC_GPS_ALL_STR_TYPE_INFO,           "PC_GPS_ALL_STR_TYPE_INFO" },           \
+  { PC_GPS_ALL_PORT_INFO,               "PC_GPS_ALL_PORT_INFO" },               \
+  { PC_GPS_PORT_SETTINGS_IDX,           "PC_GPS_PORT_SETTINGS_IDX" },           \
+  { PC_GPS_ALL_POUT_INFO,               "PC_GPS_ALL_POUT_INFO" },               \
+  { PC_GPS_POUT_SETTINGS_IDX,           "PC_GPS_POUT_SETTINGS_IDX" },           \
+  { PC_GPS_TIME_SCALE,                  "PC_GPS_TIME_SCALE" },                  \
+  { PC_GPS_LAN_IF_INFO,                 "PC_GPS_LAN_IF_INFO" },                 \
+  { PC_GPS_IP4_STATE,                   "PC_GPS_IP4_STATE" },                   \
+  { PC_GPS_IP4_SETTINGS,                "PC_GPS_IP4_SETTINGS" },                \
+  { PC_GPS_PTP_STATE,                   "PC_GPS_PTP_STATE" },                   \
+  { PC_GPS_PTP_CFG,                     "PC_GPS_PTP_CFG" },                     \
+  { PC_GPS_PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS,    "PC_GPS_PTP_UC_MASTER_CFG_LIMITS" },    \
+  { PC_GPS_ALL_PTP_UC_MASTER_INFO,      "PC_GPS_ALL_PTP_UC_MASTER_INFO" },      \
+  { PC_GPS_PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS_IDX,  "PC_GPS_PTP_UC_MASTER_SETTINGS_IDX" },  \
+  { PC_GPS_GPIO_CFG_LIMITS,             "PC_GPS_GPIO_CFG_LIMITS" },             \
+  { PC_GPS_ALL_GPIO_INFO,               "PC_GPS_ALL_GPIO_INFO" },               \
+  { PC_GPS_GPIO_SETTINGS_IDX,           "PC_GPS_GPIO_SETTINGS_IDX" },           \
+  { PC_GPS_CFGH,                        "PC_GPS_CFGH" },                        \
+  { PC_GPS_ALM,                         "PC_GPS_ALM" },                         \
+  { PC_GPS_EPH,                         "PC_GPS_EPH" },                         \
+  { PC_GPS_UTC,                         "PC_GPS_UTC" },                         \
+  { PC_GPS_IONO,                        "PC_GPS_IONO" },                        \
+  { PC_GPS_ASCII_MSG,                   "PC_GPS_ASCII_MSG" },                   \
+  { 0, NULL }                                                                   \
+}
+
+
+
+/** codes used with PC_GPS_CMD */
+enum
+{
+  PC_GPS_CMD_BOOT = 1,   /**< force the clock to boot mode */
+  PC_GPS_CMD_INIT_SYS,   /**< let the clock clear its system variables */
+  PC_GPS_CMD_INIT_USER,  /**< reset the clock's user parameters to defaults */
+  PC_GPS_CMD_INIT_DAC,   /**< initialize the oscillator disciplining values */
+  N_PC_GPS_CMD           /**< no command, just the number of known commands */
+};
+
+
+
+// The type below can be used to store an unambiguous command code.
+// In case of the standard PCPS_... commands the lower byte contains
+// the command code and the upper byte is 0.
+// In case of a GPS command the lower byte contains PCPS_READ_GPS_DATA
+// or PCPS_WRITE_GPS_DATA, as appropriate, and the upper byte contains
+// the associated PC_GPS_... type code.
+typedef uint16_t PCPS_CMD_INFO;
+
+
+#if defined( _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+  #pragma pack()      // set default alignment
+  #undef _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#endif  /* _PCPSDEFS_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/pcpsdev.h b/mbglib/common/pcpsdev.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b13d07a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/pcpsdev.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1711 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: pcpsdev.h 1.51 2013/01/25 15:44:21Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions used to share information on radio clock devices
+ *    between device drivers which have direct access to the hardware
+ *    devices and user space programs which evaluate and present that
+ *    information.
+ *
+ *    At the bottom of the file there are some macros defined which
+ *    should be used to access the structures to extract characteristics
+ *    of an individual clock.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: pcpsdev.h $
+ *  Revision 1.51  2013/01/25 15:44:21Z  martin
+ *  Added inline function setup_hr_time_cycles_from_timestamp_cycles() which sets
+ *  up a PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES structure from PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES.
+ *  Revision 1.50  2012/10/02 19:00:46  martin
+ *  Support GPS180PEX, TCR180PEX, and PZF180PEX.
+ *  Support DCF600USB, TCR600USB, MSF600USB, and WVB600USB.
+ *  Runtime support for precise time API introduced with Windows 8.
+ *  This does not yet for x64 builds.
+ *  There are some g++ versions which fail to compile source code using
+ *  the macros provided by Linux to define IOCTL codes. If only the API
+ *  functions are called by an application then the IOCTL codes aren't
+ *  required anyway, so we just avoid inclusion of mbgioctl.h.
+ *  However, some IOCTL related definitions are required anyway, so
+ *  they have been moved to this file which is always included.
+ *  Bug fix: Use negative sign for delay in KeDelayExecutionThread()
+ *  Support on-board event logs.
+ *  Moved macro _must_do_fw_workaround_20ms() here.
+ *  New macro _pcps_has_debug_status().
+ *  Added some macros to test if specific stat_info stuff is supported.
+ *  Moved some definitions useful for configuration tools to new file cfg_hlp.h.
+ *  Moved IA64 includes from pcpsdev.h to mbgpccyc.h.
+ *  Added macros _pcps_has_corr_info() and _pcps_has_tr_distance().
+ *  Extended bus flag for USB v2 and macro _pcps_is_usb_v2().
+ *  New feature ..._HAS_PZF and macro _pcps_has_pzf().
+ *  Moved PC cycles stuff to an new extra header.
+ *  Cleaned up handling of pragma pack().
+ *  Introduced generic MBG_SYS_TIME with nanosecond resolution.
+ *  Support struct timespec under Linux, if available.
+ *  Use MBG_TGT_KERNEL instead of _KDD_.
+ *  Added PTP unicast master configuration stuff.
+ *  For compatibility use cpu_counter() instead of cpu_counter_serializing() under NetBSD.
+ *  Optionally support timespec for sys time (USE_TIMESPEC).
+ *  Support FreeBSD and NetBSD.
+ *  Moved MBG_TGT_SUPP_MEM_ACC definition here.
+ *  Moved status port register definitions to pcpsdefs.h.
+ *  Features are now defined using enum and bit masks.
+ *  Added initializer for feature names (used for debug).
+ *  Added macro _pcps_features().
+ *  Implemented portable mbg_get_sys_uptime() and mbg_sleep_sec()
+ *  functions and associated types.
+ *  Revision 1.49  2010/06/30 13:03:48  martin
+ *  Use new preprocessor symbol MBG_ARCH_X86.
+ *  Use ulong port addresses for all platforms but x86.
+ *  Support mbg_get_pc_cycles() for IA64, but mbg_get_pc_cycles_frequency()
+ *  is not yet supported.
+ *  Don't pack interface structures on Sparc and IA64 architecture.
+ *  Revision 1.48  2010/04/26 14:47:42  martin
+ *  Define symbol MBG_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORTED if this is the case.
+ *  Revision 1.47  2010/01/12 14:03:22  daniel
+ *  Added definitions to support reading the raw IRIG data bits.
+ *  Revision 1.46  2009/09/29 15:10:35Z  martin
+ *  Support generic system time, and retrieving time discipline info.
+ *  Added _pcps_has_fast_hr_timestamp() macro and associated feature flag.
+ *  Revision 1.45  2009/06/19 12:15:18  martin
+ *  Added has_irig_time feature and associated macros.
+ *  Revision 1.44  2009/06/08 19:30:48  daniel
+ *  Account for new features PCPS_HAS_LAN_INTF and
+ *  PCPS_HAS_PTP.
+ *  Revision 1.43  2009/04/08 08:26:20  daniel
+ *  Define firmware version at which the TCR511PCI starts
+ *  to support IRIG control bits.
+ *  Revision 1.42  2009/03/19 14:58:47Z  martin
+ *  Tmp. workaround in mbg_delta_pc_cycles() under SPARC which might
+ *  generate bus errors due to unaligned access.
+ *  Revision 1.41  2009/03/16 16:01:22  martin
+ *  Support reading IRIG control function bits.
+ *  Revision 1.40  2009/03/13 09:13:39  martin
+ *  Support new features .._has_time_scale() and .._has_utc_parm().
+ *  Moved some inline functions dealing with MBG_PC_CYCLES
+ *  from mbgdevio.h here.
+ *  Merged the code from _pcps_get_cycles() and _pcps_get_cycles_frequency()
+ *  to the mbg_get_pc_cycles...() inline functions which now replace the 
+ *  _pcps_get_cycles...() macros.
+ *  Fixed cycles code for non-x86 architectures.
+ *  Revision 1.39  2008/12/05 16:24:24Z  martin
+ *  Changed MAX_PARM_STR_TYPE from 10 to 20.
+ *  Added support for WWVB signal source.
+ *  Support new devices PTP270PEX, FRC511PEX, TCR170PEX, and WWVB51USB.
+ *  Added macros _pcps_is_ptp(), _pcps_is_frc(), and _pcps_is_wwvb().
+ *  Defined firmware version numbers which fix an IRQ problem with PEX511,
+ *  TCR511PEX, and GPS170PEX cards. The fix also requires specific ASIC
+ *  versions specified in pci_asic.h.
+ *  Defined firmware versions at which PCI511 and PEX511 start 
+ *  to support HR time.
+ *  Support mapped I/O resources.
+ *  Changed MBG_PC_CYCLES type for Windows to int64_t.
+ *  Renamed MBG_VIRT_ADDR to MBG_MEM_ADDR.
+ *  Added MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY type.
+ *  Added definition of PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES.
+ *  Added PCPS_IRQ_STAT_INFO type and associated flags.
+ *  Added macros to convert the endianess of structures.
+ *  Added macros _pcps_fw_rev_num_major() and _pcps_fw_rev_num_minor().
+ *  Made irq_num signed to use -1 for unassigned IRQ numbers.
+ *  Revision 1.38  2008/01/17 10:12:34  daniel
+ *  Added support for TCR51USB and MSF51USB.
+ *  New type MBG_VIRT_ADDR to specify virtual address values.
+ *  New struct PCPS_MAPPED_MEM
+ *  Cleanup for PCI ASIC version and features.
+ *  Added macros _pcps_is_msf(), _pcps_is_lwr(),
+ *  _psps_has_asic_version(), _pcps_has_asic_features().
+ *  Revision 1.37  2008/01/17 09:58:11Z  daniel
+ *  Made comments compatible for doxygen parser.
+ *  No sourcecode changes.  
+ *  Revision 1.36  2007/09/26 09:34:38Z  martin
+ *  Added support for USB in general and new USB device USB5131.
+ *  Added new types PCPS_DEV_ID and PCPS_REF_TYPE.
+ *  Removed old PCPS_ERR_... codes. Use MBG_ERR_... codes 
+ *  from mbgerror.h instead. The old values haven't changed.
+ *  Revision 1.35  2007/07/17 08:22:47Z  martin
+ *  Added support for TCR511PEX and GPS170PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.34  2007/07/16 12:50:41Z  martin
+ *  Added support for PEX511.
+ *  Modified/renamed some macros and symbols.
+ *  Revision 1.33  2007/03/02 09:40:04Z  martin
+ *  Changes due to renamed library symbols.
+ *  Removed obsolete inclusion of headers.
+ *  Preliminary support for *BSD.
+ *  Preliminary support for USB.
+ *  Revision 1.32  2006/10/23 08:47:55Z  martin
+ *  Don't use abs() in _pcps_ref_offs_out_of_range() since this might 
+ *  not work properly for 16 bit integers and value 0x8000.
+ *  Revision 1.31  2006/06/14 12:59:13Z  martin
+ *  Added support for TCR511PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.30  2006/04/05 14:58:41  martin
+ *  Support higher baud rates for PCI511.
+ *  Revision 1.29  2006/04/03 07:29:07Z  martin
+ *  Added a note about the missing PCPS_ST_IRQF signal 
+ *  on PCI510 cards. 
+ *  Revision 1.28  2006/03/10 10:32:56Z  martin
+ *  Added support for PCI511.
+ *  Added support for programmable pulse outputs.
+ *  Revision 1.27  2005/11/04 08:48:00Z  martin
+ *  Added support for GPS170PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.26  2005/06/02 08:34:38Z  martin
+ *  New types MBG_DBG_PORT, MBG_DBG_DATA.
+ *  Revision 1.25  2005/05/03 10:04:14  martin
+ *  Added macro _pcps_is_pci_amcc().
+ *  Revision 1.24  2005/03/29 12:58:19Z  martin
+ *  Support GENERIC_IO feature.
+ *  Revision 1.23  2004/12/09 11:03:37Z  martin
+ *  Support configuration of on-board frequency synthesizer.
+ *  Revision 1.22  2004/11/09 12:57:52Z  martin
+ *  Redefined interface data types using C99 fixed-size definitions.
+ *  Added support for TCR167PCI.
+ *  New macro _pcps_has_gps_data().
+ *  New type PCPS_STATUS_PORT.
+ *  Removed obsolete inclusion of asm/timex.h for Linux.
+ *  Revision 1.21  2004/09/06 15:19:49Z  martin
+ *  Support a GPS_DATA interface where sizes are specified 
+ *  by 16 instead of the original 8 bit quantities, thus allowing 
+ *  to transfer data blocks which exceed 255 bytes.
+ *  Modified inclusion of header files under Linux.
+ *  Modified definition of MBG_PC_CYCLES for Linux.
+ *  Revision 1.20  2004/04/14 09:09:11  martin
+ *  Source code cleanup.
+ *  Revision 1.19  2004/04/07 09:49:14Z  martin
+ *  Support new feature PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TX.
+ *  New macros _pcps_has_irig(), _pcps_has_irig_tx().
+ *  Revision 1.18  2004/01/14 11:02:14Z  MARTIN
+ *  Added formal type MBG_PC_CYCLES for OS/2,
+ *  though it's not really required or used.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2003/12/22 15:40:16  martin
+ *  Support higher baud rates for TCR510PCI and PCI510.
+ *  Supports PCPS_HR_TIME for TCR510PCI.
+ *  New structures used to read device time together with associated
+ *  PC CPU cycles.
+ *  For Win32, differentiate between kernel mode and non-kernel mode.
+ *  Moved some definitions here from mbgdevio.h.
+ *  New type PCPS_ASIC_VERSION.
+ *  New macro _pcps_ref_offs_out_of_range().
+ *  Revision 1.16  2003/06/19 09:48:30Z  MARTIN
+ *  Renamed symbols ..clr_cap_buffer to ..clr_ucap_buffer.
+ *  New macro _pcps_has_ucap().
+ *  New definitions to support cmds PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_ENTRIES
+ *  and PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_EVENT.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2003/04/15 09:57:25  martin
+ *  New typedefs ALL_STR_TYPE_INFO, ALL_PORT_INFO,
+ *  RECEIVER_PORT_CFG.
+ *  Revision 1.14  2003/04/09 14:07:01Z  martin
+ *  Supports PCI510, GPS169PCI, and TCR510PCI,
+ *  and new PCI_ASIC used by those devices.
+ *  Renamed macro _pcps_is_irig() to _pcps_is_irig_rx().
+ *  New macros _pcps_has_ref_offs(), _pcps_has_opt_flags().
+ *  Fixed macro _pcps_has_hr_time().
+ *  New type PCPS_BUS_FLAGS.
+ *  Preliminary support for PCPS_TZDL.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2002/08/09 07:19:49  MARTIN
+ *  Moved definition of ref time sources to pcpsdefs.h.
+ *  New feature PCPS_CAN_CLR_CAP_BUFF and
+ *  associated macro _pcps_can_clr_cap_buff().
+ *  New macros _pcps_is_irig(), _pcps_has_signal(),
+ *  _pcps_has_mod().
+ *  Revision 1.12  2002/02/19 09:22:53  MARTIN
+ *  Added definitions for the maximum number of clocks' serial ports
+ *  and string types that can be handled by the configuration programs.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2002/02/01 11:36:58  MARTIN
+ *  Added new definitions for GPS168PCI.
+ *  Inserted definitions of firmware REV_NUMs  for supported features
+ *  which had previously been defined in pcpsdefs.h.
+ *  Include use_pack.h.
+ *  Updated comments.
+ *  Source code cleanup.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2001/11/30 09:52:48  martin
+ *  Added support for event_time which, however, requires
+ *  a custom GPS firmware.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2001/10/16 10:11:14  MARTIN
+ *  New Macro _pcps_has_serial_hs() which determines whether
+ *  DCF77 clock supports baud rate higher than default.
+ *  Re-arranged order of macro definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2001/09/03 07:15:05  MARTIN
+ *  Added macro to access the firmware revision number.
+ *  Cleaned up macro syntax.
+ *  Added some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2001/08/30 13:20:04  MARTIN
+ *  New macro to mark a PCPS_TIME variable  as unread.
+ *  New macro to check if a PCPS_TIME variable  is unread.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2001/03/15 15:45:01  MARTIN
+ *  Added types PCPS_ERR_FLAGS, PCPS_BUS_NUM, PCPS_SLOT_NUM.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2001/03/01 13:53:10  MARTIN
+ *  Initial version for the new driver library.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _PCPSDEV_H
+#define _PCPSDEV_H
+
+#include <mbg_tgt.h>
+#include <mbgtime.h>
+#include <mbgpccyc.h>
+#include <pcpsdefs.h>
+#include <gpsdefs.h>
+#include <usbdefs.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+
+#if !defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+  #include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  #include <mbg_w32.h>
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+    #include <linux/delay.h>
+    #include <linux/time.h>
+  #else
+    #include <unistd.h>
+    #include <time.h>
+    #include <sys/time.h>
+    #include <sys/sysinfo.h>
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_FREEBSD )
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+    #include <sys/sysproto.h>
+    #include <sys/pcpu.h>
+    #include <sys/param.h>
+    #include <sys/systm.h>
+    #include <sys/proc.h>
+  #else
+    #include <unistd.h>
+    #include <sys/time.h>
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_NETBSD )
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+    #include <sys/param.h>  // mstohz
+    #include <sys/kernel.h>  // hz
+  #else
+    #include <unistd.h>
+    #include <sys/time.h>
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_QNX_NTO )
+
+  #include <unistd.h>
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_DOS )
+
+  #include <dos.h>     // for delay()
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )
+  #if !defined( _NO_USE_PACK_INTF )
+    #pragma pack( 1 )      // set byte alignment
+    #define _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX )
+  #define USE_GENERIC_SYS_TIME  1
+#else
+  #define USE_GENERIC_SYS_TIME  0
+#endif
+
+
+#if USE_GENERIC_SYS_TIME
+
+  typedef struct
+  {
+    uint64_t sec;
+    uint64_t nsec;
+  } NANO_TIME_64;
+
+  typedef NANO_TIME_64 MBG_SYS_TIME;
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/**
+  Define generic types to hold PC cycle counter values and system timestamps.
+  The generic types are defined using native types used by the target operating
+  systems.
+
+  The cycle counter value is usually derived from the PC CPU's TSC or some other
+  timer hardware on the mainboard.
+  */
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  #define MBG_TGT_SUPP_MEM_ACC  1
+
+  typedef int64_t MBG_SYS_UPTIME;    // [s]
+
+  typedef LARGE_INTEGER MBG_SYS_TIME;
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+  #define MBG_TGT_SUPP_MEM_ACC  1
+
+  typedef int64_t MBG_SYS_UPTIME;    // [s]
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_BSD )
+
+  #define MBG_TGT_SUPP_MEM_ACC  1
+
+  typedef int64_t MBG_SYS_UPTIME;    // [s]
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_NETBSD )
+    #ifdef __LP64__
+      #define MBG_MEM_ADDR uint64_t
+    #else
+      #define MBG_MEM_ADDR uint32_t
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_OS2 )
+
+  typedef long MBG_SYS_UPTIME;     //## dummy
+
+  typedef uint32_t MBG_SYS_TIME;   //## dummy
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_DOS )
+
+  #define MBG_MEM_ADDR  uint32_t   // 64 bit not supported, nor required.
+
+  typedef long MBG_SYS_UPTIME;     //## dummy
+
+  typedef uint32_t MBG_SYS_TIME;   //## dummy
+
+#else // other target OSs which access the hardware directly
+
+  typedef long MBG_SYS_UPTIME;     //## dummy
+
+  typedef uint32_t MBG_SYS_TIME;   //## dummy
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_TGT_SUPP_MEM_ACC )
+  #define MBG_TGT_SUPP_MEM_ACC  0
+#endif
+
+
+// MBG_SYS_TIME is always read  in native machine endianess,
+// so no endianess conversion is required.
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_sys_time( _p ) \
+  _nop_macro_fnc()
+
+
+
+/**
+  The structure holds a system timestamp in a format depending on the target OS
+  plus two cycles counter values which can be taken before and after reading
+  the system time. These cycles values can be used to determine the execution
+  time required to read the system time.
+
+  Limitations of the operating system need to be taken into account,
+  e.g. the Windows system time may increase once every ~16 ms only.
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_PC_CYCLES cyc_before;   /**< cycles count before sys time is read */
+  MBG_PC_CYCLES cyc_after;    /**< cycles count after sys time has been read */
+  MBG_SYS_TIME sys_time;      /**< system time stamp */
+} MBG_SYS_TIME_CYCLES;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_sys_time_cycles( _p )      \
+{                                                \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_pc_cycles( &(_p)->cyc_before );  \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_pc_cycles( &(_p)->cyc_after );   \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_sys_time( &(_p)->sys_time );     \
+}
+
+
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+void mbg_get_sys_time( MBG_SYS_TIME *p )
+{
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )  // kernel space
+      #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32_PNP ) && !defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32_PNP_X64 )
+        extern KE_QUERY_SYSTEM_TIME_FNC ke_query_system_time_fnc;
+        ke_query_system_time_fnc( p );
+      #else
+        KeQuerySystemTime( p );
+      #endif
+    #else                          // user space
+    {
+      FILETIME ft;
+      GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
+      p->LowPart = ft.dwLowDateTime;
+      p->HighPart = ft.dwHighDateTime;
+    }
+    #endif
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+
+      #if ( LINUX_VERSION_CODE >= KERNEL_VERSION( 2, 6, 22 ) )  //##+++++++++++++
+      {
+        // getnstimeofday() supported
+        struct timespec ts;
+
+        getnstimeofday( &ts );
+
+        p->sec = ts.tv_sec;
+        p->nsec = ts.tv_nsec;
+      }
+      #else
+      {
+        // getnstimeofday() *not* supported
+        struct timeval tv;
+
+        do_gettimeofday( &tv );
+
+        p->sec = tv.tv_sec;
+        p->nsec = tv.tv_usec * 1000;
+      }
+      #endif
+
+    #else  // Linux user space
+    {
+      struct timespec ts;
+
+      clock_gettime( CLOCK_REALTIME, &ts );
+
+      p->sec = ts.tv_sec;
+      p->nsec = ts.tv_nsec;
+    }
+    #endif
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_BSD )
+
+    struct timespec ts;
+
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+      nanotime( &ts );
+    #else
+      #if defined( MBG_TGT_FREEBSD )
+        clock_gettime( CLOCK_REALTIME_PRECISE, &ts );
+      #else  // MBG_TGT_NETBSD, ...
+        clock_gettime( CLOCK_REALTIME, &ts );
+      #endif
+    #endif
+
+    p->sec = ts.tv_sec;
+    p->nsec = ts.tv_nsec;
+
+  #else
+
+    *p = 0;
+
+  #endif
+
+}  // mbg_get_sys_time
+
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+void mbg_get_sys_uptime( MBG_SYS_UPTIME *p )
+{
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )  // kernel space
+
+      ULONGLONG time_increment  = KeQueryTimeIncrement();
+      LARGE_INTEGER tick_count;
+
+      KeQueryTickCount( &tick_count );
+
+      // multiplication by time_increment yields HNS units,
+      // but we need seconds
+      *p = ( tick_count.QuadPart * time_increment ) / HNS_PER_SEC;
+
+    #else                          // user space
+
+      DWORD tickCount;
+      DWORD timeAdjustment;
+      DWORD timeIncrement;
+      BOOL timeAdjustmentDisabled;
+
+      if ( !GetSystemTimeAdjustment( &timeAdjustment, &timeIncrement, &timeAdjustmentDisabled ) )
+        *p = -1;  // failed
+
+      // ATTENTION: This is compatible with older Windows versions, but
+      // the returned tick count wraps around to zero after 49.7 days.
+      // A new GetTickCount64() call is available under Windows Vista and newer,
+      // but the function call had to be imported dynamically since otherwise
+      // programs refused to start under pre-Vista versions due to undefined DLL symbol.
+      tickCount = GetTickCount();
+
+      *p = ( ( (MBG_SYS_UPTIME) tickCount ) * timeIncrement ) / HNS_PER_SEC;
+
+    #endif
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+    {
+      // Using a simple 64 bit division may result in a linker error
+      // in kernel mode due to a missing symbol __udivdi3, so we use
+      // a specific inline function do_div().
+      // Also, the jiffies counter is not set to 0 at startup but to
+      // a defined initialization value we need to account for.
+      uint64_t tmp = get_jiffies_64() - INITIAL_JIFFIES;
+      do_div( tmp, HZ );
+      *p = tmp;
+    }
+    #else
+    {
+      struct sysinfo si;
+      int rc = sysinfo( &si );
+      *p = ( rc == 0 ) ? si.uptime : -1;
+    }
+    #endif
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_BSD )
+
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+    {
+      struct timespec ts;
+      #if 0  //##+++++++
+      {
+        struct bintime bt;
+
+        binuptime( &bt );
+        #if defined( DEBUG )
+          printf( "binuptime: %lli.%09lli\n",
+                  (long long) bt.sec,
+                  (long long) bt.frac );
+        #endif
+      }
+      #endif
+
+      nanouptime( &ts );
+      #if defined( DEBUG )
+        printf( "nanouptime: %lli.%09lli\n",
+                (long long) ts.tv_sec,
+                (long long) ts.tv_nsec );
+      #endif
+      *p = ts.tv_sec;
+    }
+    #elif defined( MBG_TGT_FREEBSD )
+    {
+      struct timespec ts;
+      // CLOCK_UPTIME_FAST is specific to FreeBSD
+      int rc = clock_gettime( CLOCK_UPTIME_FAST, &ts );
+      *p = ( rc == 0 ) ? ts.tv_sec : -1;
+    }
+    #else  // MBG_TGT_NETBSD, ...
+
+      *p = -1;  //##++ needs to be implemented
+
+    #endif
+
+  #else
+
+    *p = -1;  // not supported
+
+  #endif
+
+}  // mbg_get_sys_uptime
+
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+void mbg_sleep_sec( long sec )
+{
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )  // kernel space
+      LARGE_INTEGER delay;
+
+      // we need to pass a negative value to KeDelayExecutionThread()
+      // since the given time is a relative time interval, not absolute
+      // time. See the API docs for KeDelayExecutionThread().
+      delay.QuadPart = - ((LONGLONG) sec * HNS_PER_SEC);
+
+      KeDelayExecutionThread( KernelMode, FALSE, &delay );
+    #else                          // user space
+      // Sleep() expects milliseconds
+      Sleep( sec * 1000 );
+    #endif
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+      // msleep is not defined in older kernels, so we use this
+      // only if it is surely supported.
+      #if ( LINUX_VERSION_CODE >= KERNEL_VERSION( 2, 6, 16 ) ) //##+++++
+        msleep( sec * 1000 );
+      #else
+      {
+        DECLARE_WAIT_QUEUE_HEAD( tmp_wait );
+        wait_event_interruptible_timeout( tmp_wait, 0, sec * HZ + 1 );
+      }
+      #endif
+    #else
+      sleep( sec );
+    #endif
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_BSD )
+
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+      #if defined( MBG_TGT_FREEBSD )
+        struct timeval tv = { 0 };
+        int ticks;
+        tv.tv_sec = sec;
+        ticks = tvtohz( &tv );
+        #if defined( DEBUG )
+          printf( "pause: %lli.%06lli (%i ticks)\n",
+                  (long long) tv.tv_sec,
+                  (long long) tv.tv_usec,
+                  ticks );
+        #endif
+        pause( "pause", ticks );
+      #elif defined( MBG_TGT_NETBSD )
+        int timeo = mstohz( sec * 1000 );
+        #if defined( DEBUG )
+          printf( "kpause: %i s (%i ticks)\n", sec, timeo );
+        #endif
+        kpause( "pause", 1, timeo, NULL );
+      #endif
+    #else
+      sleep( sec );
+    #endif
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_QNX_NTO )
+
+    // Actually only tested under Neutrino.
+    sleep( sec );
+
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_DOS )
+
+    delay( (unsigned) ( sec * 1000 ) );
+
+  #else
+
+    // This needs to be implemented for the target OS
+    // and thus will probably yield a linker error.
+    do_sleep_sec( sec );
+
+  #endif
+
+}  // mbg_sleep_sec
+
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_MEM_ADDR )
+  // By default a memory address is stored
+  // as a 64 bit quantitiy.
+  #define MBG_MEM_ADDR  uint64_t
+#endif
+
+
+typedef uint8_t MBG_DBG_DATA;
+typedef uint16_t MBG_DBG_PORT;
+
+
+// The following flags describe the bus types which are
+// supported by the plugin clocks.
+#define PCPS_BUS_ISA        0x0001    // IBM compatible PC/AT ISA bus
+#define PCPS_BUS_MCA        0x0002    // IBM PS/2 micro channel
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI        0x0004    // PCI
+#define PCPS_BUS_USB        0x0008    // USB
+
+
+// The flags below are or'ed to the PC_BUS_PCI code
+// in order to indicate which PCI interface chip is used
+// on a PCI card. If no flag is set then the S5933 chip is
+// installed which has been used for the first generation
+// of Meinberg PCI cards.
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_S5920    0x8000    // S5920 PCI interface chip.
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_ASIC     0x4000    // Meinberg's own PCI interface chip.
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_PEX8311  0x2000    // PEX8311 PCI Express interface chip
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_MBGPEX   0x1000    // Meinberg's own PCI Express interface chip
+
+// The constants below combine the PCI bus flags:
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_S5933    ( PCPS_BUS_PCI )
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_S5920    ( PCPS_BUS_PCI | PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_S5920 )
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_ASIC     ( PCPS_BUS_PCI | PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_ASIC )
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_PEX8311  ( PCPS_BUS_PCI | PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_PEX8311 )
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_MBGPEX   ( PCPS_BUS_PCI | PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_MBGPEX )
+
+
+// The flags below are or'ed to the PCPS_BUS_USB code
+// in order to indicate which USB protocol version
+// is supported by the device. If no additional flag is set
+// then the device has a USB v1 interface.
+#define PCPS_BUS_USB_FLAG_V2   0x8000
+
+// The constant below combines the PCI bus flags:
+#define PCPS_BUS_USB_V2       ( PCPS_BUS_USB | PCPS_BUS_USB_FLAG_V2 )
+
+
+
+/** A list of known radio clocks. */
+enum PCPS_TYPES
+{
+  PCPS_TYPE_PC31,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PS31_OLD,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PS31,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PC32,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PCI32,
+  PCPS_TYPE_GPS167PC,
+  PCPS_TYPE_GPS167PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PCI509,
+  PCPS_TYPE_GPS168PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PCI510,
+  PCPS_TYPE_GPS169PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR510PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR167PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_GPS170PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PCI511,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR511PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PEX511,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR511PEX,
+  PCPS_TYPE_GPS170PEX,
+  PCPS_TYPE_USB5131,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR51USB,
+  PCPS_TYPE_MSF51USB,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PTP270PEX,
+  PCPS_TYPE_FRC511PEX,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR170PEX,
+  PCPS_TYPE_WWVB51USB,
+  PCPS_TYPE_GPS180PEX,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR180PEX,
+  PCPS_TYPE_DCF600USB,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PZF180PEX,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR600USB,
+  PCPS_TYPE_MSF600USB,
+  PCPS_TYPE_WVB600USB,
+  N_PCPS_DEV_TYPE
+};
+
+
+#define PCPS_CLOCK_NAME_SZ   10   // including terminating 0
+
+typedef uint16_t PCPS_DEV_ID;
+typedef uint16_t PCPS_REF_TYPE;
+typedef uint16_t PCPS_BUS_FLAGS;
+
+/**
+  The structure contains the characteristics of each
+  of the clocks listed above. These fields are always the
+  same for a single type of clock and do not change with
+  firmware version, port address, etc.
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t num;
+  char name[PCPS_CLOCK_NAME_SZ];
+  PCPS_DEV_ID dev_id;
+  PCPS_REF_TYPE ref_type;
+  PCPS_BUS_FLAGS bus_flags;
+} PCPS_DEV_TYPE;
+
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX ) || defined( MBG_ARCH_X86 )
+  typedef uint16_t PCPS_PORT_ADDR;
+#else
+  typedef uint64_t PCPS_PORT_ADDR;
+#endif
+
+
+
+/**
+  The structure below describes an I/O port resource
+  used by a clock.
+*/
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_PORT_ADDR base;
+  uint16_t num;
+} PCPS_PORT_RSRC;
+
+/** The max number of I/O port resources used by a clock. */
+#define N_PCPS_PORT_RSRC 2
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_MEM_ADDR user_virtual_address;
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+    uint64_t len;
+    uint64_t pfn_offset;
+  #else
+    ulong len;
+  #endif
+} PCPS_MAPPED_MEM;
+
+
+
+typedef uint32_t PCPS_ERR_FLAGS;  /**< see \ref group_err_flags "Error flags" */
+typedef uint32_t PCPS_FEATURES;   /**< see \ref group_features "Features" */
+typedef uint16_t PCPS_BUS_NUM;
+typedef uint16_t PCPS_SLOT_NUM;
+
+/**
+  The structure below contains data which depends
+  on a individual instance of the clock, e.g.
+  the firmware which is currently installed, the
+  port address which has been configured, etc.
+*/
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_ERR_FLAGS err_flags;   /**< See \ref group_err_flags "Error flags" */
+  PCPS_BUS_NUM bus_num;
+  PCPS_SLOT_NUM slot_num;
+  PCPS_PORT_RSRC port[N_PCPS_PORT_RSRC];
+  uint16_t status_port;
+  int16_t irq_num;
+  uint32_t timeout_clk;
+  uint16_t fw_rev_num;
+  PCPS_FEATURES features;     /**< See \ref group_features "Feature flags" */
+  PCPS_ID_STR fw_id;
+  PCPS_SN_STR sernum;
+} PCPS_DEV_CFG;
+
+/** @defgroup group_err_flags Error flags in PCPS_DEV_CFG
+  Flags used with PCPS_DEV_CFG::err_flags
+ @{
+*/
+#define PCPS_EF_TIMEOUT         0x00000001   /**< timeout occured  */
+#define PCPS_EF_INV_EPROM_ID    0x00000002   /**< invalid EPROM ID */
+#define PCPS_EF_IO_INIT         0x00000004   /**< I/O intf not init'd */
+#define PCPS_EF_IO_CFG          0x00000008   /**< I/O intf not cfg'd */
+#define PCPS_EF_IO_ENB          0x00000010   /**< I/O intf not enabled */
+#define PCPS_EF_IO_RSRC         0x00000020   /**< I/O not registered w/ rsrcmgr */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup group_features Feature flags used with PCPS_FEATURES
+
+    Some features of the radio clocks have been introduced with
+    specific firmware versions, so depending on the firmware version
+    a clock may support a feature or not. The clock detection function
+    checks the clock model and firmware version and updates the field
+    PCPS_DEV_CFG::features accordingly. There are some macros which
+    can easily be used to query whether a clock device actually
+    supports a function, or not. The definitions define
+    the possible features.
+ @{
+*/
+enum
+{
+  PCPS_BIT_CAN_SET_TIME,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_SERIAL,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_SYNC_TIME,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_TZDL,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_IDENT,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_UTC_OFFS,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_HR_TIME,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_SERNUM,
+
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_TZCODE,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_CABLE_LEN,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_EVENT_TIME,    // custom GPS firmware only
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO,
+  PCPS_BIT_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_PCPS_TZDL,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_UCAP,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_IRIG_TX,
+
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_GPS_DATA_16,   // use 16 bit size specifiers
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_SYNTH,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_GENERIC_IO,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_TIME_SCALE,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_UTC_PARM,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_IRIG_CTRL_BITS,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_LAN_INTF,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_PTP,
+
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_IRIG_TIME,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_FAST_HR_TSTAMP,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_RAW_IRIG_DATA,
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_PZF,           // can also demodulate DCF77 PZF
+  PCPS_BIT_HAS_EVT_LOG,
+
+  N_PCPS_FEATURE              // must not exceed 32 !!
+};
+
+
+#define PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME       ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_CAN_SET_TIME )
+#define PCPS_HAS_SERIAL         ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_SERIAL )
+#define PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME      ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_SYNC_TIME )
+#define PCPS_HAS_TZDL           ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_TZDL )
+#define PCPS_HAS_IDENT          ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_IDENT )
+#define PCPS_HAS_UTC_OFFS       ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_UTC_OFFS )
+#define PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME        ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_HR_TIME )
+#define PCPS_HAS_SERNUM         ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_SERNUM )
+#define PCPS_HAS_TZCODE         ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_TZCODE )
+#define PCPS_HAS_CABLE_LEN      ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_CABLE_LEN )
+#define PCPS_HAS_EVENT_TIME     ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_EVENT_TIME )
+#define PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO  ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO )
+#define PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF  ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF )
+#define PCPS_HAS_PCPS_TZDL      ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_PCPS_TZDL )
+#define PCPS_HAS_UCAP           ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_UCAP )
+#define PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TX        ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_IRIG_TX )
+#define PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16    ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_GPS_DATA_16 )
+#define PCPS_HAS_SYNTH          ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_SYNTH )
+#define PCPS_HAS_GENERIC_IO     ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_GENERIC_IO )
+#define PCPS_HAS_TIME_SCALE     ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_TIME_SCALE )
+#define PCPS_HAS_UTC_PARM       ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_UTC_PARM )
+#define PCPS_HAS_IRIG_CTRL_BITS ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_IRIG_CTRL_BITS )
+#define PCPS_HAS_LAN_INTF       ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_LAN_INTF )
+#define PCPS_HAS_PTP            ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_PTP )
+#define PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TIME      ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_IRIG_TIME )
+#define PCPS_HAS_FAST_HR_TSTAMP ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_FAST_HR_TSTAMP )
+#define PCPS_HAS_RAW_IRIG_DATA  ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_RAW_IRIG_DATA )
+#define PCPS_HAS_PZF            ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_PZF )
+#define PCPS_HAS_EVT_LOG        ( 1UL << PCPS_BIT_HAS_EVT_LOG )
+
+
+
+#define PCPS_FEATURE_NAMES    \
+{                             \
+  "PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME",        \
+  "PCPS_HAS_SERIAL",          \
+  "PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME",       \
+  "PCPS_HAS_TZDL",            \
+  "PCPS_HAS_IDENT",           \
+  "PCPS_HAS_UTC_OFFS",        \
+  "PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME",         \
+  "PCPS_HAS_SERNUM",          \
+  "PCPS_HAS_TZCODE",          \
+  "PCPS_HAS_CABLE_LEN",       \
+  "PCPS_HAS_EVENT_TIME",      \
+  "PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO",   \
+  "PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF",   \
+  "PCPS_HAS_PCPS_TZDL",       \
+  "PCPS_HAS_UCAP",            \
+  "PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TX",         \
+  "PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16",     \
+  "PCPS_HAS_SYNTH",           \
+  "PCPS_HAS_GENERIC_IO",      \
+  "PCPS_HAS_TIME_SCALE",      \
+  "PCPS_HAS_UTC_PARM",        \
+  "PCPS_HAS_IRIG_CTRL_BITS",  \
+  "PCPS_HAS_LAN_INTF",        \
+  "PCPS_HAS_PTP",             \
+  "PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TIME",       \
+  "PCPS_HAS_FAST_HR_TSTAMP",  \
+  "PCPS_HAS_RAW_IRIG_DATA",   \
+  "PCPS_HAS_PZF",             \
+  "PCPS_HAS_EVT_LOG"          \
+}
+
+/** @} */
+
+
+
+// The constants below define those features which are available
+// in ALL firmware versions which have been shipped with a
+// specific clock.
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PC31PS31  0
+
+// Some of the features are available in all newer clocks,
+// so these have been put together in one definition:
+#define PCPS_FEAT_LVL2      ( PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME   \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERIAL     \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_UTC_OFFS )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PC32      ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PCI32     ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PCI509    ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERNUM \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_TZCODE )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PCI510    ( PCPS_FEAT_PCI509 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PCI511    ( PCPS_FEAT_PCI510 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_GPS167PC  ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_TZDL \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_IDENT )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_GPS167PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_TZDL  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_IDENT \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_GPS168PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_TZDL  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_IDENT \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_CABLE_LEN \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_GPS169PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_GPS168PCI \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_UCAP )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_GPS170PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_GPS169PCI \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TX \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GENERIC_IO )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR510PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERNUM )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR167PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERNUM \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_TZDL \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_UCAP \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TX \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GENERIC_IO )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR511PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_TCR510PCI \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PEX511    ( PCPS_FEAT_PCI511 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR511PEX ( PCPS_FEAT_TCR511PCI )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_GPS170PEX ( PCPS_FEAT_GPS170PCI )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_USB5131   ( PCPS_HAS_UTC_OFFS  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERNUM    \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME   \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_TZCODE )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR51USB  ( PCPS_HAS_UTC_OFFS  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERNUM    \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME   \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_MSF51USB  ( PCPS_HAS_UTC_OFFS  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERNUM    \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME   \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PTP270PEX ( PCPS_HAS_SERNUM    \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME   \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME  \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_UCAP \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_FRC511PEX ( PCPS_HAS_SERNUM    \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME   \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME  \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_UCAP \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR170PEX ( PCPS_FEAT_TCR167PCI )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_WWVB51USB ( PCPS_FEAT_MSF51USB )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_GPS180PEX ( PCPS_FEAT_GPS170PEX | PCPS_HAS_FAST_HR_TSTAMP )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR180PEX ( PCPS_FEAT_TCR170PEX | PCPS_HAS_FAST_HR_TSTAMP )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_DCF600USB ( PCPS_FEAT_USB5131 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PZF180PEX ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_TZDL \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERNUM \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_UCAP \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GENERIC_IO \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_UTC_PARM \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_PZF )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR600USB ( PCPS_FEAT_TCR51USB \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_IRIG_CTRL_BITS \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_RAW_IRIG_DATA )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_MSF600USB ( PCPS_FEAT_MSF51USB )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_WVB600USB ( PCPS_FEAT_WWVB51USB )
+
+// Some features of the API used to access Meinberg plug-in devices
+// have been implemented starting with the special firmware revision
+// numbers defined below.
+//
+// If no number is specified for a feature/clock model then the feature
+// is either always supported by that clock model, or not at all.
+
+
+// There are some versions of PCI Express cards out there which do not
+// safely support hardware IRQs. The following firmware versions are required 
+// for safe IRQ operation:
+#define REV_HAS_IRQ_FIX_MINOR_PEX511     0x0106
+#define REV_HAS_IRQ_FIX_MINOR_TCR511PEX  0x0105
+#define REV_HAS_IRQ_FIX_MINOR_GPS170PEX  0x0104
+// Additionally there are certain revisions of the bus interface logic 
+// required. The associated version codes are defined in pci_asic.h.
+
+// The macro below can be used to check whether the required versions are there:
+#define _pcps_pex_irq_is_safe( _curr_fw_ver, _req_fw_ver, _curr_asic_ver,    \
+                               _req_asic_ver_major, _req_asic_ver_minor )    \
+  ( ( (_curr_fw_ver) >= (_req_fw_ver) ) && _pcps_asic_version_greater_equal( \
+    (_curr_asic_ver), (_req_asic_ver_major), (_req_asic_ver_minor ) )        \
+  )
+
+/* command PCPS_GIVE_RAW_IRIG_DATA: */
+#define REV_HAS_RAW_IRIG_DATA_TCR511PEX 0x0111
+#define REV_HAS_RAW_IRIG_DATA_TCR511PCI 0x0111
+#define REV_HAS_RAW_IRIG_DATA_TCR51USB  0x0106
+
+/* command PCPS_GIVE_IRIG_TIME: */
+#define REV_HAS_IRIG_TIME_TCR511PEX 0x0109
+#define REV_HAS_IRIG_TIME_TCR511PCI 0x0109
+#define REV_HAS_IRIG_TIME_TCR51USB  0x0106
+
+/* command PCPS_GET_IRIG_CTRL_BITS: */
+#define REV_HAS_IRIG_CTRL_BITS_TCR511PEX 0x0107
+#define REV_HAS_IRIG_CTRL_BITS_TCR511PCI 0x0107
+#define REV_HAS_IRIG_CTRL_BITS_TCR51USB  0x0106
+
+/* This board uses the GPS_DATA interface with 16 bit buffer sizes 
+   instead of the original 8 bit sizes, thus allowing to transfer 
+   data blocks which exceed 255 bytes (PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16) */
+#define REV_HAS_GPS_DATA_16_GPS169PCI    0x0202
+
+/* the clock supports a higher baud rate than N_PCPS_BD_DCF */
+#define REV_HAS_SERIAL_HS_PCI509         0x0104
+
+/* commands PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_ENTRIES, PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_EVENT */
+#define REV_HAS_UCAP_GPS167PCI           0x0421
+#define REV_HAS_UCAP_GPS168PCI           0x0104
+
+/* command PCPS_CLR_UCAP_BUFF */
+#define REV_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF_GPS167PCI  0x0419
+#define REV_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF_GPS168PCI  0x0101
+
+/* commands PCPS_READ_GPS_DATA and PCPS_WRITE_GPS_DATA with */
+/* code PC_GPS_ANT_CABLE_LEN */
+#define REV_HAS_CABLE_LEN_GPS167PCI      0x0411
+#define REV_HAS_CABLE_LEN_GPS167PC       0x0411
+
+/* command PCPS_GIVE_HR_TIME, structure PCPS_HR_TIME: */
+#define REV_HAS_HR_TIME_GPS167PC         0x0305
+#define REV_HAS_HR_TIME_TCR510PCI        0x0200
+#define REV_HAS_HR_TIME_PEX511           0x0105  // This also requires a certain ASIC version.
+#define REV_HAS_HR_TIME_PCI511           0x0103
+
+/* field offs_utc in structure PCPS_TIME: */
+#define REV_HAS_UTC_OFFS_PC31PS31        0x0300
+
+/* command PCPS_GIVE_SYNC_TIME: */
+#define REV_HAS_SYNC_TIME_PC31PS31       0x0300
+
+/* command PCPS_GET_SERIAL, PCPS_SET_SERIAL: */
+#define REV_HAS_SERIAL_PC31PS31          0x0300
+
+/* command PCPS_GIVE_TIME_NOCLEAR: */
+#define REV_GIVE_TIME_NOCLEAR_PC31PS31   0x0300
+
+/* status bit PCPS_LS_ANN: */
+#define REV_PCPS_LS_ANN_PC31PS31         0x0300
+
+/* status bit PCPS_IFTM: */
+#define REV_PCPS_IFTM_PC31PS31           0x0300
+
+/* command PCPS_SET_TIME: */
+#define REV_CAN_SET_TIME_PC31PS31        0x0240
+
+/* command PCPS_GIVE_TIME_NOCLEAR: */
+// This is supported by all clocks but PC31/PS31 with
+// firmware versions before v3.0. If such a card shall
+// be used then the firmware should be updated to the
+// last recent version.
+
+
+/**
+ The structure has been defined to pass all
+ information on a clock device from a device driver
+ to a user program. */
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_DEV_TYPE type;
+  PCPS_DEV_CFG cfg;
+} PCPS_DEV;
+
+
+// The macros below simplify access to the data
+// stored in PCPS_DEV structure and should be used
+// to extract the desired information.
+// If the formal parameter is called _d then a pointer
+// to device structure PCPS_DEV is expected.
+// If the formal parameter is called _c then a pointer
+// to configuration structure PCPS_DEV_CFG is expected.
+
+// Access device type information:
+#define _pcps_type_num( _d )     ( (_d)->type.num )
+#define _pcps_type_name( _d )    ( (_d)->type.name )
+#define _pcps_dev_id( _d )       ( (_d)->type.dev_id )
+#define _pcps_ref_type( _d )     ( (_d)->type.ref_type )
+#define _pcps_bus_flags( _d )    ( (_d)->type.bus_flags )
+
+// Query device type features:
+#define _pcps_is_gps( _d )       ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_GPS )
+#define _pcps_is_dcf( _d )       ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_DCF )
+#define _pcps_is_msf( _d )       ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_MSF )
+#define _pcps_is_wwvb( _d )      ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_WWVB )
+#define _pcps_is_irig_rx( _d )   ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_IRIG )
+#define _pcps_is_ptp( _d )       ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_PTP )
+#define _pcps_is_frc( _d )       ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_FRC )
+
+#define _pcps_is_lwr( _d )       ( _pcps_is_dcf( _d ) || _pcps_is_msf( _d ) || _pcps_is_wwvb( _d ) )
+
+// Generic bus types:
+#define _pcps_is_isa( _d )       ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) & PCPS_BUS_ISA )
+#define _pcps_is_mca( _d )       ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) & PCPS_BUS_MCA )
+#define _pcps_is_pci( _d )       ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) & PCPS_BUS_PCI )
+#define _pcps_is_usb( _d )       ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) & PCPS_BUS_USB )
+
+// Special bus types:
+#define _pcps_is_usb_v2( _d )       ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) == PCPS_BUS_USB_V2 )
+#define _pcps_is_pci_s5933( _d )    ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) == PCPS_BUS_PCI_S5933 )
+#define _pcps_is_pci_s5920( _d )    ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) == PCPS_BUS_PCI_S5920 )
+#define _pcps_is_pci_amcc( _d )     ( _pcps_is_pci_s5920( _d ) || _pcps_is_pci_s5933( _d )  )
+#define _pcps_is_pci_asic( _d )     ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) == PCPS_BUS_PCI_ASIC )
+#define _pcps_is_pci_pex8311( _d )  ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) == PCPS_BUS_PCI_PEX8311 )
+#define _pcps_is_pci_mbgpex( _d )   ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) == PCPS_BUS_PCI_MBGPEX )
+
+
+// Access device configuration information:
+#define _pcps_bus_num( _d )            ( (_d)->cfg.bus_num )
+#define _pcps_slot_num( _d )           ( (_d)->cfg.slot_num )
+
+#define _pcps_cfg_port_rsrc( _c, _n )  ( (_c)->port[_n] )
+#define _pcps_port_rsrc( _d, _n )      _pcps_cfg_port_rsrc( &(_d)->cfg, (_n) )
+#define _pcps_port_rsrc_unused( _d )   ( (_d)->base == 0 || (_d)->num == 0 )
+
+#define _pcps_cfg_port_base( _c, _n )  ( _pcps_cfg_port_rsrc( (_c), (_n) ).base )
+#define _pcps_port_base( _d, _n )      ( _pcps_port_rsrc( (_d), (_n) ).base )
+
+#define _pcps_cfg_irq_num( _c )        ( (_c)->irq_num )
+#define _pcps_irq_num( _d )            _pcps_cfg_irq_num( &(_d)->cfg )
+
+#define _pcps_cfg_timeout_clk( _c )    ( (_c)->timeout_clk )
+#define _pcps_timeout_clk( _d )        _pcps_cfg_timeout_clk( &(_d)->cfg )
+
+#define _pcps_fw_rev_num( _d )         ( (_d)->cfg.fw_rev_num )
+#define _pcps_features( _d )           ( (_d)->cfg.features )
+#define _pcps_fw_id( _d )              ( (_d)->cfg.fw_id )
+#define _pcps_sernum( _d )             ( (_d)->cfg.sernum )
+
+
+// The macros below handle the device's err_flags.
+#define _pcps_err_flags( _d )           ( (_d)->cfg.err_flags )
+#define _pcps_chk_err_flags( _d, _msk ) ( _pcps_err_flags( _d ) & (_msk) )
+#define _pcps_set_err_flags( _d, _msk ) ( _pcps_err_flags( _d ) |= (_msk) )
+#define _pcps_clr_err_flags( _d, _msk ) ( _pcps_err_flags( _d ) &= ~(_msk) )
+
+
+// Query whether a special feature is supported:
+#define _pcps_has_feature( _d, _f )    ( ( (_d)->cfg.features & (_f) ) != 0 )
+
+// Query whether a special feature is supported according to RECEIVER_INFO:
+#define _pcps_has_ri_feature( _p_ri, _f )    ( ( (_p_ri)->features & (_f) ) != 0 )
+
+
+#define _pcps_can_set_time( _d )   _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME )
+#define _pcps_has_serial( _d )     _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_SERIAL )
+#define _pcps_has_sync_time( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME )
+#define _pcps_has_ident( _d )      _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_IDENT )
+#define _pcps_has_utc_offs( _d )   _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_UTC_OFFS )
+#define _pcps_has_hr_time( _d )    _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME )
+#define _pcps_has_sernum( _d )     _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_SERNUM )
+#define _pcps_has_cab_len( _d )    _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_CABLE_LEN )
+#define _pcps_has_tzdl( _d )       _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_TZDL )
+#define _pcps_has_pcps_tzdl( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_PCPS_TZDL )
+#define _pcps_has_tzcode( _d )     _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_TZCODE )
+#define _pcps_has_tz( _d )         _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_TZDL \
+                                                          | PCPS_HAS_PCPS_TZDL \
+                                                          | PCPS_HAS_TZCODE )
+// The next one is supported only with a certain GPS firmware version:
+#define _pcps_has_event_time( _d ) _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_EVENT_TIME )
+#define _pcps_has_receiver_info( _d ) _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO )
+#define _pcps_can_clr_ucap_buff( _d ) _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF )
+#define _pcps_has_ucap( _d )       _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_UCAP )
+#define _pcps_has_irig_tx( _d )    _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TX )
+
+// The macro below determines whether a DCF77 clock
+// supports a higher baud rate than standard
+#define _pcps_has_serial_hs( _d ) \
+  ( ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_TCR511PEX ) || \
+    ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_PEX511 )    || \
+    ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_TCR511PCI ) || \
+    ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_TCR510PCI ) || \
+    ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_PCI511 )    || \
+    ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_PCI510 )    || \
+    ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_PCI509 &&      \
+      _pcps_fw_rev_num( _d ) >= REV_HAS_SERIAL_HS_PCI509 ) )
+
+
+#define _pcps_has_signal( _d ) \
+  ( _pcps_is_dcf( _d ) || _pcps_is_msf( _d ) || _pcps_is_wwvb( _d ) || _pcps_is_irig_rx( _d )  )
+
+#define _pcps_has_mod( _d ) \
+  ( _pcps_is_dcf( _d ) || _pcps_is_msf( _d ) || _pcps_is_wwvb( _d ) )
+
+#define _pcps_has_irig( _d ) \
+  ( _pcps_is_irig_rx( _d ) || _pcps_has_irig_tx( _d ) )
+
+#define _pcps_has_irig_ctrl_bits( _d ) \
+  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_IRIG_CTRL_BITS )
+
+#define _pcps_has_irig_time( _d ) \
+  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TIME )
+
+#define _pcps_has_raw_irig_data( _d ) \
+  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_RAW_IRIG_DATA )
+
+#define _pcps_has_ref_offs( _d ) \
+  _pcps_is_irig_rx( _d )
+
+#define _pcps_ref_offs_out_of_range( _n ) \
+  ( ( (_n) > MBG_REF_OFFS_MAX ) || ( (_n) < -MBG_REF_OFFS_MAX ) )
+
+#define _pcps_has_opt_flags( _d ) \
+  _pcps_is_irig_rx( _d )
+
+#define _pcps_has_gps_data_16( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16 )
+
+#define _pcps_has_gps_data( _d ) \
+  ( _pcps_is_gps( _d ) || _pcps_has_gps_data_16( _d ) )
+
+#define _pcps_has_synth( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_SYNTH )
+
+#define _pcps_has_generic_io( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_GENERIC_IO )
+
+#define _pcps_has_time_scale( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_TIME_SCALE )
+
+#define _pcps_has_utc_parm( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_UTC_PARM )
+
+#define _pcps_has_asic_version( _d ) ( _pcps_is_pci_asic( _d ) \
+                                    || _pcps_is_pci_pex8311( _d ) \
+                                    || _pcps_is_pci_mbgpex( _d ) )
+
+#define _pcps_has_asic_features( _d ) _pcps_has_asic_version( _d )
+
+#define _pcps_has_fast_hr_timestamp( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_FAST_HR_TSTAMP )
+
+#define _pcps_has_lan_intf( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_LAN_INTF )
+
+#define _pcps_has_ptp( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_PTP )
+
+#define _pcps_has_ri_ptp_unicast( _p_ri )  _pcps_has_ri_feature( (_p_ri), GPS_HAS_PTP_UNICAST )
+
+#define _pcps_has_pzf( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_PZF )
+
+#define _pcps_has_corr_info( _d )  _pcps_has_pzf( _d )
+
+#define _pcps_has_tr_distance( _d )  _pcps_has_pzf( _d )
+
+#define _pcps_has_evt_log( _d ) _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_EVT_LOG )
+
+#define _pcps_has_debug_status( _d ) _pcps_is_irig_rx( _d )
+
+#define _pcps_has_stat_info( _d )  ( _pcps_is_gps( _d ) || _pcps_has_pzf( _d ) )
+
+#define _pcps_has_stat_info_mode( _d )  _pcps_is_gps( _d )
+
+#define _pcps_has_stat_info_svs( _d )  _pcps_is_gps( _d )
+
+
+
+// There are some versions of IRIG receiver cards which ignore the TFOM code
+// of an incoming IRIG signal even if an IRIG code has been configured which
+// supports this. In this case these cards synchronize to the incoming IRIG
+// signal even if the TFOM code reports the IRIG generator is not synchronized.
+// The intended behaviour is that the IRIG receiver card changes its status
+// to "freewheeling" in this case, unless it has been configured to ignore
+// the TFOM code of the incoming IRIG signal (see the IFLAGS_DISABLE_TFOM flag
+// defined in gpsdefs.h).
+
+// The macro below can be used to check based on the device info if a specific
+// card with a specific firmware always ignores the TFOM code:
+#define _pcps_incoming_tfom_ignored( _d ) \
+  ( ( ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_TCR167PCI ) && ( _pcps_fw_rev_num( _d ) <= 0x121 ) ) \
+ || ( ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_TCR170PEX ) && ( _pcps_fw_rev_num( _d ) <= 0x103 ) ) )
+
+
+// Some Meinberg PCI Express cards have a PCIe interface chip with an extra
+// PCI bridge built into the chip. Unfortunately there are some mainboards out there
+// which do not handle PCI resources behind this PCI bridge correctly. The symptom is
+// usually that both I/O address ranges of these cards get the same base address
+// assigned by the BIOS, and the efeect is that in this case a card is not accessible
+// properly, since both I/O ranges try to respond to the same I/O addresses.
+// As a consequence data read from the card is usually garbage.
+// The only known fix for this is a BIOS update for the mainboard which makes the
+// BIOS handle the card's resources properly.
+
+// The macro below can be used to test if both port base addresses assigned to a card
+// are identical, and thus the BIOS is probably faulty::
+#define _pcps_pci_cfg_err( _d ) \
+  ( _pcps_is_pci( _d ) && ( _pcps_port_base( _d, 1 ) == _pcps_port_base( _d, 0 ) ) )
+
+
+
+// There are some versions of GPS PCI firmware which may occasionally return
+// a HR time stamp which is wrong by 20 milliseconds, if the HR time is read
+// right after some GPS data. As a workaround for that bug an application 
+// must wait at least 1.5 ms and then just read the PCPS_TIME structure 
+// in order to re-initialize the software interface state.
+// This has been fixed in more recent versions of the affected firmware,
+// but this macro can be used to let an application determine whether it
+// must account for this bug with a given card and firmware version.
+#define _must_do_fw_workaround_20ms( _d )                                               \
+(                                                                                       \
+  ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_GPS168PCI && _pcps_fw_rev_num( _d ) < 0x0102 ) || \
+  ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_GPS167PCI && _pcps_fw_rev_num( _d ) < 0x0420 )    \
+)
+
+
+
+/**
+  The structure is used to return info
+  on the device driver.*/
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t ver_num;    /**< the device driver's version number */
+  uint16_t n_devs;     /**< the number of radio clocks handled by the driver */
+  PCPS_ID_STR id_str;  /**< the device driver's ID string */
+} PCPS_DRVR_INFO;
+
+
+
+// The macros below can be used to mark a PCPS_TIME variable
+// as unread, i.e. its contents have not been read from the clock,
+// and to check if such a variable is marked as unread.
+#define _pcps_time_set_unread( _t )       do { (_t)->sec = 0xFF; } while ( 0 )
+#define _pcps_time_is_read( _t )          ( (uchar) (_t)->sec != 0xFF )
+
+
+
+/**
+  The structure is used to read the current time from
+  a device, combined with an associated PC cycle counter value
+  to compensate program execution time.
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_PC_CYCLES cycles;
+  PCPS_TIME t;
+} PCPS_TIME_CYCLES;
+
+
+
+/**
+  The structure is used to read a high resolution UTC time stamp 
+  plus associated PC cycles counter value to compensate the latency.
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_PC_CYCLES cycles;
+  PCPS_TIME_STAMP tstamp;     /**< High resolution time stamp (UTC) */
+} PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pcps_time_stamp_cycles( _p ) \
+{                                              \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_pc_cycles( &(_p)->cycles );    \
+  _mbg_swab_pcps_time_stamp( &(_p)->tstamp );  \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  The structure is used to read the current high resolution time 
+  from a device, combined with an associated PC cycle counter value
+  to compensate program execution time.
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_PC_CYCLES cycles;
+  PCPS_HR_TIME t;
+} PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pcps_hr_time_cycles( _p ) \
+{                                           \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_pc_cycles( &(_p)->cycles ); \
+  _mbg_swab_pcps_hr_time( &(_p)->t );       \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  The structure below can be used to let the kernel driver read
+  the current system time plus the associated HR time from a plugin card
+  as close as possibly, and return the results to a user space application
+  which can then compute the time difference and latencies.
+  This structure also contains the card's status information (e.g. sync status).
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES ref_hr_time_cycles;  /**< HR time read from the card, plus cycles */
+  MBG_SYS_TIME_CYCLES sys_time_cycles;     /**< system timestamp plus associated cycles */
+} MBG_TIME_INFO_HRT;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_time_info_hrt( _p )                     \
+{                                                             \
+  _mbg_swab_pcps_hr_time_cycles( &(_p)->ref_hr_time_cycles ); \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_sys_time_cycles( &(_p)->sys_time_cycles );    \
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  The structure below can be used to let the kernel driver read
+  the current system time plus an associated HR timestamp from a plugin card
+  as close as possibly, and return the results to a user space application
+  which can then compute the time difference and latencies.
+  Since the card's time stamp is usually taken using the fast memory mapped
+  access this structure does *not* contain the card's status information 
+  (e.g. sync status).
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES ref_tstamp_cycles;  /**< HR timestamp from the card, plus cycles */
+  MBG_SYS_TIME_CYCLES sys_time_cycles;       /**< system timestamp plus associated cycles */
+} MBG_TIME_INFO_TSTAMP;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_time_info_tstamp( _p )                    \
+{                                                               \
+  _mbg_swab_pcps_time_stamp_cycles( &(_p)->ref_tstamp_cycles ); \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_sys_time_cycles( &(_p)->sys_time_cycles );      \
+}
+
+
+
+typedef uint32_t PCPS_IRQ_STAT_INFO;
+
+// Flags used with PCPS_IRQ_STAT_INFO:
+#define PCPS_IRQ_STAT_ENABLE_CALLED  0x01
+#define PCPS_IRQ_STAT_ENABLED        0x02
+#define PCPS_IRQ_STAT_UNSAFE         0x04  // IRQs unsafe with this firmeware version / ASIC
+
+#define PCPS_IRQ_STATE_DANGER        ( PCPS_IRQ_STAT_ENABLED | PCPS_IRQ_STAT_UNSAFE )
+
+#define _pcps_fw_rev_num_major( _v ) \
+  ( ( (_v) >> 8 ) & 0xFF )
+
+#define _pcps_fw_rev_num_minor( _v ) \
+  ( (_v) & 0xFF )
+
+
+#if defined( _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+  #pragma pack()      // set default alignment
+  #undef _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+
+// We must use native alignment here!
+
+// The structure below is used by the IOCTL_PCPS_GENERIC_... calls.
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+  #if defined( MBG_ARCH_ARM ) || defined( MBG_ARCH_SPARC )
+    #define USE_IOCTL_GENERIC_REQ   0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+  // required for 32bit/64 bit compatibility
+  #define USE_IOCTL_GENERIC_REQ   0
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( USE_IOCTL_GENERIC_REQ )
+  #define USE_IOCTL_GENERIC_REQ   1
+#endif
+
+
+#if USE_IOCTL_GENERIC_REQ
+
+// This does not yet work properly under Linux/Sparc where the kernel may be 64 bit
+// while user space is 32 bit, which leads to different sizes for pointers and size_t.
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  ulong info;
+  const void *in_p;
+  size_t in_sz;
+  void *out_p;
+  size_t out_sz;
+
+} IOCTL_GENERIC_REQ;
+
+#define _MBG_IOG( _t, _n, _s )   _MBG_IOW( _t, _n, _s )
+
+#else
+
+// The structure below is used by the IOCTL_PCPS_GENERIC_... calls.
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t info;
+  uint32_t data_size_in;
+  uint32_t data_size_out;
+} IOCTL_GENERIC_CTL;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  IOCTL_GENERIC_CTL ctl;
+  uint8_t data[1];
+} IOCTL_GENERIC_BUFFER;
+
+#define _MBG_IOG( _t, _n, _s )  _MBG_IO( _t, _n )
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+
+static __mbg_inline
+void setup_hr_time_cycles_from_timestamp_cycles( PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES *p_ht_c,
+                                                 const PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES *p_ts_c )
+{
+  memset( p_ht_c, 0, sizeof( *p_ht_c ) );
+
+  p_ht_c->t.tstamp = p_ts_c->tstamp;
+  p_ht_c->cycles = p_ts_c->cycles;
+
+}  // setup_hr_time_cycles_from_timestamp_cycles
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+
+#endif  /* _PCPSDEV_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/pcpslstr.c b/mbglib/common/pcpslstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..615b716
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/pcpslstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,500 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: pcpslstr.c 1.23 2012/10/15 13:09:35Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Functions generating commonly used multi-language strings used
+ *    with programs for Meinberg radio clocks.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: pcpslstr.c $
+ *  Revision 1.23  2012/10/15 13:09:35Z  martin
+ *  Added function sprint_utc_offs().
+ *  Cleaned up get_tz_name().
+ *  Fixed potential compiler warning for sprintf().
+ *  Fixed build under FreeBSD.
+ *  Revision 1.22  2010/06/25 13:57:57Z  daniel
+ *  Account for time zone offsets with minutes other than 0.
+ *  Revision 1.21  2009/03/19 08:06:58Z  daniel
+ *  Added function pcps_tz_name_hr_status() to
+ *  handle different time scales.
+ *  Revision 1.20  2008/11/14 12:12:26Z  martin
+ *  Made some parameters for some functions const.
+ *  Revision 1.19  2008/07/18 10:50:46Z  martin
+ *  Use _snwprintf with underscore for MS compilers.
+ *  Revision 1.18  2008/01/30 14:51:12Z  martin
+ *  Fixed gcc compiler warnings.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2008/01/17 09:08:12  daniel
+ *  Added function pcps_date_time_wstr().
+ *  Changed function pcps_tz_name() to support MSF related time zones.
+ *  Exclude functions using wchar_t from build if wide chars are
+ *  not supported by the target environment.
+ *  Revision 1.16  2007/08/14 09:08:25Z  martin
+ *  Addad a workaround for older Borland compilers which don't
+ *  like "const" inside structures.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2007/07/20 10:55:27Z  martin
+ *  Some modifications to avoid compiler warnings.
+ *  Revision 1.14  2007/03/30 13:23:42  martin
+ *  In pcps_status_strs() handle case where time has been 
+ *  set manually.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2007/03/29 12:58:18Z  martin
+ *  Moved some definitions to the header file to make them public.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2006/05/04 14:56:03Z  martin
+ *  Strings returned by inv_str() ar surrounded by "**"s.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2004/11/09 15:06:44Z  martin
+ *  Type cast to avoid warning with format string.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2004/08/18 14:58:02  martin
+ *  pcps_tz_name() now expects a flags parameter which controls
+ *  the format of the output string.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2004/04/28 08:06:12Z  martin
+ *  Append DST status to TZ names labeled "UTC+xh"
+ *  in pcps_tz_name().
+ *  Revision 1.8  2003/04/15 10:46:31Z  martin
+ *  Pass RECEIVER_INFO to pcps_serial_str().
+ *  Revision 1.7  2002/12/18 09:57:03Z  martin
+ *  Made some vaiables and definitions global.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2002/02/19 10:03:16Z  MARTIN
+ *  New function pcps_serial_str().
+ *  Revision 1.5  2001/09/17 13:17:40  MARTIN
+ *  New function pcps_tz_name_from_status() which should be used
+ *  instead of pcps_tz_name() if offset from UTC is not known.
+ *  New function pcps_status_strs().
+ *  Enhanced language support.
+ *  Don't require myutil.h anymore.
+ *  Added some comments.
+ *  Source code cleanup.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2001/08/14 11:32:24  MARTIN
+ *  Modified pcps_date_time_str() to allow for variable
+ *  spacing between date, time, and time zone..
+ *  Revision 1.3  2001/02/28 15:47:29  MARTIN
+ *  Replaced access to some structure elements by new macro calls.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2000/08/31 14:03:46  MARTIN
+ *  Modified initializers for tzcode_name for non CPP-compilers.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2000/07/21 12:14:01  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#define _PCPSLSTR
+ #include <pcpslstr.h>
+#undef _PCPSLSTR
+
+#include <pcpsutil.h>
+#include <mbgtime.h>
+#include <ctry.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+#define _eos( _s )  ( &(_s)[strlen( _s )] )
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  #if defined( __BORLANDC__ ) && ( __BORLANDC__ < 0x0500 )
+    // old BCs don't like "const" inside the structure
+    LSTR ok;
+    LSTR err;
+  #else
+    CLSTR ok;
+    CLSTR err;
+  #endif
+} CLSTR_STATUS;
+
+
+static const char *tz_name_utc = TZ_NAME_UTC;
+static CLSTR str_dst = { "DST", "Sommerzeit" };
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+const char *inv_str( void )
+{
+  static CLSTR s = { "** invalid **", "** ung" LCUE "ltig **" };
+
+  return _lstr( s );
+
+}  /* inv_str */
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int sprint_utc_offs( char *s, const char *info, long utc_offs )
+{
+  int n = 0;
+
+  // utc_offs is in [s]
+  char utc_offs_sign = ( utc_offs < 0 ) ? '-' : '+';
+  ulong abs_utc_offs = labs( utc_offs );
+  ulong utc_offs_hours = abs_utc_offs / SECS_PER_HOUR;
+  ulong tmp = abs_utc_offs % SECS_PER_HOUR;
+  ulong utc_offs_mins = tmp / MINS_PER_HOUR;
+  ulong utc_offs_secs = tmp % MINS_PER_HOUR;
+
+  if ( info )
+    n += sprintf( &s[n], "%s", info );
+
+  n += sprintf( &s[n], "%c%lu", utc_offs_sign, utc_offs_hours );
+
+  if ( utc_offs_mins || utc_offs_secs )
+    n += sprintf( &s[n], ":%02lu", utc_offs_mins );
+
+  if ( utc_offs_secs )
+    n += sprintf( &s[n], ":%02lu", utc_offs_secs );
+
+  n += sprintf( &s[n], "h" );
+
+  return n;
+
+}  // sprint_utc_offs
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+const char *get_tz_name( PCPS_TIME_STATUS_X pcps_status, long utc_offs,
+                         ushort flags, int is_msf )
+{
+  static char ws[40];
+  const char *cp = NULL;
+  int n = 0;
+
+  if ( ( pcps_status & PCPS_UTC ) && ( utc_offs == 0 ) )
+    return tz_name_utc;  // no offset, no DST
+
+  if ( pcps_status & PCPS_DL_ENB )
+  {
+    if ( utc_offs == ( 2 * SECS_PER_HOUR ) )
+    {
+      cp = _lstr( lstr_cest );
+      goto check_flags;
+    }
+    else
+      if ( ( utc_offs == SECS_PER_HOUR ) && is_msf )
+      {
+        cp = _lstr( lstr_bst );
+        goto check_flags;
+      }
+  }
+
+  if ( !( pcps_status & PCPS_DL_ENB ) )
+  {
+    if ( utc_offs == SECS_PER_HOUR )
+    {
+      cp = _lstr( lstr_cet );
+      goto check_flags;
+    }
+    else
+      if ( ( utc_offs == 0  ) && is_msf )
+      {
+        cp = _lstr( lstr_gmt );
+        goto check_flags;
+      }
+  }
+
+  n = sprint_utc_offs( ws, tz_name_utc, utc_offs );
+
+check_flags:
+  if ( cp )
+  {
+    if ( flags == 0 )
+      return cp;
+
+    strcpy( ws, cp );
+
+    if ( flags & PCPS_TZ_NAME_FORCE_UTC_OFFS )
+    {
+      n = strlen( ws );
+      n += sprintf( &ws[n], "%*c(", pcps_time_tz_dist, ' ' );
+      n += sprint_utc_offs( &ws[n], tz_name_utc, utc_offs );
+      sprintf( &ws[n], ")" );
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( flags & PCPS_TZ_NAME_APP_DST )
+  {
+    if ( pcps_status & PCPS_DL_ENB )
+      sprintf( _eos( ws ), ",%*c%s", pcps_time_tz_dist,
+               ' ', _lstr( str_dst ) );
+  }
+
+  return ws;
+}
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+const char *pcps_tz_name( const PCPS_TIME *t, ushort flags, int is_msf )
+{
+  return get_tz_name( t->status, t->offs_utc * SECS_PER_HOUR, flags, is_msf );
+
+}  // pcps_tz_name
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+const char *pcps_tz_name_from_hr_time( const PCPS_HR_TIME *hrt, ushort flags, int is_msf )
+{
+  return get_tz_name( hrt->status, hrt->utc_offs, flags, is_msf );
+
+}  // pcps_tz_name_from_hr_time
+
+
+
+// The function below can be used to build a name for
+// the time zone if the TIMESCALE, the UTC/DST status and the
+// UTC offset are known, e.g. from plug-in clocks.
+
+/*HDR*/
+const char *pcps_tz_name_hr_status( const PCPS_HR_TIME *t, ushort flags, int is_msf )
+{
+  static char ws[40];
+
+  if ( t->status & PCPS_SCALE_GPS )
+    strcpy( ws, "GPS" );
+  else
+    if ( t->status & PCPS_SCALE_TAI )
+      strcpy( ws, "TAI" );
+  else
+    return pcps_tz_name_from_hr_time( t, flags, is_msf);
+
+  return ws;
+
+}  // pcps_tz_name_hr_status
+
+
+
+// The function below can be used to build a name for
+// the time zone if only the UTC/DST status is known
+// but the UTC offset is not. This is the case, for example,
+// if the Meinberg standard time string is decoded.
+
+/*HDR*/
+const char *pcps_tz_name_from_status( ushort status )
+{
+  if ( status & PCPS_UTC )
+    return tz_name_utc;
+
+  return ( status & PCPS_DL_ENB ) ? _lstr(  str_dst ) : "";
+
+}  // pcps_tz_name_from_status
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+char *pcps_date_time_str( char *s, const PCPS_TIME *t,
+                          ushort year_limit, const char *tz_str )
+{
+  if ( !_pcps_time_is_read( t ) )
+    strcpy( s, str_not_avail );
+  else
+  {
+    char *cp;
+    int i;
+
+    _pcps_sprint_wday( s, t, language );
+    cp = _eos( s );
+    *cp++ = ',';
+    for ( i = 0; i < pcps_wday_date_dist; i++ )
+      *cp++ = ' ';
+    _pcps_sprint_date( cp, t, year_limit );
+    cp = _eos( s );
+    for ( i = 0; i < pcps_date_time_dist; i++ )
+      *cp++ = ' ';
+    _pcps_sprint_time_long( cp, t );
+
+    if ( tz_str )
+    {
+      cp = _eos( s );
+      for ( i = 0; i < pcps_time_tz_dist; i++ )
+        *cp++ = ' ';
+      strcpy( cp, tz_str );
+    }
+  }
+
+  return s;
+
+}  // pcps_date_time_str
+
+
+
+#if MBG_TGT_HAS_WCHAR_T && defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+/*HDR*/
+wchar_t *pcps_date_time_wstr( wchar_t *ws, const PCPS_TIME *t,
+                              ushort year_limit, const wchar_t *tz_str )
+{
+  char    stemp[80];
+  wchar_t wstemp[80];
+
+  if ( !_pcps_time_is_read( t ) )
+    mbstowcs( ws, str_not_avail, 32 );
+  else
+  {
+    char *cp;
+    int i;
+
+    _pcps_sprint_wday( stemp, t, language );
+    cp = _eos( stemp );
+    *cp++ = ',';
+    for ( i = 0; i < pcps_wday_date_dist; i++ )
+      *cp++ = ' ';
+    _pcps_sprint_date( cp, t, year_limit );
+    cp = _eos( stemp );
+    for ( i = 0; i < pcps_date_time_dist; i++ )
+      *cp++ = ' ';
+    _pcps_sprint_time_long( cp, t );
+
+    mbstowcs( wstemp, stemp, sizeof( wstemp ) );
+
+    if ( tz_str )
+      _snwprintf( ws, sizeof( wstemp ) + 32, L"%s %s", wstemp, tz_str );
+  }
+
+  return ws;
+
+}  // pcps_date_time_wstr
+
+#endif // MBG_TGT_HAS_WCHAR
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void pcps_setup_status_str( PCPS_STATUS_STR *pstr, int err_cond,
+                            CLSTR_STATUS *pss )
+{
+  pstr->is_err = err_cond != 0;
+  pstr->cp = _lstr( pstr->is_err ? pss->err : pss->ok );
+
+}  // pcps_setup_status_str
+
+
+
+// to return status strings to be displayed depending on the
+// a clocks PCPS_TIME.status.
+
+/*HDR*/
+void pcps_status_strs( ushort status, int status_is_read,
+                       int is_gps, PCPS_STATUS_STRS *pstrs )
+{
+  CLSTR clstr_time_inval = DEFAULT_STR_TIME_INVAL;
+  CLSTR clstr_set_manually = DEFAULT_STR_SET_MANUALLY;
+
+  CLSTR_STATUS lstr_dcf_has_syncd =
+    { DEFAULT_STR_DCF_HAS_SYNCD, DEFAULT_STR_DCF_HAS_NOT_SYNCD };
+
+  CLSTR_STATUS lstr_gps_syncd =
+    { DEFAULT_STR_GPS_SYNCD, DEFAULT_STR_GPS_NOT_SYNCD };
+
+  CLSTR_STATUS lstr_dcf_not_free_running =
+    { DEFAULT_STR_DCF_NOT_FREE_RUNNING, DEFAULT_STR_DCF_FREE_RUNNING };
+
+  CLSTR_STATUS lstr_gps_pos =
+    { DEFAULT_STR_GPS_POS_OK, DEFAULT_STR_GPS_POS_NOT_OK };
+
+  CLSTR clstr_ann_dst = DEFAULT_STR_ANN_DST;
+  CLSTR clstr_ann_ls = DEFAULT_STR_ANN_LS;
+
+  PCPS_STATUS_STRS tmp_strs;
+  PCPS_STATUS_STR *pstr = &tmp_strs.s[0];
+
+  memset( &tmp_strs, 0, sizeof( tmp_strs ) );
+
+  if ( !status_is_read )
+    pstr->cp = str_not_avail;
+  else
+  {
+    if ( status & PCPS_INVT )
+    {
+      pstr->cp = _lstr( clstr_time_inval );
+      pstr->is_err = 1;
+    }
+    else
+      if ( status & PCPS_IFTM )
+      {
+        pstr->cp = _lstr( clstr_set_manually );
+        pstr->is_err = 1;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        pcps_setup_status_str( pstr, ( status & PCPS_SYNCD ) == 0,
+             is_gps ? &lstr_gps_syncd : &lstr_dcf_has_syncd );
+
+        pstr++;
+
+        pcps_setup_status_str( pstr, ( status & PCPS_FREER ) != 0,
+             is_gps ? &lstr_gps_pos : &lstr_dcf_not_free_running );
+      }
+
+    pstr++;
+
+    if ( status & PCPS_DL_ANN )
+      pstr->cp = _lstr( clstr_ann_dst );
+    else
+      if ( status & PCPS_LS_ANN )
+        pstr->cp = _lstr( clstr_ann_ls );
+  }
+
+  *pstrs = tmp_strs;
+
+}  // pcps_status_strs
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+char *pcps_port_str( char *s, const PCPS_DEV *pdev )
+{
+  ushort port = _pcps_port_base( pdev, 0 );
+
+  ushort n = sprintf( s, "%3Xh", port );
+
+  port = _pcps_port_base( pdev, 1 );
+
+  if ( port )
+    sprintf( &s[n], ", %3Xh", port );
+
+  return s;
+
+}  // pcps_port_str
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+const char *pcps_tzcode_str( PCPS_TZCODE tzcode )
+{
+  if ( language < N_LNG && tzcode < N_PCPS_TZCODE )
+    return tzcode_name[tzcode][language];
+
+  return inv_str();
+
+}  // pcps_tzcode_str
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+char *pcps_serial_str( char *s, int i, const RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *p,
+                       const RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri, int short_strs )
+{
+  const PORT_SETTINGS *p_ps = &p->pii[i].port_info.port_settings;
+  const STR_TYPE_INFO *p_sti = &p->stii[p_ps->str_type].str_type_info;
+
+  sprintf( s, "%lu,%s", (ulong) p_ps->parm.baud_rate, p_ps->parm.framing );
+
+  if ( short_strs )
+    sprintf( _eos( s ), ",%s", short_mode_name[p_ps->mode] );
+  else
+  {
+    if ( p_ri->n_str_type > 1 )
+      sprintf( _eos( s ), ", %s", p_sti->long_name );
+
+    sprintf( _eos( s ), ", %s", _lstr( mode_name[p_ps->mode] ) );
+  }
+
+  return( s );
+
+}  // pcps_serial_str
+
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/pcpslstr.h b/mbglib/common/pcpslstr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..650799d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/pcpslstr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1052 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: pcpslstr.h 1.28 2012/10/15 13:01:23Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for pcpslstr.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: pcpslstr.h $
+ *  Revision 1.28  2012/10/15 13:01:23Z  martin
+ *  Include cfg_hlp.h.
+ *  Made all declarations extern C.
+ *  Added menu titles for PTP and PTP Unicast configuration.
+ *  Added DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_TR_DISTANCE.
+ *  Support time slots mode for programmable pulse outputs.
+ *  Added strings for programmable output synthesizer mode.
+ *  Fixed build under FreeBSD.
+ *  Also use ANSI umlauts under QNX.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.27  2010/06/28 08:28:17Z  stefan
+ *  Added greek character mu.
+ *  Corrected a spelling mistake.
+ *  Defined umlauts as hex codes.
+ *  Added _pcps_sprint_vernum macro which is either _dec or _hex,
+ *  depending on the target platform.
+ *  Revision 1.26  2010/06/25 13:58:25  daniel
+ *  Added IgnoreTFOM related language strings
+ *  Revision 1.25  2010/01/28 09:02:27  martin
+ *  Added menu option name for LAN interface.
+ *  Added German POUT mode names for DCF77_M59.
+ *  Revision 1.24  2009/03/19 08:07:45Z  daniel
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.23  2008/11/14 12:12:45Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.22  2008/01/17 09:12:41Z  daniel
+ *  Use mbg_tgt.h, specially to care about wchar_t.
+ *  Added strings for WEZ/WESZ, BST, GMT.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.21  2007/03/30 13:24:42Z  martin
+ *  Added initializer for status string if time has been set manually.
+ *  Revision 1.20  2007/03/29 12:59:23Z  martin
+ *  Moved some definitions here.
+ *  Added and modified some definitions related to TZCODE.
+ *  Revision 1.19  2006/10/23 15:18:15Z  martin
+ *  Added some configuration warning msg texts.
+ *  Added definitions for uppercase umlauts.
+ *  Separated English and German initializers for some strings.
+ *  Revision 1.18  2006/09/26 14:57:22Z  martin
+ *  Added DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_POUT.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2000/07/02 07:02:16Z  martin
+ *  Separate English and German initializers for "invalid time".
+ *  Revision 1.16  2006/05/23 20:13:24Z  martin
+ *  Added initializers for German POUT mode strings.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2005/12/20 10:30:56Z  martin
+ *  Made some strings start with uppercase letters.
+ *  Revision 1.14  2005/08/12 12:35:34Z  martin
+ *  Fixed missing comma in a macro.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2005/03/03 08:49:38Z  martin
+ *  Modified DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_SERIAL.
+ *  Modified DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_IRIG_...
+ *  Added default strings for synthesizer.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2004/11/23 09:36:12Z  martin
+ *  Fixed a typo.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2004/11/09 15:08:08Z  martin
+ *  Defined some separate strings for English and German.
+ *  Modified some string contents.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2004/10/26 15:03:57  martin
+ *  Distinguish between IRIG RX and TX strings.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2004/08/18 14:59:04Z  martin
+ *  Defined some flag bits to control the format of the output string
+ *  generated by pcps_tz_name().
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2004/04/07 12:49:06Z  martin
+ *  Added initializers for IRIG output cfg strings.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2003/04/15 10:47:29Z  martin
+ *  Added initializers for IRIG menu strings.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2002/12/18 13:57:53  martin
+ *  Some definitions and variables made global.
+ *  Added some new macros _pcps_sprint_vernum...() 
+ *  and _pcps_sprint_dev_id().
+ *  Revision 1.5  2002/02/19 10:01:36Z  MARTIN
+ *  New initializers for string mode names.
+ *  New global variables mode_name and short_mode_name.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2001/09/17 13:26:16  MARTIN
+ *  Added definitions for PCPS_STATUS_STRS.
+ *  Added initializers for strings.
+ *  Added some comments.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2001/08/14 11:35:40  MARTIN
+ *  Added initializers for commonly used mulit-language
+ *  text strings.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2001/02/28 15:48:34  MARTIN
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Modified syntax to initialize variables.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2000/07/21 12:15:12  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _PCPSLSTR_H
+#define _PCPSLSTR_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbg_tgt.h>
+#include <cfg_hlp.h>
+#include <parmpcps.h>
+#include <ctrydttm.h>
+#include <cnv_wday.h>
+
+#if MBG_TGT_HAS_WCHAR_T
+  #include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _PCPSLSTR
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// upper case 'A' umlaut
+#define ANSI_UC_A_UML     '\xC4'    // single char
+#define ANSI_US_A_UML     "\xC4"    // string
+
+// upper case 'O' umlaut
+#define ANSI_UC_O_UML     '\xD6'    // single char
+#define ANSI_US_O_UML     "\xD6"    // string
+
+// upper case 'U' umlaut
+#define ANSI_UC_U_UML     '\xDC'    // single char
+#define ANSI_US_U_UML     "\xDC"    // string
+
+// lower case 'a' umlaut
+#define ANSI_LC_A_UML     '\xE4'    // single char
+#define ANSI_LS_A_UML     "\xE4"    // string
+
+// lower case 'o' umlaut
+#define ANSI_LC_O_UML     '\xF6'    // single char
+#define ANSI_LS_O_UML     "\xF6"    // string
+
+// lower case 'u' umlaut
+#define ANSI_LC_U_UML     '\xFC'    // single char
+#define ANSI_LS_U_UML     "\xFC"    // string
+
+// 'sz' umlaut
+#define ANSI_LC_SZ_UML    '\xDF'    // single char
+#define ANSI_LS_SZ_UML    "\xDF"    // string
+
+// degree character
+#define ANSI_C_DEGREE     '\xB0'    // single char
+#define ANSI_S_DEGREE     "\xB0"    // string
+
+// greek mu character
+#define ANSI_C_MU         '\xB5'        //single char
+#define ANSI_S_MU         "\xB5"        //string
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 ) \
+ || defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX ) \
+ || defined( MBG_TGT_QNX )
+  #define DEFAULT_PCPS_WDAY_DATE_DIST   1
+  #define DEFAULT_PCPS_DATE_TIME_DIST   2
+  #define DEFAULT_PCPS_TIME_TZ_DIST     1
+
+  #define UCAE   ANSI_US_A_UML
+  #define UCOE   ANSI_US_O_UML
+  #define UCUE   ANSI_US_U_UML
+
+  #define LCAE   ANSI_LS_A_UML
+  #define LCOE   ANSI_LS_O_UML
+  #define LCUE   ANSI_LS_U_UML
+
+  #define LCSZ   ANSI_LS_SZ_UML
+  #define DEG    ANSI_S_DEGREE
+  #define MU     ANSI_S_MU
+#else
+  #define DEFAULT_PCPS_WDAY_DATE_DIST   1
+  #define DEFAULT_PCPS_DATE_TIME_DIST   2
+  #define DEFAULT_PCPS_TIME_TZ_DIST     1
+
+  #define UCAE   "\x8E"
+  #define UCOE   "\x99"
+  #define UCUE   "\x9A"
+
+  #define LCAE   "\x84"
+  #define LCOE   "\x94"
+  #define LCUE   "\x81"
+
+  #define LCSZ   "\xE1"
+  #define DEG    "\xF8"
+  #define MU     "\xE6"
+#endif
+
+
+// The flags defined below can be passed to pcps_tz_name()
+// in order to control the generation of time zone names
+
+enum
+{
+  PCPS_TZ_NAME_BIT_FORCE_UTC_OFFS, // always print "UTC+offs"
+  PCPS_TZ_NAME_BIT_APP_DST,        // append DST status
+  N_PCPS_TZ_NAME_FLAG
+};
+
+// bit masks corresponding to the flags above
+#define PCPS_TZ_NAME_FORCE_UTC_OFFS ( 1UL << PCPS_TZ_NAME_BIT_FORCE_UTC_OFFS )
+#define PCPS_TZ_NAME_APP_DST        ( 1UL << PCPS_TZ_NAME_BIT_APP_DST )
+
+
+// The definitions below are used with pcps_get_status_strs().
+
+#define N_PCPS_STATUS_STR   3
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  int is_err;
+} PCPS_STATUS_STR;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_STATUS_STR s[N_PCPS_STATUS_STR];
+} PCPS_STATUS_STRS;
+
+
+// initializers for commonly use multi-language strings
+// (type: CLSTR )
+
+
+// time adjustment window
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_TIME_ADJ_STATUS  \
+{                                    \
+  "Time Adjustment Status",          \
+  "Status der Zeitkontrolle"         \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_SYS_TIME  \
+{                             \
+  "System Time:",             \
+  "Systemzeit:"               \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_REF_TIME  \
+{                             \
+  "Reference Time:",          \
+  "Referenzzeit:"             \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_DELTA_TIME  \
+{                               \
+  "Difference:",                \
+  "Zeitdifferenz:"              \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_LAST_CORR  \
+{                              \
+  "Last Correction:",          \
+  "Letzte Korrektur:"          \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_WAIT_SYNC          \
+{                                      \
+  "Waiting for Sync After Reset ...",  \
+  "Warte auf Sync. nach Reset ..."     \
+}
+
+
+// ref time window
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_REF_TIME_INFO  \
+{                                  \
+  "Reference Time Info",           \
+  "Referenzzeit"                   \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_REF_SRC_LABEL  \
+{                                  \
+  "Time Source:",                  \
+  "Funkuhr ID:"                    \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_REF_SYNC_LABEL  \
+{                                   \
+  "Last Sync.:",                    \
+  "Letzte Sync.:"                   \
+}
+
+
+// Clock status messages:
+
+// Time is not valid (i.e. after batt. empty).
+#define DEFAULT_STR_TIME_INVAL_EN \
+  "Ref. Time is Invalid"
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_TIME_INVAL_DE \
+  "Referenzzeit nicht g" LCUE "ltig"
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_TIME_INVAL \
+{                              \
+  DEFAULT_STR_TIME_INVAL_EN,   \
+  DEFAULT_STR_TIME_INVAL_DE    \
+}
+
+// on-board time has been set manually
+#define DEFAULT_STR_SET_MANUALLY \
+{                                \
+  "Time has been set manually",  \
+  "Zeit wurde manuell gesetzt"   \
+}
+
+// DCF77 receiver has synch'd at least once
+// after reset.
+#define DEFAULT_STR_DCF_HAS_SYNCD   \
+{                                   \
+  "Synchronized after last RESET",  \
+  "Sync. nach RESET ist erfolgt"    \
+}
+
+// DCF77 receiver has not synch'd after reset.
+#define DEFAULT_STR_DCF_HAS_NOT_SYNCD    \
+{                                        \
+  "Not synchronized after last RESET",   \
+  "Sync. nach RESET noch nicht erfolgt"  \
+}
+
+// DCF77 receiver currently runs on XTAL.
+#define DEFAULT_STR_DCF_FREE_RUNNING          \
+{                                             \
+  "Clock running on Xtal oscillator",         \
+  "Funkuhr l" LCAE "uft frei auf Quarzbasis"  \
+}
+
+// DCF77 receiver is currently synchronized.
+#define DEFAULT_STR_DCF_NOT_FREE_RUNNING      \
+{                                             \
+  "Clock is synchronized",                    \
+  "Senderf" LCUE "hrung"                      \
+}
+
+// GPS receiver is currently synchronized.
+#define DEFAULT_STR_GPS_SYNCD        \
+{                                    \
+  "Time is synchronized",            \
+  "Zeitsynchronisation ist erfolgt"  \
+}
+
+// GPS receiver is currently synchronized.
+#define DEFAULT_STR_GPS_NOT_SYNCD    \
+{                                    \
+  "Time not synchronized",           \
+  "Zeit ist nicht synchron"          \
+}
+
+// GPS receiver has verified its position.
+#define DEFAULT_STR_GPS_POS_OK             \
+{                                          \
+  "Receiver position has been verified",   \
+  "Positionbestimmung durchgef" LCUE "hrt" \
+}
+
+// GPS receiver has not verified its position.
+#define DEFAULT_STR_GPS_POS_NOT_OK      \
+{                                       \
+  "Receiver pos. not verified",         \
+  "Position nicht gepr" LCUE "ft"       \
+}
+
+// Announcement of DST change.
+#define DEFAULT_STR_ANN_DST               \
+{                                         \
+  "Change in Daylight Saving Announced",  \
+  "Zeitumschaltung angek" LCUE "ndigt"    \
+}
+
+// Announcement of leap second.
+#define DEFAULT_STR_ANN_LS                \
+{                                         \
+  "Leap Second Announced",                \
+  "Schaltsekunde angek" LCUE "ndigt"      \
+}
+
+
+// menu option: setup (title)
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_SETUP_EN \
+  "Setup"
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_SETUP_DE \
+  "Einstellungen"
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_SETUP \
+{                              \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_SETUP_EN,   \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_SETUP_DE    \
+}
+
+
+// menu option: setup date/time
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_SET_TIME_EN \
+  "Radio Clock's Date/Time"
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_SET_TIME_DE \
+  "Datum/Zeit der Funkuhr"
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_SET_TIME \
+{                                 \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_SET_TIME_EN,   \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_SET_TIME_DE    \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_NEW_DATE  \
+{                             \
+  "New date",                 \
+  "Neues Datum"               \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_NEW_TIME  \
+{                             \
+  "New time",                 \
+  "Neue Zeit"                 \
+}
+
+
+// menu option: setup time zone
+
+#define TZ_NAME_UTC    "UTC"
+
+#define TZ_NAME_MEZ    "MEZ"
+#define TZ_NAME_MESZ   "MESZ"
+#define TZ_NAME_CET    "CET"
+#define TZ_NAME_CEST   "CEST"
+
+#define TZ_NAME_OEZ    "OEZ"
+#define TZ_NAME_OESZ   "OESZ"
+#define TZ_NAME_EET    "EET"
+#define TZ_NAME_EEST   "EEST"
+
+#define TZ_NAME_WEZ    "WEZ"
+#define TZ_NAME_WESZ   "WESZ"
+#define TZ_NAME_GMT    "GMT"
+#define TZ_NAME_BST    "BST"
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_TZ  \
+{                            \
+  "Radio Clock's Time Zone", \
+  "Zeitzone der Funkuhr"     \
+}
+
+
+// menu option: setup time zone
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZCODE_NAME_CET_CEST \
+{                                    \
+  TZ_NAME_CET "/" TZ_NAME_CEST,      \
+  TZ_NAME_MEZ "/" TZ_NAME_MESZ       \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZCODE_HINT_CET_CEST                                      \
+{                                                                         \
+  "Central European Time or Summer Time, as broadcasted by DCF77",        \
+  "Mitteleurop" LCAE "ische Zeit oder Sommerzeit, wie von DCF77 gesendet" \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZCODE_NAME_GMT_BST \
+{                                   \
+  TZ_NAME_GMT "/" TZ_NAME_BST,      \
+  TZ_NAME_WEZ "/" TZ_NAME_WESZ      \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZCODE_HINT_GMT_BST                                    \
+{                                                                      \
+  "Greenwich Mean Time or British Summer Time, as broadcasted by MSF", \
+  "Westeurop" LCAE "ische Zeit oder britische Sommerzeit, wie von MSF gesendet"  \
+}
+
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZCODE_NAME_CET \
+{                               \
+  "always " TZ_NAME_CET,        \
+  "immer " TZ_NAME_MEZ          \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZCODE_HINT_CET                            \
+{                                                          \
+  "always CET (UTC+1h), daylight saving suppressed",       \
+  "immer MEZ (UTC+1h), Sommerzeit wird unterdr" LCUE "ckt" \
+}
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZCODE_NAME_UTC \
+{                               \
+  TZ_NAME_UTC,                  \
+  TZ_NAME_UTC                   \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZCODE_HINT_UTC \
+{                               \
+  "always UTC",                 \
+  "immer UTC"                   \
+}
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZCODE_NAME_EET_EEST \
+{                                    \
+  TZ_NAME_EET "/" TZ_NAME_EEST,      \
+  TZ_NAME_OEZ "/" TZ_NAME_OESZ       \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZCODE_HINT_EET_EEST            \
+{                                               \
+  "East European Time, CET/CEST + 1h",          \
+  "Osteurop" LCAE "ische Zeit, MEZ/MESZ + 1h"   \
+}
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZCODE_NAMES    \
+{                               \
+  DEFAULT_TZCODE_NAME_CET_CEST, \
+  DEFAULT_TZCODE_NAME_CET,      \
+  DEFAULT_TZCODE_NAME_UTC,      \
+  DEFAULT_TZCODE_NAME_EET_EEST  \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZCODE_HINTS      \
+{                                 \
+  DEFAULT_TZCODE_HINT_CET_CEST,   \
+  DEFAULT_TZCODE_HINT_CET,        \
+  DEFAULT_TZCODE_HINT_UTC,        \
+  DEFAULT_TZCODE_HINT_EET_EEST    \
+}
+
+
+// menu option: setup serial parameters
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_SERIAL        \
+{                                      \
+  "On-Board Serial Ports",             \
+  "Serielle Schnittstellen der Karte"  \
+}
+
+
+// menu option: setup enable flags
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_EF            \
+{                                      \
+  "Enable Outputs",                    \
+  "Freischaltung der Ausg" LCAE "nge"  \
+}
+
+
+// menu option: setup length of antenna cable
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_CAB_LEN  \
+{                                 \
+  "Antenna Cable",                \
+  "Antennenkabel"                 \
+}
+
+
+// menu option: setup distance from transmitter
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_TR_DISTANCE \
+{                                    \
+  "Distance from Transmitter",       \
+  "Senderentfernung"                 \
+}
+
+
+// menu option: setup IRIG config
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_IRIG_TX_EN  "IRIG Output"
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_IRIG_TX_DE  "IRIG-Ausgang"
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_IRIG_TX  \
+{                                 \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_IRIG_TX_EN,    \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_IRIG_TX_DE     \
+}
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_IRIG_RX_EN  "IRIG Input"
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_IRIG_RX_DE  "IRIG-Eingang"
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_IRIG_RX  \
+{                                 \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_IRIG_RX_EN,    \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_IRIG_RX_DE     \
+}
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_FMT_EN  "IRIG Code Format"
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_FMT_DE  "IRIG Code-Format"
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_FMT \
+{                            \
+  DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_FMT_EN,   \
+  DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_FMT_DE    \
+}
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_OFFS_EN  "IRIG Time Offset from UTC"
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_OFFS_DE  "IRIG-Zeitoffset zu UTC"
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_OFFS \
+{                             \
+  DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_OFFS_EN,   \
+  DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_OFFS_DE    \
+}
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_TIMESTR_UTC_EN  "Send serial UTC"
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_TIMESTR_UTC_DE  "Seriell UTC ausgeben"
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_TIMESTR_UTC \
+{                                    \
+  DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_TIMESTR_UTC_EN,   \
+  DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_TIMESTR_UTC_DE    \
+}
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_OUTPUT_LOC_TM_EN  "Transmit local time instead of UTC"
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_OUTPUT_LOC_TM_DE  "Ortszeit statt UTC aussenden"
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_OUTPUT_LOC_TM \
+{                                      \
+  DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_OUTPUT_LOC_TM_EN,   \
+  DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_OUTPUT_LOC_TM_DE    \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_IGNORE_RX_TFOM_EN  "Ignore TFOM"
+#define DEFAULT_IGNORE_RX_TFOM_DE  "Ignoriere TFOM"
+
+#define DEFAULT_IGNORE_RX_TFOM       \
+{                                    \
+  DEFAULT_IGNORE_RX_TFOM_EN,         \
+  DEFAULT_IGNORE_RX_TFOM_DE          \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_TFOM_ALWAYS_SYNC_EN  "Output TFOM always as 'sync'"
+#define DEFAULT_STR_TFOM_ALWAYS_SYNC_DE  "TFOM immer als 'sync' ausgeben"
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_TFOM_ALWAYS_SYNC \
+{                                    \
+  DEFAULT_STR_TFOM_ALWAYS_SYNC_EN,   \
+  DEFAULT_STR_TFOM_ALWAYS_SYNC_DE    \
+}
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_NOT_CFGD_EN \
+  "The IRIG receiver has not yet been configured!\n" \
+  "\n" \
+  "Please make sure the correct " DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_FMT_EN " has been\n" \
+  "selected, and enter the correct " DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_OFFS_EN "\n" \
+  "according to the settings of the IRIG generator."
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_NOT_CFGD_DE \
+  "Der IRIG-Empf" LCAE "nger wurde noch nicht konfiguriert!\n" \
+  "\n" \
+  "Das ausgew" LCAE "hlte " DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_FMT_DE " sowie der\n" \
+  DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_OFFS_DE " m" LCUE "ssen den Einstellungen\n" \
+  "des verwendeten IRIG-Generators entsprechen."
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_NOT_CFGD \
+{                                 \
+  DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_NOT_CFGD_EN,   \
+  DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_NOT_CFGD_DE    \
+}
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_INVT_EN \
+  "Please note that the IRIG receiver status may read\n" \
+  "\"" DEFAULT_STR_TIME_INVAL_EN "\" if the receiver's on-board date\n" \
+  "does not correspond to the date (day-of-year number)\n" \
+  "transmitted by the IRIG source."
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_INVT_DE \
+  "Wenn im Status des IRIG-Empf" LCAE "ngers \"" DEFAULT_STR_TIME_INVAL_DE "\"\n" \
+  "angezeigt wird, kann der Grund daf" LCUE "r sein, dass das Datum\n" \
+  "auf der Einsteckkarte nicht mit dem vom IRIG-Generator\n" \
+  "gesendeten Datum (bzw. dem Jahrestag) " LCUE "bereinstimmt." \
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_INVT \
+{                             \
+  DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_INVT_EN,   \
+  DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_INVT_DE    \
+}
+
+
+// menu option: programmable outputs
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_POUT             \
+{                                         \
+  "Programmable Pulse Outputs",           \
+  "Programmierbare Schaltausg" LCAE "nge" \
+}
+
+
+// menu option: frequency synthesizer
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_SYNTH  \
+{                               \
+  "Frequency Synthesizer",      \
+  "Frequenz-Synthesizer"        \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_SYNTH_FREQ  \
+{                               \
+  "Frequency",                  \
+  "Frequenz"                    \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_STR_SYNTH_PHASE  \
+{                                \
+  "Phase",                       \
+  NULL                           \
+}
+
+
+// menu option: LAN interface
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_LAN_INTF_EN  "LAN Interface"
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_LAN_INTF_DE  "Netzwerkschnittstelle"
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_LAN_INTF  \
+{                                  \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_LAN_INTF_EN,    \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_LAN_INTF_DE     \
+}
+
+
+
+// menu option: PTP configuration
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_PTP_CFG_EN  "PTP Configuration"
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_PTP_CFG_DE  "PTP-Konfiguration"
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_PTP_CFG  \
+{                                 \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_PTP_CFG_EN,    \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_PTP_CFG_DE     \
+}
+
+
+
+// menu option: PTP Unicast configuration
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_PTP_UC_CFG_EN  "PTP Unicast Configuration"
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_PTP_UC_CFG_DE  "PTP-Unicast-Konfiguration"
+
+#define DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_PTP_UC_CFG  \
+{                                    \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_PTP_UC_CFG_EN,    \
+  DEFAULT_OPT_NAME_PTP_UC_CFG_DE     \
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Default initializers for German mode string names.
+ * English strings are defined in in gpsdefs.h.
+ */
+#define GER_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ       "nur auf Anfrage '?'"
+#define GER_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_SEC      "sek" LCUE "ndlich"
+#define GER_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_MIN      "min" LCUE "tlich"
+#define GER_MODE_NAME_STR_AUTO         "automatisch"
+#define GER_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ_SEC   "sek" LCUE "ndlich nach Anfrage"
+
+#define DEFAULT_MODE_NAMES                                       \
+{                                                                \
+  { ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ,     GER_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ },    \
+  { ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_SEC,    GER_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_SEC },   \
+  { ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_MIN,    GER_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_MIN },   \
+  { ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_AUTO,       GER_MODE_NAME_STR_AUTO },      \
+  { ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ_SEC, GER_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ_SEC } \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Default initializers for German pulse output mode string names.
+ * English strings are defined in in gpsdefs.h.
+ */
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_IDLE            "Nicht verwendet"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_TIMER           "Zeitschaltung"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_SINGLE_SHOT     "Einzelimpuls"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_CYCLIC_PULSE    "Zyklischer Impuls"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_PER_SEC         "Sek" LCUE "ndlicher Impuls"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_PER_MIN         "Min" LCUE "tlicher Impuls"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_PER_HOUR        "St" LCUE "ndlicher Impuls"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_DCF77           "DCF77-Zeitmarken"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_POS_OK          "Position OK"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_TIME_SYNC       "Zeit synchron"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_ALL_SYNC        "alles synchron"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_TIMECODE        "DCLS-Zeitcode"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_TIMESTR         "COM-Zeittelegramm"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_10MHZ           "Festfrequenz 10 MHz"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_DCF77_M59       "DCF77-Zeitmarken mit 59. Impuls"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_SYNTH           "Frequenz-Synthesizer"
+#define GER_POUT_NAME_TIME_SLOTS      "Zeitschlitze pro Minute"
+
+#define DEFAULT_GER_POUT_NAMES \
+{                              \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_IDLE,          \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_TIMER,         \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_SINGLE_SHOT,   \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_CYCLIC_PULSE,  \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_PER_SEC,       \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_PER_MIN,       \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_PER_HOUR,      \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_DCF77,         \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_POS_OK,        \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_TIME_SYNC,     \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_ALL_SYNC,      \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_TIMECODE,      \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_TIMESTR,       \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_10MHZ,         \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_DCF77_M59,     \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_SYNTH,         \
+  GER_POUT_NAME_TIME_SLOTS     \
+}
+
+/*
+ * Default initializers for German pulse output mode hints.
+ * English strings are defined in in gpsdefs.h.
+ */
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_IDLE            "Konstanter Ausgangspegel"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_TIMER           "Schalten zu den angegebenen Zeiten"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_SINGLE_SHOT     "Einzelner Impuls mit angegebener L" LCAE "nge"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_CYCLIC_PULSE    "Impulse wiederholt nach angegebenem Intervall"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_PER_SEC         "Impuls zu Beginn jeder Sekunde"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_PER_MIN         "Impuls zu Beginn jeder Minute"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_PER_HOUR        "Impuls zu Beginn jeder Stunde"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_DCF77           "DCF77-kompatible Zeitmarken"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_POS_OK          "Schalten, wenn Empf" LCAE "ngerposition " LCUE "berpr" LCUE "ft"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_TIME_SYNC       "Schalten, wenn Zeit synchron"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_ALL_SYNC        "Schalten, wenn Zeit synchron und Position " LCUE "berpr" LCUE "ft"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_TIMECODE        "Unmodulierter Zeitcode des IRIG-Ausgangs"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_TIMESTR         "Zeittelegramm der seriellen Schnittstelle der Karte duplizieren"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_10MHZ           "Feste Ausgangsfrequenz 10 MHz"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_DCF77_M59       "Zeitmarken wie DCF77, aber mit 500 ms Impuls in 59. Sekunde"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_SYNTH           "Durch programmierbaren Synthesizer erzeugte Frequenz"
+#define GER_POUT_HINT_TIME_SLOTS      "Programmierbare Zeitslots, die in jeder Minute aktiviert werden"
+
+#define DEFAULT_GER_POUT_HINTS \
+{                              \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_IDLE,          \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_TIMER,         \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_SINGLE_SHOT,   \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_CYCLIC_PULSE,  \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_PER_SEC,       \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_PER_MIN,       \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_PER_HOUR,      \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_DCF77,         \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_POS_OK,        \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_TIME_SYNC,     \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_ALL_SYNC,      \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_TIMECODE,      \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_TIMESTR,       \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_10MHZ,         \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_DCF77_M59,     \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_SYNTH,         \
+  GER_POUT_HINT_TIME_SLOTS     \
+}
+
+
+
+// some macros which generate proper function calls
+
+#define _pcps_sprint_vernum_dec( _s, _v ) \
+  sprintf( (_s), "v%u.%02u",              \
+           ( (unsigned) (_v) ) / 100,     \
+           ( (unsigned) (_v) ) % 100 )
+
+#define _pcps_sprint_vernum_hex( _s, _v ) \
+  sprintf( (_s), "v%X.%02X",              \
+           ( (unsigned) (_v) ) >> 8,      \
+           ( (unsigned) (_v) ) & 0xFF )
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+  #define _pcps_sprint_vernum _pcps_sprint_vernum_dec
+#else
+  #define _pcps_sprint_vernum _pcps_sprint_vernum_hex
+#endif
+
+
+#define _pcps_sprint_dev_id( _s, _n ) \
+  sprintf( (_s), "%04Xh", _n )
+
+
+#define _pcps_sprint_wday( _s, _t, _l ) \
+  sprint_ctry_wday( (_s), _wday_mon17_to_sun06( (_t)->wday ), (_l) )
+
+#define _pcps_sprint_date( _s, _t, _yl ) \
+  sprint_ctry_dt( (_s), (_t)->mday, (_t)->month, \
+                  pcps_exp_year( (_t)->year, (_yl) ) )
+
+#define _pcps_sprint_time( _s, _t ) \
+  sprint_ctry_tm( (_s), (_t)->hour, (_t)->min, (_t)->sec )
+
+#define _pcps_sprint_time_long( _s, _t ) \
+  sprint_ctry_tm_long( (_s), (_t)->hour, (_t)->min, (_t)->sec, (_t)->sec100, 2 )
+
+
+#define _cput_pcps_date( _t, _yl )     \
+{                                      \
+  char s[80];                          \
+  _pcps_sprint_date( s, (_t), (_yl) ); \
+  cputs( s );                          \
+}
+
+#define _cput_pcps_time( _t )   \
+{                               \
+  char s[80];                   \
+  _pcps_sprint_time( s, (_t) ); \
+  cputs( s );                   \
+}
+
+#define _cput_pcps_time_long( _t )   \
+{                                    \
+  char s[80];                        \
+  _pcps_sprint_time_long( s, (_t) ); \
+  cputs( s );                        \
+}
+
+#define _cput_pcps_date_and_time( _t, _yl, _tz )        \
+{                                                       \
+  char s[80];                                           \
+  cputs( pcps_date_time_str( s, (_t), (_yl), (_tz) ) ); \
+}
+
+
+_ext const char *str_not_avail
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = "N/A"
+#endif
+;
+
+
+_ext CLSTR lstr_cet
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = { TZ_NAME_CET, TZ_NAME_MEZ }
+#endif
+;
+
+
+_ext CLSTR lstr_cest
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = { TZ_NAME_CEST, TZ_NAME_MESZ }
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext CLSTR lstr_gmt
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = { TZ_NAME_GMT, TZ_NAME_WEZ }
+#endif
+;
+
+
+_ext CLSTR lstr_bst
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = { TZ_NAME_BST, TZ_NAME_WESZ }
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext CLSTR tzcode_name[N_PCPS_TZCODE]
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = DEFAULT_TZCODE_NAMES
+#endif
+;
+
+
+_ext int pcps_wday_date_dist
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = DEFAULT_PCPS_WDAY_DATE_DIST
+#endif
+;
+
+
+_ext int pcps_date_time_dist
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = DEFAULT_PCPS_DATE_TIME_DIST
+#endif
+;
+
+
+_ext int pcps_time_tz_dist
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = DEFAULT_PCPS_TIME_TZ_DIST
+#endif
+;
+
+
+_ext const char *mode_name[N_STR_MODE][N_LNG]
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+ = DEFAULT_MODE_NAMES
+#endif
+;
+
+
+_ext const char *short_mode_name[N_STR_MODE]
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+ = DEFAULT_SHORT_MODE_NAMES
+#endif
+;
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ const char *inv_str( void ) ;
+ int sprint_utc_offs( char *s, const char *info, long utc_offs ) ;
+ const char *pcps_tz_name( const PCPS_TIME *t, ushort flags, int is_msf ) ;
+ const char *pcps_tz_name_from_hr_time( const PCPS_HR_TIME *hrt, ushort flags, int is_msf ) ;
+ const char *pcps_tz_name_hr_status( const PCPS_HR_TIME *t, ushort flags, int is_msf ) ;
+ const char *pcps_tz_name_from_status( ushort status ) ;
+ char *pcps_date_time_str( char *s, const PCPS_TIME *t, ushort year_limit, const char *tz_str ) ;
+ wchar_t *pcps_date_time_wstr( wchar_t *ws, const PCPS_TIME *t, ushort year_limit, const wchar_t *tz_str ) ;
+ void pcps_status_strs( ushort status, int status_is_read, int is_gps, PCPS_STATUS_STRS *pstrs ) ;
+ char *pcps_port_str( char *s, const PCPS_DEV *pdev ) ;
+ const char *pcps_tzcode_str( PCPS_TZCODE tzcode ) ;
+ char *pcps_serial_str( char *s, int i, const RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *p, const RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri, int short_strs ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _PCPSLSTR_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/pcpsmktm.c b/mbglib/common/pcpsmktm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90404a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/pcpsmktm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: pcpsmktm.c 1.4 2006/12/14 15:27:49Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Function to convert PCPS_TIME to Unix time (seconds since 1970)
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: pcpsmktm.c $
+ *  Revision 1.4  2006/12/14 15:27:49Z  martin
+ *  Include time.h.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2006/08/22 09:10:03  martin
+ *  Renamed function totalsec() to mbg_mktime() and moved it
+ *  to a separate file mbgmktm.c.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2001/08/14 11:58:08  MARTIN
+ *  Included sys/time.h for time_t definition.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2001/02/02 15:30:09  MARTIN
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#define _PCPSMKTM
+ #include <pcpsmktm.h>
+#undef _PCPSMKTM
+
+#include <mbgmktm.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+long pcps_mktime( PCPS_TIME *tp )
+{
+  time_t secs;
+  int year = tp->year;
+
+  if ( year < 70 )
+    year += 100;
+
+  secs = mbg_mktime( year, tp->month - 1, tp->mday - 1,
+                     tp->hour, tp->min, tp->sec );
+
+  if ( secs != -1 )
+    secs -= tp->offs_utc * 3600;
+
+  return( secs );
+
+}  // pcps_mktime
+
+
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/pcpsmktm.h b/mbglib/common/pcpsmktm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..086be75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/pcpsmktm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: pcpsmktm.h 1.1 2001/02/02 15:31:07Z MARTIN REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for pcpsmktm.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: pcpsmktm.h $
+ *  Revision 1.1  2001/02/02 15:31:07Z  MARTIN
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _PCPSMKTM_H
+#define _PCPSMKTM_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <pcpsdefs.h>
+
+
+#ifdef _PCPSMKTM
+ #define _ext
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+//_ext PCPS_TIME tx;
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ long pcps_mktime( PCPS_TIME *tp ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif  /* _PCPSMKTM_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/pcpsutil.c b/mbglib/common/pcpsutil.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91109e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/pcpsutil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: pcpsutil.c 1.14 2011/06/29 11:03:44Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Utility functions used with programs for Meinberg devices.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: pcpsutil.c $
+ *  Revision 1.14  2011/06/29 11:03:44Z  martin
+ *  Updated a comment.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2009/03/09 13:39:45  martin
+ *  Made pcps_exp_year() an inline function.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2008/12/10 19:59:48  martin
+ *  Made frac_sec_from_bin() an inline function.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2008/11/25 10:00:25  martin
+ *  Use new definitions of fraction conversion type and scale 
+ *  from pcpsdefs.h.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2006/06/29 10:38:24Z  martin
+ *  New function pcps_time_is_valid().
+ *  Modified pcps_str_to_port(), doesn't add a 0 entry to the list anymore.
+ *  Fixed a compiler warning related to type conversion.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2005/01/14 10:14:31Z  martin
+ *  Changed type of ISA port addr to int.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2004/11/09 14:29:27Z  martin
+ *  Rewrote functions using C99 fixed-size definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2003/04/17 10:08:59Z  martin
+ *  Added some type casts to fix compiler warnings.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2001/11/28 14:39:16Z  MARTIN
+ *  In frac_sec_from_bin(), define the divisor as floating point
+ *  constant to avoid a domain errors on 16 bit systems.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2001/09/17 07:28:01  MARTIN
+ *  New function frac_sec_from_bin() to convert
+ *  PCPS_HR_TIME fractions.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2001/03/01 14:01:09  MARTIN
+ *  Modified parameters for pcps_setup_isa_ports().
+ *  Revision 1.3  2000/08/31 14:05:30  MARTIN
+ *  Replaced pcps_str_to_port() by pcps_setup_isa_ports().
+ *  Revision 1.2  2000/07/21 13:42:54  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#define _PCPSUTIL
+  #include <pcpsutil.h>
+#undef _PCPSUTIL
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Name:         pcps_time_is_valid()
+ *
+ * Purpose:      Pack a structure with serial port parameters
+ *
+ * Input/Output: p   address of a structure holding both the
+ *                   packed and unpacked information
+ *
+ * Ret value:    --
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*HDR*/
+int pcps_time_is_valid( const PCPS_TIME *p )
+{
+  return ( p->sec100 <= 99 )
+      && ( p->sec <= 60 )   /* allow for leap second */
+      && ( p->min <= 59 )
+      && ( p->hour <= 23 )
+      && ( p->mday >= 1 ) && ( p->mday <= 31 )
+      && ( p->wday >= 1 ) && ( p->wday <= 7 )
+      && ( p->month >= 1 ) && ( p->month <= 12 )
+      && ( p->year <= 99 );
+
+}  /* pcps_time_is_valid */
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Name:         pcps_str_to_port()
+ *
+ * Purpose:      Try to convert a string to a valid port
+ *               address.
+ *
+ * Input:        s   the string
+ *
+ * Output:       --
+ *
+ * Ret value:    a valid port number or 0
+ *+-------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*HDR*/
+void pcps_setup_isa_ports( char *s,
+                           int *port_vals,
+                           int n_vals )
+{
+  ushort i;
+
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < n_vals; i++ )
+  {
+    if ( *s == 0 )
+      break;
+
+    *port_vals++ = (uint16_t) strtoul( s, &s, 16 );
+
+    if ( *s == ',' )
+      s++;
+  }
+
+}  // pcps_setup_isa_ports
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Name:         pcps_unpack_serial()
+ *
+ * Purpose:      Unpack a structure with serial port parameters
+ *
+ * Input/Output: p   address of a structure holding both the
+ *                   packed and unpacked information
+ *
+ * Ret value:    --
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*HDR*/
+void pcps_unpack_serial( PCPS_SER_PACK *p )
+{
+  uint8_t pack = p->pack;
+
+  p->baud = (uint8_t) ( pack & BITMASK( PCPS_BD_BITS ) );
+  p->frame = (uint8_t) ( ( pack >> PCPS_FR_SHIFT ) & BITMASK( PCPS_FR_BITS ) );
+  p->mode = (uint8_t) ( ( pack >> PCPS_MOD_SHIFT ) & BITMASK( PCPS_MOD_BITS ) );
+
+}  // pcps_unpack_serial
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Name:         pcps_pack_serial()
+ *
+ * Purpose:      Pack a structure with serial port parameters
+ *
+ * Input/Output: p   address of a structure holding both the
+ *                   packed and unpacked information
+ *
+ * Ret value:    --
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*HDR*/
+void pcps_pack_serial( PCPS_SER_PACK *p )
+{
+  p->pack = (uint8_t) ( ( p->baud & BITMASK( PCPS_BD_BITS ) )
+        | ( ( p->frame & BITMASK( PCPS_FR_BITS ) ) << PCPS_FR_SHIFT )
+        | ( ( p->mode & BITMASK( PCPS_MOD_BITS ) ) << PCPS_MOD_SHIFT ) );
+
+}  /* pcps_pack_serial */
+
+
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/pcpsutil.h b/mbglib/common/pcpsutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41982df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/pcpsutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: pcpsutil.h 1.15.1.1 2013/01/24 14:42:52Z martin TEST $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for pcpsutil.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: pcpsutil.h $
+ *  Revision 1.15.1.1  2013/01/24 14:42:52Z  martin
+ *  Added dfrac_sec_from_bin().
+ *  Revision 1.15  2012/10/15 09:41:32  martin
+ *  Cleaned up handling of pragma pack().
+ *  Revision 1.14  2009/03/09 13:39:45  martin
+ *  Made pcps_exp_year() an inline function.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2008/12/10 19:59:48  martin
+ *  Made frac_sec_from_bin() an inline function.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2008/11/25 09:59:01  martin
+ *  Moved definitions of PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE and
+ *  PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE_FMT to pcpsdefs.h.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2006/06/29 10:15:02Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2005/01/14 10:16:12Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2004/11/09 14:30:50Z  martin
+ *  Redefined interface data types using C99 fixed-size definitions.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2004/04/14 09:22:09Z  martin
+ *  Pack structures 1 byte aligned.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2001/11/28 14:41:25Z  MARTIN
+ *  Changed PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE and PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE_FMT
+ *  to print 7 rather than 6 digits.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2001/09/14 11:59:33  MARTIN
+ *  Support for PCPS_HR_TIME fraction conversion.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2001/08/14 12:06:44  MARTIN
+ *  Defined constants used to draw a signal bar
+ *  depending on a DCF77 clock's signal value.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2001/03/01 14:03:18  MARTIN
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2000/08/31 14:06:05  MARTIN
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2000/07/21 13:43:40  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _PCPSUTIL_H
+#define _PCPSUTIL_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <pcpsdefs.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+
+
+#ifdef _PCPSUTIL
+ #define _ext
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )
+  #pragma pack( 1 )      // set byte alignment
+  #define _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+
+// The following constants are used to draw a signal bar
+// depending on a DCF77 clock's signal value:
+#define PCPS_SIG_BIAS 55
+#define PCPS_SIG_ERR  1
+#define PCPS_SIG_MIN  20
+#define PCPS_SIG_MAX  68
+
+
+// the structure below is used with a DCF77 clock's serial interface
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_SERIAL pack; // this byte is passed to the board as parameter
+
+  uint8_t baud;     // the other bytes can hold the unpacked values
+  uint8_t frame;
+  uint8_t mode;
+
+} PCPS_SER_PACK;
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Name:         pcps_exp_year()
+ *
+ * Purpose:      Convert a 2-digit year number to a 4-digit
+ *               year number. The resulting year number is in
+ *               the range [year_lim ... ( year_lim + 99 )].
+ *
+ * Input:        year      the 2-digit year number
+ *               year_lim  the smallest 4-digit year number
+ *                         to be returned
+ *
+ * Output:       --
+ *
+ * Ret value:    the calculated 4-digit year num
+ *+-------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static __mbg_inline
+uint16_t pcps_exp_year( uint8_t year, uint16_t year_lim )
+{
+  uint16_t lyear = (uint16_t) ( (uint16_t) year + year_lim
+                              - ( year_lim % 100 ) );
+
+  if ( lyear < year_lim )
+    lyear += 100;
+
+  return lyear;
+
+}  // pcps_exp_year
+
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ int pcps_time_is_valid( const PCPS_TIME *p ) ;
+ void pcps_setup_isa_ports( char *s, int *port_vals, int n_vals ) ;
+ void pcps_unpack_serial( PCPS_SER_PACK *p ) ;
+ void pcps_pack_serial( PCPS_SER_PACK *p ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Name:         frac_sec_from_bin()
+ *
+ * Purpose:      Convert a fraction of a second from binary
+ *               format (as returned in a PCPS_HR_TIME structure
+ *               to a decimal fraction, using a specified scale
+ *               factor. See also the definitions of
+ *               PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE and PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE_FMT
+ *               in the header file.
+ *
+ * Input:        b         the binary fraction
+ *               scale     the scale factor
+ *
+ * Output:       --
+ *
+ * Ret value:    the calculated number
+ *+-------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static __mbg_inline
+uint32_t frac_sec_from_bin( uint32_t b, uint32_t scale )
+{
+  return (uint32_t) ( (PCPS_HRT_FRAC_CONVERSION_TYPE) b * scale 
+                      / PCPS_HRT_BIN_FRAC_SCALE );
+
+}  // frac_sec_from_bin
+
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+double dfrac_sec_from_bin( uint32_t b )
+{
+  return (double) b / (double) PCPS_HRT_BIN_FRAC_SCALE;
+
+}  // dfrac_sec_from_bin
+
+
+
+#if defined( _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+  #pragma pack()      // set default alignment
+  #undef _USING_BYTE_ALIGNMENT
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+
+
+#endif  /* _PCPSUTIL_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/toolutil.c b/mbglib/common/toolutil.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cdd2bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/toolutil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: toolutil.c 1.4.1.4 2013/02/05 15:27:30Z martin TEST $
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Common functions which can be used with Meinberg command line
+ *    utility programs.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: toolutil.c $
+ *  Revision 1.4.1.4  2013/02/05 15:27:30Z  martin
+ *  Revision 1.4.1.3  2013/02/05 15:24:46  martin
+ *  Revision 1.4.1.2  2013/02/05 14:39:38  martin
+ *  Revision 1.4.1.1  2013/02/05 14:37:56Z  martin
+ *  Started to supported Windows target.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2012/10/15 09:33:48  martin
+ *  Use common way to handle version information.
+ *  Open device with O_RDWR flag.
+ *  Fixed printing delta timestamps.
+ *  Added function to print PCPS_TIME.
+ *  Added function to show PZF correlation.
+ *  Added function mbg_print_hr_time() which optionally prints hex status.
+ *  Let the display functions for HR timestamps optionally show
+ *  the raw (hex) timestamps.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2009/06/19 12:12:14  martin
+ *  Added function mbg_print_hr_timestamp().
+ *  Revision 1.2  2009/02/18 09:15:55  martin
+ *  Support TAI and GPS time scales in mbg_snprint_hr_time().
+ *  Revision 1.1  2008/12/17 10:45:13  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2008/12/15 08:35:07  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#define _TOOLUTIL
+  #include <toolutil.h>
+#undef _TOOLUTIL
+
+// include Meinberg headers
+#include <pcpsutil.h>
+
+// include system headers
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+double delta_timestamps( const PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p_ts, const PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p_prv_ts )
+{
+  uint64_t ts = pcps_time_stamp_to_uint64( p_ts );
+  uint64_t prv_ts = pcps_time_stamp_to_uint64( p_prv_ts );
+  // we divide by PCPS_HRT_BIN_FRAC_SCALE to get the correct fractions
+  // and we multiply by 1E6 to get the result in microseconds
+  return (double) ( (int64_t) ( ts - prv_ts ) ) * 1E6 / PCPS_HRT_BIN_FRAC_SCALE;
+
+}  // delta_timestamps
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int mbg_program_info_str( char *s, size_t max_len, const char *pname,
+                          int micro_version, int first_year, int last_year )
+{
+  int n;
+
+  if ( last_year == 0 )
+    last_year = MBG_CURRENT_COPYRIGHT_YEAR;
+
+  n = snprintf( s, max_len, "%s v%i.%i.%i copyright Meinberg ", pname,
+                MBG_MAJOR_VERSION_CODE, MBG_MINOR_VERSION_CODE, micro_version );
+
+  if ( first_year != last_year )
+    n += snprintf( &s[n], max_len - n, "%04i-", first_year );
+
+  n += snprintf( &s[n], max_len - n, "%04i", last_year );
+
+  return n;
+
+}  // mbg_program_info_str
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void mbg_print_program_info( const char *pname, int micro_version, int first_year, int last_year )
+{
+  char ws[256];
+  #if defined( MBG_MICRO_VERSION_CODE_DEV )
+    micro_version = MBG_MICRO_VERSION_CODE_DEV;
+  #endif
+  mbg_program_info_str( ws, sizeof( ws ), pname, micro_version, first_year, last_year );
+
+  printf( "\n%s\n\n", ws );
+
+}  // mbg_print_program_info
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void mbg_print_usage_intro( const char *pname, const char *info )
+{
+  printf( "Usage:  %s [[opt] [opt] ...] [[dev] [dev] ...]\n\n", pname );
+
+  if ( info )
+    printf( "%s\n\n", info );
+
+
+}  // mbg_print_usage_intro
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void mbg_print_opt_info( const char *opt_name, const char *opt_info )
+{
+  if ( opt_name == NULL )
+    opt_name = "";
+
+  if ( opt_info == NULL )
+    opt_info = "";
+
+  printf( "  %8s   %s\n", opt_name, opt_info );
+
+}  // mbg_print_opt_info
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void mbg_print_help_options( void )
+{
+  puts( "where opt is one of the options:" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-? or -h", "print this usage information" );
+
+}  // mbg_print_help_options
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void mbg_print_device_options( void )
+{
+  puts( "\nwhere dev is the name of a device, e.g.:\n"
+        "    /dev/mbgclock0"
+      );
+
+}  // mbg_print_device_options
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void mbg_print_default_usage( const char *pname, const char *prog_info )
+{
+  mbg_print_usage_intro( pname, prog_info );
+  mbg_print_help_options();
+  mbg_print_device_options();
+  puts( "" );
+
+}  // mbg_print_default_usage
+
+
+
+// test if ioctl error and print msg if true
+
+/*HDR*/
+int mbg_ioctl_err( int rc, const char *descr )
+{
+  if ( rc < 0 )
+  {
+    fprintf( stderr, "** IOCTL error %i: ", rc );
+    perror( descr );
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+
+}  // mbg_ioctl_err
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int mbg_get_show_dev_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *dev_name, PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  unsigned long port;
+  int irq_num;
+  int ret_val = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  if ( dev_name )
+    printf( "%s:\n", dev_name );
+
+  // get information about the device
+  rc = mbg_get_device_info( dh, p_dev );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_device_info" ) )
+    goto fail;
+
+
+  printf( "%s", _pcps_type_name( p_dev ) );
+
+  if ( strlen( _pcps_sernum( p_dev ) ) && 
+       strcmp( _pcps_sernum( p_dev ), "N/A" ) )
+    printf( " %s", _pcps_sernum( p_dev ) );
+
+  printf( " (FW %X.%02X", 
+          _pcps_fw_rev_num_major( _pcps_fw_rev_num( p_dev ) ),
+          _pcps_fw_rev_num_minor( _pcps_fw_rev_num( p_dev ) )
+        );
+
+  if ( _pcps_has_asic_version( p_dev ) )
+  {
+    PCI_ASIC_VERSION av;
+    int rc = mbg_get_asic_version( dh, &av );
+
+    if ( rc == MBG_SUCCESS )
+    {
+      av = _convert_asic_version_number( av );
+
+      printf( ", ASIC %u.%02u",
+              _pcps_asic_version_major( av ),
+              _pcps_asic_version_minor( av )
+            );
+    }
+  }
+
+  printf( ")" );
+
+  port = _pcps_port_base( p_dev, 0 );
+
+  if ( port )
+    printf( " at port 0x%03lX", port );
+
+  port = _pcps_port_base( p_dev, 1 );
+
+  if ( port )
+    printf( "/0x%03lX", port );
+
+  irq_num = _pcps_irq_num( p_dev );
+
+  if ( irq_num != -1 )
+    printf( ", irq %i", irq_num );
+
+  goto done;
+
+fail:
+  ret_val = -1;
+
+done:
+  puts( "" );
+  return ret_val;
+
+}  // mbg_get_show_dev_info
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int mbg_check_device( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *dev_name, 
+                      int (*fnc)( MBG_DEV_HANDLE, const PCPS_DEV *) )
+{
+  PCPS_DEV dev;
+  int ret_val = 0;
+
+  if ( dh == MBG_INVALID_DEV_HANDLE )
+  {
+    if ( dev_name )
+      fprintf( stderr, "%s: ", dev_name );
+
+    perror( "Unable to open device" );
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  if ( mbg_get_show_dev_info( dh, dev_name, &dev ) < 0 )
+    goto fail;
+
+  if ( fnc )
+    ret_val = fnc( dh, &dev );
+
+  goto done;
+
+fail:
+  ret_val = -1;
+
+done:
+  mbg_close_device( &dh );
+  puts( "" );
+
+  return ret_val;
+
+}  // mbg_check_device
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int mbg_check_devices( int argc, char *argv[], int optind, int (*fnc)( MBG_DEV_HANDLE, const PCPS_DEV *) )
+{
+  MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh;
+  int ret_val = 0;
+  int num_devices = argc - optind;
+
+  if ( num_devices == 0 )  // no device name given on the command line
+  {
+    // No devices specified on the command line, so
+    // try to find devices.
+    int devices = mbg_find_devices();
+
+    if ( devices == 0 )
+    {
+      printf( "No device found.\n" );
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    // Handle only first device found.
+    dh = mbg_open_device( 0 );
+    ret_val = mbg_check_device( dh, NULL, fnc );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    int i;
+    // One or more device names have been specified 
+    // on the command line, so handle each device.
+    for ( i = optind; i < argc; i++ )
+    {
+      // Print device name only if output for several devices
+      // shall be displayed.
+      const char *fn = ( num_devices > 1 ) ? argv[i] : NULL;
+
+      #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+        mbg_find_devices();
+        dh = mbg_open_device_by_name( argv[i], MBG_MATCH_MODEL );
+      #else
+        dh = open( argv[i], O_RDWR );
+      #endif
+      ret_val = mbg_check_device( dh, fn, fnc );
+
+      if ( ret_val )
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return ret_val;
+
+}  // mbg_check_devices
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int mbg_snprint_date_time( char *s, int len_s, const PCPS_TIME *p, int verbose )
+{
+  int n = 0;
+
+  n += snprintf( s + n, len_s - n, "%04u-%02u-%02u %02u:%02u:%02u.%02u",
+                 pcps_exp_year( p->year, mbg_exp_year_limit ), p->month, p->mday,
+                 p->hour, p->min, p->sec, p->sec100
+               );
+
+  if ( verbose )
+    n += snprintf(  s + n, len_s - n, " (UTC%+ih), st: %02Xh",
+                    p->offs_utc, p->status );
+
+  return n;
+
+}  // mbg_snprint_date_time
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int mbg_snprint_hr_tstamp( char *s, int len_s, const PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p, int show_raw )
+{
+  int n = 0;
+
+  // We'll use the standard C library functions to convert the seconds
+  // to broken-down calendar date and time.
+  time_t t = p->sec;
+
+  // Our time stamp may be UTC, or have been converted to local time.
+  // Anyway, since we don't want to account for the system's time zone 
+  // settings, we always use the gmtime() function for conversion:
+  struct tm *tmp = gmtime( &t );
+
+  if ( show_raw )
+    n += snprintf( s + n, len_s - n, "raw: 0x%08lX.%08lX, ",
+                   (ulong) p->sec, 
+                   (ulong) p->frac );
+
+  n += snprintf( s + n, len_s - n, "%04i-%02i-%02i %02i:%02i:%02i." PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE_FMT,
+                 tmp->tm_year + 1900,
+                 tmp->tm_mon + 1,
+                 tmp->tm_mday,
+                 tmp->tm_hour,
+                 tmp->tm_min,
+                 tmp->tm_sec,
+                 (ulong) frac_sec_from_bin( p->frac, PCPS_HRT_FRAC_SCALE )
+               );
+
+  return n;
+
+}  // mbg_snprint_hr_tstamp
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int mbg_snprint_hr_time( char *s, int len_s, const PCPS_HR_TIME *p, int show_raw )
+{
+  char ws[80];
+  PCPS_TIME_STAMP ts = p->tstamp;
+  int n;
+  const char *time_scale_name;
+  const char *cp;
+
+  // If the local time offset is not 0 then add this to the time stamp
+  // and set up a string telling the offset.
+  if ( p->utc_offs )
+  {
+    ldiv_t ldt;
+
+    ts.sec += p->utc_offs;
+
+    // The local time offset is in seconds and may be negative, so we
+    // convert to absolute hours and minutes first.
+    ldt = ldiv( labs( p->utc_offs ) / 60, 60 );
+
+    snprintf( ws, sizeof( ws ), "%c%lu:%02luh",
+              ( p->utc_offs < 0 ) ? '-' : '+',
+              ldt.quot,
+              ldt.rem
+            );
+    cp = ws;
+  }
+  else
+    cp = "";   // no local time offset
+
+
+  // Convert the local time stamp to calendar date and time.
+  n = mbg_snprint_hr_tstamp( s, len_s, &ts, show_raw );
+
+  // By default the time stamp represents UTC plus an optional local time offset.
+  time_scale_name = "UTC";
+
+  // However, some cards may be configured to output TAI or GPS time.
+  if ( p->status & PCPS_SCALE_TAI )
+    time_scale_name = "TAI";      // time stamp represents TAI
+  else
+    if ( p->status & PCPS_SCALE_GPS )
+      time_scale_name = "GPS";    // time stamp represents GPS system time
+
+  n += snprintf( s + n, len_s - n, " %s%s", time_scale_name, cp );
+
+  return n;
+
+}  // mbg_snprint_hr_time
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void mbg_print_hr_timestamp( PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p_ts, int32_t hns_latency, PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p_prv_ts,
+                             int no_latency, int show_raw )
+{
+  char ws[80];
+
+  mbg_snprint_hr_tstamp( ws, sizeof( ws ), p_ts, show_raw );
+  printf( "HR time %s", ws );
+
+  if ( p_prv_ts )
+    printf( " (%+.1f us)", delta_timestamps( p_ts, p_prv_ts ) );
+
+  if ( !no_latency )
+    printf( ", latency: %.1f us", ( (double) hns_latency ) / 10 );
+
+  puts( "" );
+
+}  // mbg_print_hr_timestamp
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+void mbg_print_hr_time( PCPS_HR_TIME *p_ht, int32_t hns_latency, PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p_prv_ts,
+                        int no_latency, int show_raw, int verbose )
+{
+  char ws[80];
+
+  mbg_snprint_hr_time( ws, sizeof( ws ), p_ht, show_raw );
+  printf( "HR time %s", ws );
+
+  if ( p_prv_ts )
+    printf( " (%+.1f us)", delta_timestamps( &p_ht->tstamp, p_prv_ts ) );
+
+  if ( !no_latency )
+    printf( ", latency: %.1f us", ( (double) hns_latency ) / 10 );
+
+  if ( verbose )
+    printf( ", st: 0x%04lX", (ulong) p_ht->status );
+
+  puts( "" );
+
+}  // mbg_print_hr_time
+
+
+
+/*HDR*/
+int mbg_show_pzf_corr_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev, int show_corr_step )
+{
+  CORR_INFO ci;
+  char ws[80];
+  const char *cp;
+
+  int rc = mbg_get_corr_info( dh, &ci );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_corr_info" ) )
+    return rc;
+
+
+  if ( ci.status < N_PZF_CORR_STATE )
+    cp = pzf_corr_state_name[ci.status];
+  else
+  {
+    snprintf( ws, sizeof( ws ) - 1, "(unknown, code: 0x%02X)", ci.status );
+    ws[sizeof( ws ) - 1] = 0;  // force terminating 0
+    cp = ws;
+  }
+
+  printf( "PZF correlation: %u%%, status: %s", ci.val, cp );
+
+  if ( show_corr_step )
+    if ( ci.corr_dir != ' ' )
+      printf( " Shift: %c", ci.corr_dir );
+
+  return MBG_SUCCESS;
+
+}  // mbg_show_pzf_corr_info
+
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/toolutil.h b/mbglib/common/toolutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f02c73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/toolutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: toolutil.h 1.3.1.1 2013/02/05 14:38:26Z martin TEST martin $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for toolutil.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: toolutil.h $
+ *  Revision 1.3.1.1  2013/02/05 14:38:26Z  martin
+ *  Started to support Windows target.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2012/10/15 09:36:22  martin
+ *  Use common way to handle version information.
+ *  Added string table with PZF state names.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2009/06/19 12:11:35  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2008/12/17 10:45:14  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2008/12/15 08:35:08  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _TOOLUTIL_H
+#define _TOOLUTIL_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbgdevio.h>
+#include <mbgversion.h>
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX)
+
+  #include <unistd.h>
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  #include <io.h>
+  #include <fcntl.h>
+  #include <sys/types.h>
+  #include <sys/stat.h>
+  #include <wingetopt.h>
+
+  #define open          _open
+  #define snprintf      _snprintf
+  #define sleep( _x )   Sleep( (_x) * 1000 )
+  #define usleep( _x )  Sleep( (_x) / 1000 )
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+#ifdef _TOOLUTIL
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBG_EXP_YEAR_LIMIT )
+  #define MBG_EXP_YEAR_LIMIT   1980
+#endif
+
+_ext uint16_t mbg_exp_year_limit
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+ = MBG_EXP_YEAR_LIMIT
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext int must_print_usage;
+
+_ext const char *pzf_corr_state_name[N_PZF_CORR_STATE]
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+ = PZF_CORR_STATE_NAMES_ENG
+#endif
+;
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ int mbg_program_info_str( char *s, size_t max_len, const char *pname, int micro_version, int first_year, int last_year ) ;
+ void mbg_print_program_info( const char *pname, int micro_version, int first_year, int last_year ) ;
+ void mbg_print_usage_intro( const char *pname, const char *info ) ;
+ void mbg_print_opt_info( const char *opt_name, const char *opt_info ) ;
+ void mbg_print_help_options( void ) ;
+ void mbg_print_device_options( void ) ;
+ void mbg_print_default_usage( const char *pname, const char *prog_info ) ;
+ int mbg_ioctl_err( int rc, const char *descr ) ;
+ int mbg_get_show_dev_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *dev_name, PCPS_DEV *p_dev ) ;
+ int mbg_check_device( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *dev_name,  int (*fnc)( MBG_DEV_HANDLE, const PCPS_DEV *) ) ;
+ int mbg_check_devices( int argc, char *argv[], int optind, int (*fnc)( MBG_DEV_HANDLE, const PCPS_DEV *) ) ;
+ int mbg_snprint_date_time( char *s, int len_s, const PCPS_TIME *p, int verbose ) ;
+ int mbg_snprint_hr_tstamp( char *s, int len_s, const PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p, int show_raw ) ;
+ int mbg_snprint_hr_time( char *s, int len_s, const PCPS_HR_TIME *p, int show_raw ) ;
+ void mbg_print_hr_timestamp( PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p_ts, int32_t hns_latency, PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p_prv_ts, int no_latency, int show_raw ) ;
+ void mbg_print_hr_time( PCPS_HR_TIME *p_ht, int32_t hns_latency, PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p_prv_ts, int no_latency, int show_raw, int verbose ) ;
+ int mbg_show_pzf_corr_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev, int show_corr_step ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _TOOLUTIL_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/usbdefs.h b/mbglib/common/usbdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40d1193
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/usbdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: usbdefs.h 1.18 2013/01/24 11:29:21Z joerg REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions used with USB devices.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: usbdefs.h $
+ *  Revision 1.18  2013/01/24 11:29:21Z  joerg
+ *  Added class code and device ID for LNE-GB
+ *  Revision 1.17  2012/08/08 07:53:29Z  daniel
+ *  Added class code and device ID for LIU
+ *  Revision 1.16  2012/02/13 09:29:59  paul
+ *  added class code for LNO180
+ *  Revision 1.15  2011/10/11 06:21:04Z  andre
+ *  added class code for GPS180
+ *  Revision 1.14  2011/10/07 10:13:25Z  daniel
+ *  New class code and device id for CPE
+ *  Revision 1.13  2011/06/29 14:11:23Z  martin
+ *  Added device IDs for TCR600USB, MSF600USB, and WVB600USB.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2011/05/11 07:20:37  daniel
+ *  New class code and device id for fan control unit
+ *  Revision 1.11  2011/04/13 07:59:11  daniel
+ *  New class code and device id for external
+ *  synchronization interface device.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2010/11/11 09:16:33Z  martin
+ *  Added device ID for DCF600USB.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2009/03/13 09:02:24  martin
+ *  Removed definitions for timeout intervals.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2009/02/18 11:08:44  daniel
+ *  Added new class code and device ID for SCU_USB
+ *  Revision 1.7  2008/11/28 07:45:30Z  daniel
+ *  Added new class code and device ID for WWVB51USB
+ *  Revision 1.6  2008/01/09 10:39:18Z  daniel
+ *  Added new class code and device ID for MSF51USB
+ *  Revision 1.5  2007/10/29 08:23:26Z  daniel
+ *  Added new class code and device ID for TCR51USB
+ *  Revision 1.4  2007/09/25 09:59:50Z  daniel
+ *  Added indices for endpoint definitions.
+ *  Added timeout definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2006/12/20 16:11:36Z  daniel
+ *  Added new device class and device_id for nCipher CMC-device.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2006/12/07 09:10:57Z  daniel
+ *  Added new class code and device ID for USB5131.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2006/04/21 08:14:56Z  martin
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _USBDEFS_H
+#define _USBDEFS_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Meinberg's USB vendor ID number (assigned by USB-IF Administration) */
+#define USB_VENDOR_MEINBERG     0x1938
+
+
+/*
+ * USB device class codes (assigned by Meinberg) 
+ */
+enum
+{
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_NONE,   // (unknown or not defined)
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_CPC,    // Control Panel Controller
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_TSU,    // Time Stamp Unit
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_DCF,    // DCF77 Radio Clock
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_CMC,    // nCipher Crypto Module Carrier
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_TCR,    // IRIG Time Code Receiver
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_MSF,    // MSF Radio Clock
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_WWVB,   // WWVB Radio Clock
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_SCU,    // Meinberg Signal Changeover Unit
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_ESI,    // External Synchronization Interface
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_FCU,	// Fan Control Unit
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_CPE,    // Configurable Port Expander
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_GPS,    // GPS Receiver
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_LNO,    // Low Phase Noise Option
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_LIU,    // Line Interface Unit  
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_LNE,    // LNE-GB  
+  N_MBG_USB_CLASS       // number of known device class codes
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * USB device ID numbers (assigned by Meinberg) 
+ *   High byte:  USB device class as specified above
+ *   Low byte:   enumeration of device of a class
+ */
+#define USB_DEV_CPC_01      ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_CPC << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_TSU_01      ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_TSU << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_USB5131     ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_DCF << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+#define USB_DEV_DCF600USB   ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_DCF << 8 )  | 0x02 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_CMC         ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_CMC << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_TCR51USB    ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_TCR << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+#define USB_DEV_TCR600USB   ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_TCR << 8 )  | 0x02 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_MSF51USB    ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_MSF << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+#define USB_DEV_MSF600USB   ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_MSF << 8 )  | 0x02 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_WWVB51USB   ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_WWVB << 8 ) | 0x01 )
+#define USB_DEV_WVB600USB   ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_WWVB << 8 ) | 0x02 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_SCU_USB     ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_SCU << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_ESI_01      ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_ESI << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_FCU_01      ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_FCU << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_CPE_01      ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_CPE << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_GPS180      ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_GPS << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_LNO180_01   ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_LNO << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_LIU_01      ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_LIU << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_LNE_01      ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_LNE << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+enum
+{
+  MBGUSB_EP_IDX_HOST_IN,          // transfers from device to host
+  MBGUSB_EP_IDX_HOST_OUT,         // transfers from host to device
+  MBGUSB_EP_IDX_HOST_IN_CYCLIC,   // cyclic auto-transfer to host
+  MBGUSB_MAX_ENDPOINTS            // max number of supported endpoints
+};
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#endif  /* _USBDEFS_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/common/use_pack.h b/mbglib/common/use_pack.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cef3d97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/use_pack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: use_pack.h 1.5 2012/10/12 12:40:01Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Check the current compiler type to decide if pragma pack() is 
+ *    required to pack cross-platform data structures.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: use_pack.h $
+ *  Revision 1.5  2012/10/12 12:40:01Z  martin
+ *  Removed temporary changes.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2012/10/02 18:06:25  martin
+ *  Temporary changes to test alignment under Linux/Sparc.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2011/01/26 10:01:41  martin
+ *  Provided a way to suppress packing of structures on a project base.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2002/02/25 08:50:33  Andre
+ *  query __ARM added, __SH2 removed
+ *  Revision 1.1  2001/03/30 08:54:33Z  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _USE_PACK_H
+#define _USE_PACK_H
+
+#if ( !defined( _C166 ) && \
+      !defined( _CC51 ) && \
+      !defined( __ARM ) )
+
+  // _NO_USE_PACK can be defined for specific projects
+  // to avoid packing of structures.
+  #if ( !defined( _NO_USE_PACK ) )
+    #define _USE_PACK
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* _USE_PACK_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/common/words.h b/mbglib/common/words.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b840491
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/common/words.h
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: words.h 1.31 2012/11/29 11:54:39Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions of commonly used data types.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: words.h $
+ *  Revision 1.31  2012/11/29 11:54:39Z  martin
+ *  Removed #if sizeof() definitions which may cause build errors
+ *  with some older compilers.
+ *  Include stdbool.h for __ARMCC_VERSION targets.
+ *  Moved _nop_macro_fnc() definition here.
+ *  Revision 1.30  2012/11/02 09:12:29Z  martin
+ *  Moved most feature detection code to mbg_tgt.h.
+ *  Tried to define missing features most flexibly and portably.
+ *  Revision 1.29  2012/07/11 16:45:45Z  martin
+ *  New macros to access individual bytes of long constants.
+ *  Revision 1.28  2012/04/05 14:36:18Z  martin
+ *  Support CVI 2010 compiler which provides C99 types.
+ *  Revision 1.27  2011/07/18 10:21:38Z  martin
+ *  Added definition for MBG_CODE_NAME_TABLE_ENTRY which can
+ *  be used to define tables assigning strings to numeric codes.
+ *  Revision 1.26  2011/04/06 10:23:03  martin
+ *  Added FBYTE_OF() and FWORD_OF() macros.
+ *  Modifications required for *BSD.
+ *  Revision 1.25  2010/11/17 10:23:09  martin
+ *  Define _BIT_REDEFINED if bit type is redefined.
+ *  Revision 1.24  2010/11/17 08:44:56Z  martin
+ *  If supported, use type "bool" to implement "bit".
+ *  Revision 1.23  2010/05/27 08:54:30Z  martin
+ *  Support fixed size data types with Keil RealView compiler for ARM.
+ *  Keil RealView ARM targets are always considered as firmware.
+ *  Revision 1.22  2009/10/21 07:53:55  martin
+ *  Undid changes introduced in 1.21 since they were not consistent
+ *  across glibc and/or Linux kernel header versions.
+ *  Revision 1.21  2009/10/01 14:00:17  martin
+ *  Conditionally define ulong and friends also for Linux/glibc.
+ *  Revision 1.20  2009/07/02 15:38:12  martin
+ *  Added new macro _wswap32().
+ *  Revision 1.19  2009/04/14 14:45:45Z  martin
+ *  Added BYTE_OF_P() and WORD_OF_P() macros.
+ *  Revision 1.18  2009/03/27 14:05:18  martin
+ *  Cleanup for CVI.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2009/03/13 09:06:03Z  martin
+ *  Declared bit type for non-firmware environments.
+ *  Revision 1.16  2008/12/05 12:05:41Z  martin
+ *  Define dummy int64_t/uint64_t types for targets
+ *  which don't support 64 bit data types.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2008/07/14 14:44:00Z  martin
+ *  Use fixed size C99 types which come with GCC and newer Borland compilers.
+ *  Revision 1.14  2008/01/30 10:27:50Z  martin
+ *  Moved some macro definitions here.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2007/03/08 15:00:30Z  martin
+ *  Fixed incompatibility of macro _IS_MBG_FIRMWARE.
+ *  Added a workaround for _IS_MBG_FIRMWARE under CVI.
+ *  Support for BSD.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2006/12/15 10:45:46  martin
+ *  Added macro _IS_MBG_FIRMWARE.
+ *  Cleanup for Linux, QNX, and Watcom C.
+ *  Include mbg_tgt.h for non-firmware targets.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2004/11/10 10:45:34  martin
+ *  Added C99 fixed-type handling for QNX.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2004/11/09 13:12:56  martin
+ *  Redefined C99 integer types with fixed sizes as standard types
+ *  if required, depending on the environment.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2003/02/07 11:36:54  MARTIN
+ *  New macros _hilo_16() and _hilo_32() for endian conversion.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2002/05/28 10:09:54  MARTIN
+ *  Added new macros _var_bswap16() and _var_bswap32().
+ *  Revision 1.7  2001/03/14 11:30:48  MARTIN
+ *  Removed definitions for UINT8, UINT16, UINT32.
+ *  Redefined preprocessor control for Win32.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2001/02/28 15:43:20  MARTIN
+ *  Modified preprocessor syntax.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2001/02/05 10:20:53  MARTIN
+ *  Include different Linux types for user space and kernel space programs.
+ *  Source code cleanup.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2000/09/15 08:34:11  MARTIN
+ *  Exclude some definitions if compiling under Win NT.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2000/08/22 15:04:28  MARTIN
+ *  Added new file header.
+ *  Added macros to revert endianess of 16 and 32 bit values.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _WORDS_H
+#define _WORDS_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+
+#if !defined( _IS_MBG_FIRMWARE )
+
+  #if defined( _C166 ) ||    \
+      defined( _CC51 ) ||    \
+      defined( __ARM ) ||    \
+      defined( __ARMCC_VERSION )
+    #define _IS_MBG_FIRMWARE 1
+  #else
+    #define _IS_MBG_FIRMWARE 0
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if !_IS_MBG_FIRMWARE
+  #include <mbg_tgt.h>
+#else
+  #if defined( __ARMCC_VERSION )  // Keil RealView Compiler for ARM
+    #include <stdint.h>
+    #include <stdbool.h>
+    #define MBG_TGT_HAS_EXACT_SIZE_TYPES  1
+  #else
+    #define MBG_TGT_MISSING_64_BIT_TYPES 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+#ifdef _WORDS
+ #define _ext
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _C166 ) \
+ || defined( _CC51 )
+  #define _BIT_DEFINED        1  // these compilers natively support the "bit" type
+  #define USE_LONG_FOR_INT32  1
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_TGT_HAS_EXACT_SIZE_TYPES )
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_HAS_INT_8_16_32 )
+
+    // Define C99 exact size types using non-standard exact-size types
+    typedef __int8 int8_t;
+    typedef unsigned __int8 uint8_t;
+
+    typedef __int16 int16_t;
+    typedef unsigned __int16 uint16_t;
+
+    typedef __int32 int32_t;
+    typedef unsigned __int32 uint32_t;
+
+  #else
+
+    // Assume a 16 or 32 bit compiler which doesn't
+    // support exact-size types.
+
+    typedef char int8_t;
+    typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+
+    typedef short int16_t;
+    typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
+
+    // Using #if sizeof() to determine the size of a type may not
+    // be supported by all preprocessors, and may even result in
+    // build errors if used in a conditional preprocessor section,
+    // so we can't use this here without compatibility problems.
+
+    #if defined( USE_LONG_FOR_INT32 )
+      typedef long int32_t;
+      typedef unsigned long uint32_t;
+    #elif defined( USE_INT_FOR_INT32 )
+      typedef int int32_t;
+      typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
+    #else
+      #error Need to define int32_t and uint32_t
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_MISSING_64_BIT_TYPES )
+
+    // The build environment does not support 64 bit types. However,
+    // 64 bit types need to be defined to avoid build errors
+    // if these types are formally used in function prototypes.
+    // We explicitely use abnormal data types to hopefully
+    // cause compiler errors in case these types are
+    // unexpectedly used to generate real code for a target
+    // platform which does not support 64 bit types.
+    typedef void *int64_t;
+    typedef void *uint64_t;
+
+  #else
+
+    // Define C99 types using non-standard exact-size types
+    // which are usually supported by build envonronments
+    // supporting 64 bit types but no C99 types.
+    typedef __int64 int64_t;
+    typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_MISSING_64_BIT_TYPES )
+
+  #define MBG_TGT_HAS_64BIT_TYPES    0
+
+#else
+
+  #define MBG_TGT_HAS_64BIT_TYPES    1
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+// Some commonly used types
+
+typedef unsigned char uchar;
+
+#if !defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX ) \
+  && !( defined ( MBG_TGT_NETBSD ) \
+  && defined ( MBG_TGT_KERNEL ) )
+  typedef unsigned short ushort;
+  typedef unsigned int uint;
+  typedef unsigned long ulong;
+#endif
+
+typedef double udouble;
+
+typedef unsigned char byte;
+typedef unsigned short word;
+typedef unsigned long longword;
+typedef unsigned long dword;
+
+
+#if !defined( _BIT_DEFINED )
+
+  // We need to implement a "bit" type. Preferably we use "bool"
+  // to do this, but this is only supported by C++ compilers, and
+  // by C compilers supporting the C99 standard.
+
+  #if !defined( MBG_TGT_MISSING_BOOL_TYPE ) && \
+    ( defined( __cplusplus ) || defined( __bool_true_false_are_defined ) )
+
+    typedef bool bit;
+
+  #else  // C99 types not supported
+
+    // Falling back to use "int" for "bit". This prevents error
+    // messages if "bit" is used in function prototypes, but may
+    // yield unexpected results for code like:
+    //   return (bit) ( val & 0x10 );
+    typedef int bit;
+
+  #endif
+
+  #define _BIT_REDEFINED  1
+
+#endif
+
+
+#define BYTE_0( _x )  ( ( (ulong) (_x) ) & 0xFF )
+#define BYTE_1( _x )  ( ( ( (ulong) (_x) ) >> 8 ) & 0xFF )
+#define BYTE_2( _x )  ( ( ( (ulong) (_x) ) >> 16 ) & 0xFF )
+#define BYTE_3( _x )  ( ( ( (ulong) (_x) ) >> 24 ) & 0xFF )
+
+
+#define HI_BYTE( _x )      ( (_x) >> 8 )
+#define LO_BYTE( _x )      ( (_x) & 0xFF )
+
+#define HI_WORD( _x )      ( (_x) >> 16 )
+#define LO_WORD( _x )      ( (_x) & 0xFFFF )
+
+// the macros below assume little endianess
+// these macros expect the name of a variable
+#define BYTE_OF( _v, _n )  *( ( (uint8_t *) &(_v) ) + (_n) )
+#define WORD_OF( _v, _n )  *( ( (uint16_t *) &(_v) ) + (_n) )
+
+#define FBYTE_OF( _v, _n )  *( ( (uint8_t far *) &(_v) ) + (_n) )
+#define FWORD_OF( _v, _n )  *( ( (uint16_t far *) &(_v) ) + (_n) )
+
+// same as above, but taking pointers
+#define BYTE_OF_P( _p, _n )  *( ( (uint8_t *) (_p) ) + (_n) )
+#define WORD_OF_P( _p, _n )  *( ( (uint16_t *) (_p) ) + (_n) )
+
+
+// a macro to swap the byte order of a 16 bit value
+#define _bswap16( _x )                        \
+(                                             \
+  ( ( ( (uint16_t) (_x) ) & 0x00FF ) << 8 ) | \
+  ( ( ( (uint16_t) (_x) ) & 0xFF00 ) >> 8 )   \
+)
+
+// a macro to swap the byte order of a 32 bit value
+#define _bswap32( _x )                               \
+(                                                    \
+  ( ( ( (uint32_t) (_x) ) & 0x000000FFUL ) << 24 ) | \
+  ( ( ( (uint32_t) (_x) ) & 0x0000FF00UL ) << 8 )  | \
+  ( ( ( (uint32_t) (_x) ) & 0x00FF0000UL ) >> 8 )  | \
+  ( ( ( (uint32_t) (_x) ) & 0xFF000000UL ) >> 24 )   \
+)
+
+// a macro to swap the word order of a 32 bit value
+#define _wswap32( _x )                               \
+(                                                    \
+  ( ( ( (uint32_t) (_x) ) & 0x0000FFFFUL ) << 16 ) | \
+  ( ( ( (uint32_t) (_x) ) >> 16 ) & 0x0000FFFFUL )   \
+)
+
+#define _var_bswap16( _v )   (_v) = _bswap16( _v )
+#define _var_bswap32( _v )   (_v) = _bswap32( _v )
+
+
+// The C51 compiler is big-endian, that means the most
+// significant byte of a 16 or 32 bit value is stored in
+// the lowest memory location. Most other systems are
+// little-endian, so we must use macros to adjust the
+// byte order if the C51 is used.
+
+#if defined( _CC51 )
+  #define _hilo_16( _x )  _bswap16( _x )
+  #define _hilo_32( _x )  _bswap32( _x )
+#else
+  #define _hilo_16( _x )  (_x)
+  #define _hilo_32( _x )  (_x)
+#endif
+
+
+// A macro function which can safely be used without
+// side effects as a macro doing nothing.
+// This is useful to define debug macros away in 
+// release builds, etc.
+#if !defined( _nop_macro_fnc )
+  #define _nop_macro_fnc()     do {} while (0)
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A table entry which can be used to map codes to names.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  ulong code;
+  const char *name;
+} MBG_CODE_NAME_TABLE_ENTRY;
+
+
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+
+#endif  /* _WORDS_H */
diff --git a/mbglib/lib/bc/mbgdevio.lib b/mbglib/lib/bc/mbgdevio.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e45f718
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/lib/bc/mbgdevio.lib
diff --git a/mbglib/lib/bc/mbgsvcio.lib b/mbglib/lib/bc/mbgsvcio.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86b966f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/lib/bc/mbgsvcio.lib
diff --git a/mbglib/lib/bc/mbgsvctl.lib b/mbglib/lib/bc/mbgsvctl.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4a0210
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/lib/bc/mbgsvctl.lib
diff --git a/mbglib/lib/bc/mbgutil.lib b/mbglib/lib/bc/mbgutil.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d24e46b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/lib/bc/mbgutil.lib
diff --git a/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgdevio.lib b/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgdevio.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d273251
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgdevio.lib
diff --git a/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgsvcio.lib b/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgsvcio.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4987be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgsvcio.lib
diff --git a/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgsvctl.lib b/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgsvctl.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a2f61d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgsvctl.lib
diff --git a/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgutil.lib b/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgutil.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe570bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgutil.lib
diff --git a/mbglib/lib64/msc/mbgdevio.lib b/mbglib/lib64/msc/mbgdevio.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e443b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/lib64/msc/mbgdevio.lib
diff --git a/mbglib/lib64/msc/mbgsvcio.lib b/mbglib/lib64/msc/mbgsvcio.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9c4cd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/lib64/msc/mbgsvcio.lib
diff --git a/mbglib/lib64/msc/mbgsvctl.lib b/mbglib/lib64/msc/mbgsvctl.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..538e203
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/lib64/msc/mbgsvctl.lib
diff --git a/mbglib/lib64/msc/mbgutil.lib b/mbglib/lib64/msc/mbgutil.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82ea1e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/lib64/msc/mbgutil.lib
diff --git a/mbglib/win32/mbg_w32.h b/mbglib/win32/mbg_w32.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebdc119
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/win32/mbg_w32.h
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbg_w32.h 1.7 2012/05/30 13:28:43Z martin TEST $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    OS dependend definitions/redefinitions for Win32.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbg_w32.h $
+ *  Revision 1.7  2012/05/30 13:28:43Z  martin
+ *  Cleanup.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2012/05/29 14:39:53Z  martin
+ *  Runtime support for precise time API introduced with Windows 8.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2009/03/26 08:32:26Z  martin
+ *  Added orgDeviceExtension field for non-PNP driver.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2009/01/13 14:45:17Z  martin
+ *  Added PCPS_DDEV::RegistryPath field for non-PnP driver.
+ *  Use PCPS_DDEV::irp and PCPS_DDEV::win32DeviceName also for non-PnP driver.
+ *  Added PCPS_DDEV::DriverObject field.
+ *  Conditionally added PCPS_DDEV fields required to support programmable IRQs.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2007/09/27 10:36:25Z  martin
+ *  Added macro specifying Windows specific device data.
+ *  Added USB support.
+ *  Renamed Removed to SurpriseRemoved.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2002/01/24 09:48:05Z  Udo
+ *  check in as lib module
+ *  Revision 1.1  2001/09/13 07:12:14Z  Udo
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MBG_W32_H
+#define _MBG_W32_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbg_tgt.h>
+#include <words.h>
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32_PNP ) && defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+  #include <usb100.h>
+  #include <usbdi.h>
+  #include <usbdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _MBG_W32
+ #define _ext
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if USE_PGMB_IRQ
+
+  typedef struct
+  {
+    struct _KINTERRUPT *Object;
+    KEVENT *Event;
+    KSPIN_LOCK Spinlock;
+    KDPC *Dpc;
+  } MBG_IRQ_INFO;
+
+  #define _pgmb_irq_vars \
+    MBG_IRQ_INFO Irq;
+
+#else
+
+  #define _pgmb_irq_vars
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief A pointer to a function returning the system time as LARGE_INTEGER.
+ *
+ * This is for kernel mode only. The function can be e.g. the standard Windows
+ * API call KeQuerySystemTime() or the KeQuerySystemTimePrecise() API
+ * call introduced with Windows 8.
+ */
+typedef VOID (*KE_QUERY_SYSTEM_TIME_FNC)(PLARGE_INTEGER CurrentTime);
+
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+
+#if !defined( NTKERNELAPI )
+  #define NTKERNELAPI
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( __in )
+  #define __in
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _Out_ )
+  #define _Out_
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0  //##++
+  #define _x_evt_msg   _evt_msg
+#else
+  #define _x_evt_msg   _dbg_evt_msg
+#endif
+
+
+
+// definitions for clock() support in kernel drivers
+
+#define clock_t ulong
+
+#define clock  w32_clock
+
+// KeQueryTimeIncrement() returns number of 100nsec increments per tick.
+// There are 10000000 100nsec increments per second.
+#define MBG_TICKS_PER_SEC  ( 10000000 / KeQueryTimeIncrement() )
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get precise Windows system time as FILETIME.
+ *
+ * @note This function has been introduced with Windows 8,
+ * so it is not available on older Windows versions. Thus
+ * the API call is imported from ntoskrnl.exe at runtime.
+ *
+ * @param CurrentTime pointer to a LARGE_INTEGER to be filled
+ *
+ * @see KE_QUERY_SYSTEM_TIME_FNC
+ * @see import_kernel_precise_time_api()
+ */
+NTKERNELAPI
+VOID
+KeQuerySystemTimePrecise( _Out_ PLARGE_INTEGER  CurrentTime);
+
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32_PNP )
+
+  #if !defined ( SE_CREATE_SYMBOLIC_LINK_PRIVILEGE )
+
+    // Define some KDD function types which may not be
+    // defined in older DDK headers.
+
+    typedef
+    NTSTATUS
+    IO_COMPLETION_ROUTINE (
+        PDEVICE_OBJECT DeviceObject,
+        PIRP Irp,
+        PVOID Context
+        );
+
+    typedef IO_COMPLETION_ROUTINE *PIO_COMPLETION_ROUTINE;
+
+
+    typedef
+    NTSTATUS
+    DRIVER_DISPATCH (
+        __in struct _DEVICE_OBJECT *DeviceObject,
+        __in struct _IRP *Irp
+        );
+
+    typedef DRIVER_DISPATCH *PDRIVER_DISPATCH;
+
+
+    typedef
+    VOID
+    DRIVER_UNLOAD (
+        __in struct _DRIVER_OBJECT *DriverObject
+        );
+
+    typedef DRIVER_UNLOAD *PDRIVER_UNLOAD;
+
+
+    typedef
+    NTSTATUS
+    DRIVER_ADD_DEVICE (
+        __in struct _DRIVER_OBJECT *DriverObject,
+        __in struct _DEVICE_OBJECT *PhysicalDeviceObject
+        );
+
+    typedef DRIVER_ADD_DEVICE *PDRIVER_ADD_DEVICE;
+
+  #endif  // !defined ( SE_CREATE_SYMBOLIC_LINK_PRIVILEGE )
+
+
+
+  #define MBG_USB_MAX_NUMBER_OF_ENDPOINTS      32
+  #define MBG_USB_MAX_NUMBER_OF_INTERFACES     1
+  #define MBG_USB_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT              5000
+  #define MBG_USB_MAX_CONTROL_TRANSFER_TIMEOUT 5000
+
+
+  #pragma pack( 4 )  //##++++++ this should be obsolete
+
+  typedef struct
+  {
+    long usage_count;
+    int remove_pending;
+    KEVENT event;
+  } USB_REMOVE_LOCK;
+
+
+  typedef struct
+  {
+    int address;
+    USBD_PIPE_HANDLE handle;
+  } USB_ENDPOINT;
+
+
+  typedef struct
+  {
+    int valid;
+    int claimed;
+    USB_ENDPOINT endpoints[MBG_USB_MAX_NUMBER_OF_ENDPOINTS];
+  } USB_INTERFACE;
+
+  #pragma pack()
+
+
+
+  #define _pcps_ddev_data_win_pnp           \
+    DEVICE_OBJECT	*physical_device_object;  \
+    USB_REMOVE_LOCK remove_lock;            \
+                                            \
+    struct                                  \
+    {                                       \
+      USBD_CONFIGURATION_HANDLE handle;     \
+      int value;                            \
+      USB_INTERFACE interfaces[MBG_USB_MAX_NUMBER_OF_INTERFACES]; \
+    } config;                               \
+                                            \
+    LONG ref_count;                         \
+    POWER_STATE power_state;                \
+    DEVICE_POWER_STATE device_power_states[PowerSystemMaximum]; \
+                                            \
+    DEVICE_OBJECT *NextLowerDriver;         \
+    BOOLEAN Started;                        \
+    BOOLEAN SurpriseRemoved;                \
+    IO_REMOVE_LOCK RemoveLock;              \
+    BOOLEAN PortWasMapped;
+
+#else  // if !defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32_PNP )
+
+  // Don't need PNP extensions in non-PNP environment.
+  #define _pcps_ddev_data_win_pnp           \
+    UNICODE_STRING *RegistryPath;           \
+    PVOID orgDeviceExtension;
+
+#endif  // !defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32_PNP )
+
+
+  #define _pcps_ddev_data_win       \
+    DRIVER_OBJECT *DriverObject;    \
+    DEVICE_OBJECT *DeviceObject;    \
+    UNICODE_STRING win32DeviceName; \
+    WCHAR wcs_msg[512];             \
+    IRP *irp;                       \
+    _pgmb_irq_vars                  \
+    _pcps_ddev_data_win_pnp
+
+#endif  // defined( MBG_TGT_KERNEL )
+
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ clock_t w32_clock( void ) ;
+ /**
+ * @brief Try to import an API function to read precise Windows system time
+ *
+ * Check if the Windows API call KeQuerySystemTimePrecise() is available
+ * in kernel mode. This function has been introduced with Windows 8, so it
+ * is not available on older Windows versions, and thus the API call is
+ * imported from ntoskrnl.exe  at runtime.
+ *
+ * @param fnc  address of a function pointer which is set to the imported
+ *             API function, or to NULL if the API call is not supported
+ *
+ * @see KeQuerySystemTimePrecise()
+ */
+ void import_kernel_precise_time_api( KE_QUERY_SYSTEM_TIME_FNC *fnc ) ;
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+
+#endif  /* _MBG_W32_H */
+
diff --git a/mbglib/win32/wingetopt.c b/mbglib/win32/wingetopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed04c44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/win32/wingetopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+POSIX getopt for Windows
+
+AT&T Public License
+
+Code given out at the 1985 UNIFORUM conference in Dallas.  
+*/
+
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+
+#include "wingetopt.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if !defined( NULL )
+  #define NULL	0
+#endif
+
+#if 1 //##++ defined( MSVC )
+
+  #include <string.h>
+
+//  #define strcmp _strcmp
+//  #define strchr _strchr
+
+#endif
+
+
+#define EOF	(-1)
+#define ERR(s, c)	if(opterr){\
+	char errbuf[2];\
+	errbuf[0] = c; errbuf[1] = '\n';\
+	fputs(argv[0], stderr);\
+	fputs(s, stderr);\
+	fputc(c, stderr);}
+	//(void) write(2, argv[0], (unsigned)strlen(argv[0]));\
+	//(void) write(2, s, (unsigned)strlen(s));\
+	//(void) write(2, errbuf, 2);}
+
+int	opterr = 1;
+int	optind = 1;
+int	optopt;
+char	*optarg;
+
+int
+getopt(argc, argv, opts)
+int	argc;
+char	**argv, *opts;
+{
+	static int sp = 1;
+	register int c;
+	register char *cp;
+
+	if(sp == 1)
+		if(optind >= argc ||
+		   argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
+			return(EOF);
+		else if(strcmp(argv[optind], "--") == 0) {
+			optind++;
+			return(EOF);
+		}
+	optopt = c = argv[optind][sp];
+	if(c == ':' || (cp=strchr(opts, c)) == NULL) {
+		ERR(": illegal option -- ", c);
+		if(argv[optind][++sp] == '\0') {
+			optind++;
+			sp = 1;
+		}
+		return('?');
+	}
+	if(*++cp == ':') {
+		if(argv[optind][sp+1] != '\0')
+			optarg = &argv[optind++][sp+1];
+		else if(++optind >= argc) {
+			ERR(": option requires an argument -- ", c);
+			sp = 1;
+			return('?');
+		} else
+			optarg = argv[optind++];
+		sp = 1;
+	} else {
+		if(argv[optind][++sp] == '\0') {
+			sp = 1;
+			optind++;
+		}
+		optarg = NULL;
+	}
+	return(c);
+}
+
+#endif  /* __GNUC__ */
diff --git a/mbglib/win32/wingetopt.h b/mbglib/win32/wingetopt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f983fb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbglib/win32/wingetopt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*
+POSIX getopt for Windows
+
+AT&T Public License
+
+Code given out at the 1985 UNIFORUM conference in Dallas.  
+*/
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#include <getopt.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+
+#ifndef _WINGETOPT_H_
+#define _WINGETOPT_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern int opterr;
+extern int optind;
+extern int optopt;
+extern char *optarg;
+extern int getopt(int argc, char **argv, char *opts);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* _GETOPT_H_ */
+#endif  /* __GNUC__ */
diff --git a/mbgstatus/mbgstatus.c b/mbgstatus/mbgstatus.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4df10c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbgstatus/mbgstatus.c
@@ -0,0 +1,895 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbgstatus.c 1.13.1.25 2013/02/05 14:36:47Z martin TEST martin $
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Main file for mbgstatus program which demonstrates how to
+ *    access a Meinberg device via IOCTL calls and prints device
+ *    information.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbgstatus.c $
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.25  2013/02/05 14:36:47Z  martin
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.24  2012/04/11 16:26:44Z  martin
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.23  2012/04/10 15:56:40  martin
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.22  2012/02/14 13:40:02  martin
+ *  Use library function to print MAC address.
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.21  2012/01/17 13:35:41  martin
+ *  More control of amount of output by verbosity level.
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.20  2012/01/16 16:41:25  martin
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.19  2011/10/28 13:46:14  martin
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.18  2011/10/28 13:05:03  martin
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.17  2011/10/05 15:10:56  martin
+ *  Show PZF correlation state.
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.16  2011/10/05 13:03:34  martin
+ *  Adapted PZF correlation/signal/status display.
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.15  2011/10/05 11:57:42  martin
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.14  2011/09/29 16:30:03  martin
+ *  Started to support PZF.
+ *  Optionally show hex status.
+ *  Changed what is displayed in certain levels of verbosity.
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.13  2011/09/07 15:08:55  martin
+ *  Account for modified library functions which can now
+ *  optionally print the raw (hex) HR time stamp.
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.12  2011/07/08 11:02:47  martin
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.11  2011/07/05 15:35:55  martin
+ *  Modified version handling.
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.10  2011/07/05 14:35:19  martin
+ *  New way to maintain version information.
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.9  2011/04/20 16:08:27  martin
+ *  Use snprint_ip4_addr() from module lan_util.
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.8  2011/03/03 10:01:23  daniel
+ *  Indicate Unicast role in PTP port state
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.7  2011/02/07 12:10:58  martin
+ *  Use mbg_get_ptp_status() API call.
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.6  2010/11/25 14:54:51  martin
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.5  2010/11/05 12:54:22  martin
+ *  Introduce "verbose" flag and associated command line parameter -v.
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.4  2010/10/15 11:28:56  martin
+ *  Display UTC offs from IRIG signal.
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.3  2010/08/30 08:22:24  martin
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.2  2010/08/11 15:06:49  martin
+ *  Preliminarily display raw IRIG data, if supported by the device.
+ *  Revision 1.13.1.1  2010/02/17 14:11:43  martin
+ *  Cosmetics ...
+ *  Revision 1.13  2009/09/29 15:02:16  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.4.0.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2009/07/24 14:02:59  martin
+ *  Display LAN and PTP status of PTP cards.
+ *  Updated version number to 3.3.0.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2009/06/19 14:20:36  martin
+ *  Display raw IRIG time with TCR cards which support this.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2009/06/16 08:21:08  martin
+ *  Intermediate version 3.1.0a.
+ *  Display IRIG debug status, if supported by the card.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2009/03/20 11:35:41  martin
+ *  Updated version number to 3.1.0.
+ *  Updated copyright year to include 2009.
+ *  Display signal source after signal level.
+ *  Display GPS UTC parameter info, if supported by the card.
+ *  Display IRIG control bits, if supported by the card.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2008/12/22 12:48:18  martin
+ *  Updated description, copyright, revision number and string.
+ *  Use unified functions from toolutil module.
+ *  Warn if a PCI Express device with unsafe IRQ support is detected.
+ *  Account for signed irq_num.
+ *  Accept device name(s) on the command line.
+ *  Don't use printf() without format, which migth produce warnings
+ *  with newer gcc versions.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2007/07/24 09:33:52  martin
+ *  Fixed display of port and IRQ resources.
+ *  Updated copyright to include 2007.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2006/03/10 12:38:22  martin
+ *  Fixed printing of sign in print_position().
+ *  Revision 1.5  2004/11/08 15:41:56  martin
+ *  Modified formatted printing of date/time string.
+ *  Using type casts to avoid compiler warnings.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2003/07/30 08:16:39  martin
+ *  Also displays oscillator DAC values for GPS.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2003/07/08 15:38:57  martin
+ *  Call mbg_find_devices().
+ *  Account for swap_doubles() now being called inside
+ *  the mbgdevio API functions.
+ *  Show IRQ number assigned to a device.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2003/04/25 10:28:05  martin
+ *  Use new functions from mbgdevio library.
+ *  New program version v2.1.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2001/09/17 15:08:59  martin
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+// include Meinberg headers
+#include <mbgdevio.h>
+#include <mbgtime.h>
+#include <pcpslstr.h>
+#include <pcpsutil.h>
+#include <toolutil.h>  // common utility functions
+#include <lan_util.h>
+
+// include system headers
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+#define MBG_MICRO_VERSION          0
+#define MBG_FIRST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR   2001
+#define MBG_LAST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR    0      // use current year by default
+
+static const char *pname = "mbgstatus";
+
+
+static unsigned int verbose;
+
+static const char *ref_name[N_PCPS_REF]= PCPS_REF_NAMES_ENG;
+static const char *icode_rx_names[N_ICODE_RX] = DEFAULT_ICODE_RX_NAMES;
+static const char *osc_name[N_GPS_OSC] = DEFAULT_GPS_OSC_NAMES;
+
+static int year_limit = 1990;
+
+static int max_ref_offs_h = MBG_REF_OFFS_MAX / MINS_PER_HOUR;
+static int invt_reason;
+
+LANGUAGE language;
+CTRY ctry;
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_invt_reason( void )
+{
+  static const char fmt[] = "\n** Warning: %s\nThe command %s.\n";
+
+  switch ( invt_reason )
+  {
+    case 2:
+      printf( fmt, DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_NOT_CFGD_EN,
+              "\"mbgirigcfg\" can be used to change the settings" );
+      break;
+
+    case 1:
+      printf( fmt, DEFAULT_STR_IRIG_INVT_EN,
+              "\"mbgctrl DATE=...\" can be used to set the on-board date" );
+      break;
+
+  }  // switch
+
+}  // show_invt_reason
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void print_pcps_time( const char *s, const PCPS_TIME *tp, const char *tail )
+{
+  const char *fmt = "%s";
+  char ws[256];
+
+  if ( s )
+    printf( fmt, s );
+
+  printf( fmt, pcps_date_time_str( ws, tp, year_limit, pcps_tz_name( tp, PCPS_TZ_NAME_FORCE_UTC_OFFS, 0 ) ) );
+
+  if ( ( verbose > 0 ) && _pcps_time_is_read( tp ) )
+    printf( ", st: 0x%02lX", (ulong) tp->status );
+
+  if ( tail )
+    printf(  fmt, tail );
+
+}  // print_pcps_time
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void print_dms( const char *s, const DMS *p, const char *tail )
+{
+  const char *fmt = "%s";
+
+  printf( "%s %c %3i deg %02i min %05.2f sec",
+          s,
+          p->prefix,
+          p->deg,
+          p->min,
+          p->sec
+        );
+
+  if ( tail )
+    printf( fmt, tail );
+
+}  // print_dms
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void print_position( const char *s, const POS *p, const char *tail )
+{
+  const char *fmt = "%s";
+  double r2d = 180 / PI;
+
+
+  if ( s )
+  {
+    printf( fmt, s );
+
+    if ( verbose )
+      printf( "\n" );
+  }
+
+  if ( verbose > 1 )
+  {
+    printf( "  x: %.0fm y: %.0fm z: %.0fm",
+            p->xyz[XP], p->xyz[YP], p->xyz[ZP] );
+
+    if ( tail )
+      printf( fmt, tail );
+  }
+
+  // LLA latitude and longitude are in radians, convert to degrees
+  printf( "  lat: %+.4f lon: %+.4f alt: %.0fm",
+          p->lla[LAT] * r2d, p->lla[LON] * r2d, p->lla[ALT] );
+
+  if ( tail )
+    printf( fmt, tail );
+
+  if ( verbose )
+  {
+    print_dms( "  latitude: ", &p->latitude, tail );
+    print_dms( "  longitude:", &p->longitude, tail );
+  }
+
+}  // print_position
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_signal( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *pdev, int signal )
+{
+  int ref_type;
+  int rc;
+
+  ref_type = _pcps_ref_type( pdev );
+
+  if ( ref_type >= N_PCPS_REF )
+    ref_type = PCPS_REF_NONE;
+
+  printf( "Signal: %u%%  (%s", signal * 100 / PCPS_SIG_MAX, ref_name[ref_type] );
+
+  if ( _pcps_is_irig_rx( pdev ) )
+  {
+    IRIG_INFO irig_rx_info;
+    MBG_REF_OFFS ref_offs;
+
+    rc = mbg_get_irig_rx_info( dh, &irig_rx_info );
+
+    if ( rc == MBG_SUCCESS )
+    {
+      int idx = irig_rx_info.settings.icode;
+
+      if ( idx < N_ICODE_RX )
+      {
+        printf( " %s", icode_rx_names[idx] );
+
+        if ( !( MSK_ICODE_RX_HAS_TZI & ( 1UL << idx ) ) )
+        {
+          if ( _pcps_has_ref_offs( pdev ) )
+          {
+            rc = mbg_get_ref_offs( dh, &ref_offs );
+
+            if ( rc == MBG_SUCCESS )
+            {
+              int ref_offs_h = ref_offs / MINS_PER_HOUR;
+
+              if ( abs( ref_offs_h ) > max_ref_offs_h )
+                printf( ", ** UTC offs not configured **" );
+              else
+                printf( ", UTC%+ih", ref_offs_h );
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    if ( _pcps_has_pzf( pdev ) )
+      printf( "/PZF" );
+
+  printf( ")\n" );
+
+}  // show_signal
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_time_and_status( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *pdev, const char *tail )
+{
+  const char status_fmt[] = "Status info: %s%s\n";
+  const char status_err[] = "*** ";
+  const char status_ok[] = "";
+  const char *info_err = ( _pcps_is_gps( pdev ) || _pcps_is_lwr( pdev ) ) ?
+                         "ANTENNA FAULTY" : "NO INPUT SIGNAL";
+  const char info_ok[] = "Input signal available";
+  PCPS_TIME t;
+  PCPS_STATUS_STRS strs;
+  int signal;
+  int i;
+  int rc = mbg_get_time( dh, &t );
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_time" ) )
+    return;
+
+
+  print_pcps_time( "Date/time:  ", &t, tail );
+
+  if ( ( verbose > 0 ) && _pcps_has_hr_time( pdev ) )
+  {
+    PCPS_HR_TIME ht;
+    char ws[80];
+
+    rc = mbg_get_hr_time( dh, &ht );
+
+    if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_hr_time" ) )
+      return;
+
+    mbg_snprint_hr_time( ws, sizeof( ws ), &ht, 0 );  // raw timestamp?
+    printf( "Local HR time:  %s", ws );
+
+    if ( verbose > 0 )
+      printf( ", st: 0x%04lX", (ulong) ht.status );
+
+    printf( "%s", tail );
+  }
+
+  signal = t.signal - PCPS_SIG_BIAS;
+
+  if ( signal < 0 )
+    signal = 0;
+  else
+    if ( signal > PCPS_SIG_MAX )
+      signal = PCPS_SIG_MAX;
+
+  if ( _pcps_has_signal( pdev ) )
+    show_signal( dh, pdev, signal );
+
+  if ( _pcps_has_pzf( pdev ) )
+  {
+    mbg_show_pzf_corr_info( dh, pdev, 0 );
+    printf( "\n" );
+  }
+
+  if ( verbose && _pcps_has_irig_time( pdev ) )
+  {
+    PCPS_IRIG_TIME it;
+
+    rc = mbg_get_irig_time( dh, &it );
+
+    if ( !mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_irig_time" ) )
+      printf( "Raw IRIG time: yday %u, %02u:%02u:%02u\n",
+              it.yday, it.hour, it.min, it.sec );
+  }
+
+  printf( status_fmt,
+          ( signal < PCPS_SIG_ERR ) ? status_err : status_ok,
+          ( signal < PCPS_SIG_ERR ) ? info_err : info_ok );
+
+  // Evaluate the status code and setup status messages.
+  pcps_status_strs( t.status, _pcps_time_is_read( &t ),
+                    _pcps_is_gps( pdev ), &strs );
+
+  // Print the status messages.
+  for ( i = 0; i < N_PCPS_STATUS_STR; i++ )
+  {
+    PCPS_STATUS_STR *pstr = &strs.s[i];
+    if ( pstr->cp )
+      printf( status_fmt,
+              pstr->is_err ? status_err : status_ok,
+              pstr->cp );
+  }
+
+  invt_reason = 0;
+
+  if ( _pcps_is_irig_rx( pdev ) && ( t.status & PCPS_INVT ) )
+  {
+    MBG_REF_OFFS ref_offs;
+
+    rc = mbg_get_ref_offs( dh, &ref_offs );
+
+    if ( !mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_ref_offs" ) )
+    {
+      if ( _pcps_ref_offs_out_of_range( ref_offs ) )
+        invt_reason = 2;
+      else
+        invt_reason = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+}  // show_time_and_status
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_sync_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *tail )
+{
+  PCPS_TIME t;
+  int rc = mbg_get_sync_time( dh, &t );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_sync_time" ) )
+    return;
+
+  print_pcps_time( "Last sync:  ", &t, tail );
+
+}  // show_sync_time
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_ext_stat_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev, const char *tail )
+{
+  const char *fmt = "%s";
+  RECEIVER_INFO ri;
+  STAT_INFO si = { 0 };
+  char ws[80];
+  char *mode_name;
+
+  int rc = mbg_setup_receiver_info( dh, p_dev, &ri );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_setup_receiver_info" ) )
+    return;
+
+  if ( _pcps_has_stat_info( p_dev ) )
+  {
+    rc = mbg_get_gps_stat_info( dh, &si );
+
+    if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_gps_stat_info" ) )
+      return;
+
+
+    if ( _pcps_has_stat_info_mode( p_dev ) )
+    {
+      switch ( si.mode )
+      {
+        case AUTO_166: mode_name = "Normal Operation";  break;
+        case WARM_166: mode_name = "Warm Boot";         break;
+        case COLD_166: mode_name = "Cold Boot";         break;
+
+        default:  // This should never happen!
+          sprintf( ws, "Unknown mode of operation: %02Xh", si.mode );
+          mode_name = ws;
+
+      }  // switch
+    }
+
+    if ( _pcps_has_stat_info_svs( p_dev ) )
+      printf( "%s, %i sats in view, %i sats used\n", mode_name, si.svs_in_view, si.good_svs );
+  }
+
+  if ( verbose )
+  {
+    printf( "Osc type: %s", osc_name[( ri.osc_type < N_GPS_OSC ) ? ri.osc_type : GPS_OSC_UNKNOWN] );
+
+    if ( _pcps_has_stat_info( p_dev ) )
+    {
+      printf( ", DAC cal: %+i, fine: %+i",
+              (int) ( si.dac_cal - OSC_DAC_BIAS ),
+              (int) ( si.dac_val - OSC_DAC_BIAS ) );
+    }
+
+    puts( "" );
+  }
+
+  if ( tail )
+    printf( fmt, tail );
+
+}  // show_ext_stat_info
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_gps_pos( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const char *tail )
+{
+  POS pos;
+  int rc = mbg_get_gps_pos( dh, &pos );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_gps_pos" ) )
+    return;
+
+  print_position( "Receiver Position:", &pos, tail );
+
+}  // show_gps_pos
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_utc_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  UTC utc;
+
+  int rc = mbg_get_utc_parm( dh, &utc );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_utc_parm" ) )
+    return;
+
+  if ( !utc.valid )
+  {
+    puts( "** UTC parameters not valid" );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if ( verbose > 1 )
+  {
+    //##++++ utc.delta_tls = utc.delta_tlsf - 1;
+
+    printf( "CSUM: %04X, valid: %04X\n", utc.csum, utc.valid );
+    printf( "t0t: %u|%u.%07u, A0: %g A1: %g\n",
+            utc.t0t.wn, utc.t0t.sec, utc.t0t.tick,
+            utc.A0, utc.A1 );
+    printf( "WNlsf: %u, DN: %u, offs: %i/%i\n",
+            utc.WNlsf, utc.DNt, utc.delta_tls, utc.delta_tlsf );
+  }
+
+  if ( utc.delta_tls != utc.delta_tlsf )
+  {
+    // a leap second is currently being announced
+    time_t t_ls = (time_t) utc.WNlsf * SECS_PER_WEEK
+                + (time_t) utc.DNt * SECS_PER_DAY
+                + GPS_SEC_BIAS - 1;
+
+    struct tm *tm = gmtime( &t_ls );
+
+    printf( "UTC offset transition from %is to %is due to leap second\n"
+            "%s at UTC midnight at the end of %04i-%02i-%02i.\n",
+            utc.delta_tls, utc.delta_tlsf,
+            ( utc.delta_tls < utc.delta_tlsf ) ? "insertion" : "deletion",
+            tm->tm_year + 1900, tm->tm_mon + 1, tm->tm_mday
+          );
+  }
+  else
+    printf( "UTC offset parameter: %is, no leap second announced.\n", utc.delta_tls );
+
+}  // show_utc_info
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_irig_ctrl_bits( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh )
+{
+  MBG_IRIG_CTRL_BITS irig_ctrl_bits;
+
+  int rc = mbg_get_irig_ctrl_bits( dh, &irig_ctrl_bits );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_irig_ctrl_bits" ) )
+    return;
+
+  printf( "IRIG control bits: %08lX (hex, LSB first)", (ulong) irig_ctrl_bits );
+  printf( ", TFOM: 0x%X", _pcps_tfom_from_irig_ctrl_bits( &irig_ctrl_bits ) );
+  printf( "\n" );
+
+}  // show_irig_ctrl_bits
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+char *str_raw_irig_utc_offs_hours( char *s, int max_len, const MBG_RAW_IRIG_DATA *p )
+{
+  int n;
+  long offs = ( p->data_bytes[8] & 0x08 )
+            | ( ( p->data_bytes[8] >> 2 ) & 0x04 )
+            | ( ( p->data_bytes[8] >> 4 ) & 0x02 )
+            | ( ( p->data_bytes[8] >> 6 ) & 0x01 );
+
+  n = snprintf( s, max_len, "%c%li", ( p->data_bytes[8] & 0x80 ) ? '-' : '+', offs );
+
+  if ( p->data_bytes[8] & 0x02 )
+    n += snprintf( &s[n], max_len - n, "%s", ".5" );
+
+  return s;
+
+}  // str_raw_irig_utc_offs_hours
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_raw_irig_data( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh )
+{
+  MBG_RAW_IRIG_DATA raw_irig_data;
+  char ws[80];
+  int i;
+
+  int rc = mbg_get_raw_irig_data( dh, &raw_irig_data );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_raw_irig_data" ) )
+    return;
+
+  printf( "Raw IRIG data:" );
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < sizeof( raw_irig_data ); i++ )
+    printf( " %02X", raw_irig_data.data_bytes[i] );
+
+  printf( " (hex)" );
+  printf( ", TFOM: 0x%X", _pcps_tfom_from_raw_irig_data( &raw_irig_data ) );
+  printf( ", UTC offs: %sh", str_raw_irig_utc_offs_hours( ws, sizeof( ws ), &raw_irig_data ) );
+  printf( "\n" );
+
+}  // show_raw_irig_data
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_irig_debug_status( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh )
+{
+  static const char *status_str[N_MBG_DEBUG_BIT] = MBG_DEBUG_STATUS_STRS;
+
+  MBG_DEBUG_STATUS st;
+  int i;
+  int rc = _mbg_generic_read_var( dh, PCPS_GET_DEBUG_STATUS, st );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "show_irig_debug_status" ) )
+    return;
+
+  printf( "Debug status (hex): %08lX\n", (ulong) st );
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < N_MBG_DEBUG_BIT; i++ )
+    if ( st & ( 1UL << i ) )
+      printf( "  %s\n", status_str[i] );
+
+}  // show_irig_debug_status
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_lan_intf_state( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh )
+{
+  IP4_SETTINGS ip4_settings;
+  LAN_IF_INFO lan_if_info;
+  char ws[100];
+
+  int rc = mbg_get_ip4_state( dh, &ip4_settings );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_ip4_state" ) )
+    return;
+
+  rc = mbg_get_lan_if_info( dh, &lan_if_info );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_lan_if_info" ) )
+    return;
+
+
+  printf( "On-board LAN interface settings:\n" );
+
+  snprint_mac_addr( ws, sizeof( ws ), &lan_if_info.mac_addr );
+  printf( "  MAC Address:    %s\n", ws );
+
+  snprint_ip4_addr( ws, sizeof( ws ), &ip4_settings.ip_addr, NULL );
+  printf( "  IP Address:     %s%s\n", ws, ( ip4_settings.flags & IP4_MSK_DHCP ) ?
+          " (DHCP)" : "" );
+
+  snprint_ip4_addr( ws, sizeof( ws ), &ip4_settings.netmask, NULL );
+  printf( "  Net Mask:       %s\n", ws );
+
+  snprint_ip4_addr( ws, sizeof( ws ), &ip4_settings.broad_addr, NULL );
+  printf( "  Broadcast Addr: %s\n", ws );
+
+  snprint_ip4_addr( ws, sizeof( ws ), &ip4_settings.gateway, NULL );
+  printf( "  Gateway:        %s\n", ws );
+
+  printf( "  Link detected:  %s\n", ( ip4_settings.flags & IP4_MSK_LINK ) ? "YES" : "NO" );
+
+}  // show_lan_intf_state
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void show_ptp_state( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh )
+{
+  static const char *ptp_stat_str[N_PTP_PORT_STATE] = PTP_PORT_STATE_STRS;
+  char ws[100];
+  const char *cp;
+  int ptp_state_available;
+  PTP_STATE ptp_state;
+  PTP_CFG_INFO ptp_info;
+
+  int rc = mbg_get_ptp_state( dh, &ptp_state );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_ptp_state" ) )
+    return;
+
+  rc = mbg_get_ptp_cfg_info( dh, &ptp_info );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_ptp_info" ) )
+    return;
+
+  printf( "PTP port status:\n" );
+
+  ptp_state_available = ( ptp_state.port_state == PTP_PORT_STATE_SLAVE );
+
+  printf( "  Port mode:       %s%s\n", ( ptp_state_available && ptp_info.settings.ptp_role == PTP_ROLE_UNICAST_SLAVE ) ? "Unicast" : "",
+                                         ( ptp_state.port_state < N_PTP_PORT_STATE ) ? ptp_stat_str[ptp_state.port_state] : "(undefined)" );
+
+  cp = ptp_state_available ? ws : str_not_avail;
+
+//##++++++++++
+  snprintf( ws, sizeof( ws ), "%02X-%02X-%02X-%02X-%02X-%02X",
+            ptp_state.gm_id.b[0],
+            ptp_state.gm_id.b[1],
+            ptp_state.gm_id.b[2],
+            ptp_state.gm_id.b[5],
+            ptp_state.gm_id.b[6],
+            ptp_state.gm_id.b[7]
+         );
+  printf( "  Grandmaster MAC: %s\n", cp );
+
+
+  snprintf( ws, sizeof( ws ), "%c%li.%09li s",
+            _nano_time_negative( &ptp_state.path_delay ) ? '-' : '+',
+            labs( (long) ptp_state.path_delay.secs ),
+            labs( (long) ptp_state.path_delay.nano_secs )
+          );
+  printf( "  PTP path delay:  %s\n", cp );
+
+
+  snprintf( ws, sizeof( ws ), "%c%li.%09li s",
+            _nano_time_negative( &ptp_state.offset ) ? '-' : '+',
+            labs( (long) ptp_state.offset.secs ),
+            labs( (long) ptp_state.offset.nano_secs )
+            );
+  printf( "  PTP time offset: %s\n", cp );
+
+}  // show_ptp_state
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int check_irq_unsafe( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  PCPS_IRQ_STAT_INFO irq_stat_info;
+  int ret_val = 0;
+  int rc = mbg_get_irq_stat_info( dh, &irq_stat_info );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_irq_stat_info" ) )
+    return -1;
+
+  if ( irq_stat_info & PCPS_IRQ_STAT_UNSAFE )
+  {
+    static const char *warn_line = "************************************************************************************";
+
+    puts( "" );
+    puts( warn_line );
+
+    printf(
+      "**  WARNING!\n"
+      "**\n"
+      "**  Device %s with S/N %s has a firmware version and ASIC version\n"
+      "**  which do not allow safe operation with hardware interrupts (IRQs) enabled.\n"
+      "**\n"
+      "**  Please see http://www.meinberg.de/english/info/pex-upgrades.htm\n"
+      "**  for information how the card can easily be upgraded, or contact\n"
+      "**  Meinberg support (Email: support@meinberg.de) or your local\n"
+      "**  representative.\n"
+      ,
+      _pcps_type_name( p_dev ), _pcps_sernum( p_dev )
+    );
+
+    if ( irq_stat_info & PCPS_IRQ_STAT_ENABLED )
+    {
+      printf(
+        "**\n"
+        "**  Interrupts are currently enabled for this card (NTP daemon running?)\n"
+        "**  so other access is inhibited to prevent the system from hanging.\n"
+      );
+
+      ret_val = -1;
+    }
+
+    puts( warn_line );
+    puts( "" );
+  }
+
+  return ret_val;
+
+}  // check_irq_unsafe
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int do_mbgstatus( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  int ret_val = 0;
+
+  if ( check_irq_unsafe( dh, p_dev ) < 0 )
+    goto done;
+
+  if ( _pcps_has_gps_data( p_dev ) )
+    show_ext_stat_info( dh, p_dev, NULL );
+
+  show_time_and_status( dh, p_dev, "\n" );
+  show_sync_time( dh, "\n" );
+
+  if ( _pcps_is_gps( p_dev ) )
+    show_gps_pos( dh, "\n" );
+
+  if ( _pcps_has_utc_parm( p_dev ) && ( _pcps_is_gps( p_dev ) || ( verbose > 0 ) ) )
+    show_utc_info( dh, p_dev );
+
+  if ( verbose && _pcps_has_irig_ctrl_bits( p_dev ) )
+    show_irig_ctrl_bits( dh );
+
+  if ( verbose && _pcps_has_raw_irig_data( p_dev ) )
+    show_raw_irig_data( dh );
+
+  if ( verbose && _pcps_is_irig_rx( p_dev ) )
+    show_irig_debug_status( dh );
+
+  if ( _pcps_has_lan_intf( p_dev ) )
+    show_lan_intf_state( dh );
+
+  if ( _pcps_has_ptp( p_dev ) )
+    show_ptp_state( dh );
+
+  show_invt_reason();
+
+done:
+  return ret_val;
+
+}  // do_mbgstatus
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void usage( void )
+{
+  mbg_print_usage_intro( pname,
+    "This program prints status information for a device.\n"
+    "The displayed information depends on the type of the card."
+  );
+  mbg_print_help_options();
+  mbg_print_device_options();
+  puts( "" );
+
+}  // usage
+
+
+
+int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
+{
+  int c;
+  int rc;
+
+  ctry_setup( 0 );
+  language = LNG_ENGLISH;
+  ctry.dt_fmt = DT_FMT_YYYYMMDD;
+  ctry.dt_sep = '-';
+
+  mbg_print_program_info( pname, MBG_MICRO_VERSION, MBG_FIRST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR, MBG_LAST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR );
+
+  // check command line parameters
+  while ( ( c = getopt( argc, argv, "vh?" ) ) != -1 )
+  {
+    switch ( c )
+    {
+      case 'v':
+        verbose++;
+        break;
+
+      case 'h':
+      case '?':
+      default:
+        must_print_usage = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( must_print_usage )
+  {
+    usage();
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+
+  if ( verbose )
+    pcps_date_time_dist = 1;
+
+  // The function below checks which devices have been specified
+  // on the command, and for each device
+  // - tries to open the device
+  // - shows basic device info
+  // - calls the function passed as last parameter
+  rc = mbg_check_devices( argc, argv, optind, do_mbgstatus );
+
+  return abs( rc );
+}
diff --git a/mbgversion.h b/mbgversion.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..433b942
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mbgversion.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbgversion.h 1.3 2013/01/03 12:09:30Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Program version definitions for package mbgtools-lx.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbgversion.h $
+ *  Revision 1.3  2013/01/03 12:09:30Z  martin
+ *  Changed copyright year to 2013.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2012/01/17 10:10:54  martin
+ *  Changed current copyright year to 2012.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2011/07/08 11:38:32  martin
+ *  Initial revision for pre-release.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#define MBG_CURRENT_COPYRIGHT_YEAR      2013
+#define MBG_CURRENT_COPYRIGHT_YEAR_STR  "2013"
+
+#define MBG_MAJOR_VERSION_CODE          3
+#define MBG_MINOR_VERSION_CODE          4
+
+#define MBG_MAIN_VERSION_STR            "3.4"
+
+// The codes below should only fe defined in development/pre-release versions
+#define MBG_MICRO_VERSION_CODE_DEV      99
+#define MBG_MICRO_VERSION_STR_DEV       "99"
+
+
+#define MBG_MAIN_VERSION_CODE           ( ( MBG_MAJOR_VERSION_CODE << 8 ) | MBG_MINOR_VERSION_CODE )
+
+#define MBG_VERSION_CODE( _micro )      ( (uint16_t) ( ( MBG_MAIN_VERSION_CODE << 8 ) | (_micro) ) )
diff --git a/test/mbgcmptime/mbgcmptime.c b/test/mbgcmptime/mbgcmptime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7052048
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/mbgcmptime/mbgcmptime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbgcmptime.c 1.1.1.3 2013/03/20 11:14:14Z martin TEST $
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Main file for mbgcmptime program which compares the time on 2 devices
+ *    by reading the time plus cycles from both devices immediately after
+ *    each other, and compensates the execution delay based on the returned
+ *    cycles counts.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbgcmptime.c $
+ *  Revision 1.1.1.3  2013/03/20 11:14:14Z  martin
+ *  Revision 1.1.1.2  2013/02/01 16:26:50  martin
+ *  Revision 1.1.1.1  2013/01/29 14:23:40  martin
+ *  Tried to fix negative range overflow.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2013/01/25 10:26:13  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+// include Meinberg headers
+#include <mbgdevio.h>
+#include <pcpsutil.h>
+#include <toolutil.h>  // common utility functions
+
+// include system headers
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+#define MBG_MICRO_VERSION          0
+#define MBG_FIRST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR   2013
+#define MBG_LAST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR    0     // use default
+
+static const char *pname = "mbgcmptime";
+
+
+static int loops;
+static int read_fast;
+static int read_raw;
+static long sleep_secs;
+static long sleep_usecs;
+static int print_raw;
+static double warn_limit;
+static double chk_limit;
+static MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY cyc_freq;
+
+static const char *ref_device_name;
+static MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh_ref;
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+int do_mbgcmptime( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  int supported = 0;
+  PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES htc1;
+  PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES htc2;
+  double delta_ts;
+  double delta_cyc;
+  double delta_t;
+  double prv_delta_t;
+  int prv_delta_t_avail = 0;
+  int this_loops = loops;
+  int rc;
+  int n;
+  char ws[256];
+
+  if ( read_fast )
+  {
+    rc = mbg_dev_has_fast_hr_timestamp( dh, &supported );
+
+   if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_has_fast_hr_timestamp" ) )
+      goto done;
+
+    if ( !supported )
+    {
+      printf( "This device does not support fast (memory mapped) time stamps.\n" );
+      printf( "** Falling back to raw mode.\n" );
+      read_fast = 0;
+    }
+
+    rc = mbg_dev_has_fast_hr_timestamp( dh_ref, &supported );
+
+    if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_has_fast_hr_timestamp" ) )
+      goto done;
+
+    if ( !supported )
+    {
+      printf( "The ref device does not support fast (memory mapped) time stamps.\n" );
+      printf( "** Falling back to raw mode.\n" );
+      read_fast = 0;
+}
+  }
+
+  rc = mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency_from_dev( dh, &cyc_freq );
+
+  if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency_from_dev" ) )
+    goto done;
+
+
+
+  for (;;)
+  {
+    if ( read_fast )
+    {
+      PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES ts_c1;
+      PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES ts_c2;
+
+      rc = mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_cycles( dh, &ts_c1 );
+
+      if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_cycles 1" ) )
+        break;
+
+      rc = mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_cycles( dh_ref, &ts_c2 );
+
+      if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_cycles 2" ) )
+        break;
+
+      setup_hr_time_cycles_from_timestamp_cycles( &htc1, &ts_c1 );
+      setup_hr_time_cycles_from_timestamp_cycles( &htc2, &ts_c2 );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      rc = mbg_get_hr_time_cycles( dh, &htc1 );
+
+      if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_hr_time_cycles 1" ) )
+        break;
+
+      rc = mbg_get_hr_time_cycles( dh_ref, &htc2 );
+
+      if ( mbg_ioctl_err( rc, "mbg_get_hr_time_cycles 2" ) )
+        break;
+    }
+
+    n = 0;
+
+    n += mbg_snprint_hr_tstamp( &ws[n], sizeof( ws ) - n, &htc1.t.tstamp, 0 );
+
+    if ( print_raw )
+      n += snprintf( &ws[n], sizeof( ws ) - n, " (0x%08lX.%08lX)",
+                     (ulong) htc1.t.tstamp.sec,
+                     (ulong) htc1.t.tstamp.frac );
+
+    n += snprintf( &ws[n], sizeof( ws ) - n, ",  " );
+
+    n += mbg_snprint_hr_tstamp( &ws[n], sizeof( ws ) - n, &htc2.t.tstamp, 0 );
+
+    if ( print_raw )
+      n += snprintf( &ws[n], sizeof( ws ) - n, " (0x%08lX.%08lX)",
+                     (ulong) htc2.t.tstamp.sec,
+                     (ulong) htc2.t.tstamp.frac );
+
+    delta_ts = (double) htc2.t.tstamp.sec + dfrac_sec_from_bin( htc2.t.tstamp.frac )
+             - (double) htc1.t.tstamp.sec - dfrac_sec_from_bin( htc1.t.tstamp.frac );
+
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+    {
+      __int64 dt_t = htc2.cycles - htc1.cycles;
+      delta_cyc = (double) dt_t / (__int64) cyc_freq;
+    }
+    #else
+      delta_cyc = ( (double) ( htc2.cycles - htc1.cycles ) ) / cyc_freq;
+    #endif
+    delta_t = delta_ts - delta_cyc;
+
+    n += snprintf( &ws[n], sizeof( ws ) - n, " ts: %.1f us, cyc: %.1f us, delta: %+.1f us",
+                   delta_ts * 1e6, delta_cyc * 1e6, delta_t * 1e6 );
+
+    if ( ( warn_limit > 0.0 ) && ( fabs( delta_t ) > warn_limit ) )
+      n += snprintf( &ws[n], sizeof( ws ) - n, " *" );
+
+    if ( prv_delta_t_avail )
+    {
+      double ddelta_t = delta_t - prv_delta_t;
+
+      if ( ( chk_limit > 0.0 ) && ( fabs( ddelta_t ) > chk_limit ) )
+        n += snprintf( &ws[n], sizeof( ws ) - n, " <<" );
+    }
+
+    #if defined( DEBUG )
+      if ( htc2.t.tstamp.sec != htc1.t.tstamp.sec )
+        n += snprintf( &ws[n], sizeof( ws ) - n, " X" );
+    #endif
+
+    printf( "%s\n", ws );
+
+    if ( this_loops > 0 )
+      this_loops--;
+
+    if ( this_loops == 0 )
+      break;
+
+    prv_delta_t = delta_t;
+    prv_delta_t_avail = 1;
+
+    if ( sleep_secs )
+      sleep( sleep_secs );
+    else
+      if ( sleep_usecs )
+        usleep( sleep_usecs );
+
+    //##++++++ printf( "\n" );
+    // if this_loops is < 0 then loop forever
+  }
+
+done:
+  mbg_close_device( &dh );
+
+  return rc;
+
+}  // do_mbgcmptime
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void usage( void )
+{
+  mbg_print_usage_intro( pname,
+    "This example program reads fast high resolution time stamps.\n"
+    "\n"
+    "This is done using memory mapped I/O in the kernel driver, so\n"
+    "this works only with cards which support memory mapped I/O."
+  );
+  mbg_print_help_options();
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-i dev", "reference device the test card's time shall be compared" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-l limit", "append a marker '*' to the output if delta exceeds limit [us]" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-L limit", "append a marker '<<' to the output if delta changes [us]" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-f", "read fast (memory mapped) timestamps" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-c", "run continuously" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-n num", "run num loops" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-b", "burst read" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-r", "read raw time stamps, no cycles" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-s num", "sleep num seconds between calls" );
+  mbg_print_opt_info( "-u num", "sleep num microseconds between calls" );
+  mbg_print_device_options();
+  puts( "" );
+
+}  // usage
+
+
+
+int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
+{
+  int rc;
+  int c;
+
+  mbg_print_program_info( pname, MBG_MICRO_VERSION, MBG_FIRST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR, MBG_LAST_COPYRIGHT_YEAR );
+
+  // check command line parameters
+  while ( ( c = getopt( argc, argv, "i:l:L:fcn:rs:u:h?" ) ) != -1 )
+  {
+    switch ( c )
+    {
+      case 'i':
+        ref_device_name = optarg;
+        break;
+
+      case 'l':
+        warn_limit = (double) atoi( optarg ) / 1e6;
+        break;
+
+      case 'L':
+        chk_limit = (double) atoi( optarg ) / 1e6;
+        break;
+
+      case 'f':
+        read_fast = 1;
+        break;
+
+      case 'c':
+        loops = -1;
+        break;
+
+      case 'n':
+        loops = atoi( optarg );
+        break;
+
+      case 'r':
+        read_raw = 1;
+        break;
+
+      case 's':
+        sleep_secs = atoi( optarg );
+        break;
+
+      case 'u':
+        sleep_usecs = atoi( optarg );
+        break;
+
+      case 'h':
+      case '?':
+      default:
+        must_print_usage = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( must_print_usage )
+  {
+    usage();
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  #if !MBG_TGT_SUPP_MEM_ACC
+    printf( "** Memory mapped access not supported on this target platform.\n\n" );
+    return 1;
+  #endif
+
+  #if !MBG_PC_CYCLES_SUPPORTED
+    printf( "** Warning: No cycles support to compute real latencies on this platform!\n" );
+    return 1;
+  #endif
+
+
+  if ( ref_device_name )
+  {
+    #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+      dh_ref = mbg_open_device_by_name( ref_device_name, MBG_MATCH_MODEL);
+    #else // if defined( MBG_TGT_UNIX )
+      dh_ref = open( ref_device_name, O_RDONLY );
+    #endif
+
+    if ( dh_ref < 0 )
+    {
+      fprintf( stderr, "Failed to open ref device %s, exiting.\n", ref_device_name );
+      exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
+    }
+
+    #if defined( DEBUG )
+      fprintf( stderr, "Ref device %s opened successfully.\n", ref_device_name );
+    #endif
+  }
+
+  // The function below checks which devices have been specified
+  // on the command, and for each device
+  // - tries to open the device
+  // - shows basic device info
+  // - calls the function passed as last parameter
+  rc = mbg_check_devices( argc, argv, optind, do_mbgcmptime );
+
+  mbg_close_device( &dh_ref );
+
+  return abs( rc );
+}
diff --git a/vc6/mbgcmptime/mbgcmptime.dsp b/vc6/mbgcmptime/mbgcmptime.dsp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ad0884
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vc6/mbgcmptime/mbgcmptime.dsp
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Project File - Name="mbgcmptime" - Package Owner=<4>
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Generated Build File, Format Version 6.00
+# ** DO NOT EDIT **
+
+# TARGTYPE "Win32 (x86) Console Application" 0x0103
+
+CFG=mbgcmptime - Win32 Debug
+!MESSAGE This is not a valid makefile. To build this project using NMAKE,
+!MESSAGE use the Export Makefile command and run
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "mbgcmptime.mak".
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE You can specify a configuration when running NMAKE
+!MESSAGE by defining the macro CFG on the command line. For example:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "mbgcmptime.mak" CFG="mbgcmptime - Win32 Debug"
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE Possible choices for configuration are:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE "mbgcmptime - Win32 Release" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE "mbgcmptime - Win32 Debug" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE 
+
+# Begin Project
+# PROP AllowPerConfigDependencies 0
+# PROP Scc_ProjName ""
+# PROP Scc_LocalPath ""
+CPP=cl.exe
+RSC=rc.exe
+
+!IF  "$(CFG)" == "mbgcmptime - Win32 Release"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /I "..\.." /I "..\..\mbgcmptime" /I "..\..\mbglib\common" /I "..\..\mbglib\win32" /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386
+# ADD LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386 /out:"../bin/Release/mbgcmptime.exe"
+
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "mbgcmptime - Win32 Debug"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /I "..\.." /I "..\..\mbgcmptime" /I "..\..\mbglib\common" /I "..\..\mbglib\win32" /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /pdbtype:sept
+# ADD LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /out:"../bin/Debug/mbgcmptime.exe" /pdbtype:sept
+
+!ENDIF 
+
+# Begin Target
+
+# Name "mbgcmptime - Win32 Release"
+# Name "mbgcmptime - Win32 Debug"
+# Begin Group "Source Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "cpp;c;cxx;rc;def;r;odl;idl;hpj;bat"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\test\mbgcmptime\mbgcmptime.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\toolutil.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\wingetopt.c
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Header Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\gpsdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbg_arch.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbg_tgt.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\mbg_w32.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgdevio.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgerror.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbggeo.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgmutex.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgpccyc.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgtime.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbgversion.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pci_asic.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsdev.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsutil.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\toolutil.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\usbdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\use_pack.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\wingetopt.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\words.h
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Resource Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe"
+# End Group
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\lib\msc\mbgdevio.lib
+# End Source File
+# End Target
+# End Project
diff --git a/vc6/mbgctrl/mbgctrl.dsp b/vc6/mbgctrl/mbgctrl.dsp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b69af7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vc6/mbgctrl/mbgctrl.dsp
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Project File - Name="mbgctrl" - Package Owner=<4>
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Generated Build File, Format Version 6.00
+# ** DO NOT EDIT **
+
+# TARGTYPE "Win32 (x86) Console Application" 0x0103
+
+CFG=mbgctrl - Win32 Debug
+!MESSAGE This is not a valid makefile. To build this project using NMAKE,
+!MESSAGE use the Export Makefile command and run
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "mbgctrl.mak".
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE You can specify a configuration when running NMAKE
+!MESSAGE by defining the macro CFG on the command line. For example:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "mbgctrl.mak" CFG="mbgctrl - Win32 Debug"
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE Possible choices for configuration are:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE "mbgctrl - Win32 Release" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE "mbgctrl - Win32 Debug" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE 
+
+# Begin Project
+# PROP AllowPerConfigDependencies 0
+# PROP Scc_ProjName ""
+# PROP Scc_LocalPath ""
+CPP=cl.exe
+RSC=rc.exe
+
+!IF  "$(CFG)" == "mbgctrl - Win32 Release"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /I "..\.." /I "..\..\mbgctrl" /I "..\..\mbglib\common" /I "..\..\mbglib\win32" /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386
+# ADD LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386 /out:"../bin/Release/mbgctrl.exe"
+
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "mbgctrl - Win32 Debug"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /I "..\.." /I "..\..\mbgctrl" /I "..\..\mbglib\common" /I "..\..\mbglib\win32" /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /pdbtype:sept
+# ADD LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /out:"../bin/Debug/mbgctrl.exe" /pdbtype:sept
+
+!ENDIF 
+
+# Begin Target
+
+# Name "mbgctrl - Win32 Release"
+# Name "mbgctrl - Win32 Debug"
+# Begin Group "Source Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "cpp;c;cxx;rc;def;r;odl;idl;hpj;bat"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\deviohlp.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\lan_util.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbgctrl\mbgctrl.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\parmgps.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\parmpcps.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsutil.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\toolutil.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\wingetopt.c
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Header Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\gpsdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbg_arch.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbg_tgt.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\mbg_w32.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgdevio.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgerror.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbggeo.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgmutex.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgpccyc.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgtime.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbgversion.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pci_asic.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsdev.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsutil.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\toolutil.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\usbdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\use_pack.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\wingetopt.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\words.h
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Resource Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe"
+# End Group
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\lib\msc\mbgdevio.lib
+# End Source File
+# End Target
+# End Project
diff --git a/vc6/mbgfasttstamp/mbgfasttstamp.dsp b/vc6/mbgfasttstamp/mbgfasttstamp.dsp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b25ae74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vc6/mbgfasttstamp/mbgfasttstamp.dsp
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Project File - Name="mbgfasttstamp" - Package Owner=<4>
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Generated Build File, Format Version 6.00
+# ** DO NOT EDIT **
+
+# TARGTYPE "Win32 (x86) Console Application" 0x0103
+
+CFG=mbgfasttstamp - Win32 Debug
+!MESSAGE This is not a valid makefile. To build this project using NMAKE,
+!MESSAGE use the Export Makefile command and run
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "mbgfasttstamp.mak".
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE You can specify a configuration when running NMAKE
+!MESSAGE by defining the macro CFG on the command line. For example:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "mbgfasttstamp.mak" CFG="mbgfasttstamp - Win32 Debug"
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE Possible choices for configuration are:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE "mbgfasttstamp - Win32 Release" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE "mbgfasttstamp - Win32 Debug" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE 
+
+# Begin Project
+# PROP AllowPerConfigDependencies 0
+# PROP Scc_ProjName ""
+# PROP Scc_LocalPath ""
+CPP=cl.exe
+RSC=rc.exe
+
+!IF  "$(CFG)" == "mbgfasttstamp - Win32 Release"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /I "..\.." /I "..\..\mbgfasttstamp" /I "..\..\mbglib\common" /I "..\..\mbglib\win32" /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386
+# ADD LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386 /out:"../bin/Release/mbgfasttstamp.exe"
+
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "mbgfasttstamp - Win32 Debug"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /I "..\.." /I "..\..\mbgfasttstamp" /I "..\..\mbglib\common" /I "..\..\mbglib\win32" /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /pdbtype:sept
+# ADD LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /out:"../bin/Debug/mbgfasttstamp.exe" /pdbtype:sept
+
+!ENDIF 
+
+# Begin Target
+
+# Name "mbgfasttstamp - Win32 Release"
+# Name "mbgfasttstamp - Win32 Debug"
+# Begin Group "Source Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "cpp;c;cxx;rc;def;r;odl;idl;hpj;bat"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbgfasttstamp\mbgfasttstamp.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\toolutil.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\wingetopt.c
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Header Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\gpsdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbg_arch.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbg_tgt.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\mbg_w32.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgdevio.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgerror.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbggeo.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgmutex.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgpccyc.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgtime.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbgversion.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pci_asic.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsdev.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsutil.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\toolutil.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\usbdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\use_pack.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\wingetopt.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\words.h
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Resource Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe"
+# End Group
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\lib\msc\mbgdevio.lib
+# End Source File
+# End Target
+# End Project
diff --git a/vc6/mbggpscap/mbggpscap.dsp b/vc6/mbggpscap/mbggpscap.dsp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eae5591
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vc6/mbggpscap/mbggpscap.dsp
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Project File - Name="mbggpscap" - Package Owner=<4>
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Generated Build File, Format Version 6.00
+# ** DO NOT EDIT **
+
+# TARGTYPE "Win32 (x86) Console Application" 0x0103
+
+CFG=mbggpscap - Win32 Debug
+!MESSAGE This is not a valid makefile. To build this project using NMAKE,
+!MESSAGE use the Export Makefile command and run
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "mbggpscap.mak".
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE You can specify a configuration when running NMAKE
+!MESSAGE by defining the macro CFG on the command line. For example:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "mbggpscap.mak" CFG="mbggpscap - Win32 Debug"
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE Possible choices for configuration are:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE "mbggpscap - Win32 Release" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE "mbggpscap - Win32 Debug" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE 
+
+# Begin Project
+# PROP AllowPerConfigDependencies 0
+# PROP Scc_ProjName ""
+# PROP Scc_LocalPath ""
+CPP=cl.exe
+RSC=rc.exe
+
+!IF  "$(CFG)" == "mbggpscap - Win32 Release"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /I "..\.." /I "..\..\mbggpscap" /I "..\..\mbglib\common" /I "..\..\mbglib\win32" /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386
+# ADD LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386 /out:"../bin/Release/mbggpscap.exe"
+
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "mbggpscap - Win32 Debug"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /I "..\.." /I "..\..\mbggpscap" /I "..\..\mbglib\common" /I "..\..\mbglib\win32" /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /pdbtype:sept
+# ADD LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /out:"../bin/Debug/mbggpscap.exe" /pdbtype:sept
+
+!ENDIF 
+
+# Begin Target
+
+# Name "mbggpscap - Win32 Release"
+# Name "mbggpscap - Win32 Debug"
+# Begin Group "Source Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "cpp;c;cxx;rc;def;r;odl;idl;hpj;bat"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbggpscap\mbggpscap.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\toolutil.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\wingetopt.c
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Header Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\gpsdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbg_arch.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbg_tgt.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\mbg_w32.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgdevio.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgerror.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbggeo.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgmutex.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgpccyc.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgtime.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbgversion.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pci_asic.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsdev.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsutil.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\toolutil.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\usbdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\use_pack.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\wingetopt.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\words.h
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Resource Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe"
+# End Group
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\lib\msc\mbgdevio.lib
+# End Source File
+# End Target
+# End Project
diff --git a/vc6/mbghrtime/mbghrtime.dsp b/vc6/mbghrtime/mbghrtime.dsp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d5415b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vc6/mbghrtime/mbghrtime.dsp
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Project File - Name="mbghrtime" - Package Owner=<4>
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Generated Build File, Format Version 6.00
+# ** DO NOT EDIT **
+
+# TARGTYPE "Win32 (x86) Console Application" 0x0103
+
+CFG=mbghrtime - Win32 Debug
+!MESSAGE This is not a valid makefile. To build this project using NMAKE,
+!MESSAGE use the Export Makefile command and run
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "mbghrtime.mak".
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE You can specify a configuration when running NMAKE
+!MESSAGE by defining the macro CFG on the command line. For example:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "mbghrtime.mak" CFG="mbghrtime - Win32 Debug"
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE Possible choices for configuration are:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE "mbghrtime - Win32 Release" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE "mbghrtime - Win32 Debug" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE 
+
+# Begin Project
+# PROP AllowPerConfigDependencies 0
+# PROP Scc_ProjName ""
+# PROP Scc_LocalPath ""
+CPP=cl.exe
+RSC=rc.exe
+
+!IF  "$(CFG)" == "mbghrtime - Win32 Release"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /I "..\.." /I "..\..\mbghrtime" /I "..\..\mbglib\common" /I "..\..\mbglib\win32" /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386
+# ADD LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386 /out:"../bin/Release/mbghrtime.exe"
+
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "mbghrtime - Win32 Debug"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /I "..\.." /I "..\..\mbghrtime" /I "..\..\mbglib\common" /I "..\..\mbglib\win32" /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /pdbtype:sept
+# ADD LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /out:"../bin/Debug/mbghrtime.exe" /pdbtype:sept
+
+!ENDIF 
+
+# Begin Target
+
+# Name "mbghrtime - Win32 Release"
+# Name "mbghrtime - Win32 Debug"
+# Begin Group "Source Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "cpp;c;cxx;rc;def;r;odl;idl;hpj;bat"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbghrtime\mbghrtime.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\toolutil.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\wingetopt.c
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Header Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\gpsdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbg_arch.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbg_tgt.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\mbg_w32.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgdevio.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgerror.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbggeo.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgmutex.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgpccyc.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\mbgtime.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbgversion.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pci_asic.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsdev.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpsutil.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\toolutil.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\usbdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\use_pack.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\wingetopt.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\words.h
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Resource Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe"
+# End Group
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\lib\msc\mbgdevio.lib
+# End Source File
+# End Target
+# End Project
diff --git a/vc6/mbgstatus/mbgstatus.dsp b/vc6/mbgstatus/mbgstatus.dsp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6b640e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vc6/mbgstatus/mbgstatus.dsp
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Project File - Name="mbgstatus" - Package Owner=<4>
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Generated Build File, Format Version 6.00
+# ** DO NOT EDIT **
+
+# TARGTYPE "Win32 (x86) Console Application" 0x0103
+
+CFG=mbgstatus - Win32 Debug
+!MESSAGE This is not a valid makefile. To build this project using NMAKE,
+!MESSAGE use the Export Makefile command and run
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "mbgstatus.mak".
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE You can specify a configuration when running NMAKE
+!MESSAGE by defining the macro CFG on the command line. For example:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "mbgstatus.mak" CFG="mbgstatus - Win32 Debug"
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE Possible choices for configuration are:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE "mbgstatus - Win32 Release" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE "mbgstatus - Win32 Debug" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE 
+
+# Begin Project
+# PROP AllowPerConfigDependencies 0
+# PROP Scc_ProjName ""
+# PROP Scc_LocalPath ""
+CPP=cl.exe
+RSC=rc.exe
+
+!IF  "$(CFG)" == "mbgstatus - Win32 Release"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /I "..\.." /I "..\..\mbgstatus" /I "..\..\mbglib\common" /I "..\..\mbglib\win32" /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386
+# ADD LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386 /out:"../bin/Release/mbgstatus.exe"
+
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "mbgstatus - Win32 Debug"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /I "..\.." /I "..\..\mbgstatus" /I "..\..\mbglib\common" /I "..\..\mbglib\win32" /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /pdbtype:sept
+# ADD LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /out:"../bin/Debug/mbgstatus.exe" /pdbtype:sept
+
+!ENDIF 
+
+# Begin Target
+
+# Name "mbgstatus - Win32 Release"
+# Name "mbgstatus - Win32 Debug"
+# Begin Group "Source Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "cpp;c;cxx;rc;def;r;odl;idl;hpj;bat"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\ctry.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\ctrydttm.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\lan_util.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbgstatus\mbgstatus.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\pcpslstr.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\common\toolutil.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\win32\wingetopt.c
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Header Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl"
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Resource Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe"
+# End Group
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\lib\msc\mbgdevio.lib
+# End Source File
+# End Target
+# End Project
diff --git a/vc6/mbgtools-win.dsw b/vc6/mbgtools-win.dsw
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3fb367
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vc6/mbgtools-win.dsw
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+Microsoft Developer Studio Workspace File, Format Version 6.00
+# WARNING: DO NOT EDIT OR DELETE THIS WORKSPACE FILE!
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Project: "mbgcmptime"=".\mbgcmptime\mbgcmptime.dsp" - Package Owner=<4>
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<4>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Project: "mbgctrl"=".\mbgctrl\mbgctrl.dsp" - Package Owner=<4>
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<4>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Project: "mbgfasttstamp"=".\mbgfasttstamp\mbgfasttstamp.dsp" - Package Owner=<4>
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<4>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Project: "mbggpscap"=".\mbggpscap\mbggpscap.dsp" - Package Owner=<4>
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<4>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Project: "mbghrtime"=".\mbghrtime\mbghrtime.dsp" - Package Owner=<4>
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<4>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Project: "mbgstatus"=".\mbgstatus\mbgstatus.dsp" - Package Owner=<4>
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<4>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Global:
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<3>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+